Defender a Revolução Cubana!

Esmagar o imperialismo ianque! 

Defender a Revolução Cubana!

[Originalmente publicado em 1917 No. 11, Terceiro Trimestre de 1992, pela então revolucionária Tendência Bolchevique Internacional. Esta tradução para o português foi realizada pelo Reagrupamento Revolucionário em março de 2013].

A derrubada do corrupto e brutal regime colonial de Fulgêncio Batista em janeiro de 1959 e a subsequente expropriação da burguesia cubana foram uma vitória para a população trabalhadora de todo o mundo. Com ajuda soviética, Cuba consolidou um sistema econômico funcional e relativamente igualitário, e por três décadas Fidel Castro pôde zombar da cara do colosso norte-americano. Depois do ignominioso colapso da URSS, os governantes do império norte-americano em declínio não estão mais dispostos a tolerar a continuação da existência de uma economia coletivizada a 90 milhas da Flórida. Os imperialistas nos EUA estão fabricando uma ofensiva de propaganda “democrática” enquanto simultaneamente apertam seu embargo econômico e contam com as suas neocolônias latino-americanas para isolar Cuba. A defesa da revolução cubana nunca foi posta de forma mais aguda do que hoje.

Cuba sob Batista era uma gigantesca plantação de açúcar e local de lazer para norte-americanos ricos. Ao destruir o poder social da burguesia cubana, o regime de Castro cortou a conexão com o imperialismo mundial e assim transformou drasticamente a vida da população trabalhadora comum. Nos primeiros cinco anos da revolução, o consumo de carne e têxteis dobrou, o novo regime reduziu os aluguéis, mansões desertas em Havana foram convertidas em residências para 80 mil estudantes de famílias camponesas, e automóveis de luxo abandonados foram cedidos a antigos criados para que eles pudessem começar a trabalhar como motoristas de taxi.

Hoje os padrões cubanos de saúde, educação e moradia estão muito acima daqueles de outros países latino-americanos. Aluguéis são subsidiados, atendimento médico é gratuito e educação é acessível a todos. O nível de alfabetização é 98 por cento. Todos tem emprego. Cuba permanece pobre pelos padrões do colosso imperialista do norte, mas não existe nada das doenças endêmicas e da pobreza desesperadora tão comum pelo resto da região.

Conexão soviética interrompida

A ajuda e o comércio com o bloco soviético permitiu a Cuba sobreviver às tentativas norte-americanas de estrangular a revolução através de um embargo econômico. Os burocratas do Kremlin mantiveram Cuba como uma barganha na sua busca por uma “coexistência pacífica” global com o imperialismo. A URSS comprava o açúcar cubano e outras exportações acima do preço mundial de mercado, enquanto vendia petróleo para Cuba abaixo da média de custo. Isso equivalia a um subsídio de bilhões de dólares por ano. No fim dos anos 1980, 85 por cento do comércio cubano era com os países da Comecon [a organização econômica liderada pela URSS].

Em 1990, conforme a perestroika desorganizou a economia soviética, déficits e atrasos nas entregas a Cuba tornaram necessários racionamentos apertados de alimentos básicos e de combustível. O consumo industrial de petróleo caiu 50 por cento. Em dezembro de 1990, os soviéticos cortaram pela metade o subsídio de açúcar, e impuseram preços de mercado mundial para os outros produtos.

A vitória contrarrevolucionária sobre o golpe de agosto de 1991 na URSS interrompeu a corda que mantinha a salvo a economia cubana. Os seguidores de Yeltsin não perderam tempo em anunciar o cancelamento do subsídio de açúcar e a retirada do pessoal militar soviético de Cuba. Por volta de outubro de 1991, Castro relatou que menos de 40 por cento das importações agendadas do antigo bloco soviético estavam chegando em portos cubanos. O diário cubano Granmanotou amargamente que o abandono por Moscou da revolução cubana deu “sinal verde” para uma agressão dos EUA.

Os batistianos saudaram o anúncio da retirada soviética. A “Fundação Nacional Cubano-Americana” (CANF), uma organização de milionários da Flórida e veteranos do fiasco da CIA na invasão da Baía dos Porcos, estabeleceu uma comissão para planejar a contrarrevolução. Incluídos na comissão da CANF estão Jeane Kirkpatrick e Ronald Reagan (Guardian Weekly, 15 de setembro de 1991). Outra conexão da CANF é o filho de George Bush, Jeb, um especulador de propriedades milionário de Miami. Até agora a CANF afirma ter encontrado compradores para 60 por cento da terra e indústria cubanas (New York Times, 6 de setembro de 1991).

A ‘opção zero’ de Cuba

Com colheitas fracas de açúcar e pouca moeda forte para comprar petróleo e outras importações vitais, Havana lançou uma investida por autossuficiência em produção de alimentos. O governo está tentando direcionar trabalhadores desocupados pelos cortes drásticos na produção industrial para as fazendas estatais. Mas a campanha de autossuficiência está dificultada por uma escassez de ração animal e fertilizantes. Cuba ainda precisa comprar trigo no mercado internacional. A liderança cubana está tentando se preparar para uma interrupção completa de importações de petróleo. Nesse cenário de “opção zero”, bois, cavalos e milhares de bicicletas chinesas seriam a alternativa para carros e caminhões.

Castro se opôs firmemente às “reformas” de mercado de Gorbachev desde o começo. No fim dos anos 1980, o governo cubano baniu os jornais soviéticos por considera-los entusiastas demais sobre a perestroika. Ao invés de “socialismo de mercado”, o slogan da burocracia cubana é “Socialismo ou morte”. Entretanto, apesar da retórica socialista, o regime está agora desesperadamente buscando investimento estrangeiro para contrabalançar a pressão econômica do cerco imperialista e reduzir a dependência do país em açúcar. O governo cubano quer impulsionar o turismo e, para esse fim, está promovendo joint-ventures com capitalistas espanhóis e brasileiros.

O florescimento da indústria do turismo plantou uma economia do dólar lado a lado com a do peso. Os cubanos agora servem mesas e dirigem táxis para estrangeiros com moeda forte. O Independent britânico (2 de novembro de 1991) descreveu isso está corroendo o sentimento anti-imperialista que ajudava a sustentar o regime: “As melhores praias de Cuba, as suas comidas mais finas, seus escassos bens de consumo, estão disponíveis apenas para dólares – os quais os cubanos legalmente não podem possuir… Muitos cubanos comentam sobre o contraste entre a retórica de soberania nacional e a humilhação diária do poder de compra do peso”. Conforme o turismo cresceu, a prostituição, a corrupção burocrática e o mercado negro aumentaram todos de ritmo. As medidas de austeridade adotadas pelo regime levam cubanos comuns a buscarem seus sócios (conexões no mercado negro) por muitos itens de consumo. O Guardian Weekly (17 de março de 1991) relatou que uma amarga paródia do slogan oficial “Socialismo ou Morte” ganhou difundida popularidade.

Os mecanismos do poder stalinista

Por 30 anos Castro não tem tolerado nenhuma oposição política organizada. Em 1976 o regime emitiu uma nova constituição que formalizou o monopólio político do Partido Comunista Cubano e proclamou-o “a mais alta força de liderança da sociedade e do Estado”. A nova constituição estabeleceu “Assembleias de Poder Popular” locais, regionais e nacionais. Esses organismos só existem para fornecer uma aparência de legitimidade popular para as decisões tomadas pelo PCC.

Indicações para as assembleias municipais em reuniões públicas são sujeitas a aprovação das comissões do PC cubano, enquanto o próprio partido faz as indicações das assembleias mais altas. A Assembleia Nacional normalmente só se reúne duas vezes por ano, em julho e em dezembro, geralmente dois dias por vez. Metade dos membros da Assembleia Nacional é indicada pelo partido dentre os delegados dos organismos inferiores. A outra metade é indicada diretamente do PC cubano ou de burocracias governamentais. Mais de 90 por cento dos delegados à Assembleia Nacional de 1981-86 eram membros plenos ou aspirantes do partido.

Como todos os outros partidos stalinistas, não existe democracia interna dentro do próprio Partido Comunista Cubano. O partido realizou o seu primeiro congresso no fim de 1975 – dezessete anos depois que o “Movimento 26 de Julho” chegou ao poder! Castro não viu nenhum problema com isso, e alegremente comentou: “Nós temos sorte de estar realizando-o agora. Sorte mesmo! Dessa forma a qualidade do Congresso é ratificada por 17 anos de experiência”. (Granma, 25 de janeiro de 1976, citado em Workers Vanguard, 12 de março de 1976). O Congresso em si foi um negócio cuidadosamente armado que terminou, como congressos stalinistas normalmente terminam, com uma aprovação unânime da liderança.

Stalinismo cubano: ‘pró-família’ e anti-gay

As crianças cubanas aprendem bem cedo que as mulheres são responsáveis pelo seu cuidado, pela cozinha e pela limpeza. Ao contrário dos Bolcheviques dirigidos por Lenin e Trotsky, que abertamente declararam sua intenção de libertar as mulheres através da socialização do trabalho doméstico, a burocracia cubana, como todos os outros regimes stalinistas, celebra a “família socialista”. A casta dominante castrista promove a família nuclear e todo o atraso social associado como um ponto de apoio para o seu próprio domínio burocrático sobre o proletariado. As mulheres permanecem concentradas em trabalhos tradicionalmente femininos. Quanto mais alta a hierarquia administrativa do partido e da burocracia de Estado, menor a proporção de mulheres.

O encorajamento da família corre paralelamente à perseguição aos homossexuais. Em 1965, o regime estabeleceu “Unidades Militares de Auxílio à Produção”, que eram na realidade campos prisionais, principalmente para homossexuais. A primeira Conferência Nacional de Cultura e Educação em 1971 denunciou virulentamente o “caráter patológico” da homossexualidade, e decidiu que “todas as manifestações de desvios homossexuais devem ser firmemente rejeitados e impedidos de se espalhar”. Das 100 mil pessoas que deixaram Cuba através do porto de Mariel em 1980, cerca de 10 mil eram lésbicas e gays. Essas pessoas foram forçadas ao exílio através de uma campanha de homofobia com financiamento estatal dirigida pelos Comitês de Defesa da Revolução. Na era da pandemia de AIDS e do crescimento da homofobia, Cuba tem a pouco gloriosa distinção de ser o único país no mundo que forçosamente confina pessoas soropositivas do HIV.

Castrismo e democracia operária

O Movimento 26 de Julho, que tomou o poder no dia 1º de Janeiro de 1959, era um movimento insurrecional de guerrilha com base rural. Ele se baseava nas montanhas da Serra Maestra e estava comprometido com um programa de liberalismo radical. Depois de dois anos de guerras de guerrilha, o apodrecido e corrupto aparato de Estado de Batista entrou em colapso, com o grosso da casta de oficiais fugindo para Miami. O Movimento 26 de Julho preencheu o vácuo de poder formando uma coalizão de vida curta com alguns poucos políticos liberais.

Quando um setor da burguesia, apoiada pelo governo americano, se opôs a algumas medidas de nacionalização mais radicais dos castristas, o Movimento 26 de Julho rachou. Uma maioria, dirigida por Fidel Castro e seu irmão Raul, optou pela expropriação dos capitalistas cubanos. Em julho de 1961 os castristas fundiram com o Partido Socialista Popular, uma tradicional formação stalinista pró-Moscou que anteriormente tinha um ministro no governo de Batista. A organização resultante da fusão formou o Partido Comunista Cubano.

Nas cabeças dos membros da Nova Esquerda dos anos 60, os castristas estavam a anos-luz de distância dos burocratas sem cor da Europa Oriental. No entanto, o domínio de partido único stalinista deformou a revolução cubana desde o seu nascimento. Como em todos os outros Estados operários deformados, a classe trabalhadora não desempenhou nenhum papel político independente. Esse era o resultado inevitável da vitória de uma guerrilha insurreta de base camponesa na qual a classe trabalhadora urbana permaneceu secundária. Em 1961, nos primeiros inebriantes dias, Fidel proclamou que a revolução deveria ser uma “escola de pensamento sem restrições”. Mas logo os “barbudos” (como eram conhecidos os combatentes de guerrilha) estavam respondendo a todas as críticas com repressão policial.

A perseguição contra Partido Obrero Revolucionario (POR) de orientação trotskista nos primeiros anos da revolução é um caso emblemático. Os membros do POR defenderam incondicionalmente a revolução contra o imperialismo, mas eles também criticaram o burocratismo do novo regime. A polícia política de Castro respondeu destruindo a sua imprensa escrita, proibindo uma edição em espanhol da Revolução Permanente de Trotsky e jogando cinco membros do POR na prisão.

O fator subjetivo na história

Para um “homem de ação” do Movimento 26 de Julho, a crítica marxista e a democracia dentro da esquerda sempre foram apenas obstáculos à “unidade”. Em outubro de 1960, quando nacionalizações em larga escala estavam em andamento, Che Guevara, um líder de esquerda dentro do Movimento 26 de Julho expressou o desprezo pela teoria marxista que animava os jovens pragmatistas:

A revolução cubana é única, o que algumas pessoas dizem contradiz um dos mais ortodoxos princípios do movimento revolucionário, expresso por Lenin: ‘Sem teoria revolucionária não existe movimento revolucionário’…”

Os principais atores dessa revolução não tinham nenhum critério coerente…”

Começando com o revolucionário Marx, um grupo político com ideias concretas se estabelece. Se baseando nos gigantes, Marx e Engels, e se desenvolvendo através de passos sucessivos com personalidades como Lenin, Stalin e Mao Tse-tung, e os novos governantes soviéticos e chineses, ele estabelece um corpo de doutrina em deixe-nos dizer, exemplos a se seguir.”

A revolução cubana toma Marx no ponto em que ele próprio abandonou a ciência para segurar seu rifle revolucionário… Nós, revolucionários práticos, começando nossa própria luta, simplesmente realizamos leis previstas por Marx, o cientista… as leis do marxismo estão presentes nos eventos da revolução cubana, independentemente do que os seus líderes professam ou conhecem dessas leis de um ponto de vista teórico.”

— “Nós somos revolucionários práticos”, 8 de outubro de 1960, reimpresso em Venceremos!, J. Gerassi (Ed.)

Apesar da sua coragem pessoal e dedicação à causa dos oprimidos, a tendência dos castristas a denegrir o papel do fator subjetivo da história constituiu um obstáculo político à vitória final da revolução. As “leis do marxismo” só podem triunfar através de seres humanos vivos e politicamente conscientes que as aplicam na luta para transformar o mundo. Elas não operam autonomamente ou automaticamente.

A luta pela revolução socialista é uma luta para ganhar as massas da população trabalhadora e oprimida para o programa político do marxismo revolucionário. A história dos próprios revolucionários cubanos, ousados e radicais como eram, confirma que a estrada para a libertação humana está através da consciência. Era isso que Marx queria dizer quando ele disse que a classe trabalhadora deve emancipar a si mesma – ela não pode ser libertada por um grupo de líderes, por mais bem intencionados e sinceros que sejam. O papel da vanguarda leninista é desenvolver e lutar pelo programa revolucionário contra as variadas formas de falsa consciência pseudosocialista (incluindo o stalinismo castrista). A vitória do socialismo requer que o programa marxista, encarnado em um partido leninista, seja adotado pelas massas de oprimidos e explorados.

A liderança cubana permanece muito mais popular em casa do que os burocratas cinzentos do antigo bloco soviético jamais foram. Ao longo dos anos tem havido uma significativa participação em várias mobilizações conduzidas pelo regime. Mas o apoio popular para as iniciativas da camada dominante não é um substituto para o exercício do poder político. A habilidade de fazer sugestões ou de ter voz sobre como as campanhas serão implementadas é fundamentalmente diferente do poder de decidir e estabelecer as prioridades desde o começo. Em um Estado operário saudável, a população deve ser de fato, assim como no papel, a tomadora de decisões políticas.

A política externa ‘revolucionária’ de Cuba

O regime de Castro reteve certo brilho para a maior parte da esquerda pequeno-burguesa que há muito abandonou os outrora populares governantes stalinistas do Vietnã. Os ex-trotskistas do “Secretariado Unificado” de Ernest Mandel, que certa vez adularam os castristas por sua “evolução rumo ao marxismo revolucionário”, estão um tanto mais reservados hoje em dia. Mesmo assim, eles ainda rejeitam “qualquer atitude sectária com relação à liderança cubana” e consideram que, apesar de alguns defeitos, os castristas permanecem “revolucionários”. Os antigos companheiros de Mandel no “Secretariado Unificado”, os sicofantas de Castro no Socialist Workers Party (SWP) estadunidense de Jack Barnes, nem sentem necessidade que qualquer álibi crítico. Os seguidores de Barnes falam da política externa de Cuba como prova de que Castro está realizando as tradições revolucionárias internacionalistas de Marx e Lenin. Porém, a política externa de Castro ao longo dos anos tem sido em geral orientada pelas exigências da burocracia antirrevolucionária do Kremlin.

Em maio-junho de 1968, quando dez milhões de trabalhadores e estudantes levaram a França à beira de revolução, Castro encobriu a traição da greve pelo Partido Comunista Francês. Poucos meses depois, Havana apoiou os tanques soviéticos que rolaram sobre Praga para derrubar os reformadores stalinistas de Alexander Dubcek e instalar uma fração mais ao gosto de Leonid Brezhnev. Em junho de 1989, a burocracia cubana ofereceu desculpas para o massacre realizado pelos stalinistas chineses contra trabalhadores e estudantes que protestavam na Praça Tiananmen em Pequim.

O histórico de Cuba na América Latina é igualmente infeliz. No começo dos anos 1970, Castro apoiou a frente popular “Unidade Popular” de Salvado Allende, uma coalizão de governo com seções da burguesia chilena. Essa política de colaboração de classes desarmou a classe trabalhadora chilena politicamente, e armou o palco para o massacre de dezenas de milhares de militantes e trabalhadores de esquerda posteriormente com o golpe pinochetista de setembro de 1973. Ao longo dos anos 1980, os cubanos orientaram os sandinistas nicaraguenses a não expropriarem a burguesia, e ao invés disso defenderam uma frente nacional patriótica com os capitalistas. Os sandinistas buscaram em vão por uma mística “terceira via” entre o capitalismo e o socialismo por cerca de uma década, até que uma população quase faminta votou pela sua saída a favor da ala parlamentar do movimento dos contra de Reagan e Bush.

Os apologistas de Castro frequentemente apontam para o apoio cubano ao governo nacionalista do MPLA em Angola contra a África do Sul como uma evidência de internacionalismo marxista. Enquanto os revolucionários apoiaram militarmente as forças do MPLA (com apoio soviético) e de Cuba contra o regime do Apartheid e seus aliados angolanos, essa não era uma luta pelo poder da classe trabalhadora. Os cubanos em Angola eram fantoches soviéticos. Quando Gorbachev fez um acordo com a Casa Branca em 1988, as tropas cubanas começaram a se retirar.

Em outro lado da África, soldados cubanos ajudaram a sustentar o sanguinário regime etíope de Mengitsu (outro cliente soviético) durante sua longa, brutal e derrotada guerra contra a legítima luta do povo da Eritreia por autodeterminação.

Quando os imperialistas começaram suas preparações diplomáticas para a guerra neocolonial contra o regime iraquiano em 1990, os stalinistas cubanos se juntaram ao coro de vozes hipócritas que condenava a invasão do Kuwait. Cuba nem sequer se opôs às sanções comerciais contra o Iraque nas Nações Unidas. Falando para a Assembleia Geral da ONU em 25 de agosto de 1990, o delegado de Cuba, Ricardo Alarcon, anunciou que “o meu governo tomou medidas relevantes para garantir que nosso país também cumpra” com as sanções. A participação no embargo imperialista contra o Iraque só poderia ser qualificada como um exemplo de “internacionalismo leninista” por aqueles, como Jack Barnes e cia., que são cegos que não querem ver.

O futuro do Castrismo

O regime de Castro ainda possui um reservatório de apoio entre a população trabalhadora de Cuba. Tendo eliminado quaisquer competidores na esquerda, Castro pode apresentar seu poder como a única alternativa a uma vida sob o tacão dos EUA. Porém, conforme a economia cubana se move progressivamente para mais perto da “opção zero”, poderosas contradições ameaçam abalar a estabilidade do regime. Conforme cubanos comuns ficam em filas a noite inteira por produtos básicos, o contraste entre a retórica igualitarista da casta dominante e os seus privilégios burocráticos se torna mais aparente e mais irritante. O Independent britânico reportou que: “O slogan da União dos Jovens Comunistas, por exemplo, é ‘Siga-me!’. Os jovens gritam-no, com uma mistura de ironia e raiva, contra Roberto Robaina, o líder dos Jovens Comunistas, quando ele passa no seu carro de chofer pelas longas e irritantes filas de pessoas que esperam interminavelmente pelos ônibus lotados de Havana”. Os castristas responderam ao descontentamento crescente com denúncias de “subversão” e “membros da quinta coluna”. Eles também estabeleceram “esquadrões de reação rápida” nos bairros, que fazem até os leais seguidores de Fidel no SWP enjoarem (Militant, 18 de outubro de 1991).

Nenhuma personalidade dentro ou fora da burocracia personifica as forças da contrarrevolução em Cuba como Yeltsin na URSS. Entretanto, o colapso do stalinismo na Europa Oriental e na URSS teve repercussões poderosas. Em uma tentativa de apertar o controle central e eliminar dissidentes em potencial, o PC cubano anunciou em outubro de 1990 a abolição de metade dos cargos nacionais e regionais do partido.

Esse movimento veio logo depois da execução do General Arnaldo Ochoa Sanchez, um popular herói da guerra angolana, por tráfico de drogas. Ochoa se declarou culpado por uma série de acusações implausíveis depois de um clássico julgamento armado ao estilo stalinista. Depois da eliminação desse potencial rival de Fidel, outros chefes burocratas também foram presos. O mais proeminente foi José Abrantes Fernandez, Ministro do Interior, que foi considerado o terceiro na linha de sucessão depois de Fidel e seu irmão Raul.

O regime de Castro tem pouco a oferecer aos trabalhadores e camponeses de Cuba além de exortações morais para trabalhar mais duro e consumir menos. Mas a “coexistência pacífica” com os piratas de Wall Street não é uma opção. Não há espaço para a “Cuba socialista” na Nova Ordem Mundial de George Bush.

Por 30 anos os chefes do imperialismo dos EUA tem estado obcecados para fazer derrubar a revolução cubana. Bush e o Pentágono sabem que uma intervenção militar contra Cuba não seria um passeio como os ataques de 1983 a Granada e de 1989 ao Panamá.

Defender e estender a revolução cubana! Por uma revolução política proletária!

Hoje, diante do colapso do stalinismo, o internacionalismo proletário de Lenin e Trotsky ganha uma importância imediata para os trabalhadores cubanos. Num sentido histórico, a sobrevivência da revolução cubana sempre dependeu da sua extensão. Mesmo com a ajuda soviética, a viabilidade em longo prazo da revolução dependia da integração da economia cubana em uma federação regional de Estados socialistas. Essa perspectiva, a da revolução permanente, é contraposta pelo chavão sem saída “Pátria ou Morte!” do regime de Havana.

A atual depressão global capitalista é um pesadelo para as massas trabalhadoras na América Latina, assim como é para milhões ao norte do Rio Grande. Dezenas de milhões de pessoas nas Américas, consignadas a uma vida de incerteza, pobreza e fome, estão agudamente cientes da profunda irracionalidade da ordem mundial capitalista.

É dever de todo trabalhador com consciência de classe defender Cuba contra a contrarrevolução “democrática” planejada pela classe dominante norte-americana. Em primeiro lugar, é necessário lutar para romper o embargo contra Cuba. O movimento dos trabalhadores na América Latina, Canadá e nos Estados Unidos tem o poder para frear o ataque imperialista desde já. Uma forma de popularizar a noção de greves políticas contra uma agressão militar dos EUA é educando a população trabalhadora sobre os benefícios práticos que a revolução trouxe às massas cubanas em termos de moradia, saúde e educação. Essas são questões de importância imediata para milhões de trabalhadores nos EUA e na América Latina.

O passo a frente para a classe trabalhadora cubana não é através de um aperto de cintos sem fim e de conciliação com o imperialismo e seus vassalos regionais. Para sobreviver, a revolução cubana deve encontrar aliados através de vitórias bem sucedidas contra o capitalismo em toda a região. Isso vai a desacordo do “pragmatismo” nacionalista do regime bonapartista de Castro e de seus esquemas autárquicos para um “socialismo” em uma só ilha movido a tração animal.

A defesa de revolução cubana está diretamente ligada à necessidade de que os trabalhadores retirem o poder político das mãos do PC cubano através de uma revolução política proletária. Tal revolução que requer a criação de um partido leninista-trotskista para ser bem sucedida, iria alterar instantaneamente a presente correlação de forças. A criação de órgãos genuínos de democracia revolucionária direta iria revigorar a revolução cubana e funcionar como um poderoso ímpeto para as lutas operárias por toda a América Latina. Também não deixaria de encontrar eco no crescente componente hispânico da classe trabalhadora norte-americana.

Intervenção de John Reed sobre a Questão Negra nos Estados Unidos

II Congresso da Internacional Comunista

Intervenção de John Reed sobre a Questão negra
A presente tradução é uma realização da LER-QI disponível em: http://www.lerqi.org/spip.php?article3682. A versão que publicamos contém correções de ortografia realizadas pelo Reagrupamento Revolucionário.

Reed: Na América vivem dez milhões de negros que estão concentrados sobretudo no sul. Nos anos recentes, entretanto, vários milhares se mudaram para norte. Os negros no norte são empregados na indústria, enquanto no sul a maioria são trabalhadores em fazendas ou pequenos fazendeiros. A posição dos negros é terrível, particularmente nos estados do sul. O parágrafo 16 da constituição dos Estados Unidos garante aos negros completos direitos civis. Porém, a maioria dos estados do sul nega aos negros estes direitos. Nos outros estados, onde os negros, segundo a lei, tem o direito de votar, eles são mortos se exercem este direito.

Os negros não são permitidos de viajar nos mesmos vagões que os brancos, ir aos mesmos bares e restaurantes, ou viver nos mesmos bairros. Existem escolas especiais, e piores, para os negros e ao mesmo tempo igrejas especiais. A separação dos negros é chamada de “sistema Jim Crow”, e os clérigos no sul pregam sobre o paraíso no “sistema Jim Crow”. Os negros são usados como operários não qualificados na indústria. Até recentemente eles eram excluídos da maioria dos sindicatos que pertencem à Federação Americana do Trabalho [AFL – American Federation of Labor]. O IWW [Industrial Workers of the World – Trabalhadores Industriais do Mundo], obviamente, organizou os negros, o antigo Partido Socialista, entretanto, não dava nenhuma tentativa séria de organizá-los. Em alguns estados os negros simplesmente não eram aceitos no partido, em outros eles eram separados em seções especiais, e, em geral, os estatutos do Partido baniam o uso de recursos partidários para a propaganda entre os negros.

No Sul o negro não tem direitos e sequer conta com a proteção da lei. Normalmente alguém pode matar negros sem ser punido. Uma terrível instituição branca é o linchamento dos negros. Isto acontece da seguinte forma, o negro é untado de óleo e pendurado em um poste telegráfico. Toda a cidade, os homens, mulheres e crianças, correm para ver o show e levar para casa, como souvenir, um pedaço da roupa ou da pele do negro que eles torturam até a morte.

Tenho pouquíssimo tempo para explicar o contexto histórico da questão negra nos Estados Unidos. Aos descendentes da população escrava que foi libertada na Guerra Civil, quando ainda eram completamente subdesenvolvidos política e economicamente foram concedidos, mais tarde, completos direitos políticos para desatar uma dura luta de classes no sul, que estava destinada a segurar o capitalismo sulista até que os capitalistas do norte tivessem condições de unir todos os recursos do país como sua própria possessão.

Até recentemente, os negros não mostravam nenhuma consciência de classe agressiva. O primeiro despertar ocorreu durante a guerra Hispano-Americana, na qual tropas negras lutaram como extraordinária coragem e da qual retornaram com o sentimento que como homens eles eram iguais às tropas brancas. Até então o único movimento que existia entre os negros era a associação educacional semi-filantrópica dirigida por Booker T. Washington e que era apoiada por capitalistas brancos. Este movimento encontrou expressão na organização de escolas nas quais os negros eram ensinados a serem bons serventes nas indústrias. Como enriquecimento intelectual, lhes era oferecido o bom conselho de se resignarem ao destino de um povo oprimido. Durante a guerra espanhola [Hispano-Americana] um agressivo movimento de reforma ergueu-se entre os negros, este movimento reivindicava igualdade social e política com os brancos. Com o começo da guerra europeia [Primeira Guerra Mundial], meio milhão de negros que tinham entrado no exército americano foram enviados à França. Lá, foram aquartelados juntos às tropas francesas e fizeram a descoberta súbita de que eram tratados como iguais, socialmente e em todas as outras questões. O Estado Maior americano se dirigiu ao Alto Comando Francês e lhes pediu para proibir os negros de visitar os lugares frequentados pelos brancos e para tratá-los como pessoas de segunda classe. Depois da guerra, os negros, muitos dos quais receberam medalhas do governo inglês e francês, retornaram a seus vilarejos sulistas onde eram submetidos às leis do linchamento porque se atreviam a usar seus uniformes e suas condecorações nas ruas.

Ao mesmo tempo, um forte movimento se ergueu entre os negros que ficaram. Milhares deles se mudaram ao norte e começaram a trabalhar nas indústrias de guerra e entraram em contato com o ascendente movimento trabalhista. Elevados como fossem, seus aumentos salariais ficavam para trás dos incríveis aumentos nos preços das mais importantes necessidades. Mais ainda, os negros ficavam enraivecidos pela forma como sua força era sugada e o terrível esforço demandado pelo trabalho depois de terem se acostumado à terrível exploração no curso de muitos anos, muito maior do que dos trabalhadores brancos.

Os negros entraram em greve junto aos trabalhadores brancos e rapidamente se juntaram ao proletariado industrial. Se mostraram muito abertos à propaganda revolucionária. Naquele período, o jornal Messenger [Mensageiro] foi fundado pelo jovem negro, o socialista Randolf, e este seguia objetivos de propaganda revolucionária. Este jornal unia a propaganda socialista com o chamado à consciência racial dos negros e com o chamado a organizar a auto-defesa contra os brutais ataques dos brancos. Ao mesmo tempo, o jornal insistia na ligação mais próxima com os operários brancos a despeito que os últimos frequentemente participavam da caça aos negros, e o mesmo jornal enfatizava como a inimizade entre as raças branca e negra era apoiado pelos capitalistas com seus próprios interesses.

O retorno do exército do frontjogou milhões de operários no mercado de trabalho de uma só vez. O resultado foi o desemprego e a impaciência dos soldados desmobilizados tomou tamanha proporção assustadora que os empregado foram forçados a dizer aos soldados que seus empregos tinham sido tomados pelos negros, incitando assim os brancos a massacrar os negros. A primeira destas explosões ocorreu em Washington, onde funcionário públicos viram, ao voltar da guerra, seus empregos tomados pelos negros. Os funcionários públicos eram principalmente sulistas. Eles organizaram um ataque noturno ao bairro negro para aterrorizar os negros a saírem de seus trabalhos. Para a surpresa de todos, os negros foram às ruas armados. Uma luta seguiu, e os negros lutaram tão bem que para cada negro morto havia três brancos mortos. Outra revolta que durou vários dias e deixou muito mortos dos dois lados ocorreu alguns meses depois em Chicago. Depois ocorreu um massacre em Omaha. Em todos estes conflitos os negros mostraram pela primeira vez na história que eles estavam armados e esplendidamente organizados e não temiam, em nada, os brancos. O resultado da resistência dos negros foi em primeiro lugar uma atrasada intervenção pelo governo e, em segundo lugar, a aceitação dos negros na AFL.

A consciência de raça cresceu entre os próprios negros. No momento atual há uma parcela dos negros que prega o levantamento armado contra os brancos. Os negros que voltaram da guerra montaram, em todos lugares, associações de auto-defesa e contra os brancos que apoiam as leis de linchamento. A circulação do Messenger está crescendo constantemente. No momento atual ele vende 180.000 exemplares mensalmente. Concomitantemente, ideias socialistas criaram raízes e estão se espalhando rapidamente entre os negros empregados na indústria.

Se considerarmos os negros como um povo escravizado e oprimido, então isto nos colocará duas tarefas: de um lado, um forte movimento racial e, de outro, um forte movimente proletário, cuja consciência de classe está se desenvolvendo rapidamente. Um movimento que busca uma existência nacional separada, como pode ser visto anos atrás, como por exemplo, com o movimento “de volta à África”, não é nunca bem sucedido entre os negros. Eles se consideram, sobretudo, como americanos e se sentem em casa nos EUA. Isto simplifica as tarefas dos comunistas consideravelmente.

A única política dos comunistas americanos para os negros é considerá-los, sobretudo, como trabalhadores. Os trabalhadores agrícolas e os pequenos fazendeiros do sul colocam a nós, apesar do atraso dos negros, as mesmas tarefas que temos para o proletariado rural branco. A propaganda comunista pode ser desenvolvida entre os negros que são empregados como operários industriais no norte. Em ambas as partes do país, lutamos para organizar os negros nos mesmos sindicatos que os brancos. Esta é a melhor e mais rápida maneira de arrancar o preconceito racial e despertar a solidariedade de classe.

Os comunistas não devem se colocar à margem do movimento negro que reivindica, no momento, sua igualdade política e social, e ao mesmo que desenvolve entre os negros, rapidamente, a consciência racial. Os comunistas devem usar este movimento para expor a mentira da igualdade burguesa e enfatizar a necessidade da revolução social que libertará todos os trabalhadores da servidão mas que também é o único caminho para a libertação do escravizado povo negro.

Internacional Comunista Sobre a Questão Negra

Internacional Comunista
A Questão Negra
O presente documento foi aprovado pelo IV Congresso da Internacional Comunista, realizado em novembro de 1922. Sua tradução para o português encontra-se disponível em:
http://grabois.org.br/portal/cdm/revista.int.php?id_sessao=50&id_publicacao=93&id_indice=228.

1 – Durante e após a guerra, desenvolveu-se entre os povos coloniais e semicoloniais um movimento de revolta contra o poder do capital mundial que faz grandes progressos. A penetração e a colonização intensa de regiões habitadas pelas raças negras colocam o último grande problema do qual depende o desenvolvimento futuro do capitalismo. O capitalismo francês admite claramente que seu imperialismo, após a guerra, não poderá manter-se senão pela criação de um império franco-africano, ligado por uma via terrestre através do Saara. Os maníacos financeiros da América que, em seu país, exploram 12 milhões de negros, se dedicam agora a penetrar pacificamente na África. As medidas extremas tomadas para sufocar a greve do Rrand mostram bem o quanto a Inglaterra teme a ameaça criada para sua posição na África. Do mesmo modo que sobre o Pacífico o perigo de uma outra guerra mundial se tornou ameaçador devido à concorrência entre as potências imperialistas, a África também aparece como objeto de sua rivalidade. Ainda mais, a guerra, a revolução russa, os grandes movimentos que sublevaram os nacionalistas da Ásia e os muçulmanos contra o imperialismo despertaram a consciência de milhões de negros oprimidos pelos capitalistas, reduzidos a uma situação inferior por muitos séculos não apenas na África, mas também – talvez mesmo ainda mais – na América.

2 – A história atribuiu aos negros da América um papel importante na libertação de toda a raça africana. Há 300 anos os negros americanos foram arrastados de seu país natal, a África, transportados para a América onde foram objeto dos piores tratamentos e vendidos como escravos. Durante 250 anos, eles trabalharam sob o chicote dos proprietários americanos: foram eles que derrubaram florestas, construíram estradas, plantaram algodão, instalaram os dormentes dos caminhos de ferro e sustentaram a aristocracia do Sul. Sua recompensa foi miséria, ignorância, degradação. O negro não foi um escravo dócil, mas recorreu à rebelião, à insurreição, às fugas astuciosas para recuperar sua liberdade; mas seus levantes foram afogados em sangue; pela tortura, forçaram-no a se submeter; a imprensa burguesa e a religião se associaram para justificar a escravatura. Quando a escravatura concorreu com o salariado e se tornou um obstáculo ao desenvolvimento da América capitalista, teve de desaparecer. A Guerra de Secessão, desencadeada não para libertar os negros, mas para manter a supremacia industrial dos capitalistas do Norte, colocou o negro na obrigação de escolher entre a escravatura no Sul e o salariado no Norte. Os músculos, o sangue, as lágrimas do negro “liberto” ajudaram no estabelecimento do capitalismo americano, e quando, transformada em potência mundial, a América entrou na guerra mundial e o negro americano foi declarado igual ao branco para matar e se deixar matar pela democracia. Quatrocentos mil operários de cor foram mobilizados nas tropas americanas onde formaram os regimentos de “Jim Crow”. Logo que saíram do calor da guerra, os soldados negros, retornados ao lar, foram perseguidos, linchados, assassinados, privados de toda liberdade e amarrados ao pelourinho. Eles combateram; mas para afirmar sua personalidade deviam pagar muito caro. Perseguiram-nos ainda mais que no período anterior à guerra para lhes ensinar a “ficar em seu lugar”. A ampla participação dos negros na indústria após a guerra, o espírito de rebelião neles despertado pelas brutalidades de que são vítimas colocam os negros da América – e sobretudo os da América do Norte – na vanguarda da luta da África contra a opressão.

3 – É com grande alegria que a Internacional Comunista vê os operários negros explorados resistirem aos ataques dos exploradores, pois o inimigo da raça negra é também o inimigo dos trabalhadores brancos. Este inimigo é o capitalismo, o imperialismo. A luta internacional da raça negra uma luta contra o capitalismo e o imperialismo. É sobre a base desta luta que o movimento negro deve estar organizado: na América, como centro da cultura negra e centro de cristalização do protesto dos negros; na África, como reserva de mão-de-obra para o desenvolvimento do capitalismo; na América Central (Costa Rica, Guatemala, Colômbia, Nicarágua e outras repúblicas “independentes” onde o imperialismo americano é predominante), em Porto Rico, no Haiti, em São Domingos e nas outras ilhas do Mar das Caraíbas, onde os maus-tratos infligidos aos negros pelos invasores americanos levantaram o protesto dos negros conscientes e dos operários brancos revolucionários. Na África do Sul e no Congo, a industrialização crescente da população negra provocou sublevações de formas variadas; na África Oriental, a penetração recente do capital mundial impulsiona a população nativa a resistir ativamente ao imperialismo.

4 – A Internacional Comunista deve indicar ao povo negro que ele não é o único a sofrer a opressão do capitalismo e do imperialismo, deve mostrar-lhe que os operários e os camponeses da Europa, da Ásia e da América são também vítimas do imperialismo; que a luta contra o imperialismo não é a luta de um só povo, mas de todos os povos do mundo; que na China, na Pérsia, na Turquia, no Egito e no Marrocos, os povos coloniais combatem com heroísmo contra seus exploradores imperialistas, que estes povos se levantam contra os mesmos males que se abatem sobre os negros (opressão de raça, exploração industrial intensificada, punição); que estes povos reclamam os mesmos direitos que os negros – liberdade e igualdade industrial e social.

A Internacional Comunista – que representa os operários e os camponeses revolucionários do mundo inteiro em sua luta para derrotar o imperialismo, a Internacional Comunista que não é somente uma organização dos operários brancos da Europa e da América, mas também dos povos de cor oprimidos de todo o mundo – considera como seu dever encorajar e ajudar a organização internacional do povo negro na luta contra o inimigo comum.

5 – O problema dos negros tornou-se uma questão vital da revolução mundial. A III Internacional, que reconheceu a preciosa contribuição que as populações asiáticas podiam aportar à revolução proletária nos países semicapitalistas, encara como essencial a cooperação de nossos camaradas negros oprimidos à revolução proletária que destruirá a potência capitalista. Por isso, o IV Congresso declara que todos os comunistas devem aplicar especialmente ao problema dos negros as “teses sobre a questão colonial”.

6 – a) O IV Congresso reconhece a necessidade de apoiar toda forma do movimento negro tendo por objetivo minar e debilitar o capitalismo ou o imperialismo, ou deter sua penetração.
b) A Internacional Comunista lutará por assegurar aos negros a igualdade de raça, a igualdade política e social.
c) A Internacional Comunista utilizará todos os meios à sua disposição para levar as trade-unions a admitirem os trabalhadores negros em suas fileiras; onde os trabalhadores negros tiverem o direito nominal de aderir às trade-unions, a Internacional Comunista fará uma propaganda especial para estimulá-los; se não for possível, ela organizará os negros em sindicatos especiais e aplicará particularmente a tática de frente única para forçar os sindicatos a admiti-las em seu seio.
d) A Internacional Comunista preparará imediatamente um Congresso ou uma conferência geral de negros em Moscou.

Carta dos Trotskistas Vietnamitas a Leon Trotsky

Dos trotskistas vietnamitas
Carta a Leon Trotsky

A presente carta foi escrita pelos dirigentes da seção trotskista do Vietnã (La Lutte) em 18 de maio de 1939. Ela foi enviada a Trotsky após a vitória do grupo nas eleições do conselho colonial de Saigon. Foi publicada pela primeira vez em Socialist Appeal Vol. 3, No. 58, de 11 de agosto de 1939. Também foi publicada em Revolutionary History, Vol. 3, No. 2, 1990. O texto atual consiste em uma revisão realizada pelo Reagrupamento Revolucionário em 2013, a partir da versão disponível em português em marxists.org. Para tal revisão foi utilizada a comparação com a versão em inglês.

Caro Camarada Trotsky,
  
Você deve estar inteirado do resultado das eleições coloniais da Cochinchina [*] do último dia 30 de abril. Apesar da vergonhosa coalizão dos burgueses de todo o tipo e dos stalinistas, conseguimos uma vitória brilhante…
  
Nós fomos à luta, a bandeira da Quarta Internacional amplamente desfraldada. Naturalmente, nossa vitória é de toda a Quarta sobre a burguesia, mas acima de tudo, sobre seus agentes socialdemocratas e stalinistas. Temos fé na vitória final da Quarta Internacional.
  
Essa fé nos foi passada por você. Hoje, mais do que nunca, nós entendemos a importância não só do programa da Quarta Internacional, mas também da sua luta de 1925-1928 contra a teoria e a prática do Socialismo em Um Só País, de sua luta contra a Internacional Camponesa [1], a Liga Antiimperialista [2] e outros comitês de fachada, Amsterdam-Pleyel [3]e outros.
  
Nestes dias de esperanças engendrados pela nossa recente vitória, pensamos em você, nos sofrimentos suportados por você e seus camaradas. Queremos dizer a você que, até mesmo neste remoto canto do Extremo Oriente, neste país atrasado, você tem amigos que estão de acordo com você, camaradas que lutam por aquilo a que você dedicou sua vida, pelo socialismo, pelo comunismo!
  
Com nossas carinhosas saudações bolcheviques-leninistas,

Tạ Thu Thâu
Phan Van Hum
Tran Van Thach
e o grupo La Lutte

18 de maio de 1939
  
NOTA DA REVISÃO

[*] Conchinchina era o antigo nome dado à parte sul do atual Vietnã, que de 1862 a 1948 esteve sob domínio colonial da França.

NOTAS DA TRADUÇÃO
  
[1] Internacional Campesina Vermelha (Krestintern) era um organismo formado outubro de 1923 pela Internacional Comunista (III Internacional) e desapareceu mais ou menos no começo da II Guerra Mundial.
  
[2] A Liga Antiimperialista foi um projeto da Internacional Comunista que foi constituído num congresso em Bruxelas, em 1927, cujo objetivo seria o desenvolvimento de políticas para unificação das burguesias nacionais e dos trabalhadores nas colônias.

[3] Mouvement Amsterdam Pleyel (ou comitê Amsterdam-Pleyel) foi um movimento pacifista criado em 1933 por iniciativa dos intelectuais Henri Barbusse e Romain Rolland e teve participação do Partido Comunista Francês e da Internacional Comunista.

A Escola Stalinista de Falsificação Revisitada (8)

CAPÍTULO ANTERIOR     |     ÍNDICE 
 
8. Trotskismo vs. Revisionismo no SWP
 

Os últimos quatro artigos da série do Guardian sobre “O Legado de Trotsky” são dedicados a mostrar que o trotskismo é reformista e “contrarrevolucionário” discutindo a atual política do Socialist Workers Party (SWP) e, em menor extensão, da Workers League (WL). Nenhuma vez a Liga Espartaquista é mencionada. Isso não é acidente. O SWP, que certa vez foi o partido principal da Quarta Internacional, há muito abandonou o caminho do trotskismo revolucionário pelo pântano do reformismo. Primeiro se adaptando ao castrismo em 1961-63, ao prever uma “via guerrilheira para o poder” e ao nacionalismo negro com a teoria de que um “nacionalismo consistente” leva ao socialismo, o SWP fez seu mergulho no reformismo em 1965, tornando-se o organizador de um movimento de frente popular contra a guerra, dominado por políticos liberais burgueses. Desde então, ele estendeu o seu colaboracionismo de classes em novas arenas, organizando movimentos setorialistas pela demanda “democrática” de autodeterminação para simplesmente todo mundo, desde os negros (controle comunitário) e mulheres, até os homossexuais e os nativos norte-americanos.

Os mercenários políticos da WL, por outro lado, fizeram da sua marca na esquerda socialista dos EUA a constante mudança na sua linha política para poderem se adaptar temporariamente ao que quer que tenha popularidade em determinado momento (Huey Newton, os Guardas Vermelhos, Ho Chi Minh, os nacionalistas árabes, burocratas sindicais com discursos de esquerda), apenas para logo depois voltar a uma posição mais “ortodoxa”. Suas constantes são uma crença de que uma abrangente crise final do capitalismo vai eliminar a necessidade da luta pela política bolchevique do Programa de Transição e uma paixão permanente por seguir traidores dos trabalhadores de qualquer marca, desde pseudo-radicais até ultraconservadores.
 
Assim, é fácil “provar” que o trotskismo é reformista citando as políticas do SWP e da WL. Mas isso tem tanto valor quanto “provar” que Lenin defendia um “caminho pacífico para o socialismo” citando Kruschev.
 
Feminismo e Trotskismo
 
Em razão das traições podres do SWP durante a última década, o trotskismo se confundiu nas mentes de muitos militantes com o mais crasso reformismo rastejando diante da burguesia liberal. Isso também dá a maoístas como Davidson um monte de oportunidades para fazer ataques corretos:
 
“A perspectiva deles [SWP] é seguir de forma oportunista cada desenvolvimento espontâneo nos movimentos democráticos de massas. Cada grupo de indivíduos, em sucessão, é então rotulado como a ‘vanguarda’ a liderar o proletariado ao socialismo, com a provisão adicional de que a ‘vanguarda da vanguarda’ em cada setor é atualmente composto da juventude estudantil.”
Guardian, 13 de junho de 1973
 
Essa teoria, antigamente chamada de “dialética dos setores de intervenção” pelos amigos europeus do SWP, é uma negação do papel de liderança do proletariado e é expresso na sua capitulação programática ao feminismo pequeno-burguês, ao nacionalismo, ao setorialismo estudantil, etc. Em outros momentos, Davidson critica o SWP por correr atrás do nacionalismo da pequeno-burguesia negra e a WL por seguir o chauvinismo da aristocracia operária (Guardian, 30 de maio de 1973). Novamente isso está correto.
 
Mas tais críticas são rasas – não representam o menor passo rumo a um programa marxista para a luta de classes proletária. Assim, depois de criticar o SWP por capitular às feministas pequeno-burguesas, Davidson contrapõe a “luta democrática de massas pela emancipação das mulheres”. Essa é a ponta do iceberg, já que por trás da contenção da luta pela liberação da mulher como algo meramente “democrático” (e não socialista) está também o seu chamado pela manutenção da família burguesa (simplesmente “reformando-a” ao chamar para “que os maridos dividam igualmente as responsabilidades do lar”) e por uma aliança “mesmo com as mulheres das classes exploradoras”.
 
A SL incorpora o programa trotskista
 
Ao invés de capitular ao pacifismo burguês, a SL chamou por oposição classista contra a guerra do Vietnã: por greves operárias contra a guerra, burguesia fora do movimento antiguerra, apoio militar para a NLF vietnamita, toda a Indochina deve se tornar comunista; ao invés da recusa pequeno-burguesa ao recrutamento, a SL ficou sozinha ao consistentemente reivindicar trabalho comunista no exército.
 
Ao invés de capitular ao nacionalismo burguês, a SL chamou pelo fim a toda discriminação com base na cor, oposição ao controle comunitário e contratação preferencial, e por uma organização transitória negra baseada em um programa de luta de classes unitária.
 
Na luta pela liberação das mulheres, a SL se opôs à capitulação ao feminismo burguês e, ao mesmo tempo, ao abstencionismo reacionário de vários grupos obreiristas a esta questão. Nós chamamos pela liberação das mulheres através da revolução socialista, políticos burgueses fora do movimento das mulheres, aborto gratuito conforme a demanda e adotamos a perspectiva da eventual criação de uma seção de mulheres da SL, como vislumbrado pela Internacional Comunista nos seus primeiros anos.
 
Sozinha dentre todas as organizações marxistas, a SL defendeu as normas leninistas de relações entre a juventude e o parido, com sua seção de juventude (Juventude Comunista Revolucionária, RCY [hoje Liga da Juventude Spartacus, SYL]) organizativamente separada mas politicamente subordinada ao partido.
 
Nacionalismo vs. Luta de Classes
 
Na questão do nacionalismo negro, Davidson critica o SWP por capitular a nacionalistas pequeno-burgueses e então declara que os negros nos Estados Unidos constituem uma nação e que devem ter o direito de se separarem. A teoria nacionalista de uma “nação negra” nos EUA ignora o fato de que os negros (e outras minorias étnico-raciais) estão profundamente integrados na economia dos EUA, ainda que esmagadoramente nos níveis mais baixos, não tem um território comum, um idioma ou cultura em separado. Os movimentos “de volta para a África” de Garvey, a teoria de uma nação negra e todas as outras formas de separatismo negro tem o efeito principal de dividir o proletariado e isolar a sua seção mais explorada, e mais potencialmente revolucionária, em organizações separadas lutando por objetivos diferentes. Ambos os SWP, com o seu entusiasmo pelo controle comunitário, e os maoístas, como a Liga Outubro de Davidson, e a Liga Comunista com os seus conceitos utópico-reacionários de uma nação negra, servem para desunir a classe trabalhadora e para atá-la à burguesia. O entusiasmo do SWP por um partido político negro levou-o a se empolgar com as ações dos Democratas negros (como a convenção de Gary em 1971), enquanto o separatismo negro ajuda os demagogos burgueses nacionalistas como Imamu Baraka (Leroi Jones) – apoiado pela Fundação Ford de Newark.
 
Em parte a capitulação ao nacionalismo negro por amplos setores da esquerda dos EUA é um reconhecimento distorcido de que esse setor mais explorado da classe trabalhadora vai, de fato, desempenhar um papel chave na revolução socialista nos Estados Unidos. Os trabalhadores negros são potencialmente a seção líder do proletariado. Mas isso exige uma integração dos seus elementos mais conscientes ao partido de vanguarda único e uma luta implacável entre os trabalhadores negros pelo programa da luta de classe conjunta. Conscientes das necessidades de métodos especiais de trabalho entre os setores duplamente explorados do proletariado, a SL chamou por uma organização negra transitória, não como uma concessão ao separatismo negro, mas precisamente para melhor combater o nacionalismo entre as massas negras (“Black and Red – Class Struggle Road to Negro Freedom”, Spartacist, maio-junho de 1967).
 
Leninismo vs. Movimentismo
 
Desde o fim da fração Weatherman-RYM II da SDS em fins de 1969*, o nacionalismo negro e o feminismo tem sido postos juntos por um movimentismo grosseiro como a forma dominante de ideologia pequeno-burguesa no movimento socialista. Adaptando-se à atual consciência atrasada da classe trabalhadora, os movimentistas buscam ganhar popularidade instantânea e influência se organizando no nível de um sindicalismo combativo. Falhando em prestar atenção (e em alguns casos negando) o ensinamento de Lenin de que a consciência socialista deve ser trazida à classe trabalhadora pelo partido revolucionário, os movimentistas radicais de hoje realizam um trabalho sindical que de forma alguma se distingue daquele feito pelo reformista Partido Comunista/EUA nos anos 1930 e 1940. Capitulando a cada burocrata com um discurso mais combativo que aparece, e não menos a pequenos burocratas dentro da própria organização, eles falham em travar uma luta política nos sindicatos, guardando o seu apoio à NLF, Mao e companhia para as universidades.
 
Entre grupos que reivindicam o trotskismo, o movimentismo tomou a forma de negar a necessidade da luta pelo Programa de Transição por inteiro nos sindicatos. Alguns falsos trotskistas argumentam que demandas salariais por si sós são revolucionárias (Workers League), outros que o Programa de Transição deve ser servido aos trabalhadores às partes, um pedacinho de cada vez (Class Stuggle League [Liga Luta de Classes]); outros ainda proclamam verbalmente o Programa de Transição em seus documentos, mas veem a estratégia pelo poder baseada em dar “apoio crítico” a cada burocrata disponível (Revolutionary Socialist League [Liga Socialista Revolucionária]). O SWP, por sua vez, não faz quase nenhum trabalho sindical e, em sua imprensa, dá apoio acrítico aos burocratas liberais, tanto aqueles dentro quanto fora da direção.
 
A Liga Espartaquista, em contraste, chama pela formação de colaterais baseadas no Programa de Transição para lutar pela liderança dos sindicatos. Enquanto busca formar frentes únicas em torno de questões específicas, a SL vê a tarefa fundamental na criação de uma oposição comunista ― e não apenas de sindicalismo combativo. Junto com Trotsky, nós afirmamos que o Programa de Transição é o programa para a luta nos sindicatos. Isso não significa que o programa de cada colateral deve ser uma cópia em carbono da Declaração de Princípios da Liga Espartaquista ― é necessário escolher demandas que servem melhor para elevar a consciência socialista em cada situação particular. O que é essencial é que o programa de demandas transitórias da colateral não seja limitado ao reformismo combativo, mas contenha a perspectiva política da revolução socialista.
 
Davidson cita Trotsky em discussões com líderes do SWP em 1940 para afirmar que o trabalho sindical trotskista levava ao “anticomunismo”. Nós publicamos recentemente uma série de artigos sobre o “Trabalho Trotskista nos Sindicatos” (Workers Vanguard No. 25-28), detalhando nossas críticas à política do SWP de ênfase unilateral em blocos com burocratas “progressivos” e sua falha em construir um polo comunista nos sindicatos. Entretanto, ele estava perfeitamente correto durante o fim dos anos 1930 em concentrar o trabalho trotskista em se opor aos stalinistas: estes eram agentes de Roosevelt no movimento sindical, os autores e defensores do acordo para evitar greves durante a Segunda Guerra Mundial. É claro, ninguém pode acusar os amigos de Davidson na Liga Outubro ou os seus Sindicalistas Revolucionários de atacar o Partido Comunista (ou qualquer outro burocrata reformista) no seu trabalho sindical. Ao invés disso, eles apoiam uniformemente os burocratas de esquerda no poder (tais como Chavez, dos trabalhadores agrícolas) e formam blocos com burocratas de fora da direção quando aqueles burocratas atualmente empossados são conservadores demais para despertar qualquer ilusão entre os trabalhadores.
 
Consistente com esse padrão de distorções das posições de Trotsky nos artigos anteriores da sua série, Davidson busca criar a impressão de que Trotsky apoiava a decisão do SWP de emblocar por algumas vezes com os burocratas “progressivos” contra os stalinistas. Não mesmo! Em 1949, Trotsky criticou explicitamente o SWP por leveza em relação aos sindicalistas pró-Roosevelt e insistiu em uma orientação direcionada aos membros de base do PC.
 
A Luta pela Reconstrução da Quarta Internacional
 
A degeneração do SWP e seu afastamento do bolchevismo em direção ao centrismo não ocorreu simplesmente num belo dia em 1961, mas foi o resultado de um processo de degeneração programática (e, em última instância, organizativa) da Quarta Internacional depois da Segunda Guerra Mundial. O ponto crítico veio com o racha da QI em 1953, que significou a destruição organizativa do partido mundial da revolução socialista. No cerne do racha estava o programa proposto por Michel Pablo, cabeça do Secretariado Internacional da QI, de “entrismo profundo” nos partidos reformistas e stalinistas, rotulados de “centristas de esquerda” para poder justificar a nova linha. Pablo não via mais a crise de liderança revolucionária como o obstáculo chave para a revolução e a construção da Quarta Internacional como sua solução. Ao invés disso, ele adotou a teoria objetivista de que uma crise avassaladora do capitalismo (suas “Teses sobre a Guerra-revolução”) iriam forçar os stalinistas a realizar, ao menos, revoluções deformadas. Assim, as “Teses Sobre Perspectivas Internacionais” de Pablo, do Terceiro Congresso da QI (1951), declaram:
 
“As condições objetivas determinam, em longo prazo, o caráter e a dinâmica do movimento de massas que, tomado a certo nível, pode superar todos os obstáculos subjetivos no caminho para a revolução.”
Quatrieme Internationale, agosto-setembro de 1951
 
Quando se tornou claro que a implicação da linha de Pablo era a liquidação organizativa da QI nos partidos dominantes stalinistas e socialdemocratas, e quando isso chegou aos Estados Unidos através de uma fração liquidacionista pró-Pablo (liderada por Cochran e Clarke) dentro do próprio SWP, a maioria do partido reagiu de forma aguda. James Cannon escreveu:
 
“A essência do revisionismo pablista é se livrar daquela parte do trotskismo que é a mais vital ― a concepção de que a crise da humanidade é a crise de liderança do movimento dos trabalhadores resumida na questão do partido.”
― “Luta Fracional e a Direção do Partido”, novembro de 1953
 
A destruição organizativa da QI pelo revisionismo pablista em 1953 veio como o resultado de uma série de fatores afetando o movimento trotskista depois da Segunda Guerra mundial, mas particularmente nas seções europeias. Por um lado, virtualmente toda a liderança do pré-guerra tinha sido assassinada ou pela Gestapo nazista ou pela GPU stalinista. A continuidade viva com Trotsky tinha sido praticamente rompida. Além do mais, as seções haviam sido dizimadas e largamente isoladas da classe trabalhadora, enquanto os stalinistas tinham sido capazes de expandir a sua influência como liderança das lutas partidárias anti-Hitler. Ao mesmo tempo, os regimes stalinistas foram estabelecidos sob a proteção do exército russo na Europa Oriental, e a insurreição de base camponesa na China levou à derrubada do capitalismo e à criação de um Estado proletário deformado. Diante desses desenvolvimentos inesperados, a resposta inicial do movimento trotskista foi manter que os regimes stalinistas da Europa Oriental ainda eram capitalistas. Somente por volta de 1955, por exemplo, o SWP decidiu que a China havia se tornado um Estado proletário deformado. Vulgarizando desapercebidamente a compreensão dialética de Trotsky sobre o stalinismo, os trotskistas ortodoxos deram ênfase ao lado contrarrevolucionário do stalinismo até que as suas teorias não se encaixavam mais na realidade. Essa desorientação permitiu que a corrente revisionista ao redor de Pablo justificasse os seus impulsos oportunistas concluindo, a partir das limitadas transformações sociais na Europa Oriental, que forças não-proletárias, não-trotskistas, podem liderar simplesmente qualquer tipo de revolução social.
 
O SWP foi menos afetado por esse processo, tendo emergido da guerra com a sua liderança intacta, seus membros e seus laços com a classe trabalhadora fortalecidos e com os stalinistas norte-americanos relativamente fracos se comparados com os europeus. Era natural que, em 1953, o SWP devesse liderar a luta pelo trotskismo ortodoxo. Mas de fato, o partido só travou uma luta pela metade, praticamente se isolando de qualquer trabalho internacional até o fim dos anos 1950. O “Comitê Internacional” que ele formou com as maiorias das seções francesa e britânica, que se opuseram a Pablo, mal funcionou de verdade. Como o partido perdeu praticamente todos os seus quadros sindicais na luta contra Cochran-Clarke, e como a maior parte dos seus membros se retiraram durante os anos do macarthismo, a liderança começou a mover-se para a direita no fim dos anos 1950, em busca de alguma força ou movimento ao qual pudesse se agregar para recuperar a sua influência de massa.
 
Ele a descobriu na revolução cubana, que evocou uma onda de simpatia ao redor de toda a América Latina e nos EUA. A liderança do partido declarou que Cuba era basicamente um Estado proletário saudável, embora ainda não possuísse as formas da democracia proletária (!) e que Fidel Castro era um marxista natural (ou seja, ele supostamente agia como um trotskista, embora falasse primeiro como um nacionalista pequeno-burguês e depois como um stalinista).
 
Sem surpresa, essa foi a mesma linha adotada pelos pablistas na Europa. Se as burocracias stalinistas pequeno-burguesas podiam realizar uma revolução social na Europa Oriental, eles raciocinavam, porque não um nacionalista pequeno-burguês como Castro? Então, na prática, o SWP estava caindo na linha pablista. Ao mesmo tempo, uma oposição foi formada dentro do SWP (a Tendência Revolucionária, predecessora da Liga Espartaquista) que considerava Cuba um Estado proletário deformado e criticava a liderança do SWP por sua capitulação a Castro e aos pablistas europeus. A TR, em 1963, propôs uma tese (“Rumo ao Renascimento da Quarta Internacional”) contrária ao documento da maioria, que foi a base para a reunificação do SWP com os pablistas europeus para formar o “Secretariado Unificado”. Enquanto a maioria do partido apoiava a “via guerrilheira para o poder” de base camponesa, a TR defendeu a posição trotskista de que apenas o proletariado poderia liderar a luta pela revolução agrária e a libertação nacional.
 
A TR foi expulsa do SWP em 1963 pela sua oposição revolucionária à adaptação pablista da maioria a forças pequeno-burguesas. Em sequência, o vão entre as políticas do SWP e o trotskismo do grupo Espartaquista continuou a se alargar. O SWP ex-trotskista capitulou ao nacionalismo negro, ao pacifismo burguês e ao feminismo burguês, a tal ponto que hoje é uma rígida organização reformista com apetites de se tornar o partido socialdemocrata dominante dos EUA.
 
Nós devemos aprender com a história de derrotas que o revisionismo leva às mesmas consequências, venha ele se origens stalinistas ou de antigos trotskistas. A linha maoísta defendida pelo Guardian de forma alguma oferece uma alternativa proletária para o reformismo do SWP. Ao invés das campanhas setorialistas (ao redor de uma só questão) e reformistas do SWP, em aliança com a burguesia liberal (NPAC, WONAAC), os maoístas propõem campanhas reformistas amplas em cima de múltiplas questões coma a burguesia liberal (PCPJ). O único caminho para a revolução socialista é realizar um rompimento fundamentado com o stalinismo e o pablismo e retornar ao programa marxista da independência de classe do proletariado, incorporado unicamente pela Liga Espartaquista dos EUA. Internacionalmente, isso significa uma luta sem tréguas para a criação de uma tendência trotskista unida com base no seu programa e com funcionamento baseado no centralismo democrático, para levar adiante a tarefa de reconstrução da Quarta Internacional.
 
Abaixo o Pablismo!

Pela Reconstrução da Quarta Internacional!


*Nota da Tradução: A SDS (Estudantes por uma Sociedade Democrática) foi uma organização estudantil de massa norte-americana formada no começo dos anos 1960. Em 1969, na Convenção de Chicago, a SDS rompeu entre apoiadores do maoísta Progressive Labor Party e movimentistas, que contaram com a maior parte da direção estudantil, organizados no Revolutionary Youth Movement (RYM, que depois se dividiria entre as frações Weatherman e RYM II). A dissolução da SDS marcou a queda da maior parte dos seus antigos componentes ao nível do movimentismo pouco tempo depois.
 
CAPÍTULO ANTERIOR     |     ÍNDICE 

A Escola Stalinista de Falsificação Revisitada (7)

CAPÍTULO ANTERIOR     |    ÍNDICE     |     PRÓXIMO CAPÍTULO

7. A China de Mao: de Stalin a Nixon
 
Os fantasmas dos Ming e dos Manchu no Palácio Proibido devem estar dando risadas de familiaridade com a trama de seu herdeiro desleal contra o imperador. Eles sem dúvida acreditam que uma nova dinastia reina em Pequim, uma dinastia como a sua própria. Entretanto, os marxistas tem vantagem sobre esses antigos espectros, ao reconhecer que as intrigas na corte de Mao são, em última análise, geradas e moldadas pelas pressões do mundo imperialista em uma nação isolada e atrasada, que rompeu com o sistema capitalista. As lutas internas dentro da burocracia maoísta, mesmo em suas manifestações mais bizarras e personalistas, são inextrincavelmente entrelaçadas com o destino da revolução chinesa e do futuro socialista da humanidade.

Tendo chegado ao poder através de um massivo levante camponês, que destruiu o capitalismo na China e estabeleceu um Estado proletário deformado, a elite nacionalista pequeno-burguesa liderada por Mao estava determinada a restaurar o status da China como uma grande potência. Durante os anos 1950, a pressão do imperialismo forçou a burocracia maoísta a permanecer no campo liderado pela URSS. Entretanto, conforme se tornou cada vez mais claro que os dirigentes do Kremlin estavam determinados a impedir a China de conseguir o seu lugar ao Sol, a burocracia chinesa rompeu com o bloco soviético. Uma vez que a China havia se livrado das amarras que a prendiam à União Soviética, o conflito entre o atraso material da China e as aspirações de grande potência dos seus dirigentes produziu uma luta fracional convulsiva no fim dos anos 1960 (a Revolução Cultural). O resultado dessa luta foi a transformação da China de Mao, desde uma aliada da União Soviética contra o imperialismo norte-americano, a uma semialiada da diplomacia imperialista contra a URSS.
 
A política econômica do aventureirismo burocrático
 
A Revolução Cultural esteve diretamente relacionada ao fracasso do Grande Salto Adiante (1958-60) e de seu impacto na posição de Mao dentro do partido. O Grande Salto Adiante, por sua vez, surgiu da impossibilidade de impor políticas stalinistas ortodoxas de industrialização durante o Primeiro Plano Quinquenal da China (1953-56). O modelo stalinista de industrialização consistia em devotar a maior parte do excedente econômico para grandes e modernos complexos da indústria pesada. A comida para a crescente classe trabalhadora urbana e a matéria prima agrícola são extraídos do campesinato através da coletivização forçada. Isso necessariamente envolve sacrificar o rendimento final da agricultura e o consumo de comida no campo para aumentar o excedente agrícola disponível para a população urbana em crescimento. Durante os anos 1930, o consumo de comida na Rússia caiu 15 por cento e houve fome generalizada entre os camponeses, sobretudo na Ucrânia.
 
Entretanto, a China era simplesmente pobre demais para aplicar o método soviético e obter um crescimento econômico rápido. Comparada com a União Soviética de 1929, a China de 1953 produzia por volta de metade da quantidade de comida per capta. Uma redução na produção de alimentos comparável à que acontecera na Rússia durante os anos 1930 iria literalmente ter produzido inanição em massa na China. O conflito entre a pobreza da China e a industrialização stalinista-soviética ortodoxa veio em 1956, quando um aumento repentino no investimento criou escassez de bens de consumo e matérias primas, levando à inflação. Diferente de insistir, como Stalin havia feito, a burocracia chinesa abandonou o Primeiro Plano Quinquenal e recuou. Em 1957, o investimento acabou reduzido e trabalhadores foram dispensados e embarcados de volta para o campo.
 
Como frequentemente ocorre em regimes stalinistas, uma desaceleração econômica esteve associada com certa abertura política (nesse caso, o Desabrochar de Cem Flores). Entretanto, o aroma das flores desabrochando acabou não sendo do gosto da burocracia. O alcance e profundidade do descontentamento que o Desabrocahr de Cem Flores revelou alarmou o regime maoísta. A burocracia sentiu necessário reassegurar sua autoridade e impor uma maior disciplina e uma sensação forçada de propósito nacional entre as massas.
 
Outra importante causa da política do Grande Salto Adiante adveio do estado contraditório da coletivização do campo. Ao contrário da Rússia de Stalin, a coletivização da produção agrícola até 1956 tinha um grande componente de voluntarismo. Isso foi possível porque o Partido Comunista Chinês possuía uma considerável autoridade moral entre os camponeses, em razão da sua vitória contra os latifundiários e a distribuição igualitária da terra. Os camponeses não tinham influência real sobre a escala e padrão da produção nas cooperativas. Entretanto, os quadros regionais do partido, que administravam as cooperativas, eram incumbidos de maximizar o excedente, o que significava reduzir uma grande parte da renda e aumentar o tempo de trabalho além do que os camponeses iriam concordar voluntariamente. Assim, os quadros rurais do partido receberam a incumbência de expandir a produção agrícola sem ter o poder para fazê-lo. Consequentemente, houve pressão da base do partido para transformar as cooperativas em fazendas estatais de facto, onde os camponeses receberiam ordens.
 
Essas pressões culminaram no Grande Salto Adiante de 1958. O coração da política do Grande Salto era o amálgama das cooperativas em unidades produtivas gigantescas e autossuficientes (as comunas) de muitos milhares de famílias. Esperava-se que o sistema de comuna liberasse enormes quantidades de força de trabalho, que seriam utilizadas para expandir a indústria através de métodos artesanais, fabricar produtos industriais pesados com técnicas primitivas (os fornalhas de ferro de fundo de quintal, por exemplo) e realizar os grandes projetos de conservação de água. Os membros das comunas seriam pagos apenas na base de frutos do trabalho, na prática transformando os camponeses em trabalhadores assalariados sem direito a propriedade, fosse a sua terra ou seus produtos diretos. O Grande Salto também foi apresentado ao campesinato de uma forma que se aproximava do discurso religioso. A China iria alcançar o Ocidente em alguns anos e atingir o comunismo completamente dentro de 15 anos. Em suma, os camponeses foram informados de que depois de alguns poucos anos de heroico sacrifício, eles estariam vivendo em um paraíso na Terra.
 
Quaisquer que tenham sido os seus efeitos práticos em acelerar o crescimento econômico, a “visão comunista” por trás do Grande Salto Adiante era utopismo reacionário. Ao invés de o comunismo resultar de uma divisão internacional do trabalho entre vários Estados proletários avançados (e da eliminação da escassez), o “comunismo” estilo chinês chegaria através do trabalho primitivo de milhões de camponeses (ou seja, a distribuição igualitária da pobreza). Mas, enquanto houver pobreza em massas, a base econômica para a criação de uma burocracia parasita – e, em última instância, um retorno à exploração capitalista através da contrarrevolução – permanecerá. Os líderes chineses estão cientes desse fato já que, apesar da sua absurda afirmação de que a China é um Estado socialista, cada nova “panelinha antipartido de traidores mal-intencionados cobertos de crimes” que é expulsa, é acusada também de andar preparando o caminho para o retorno ao capitalismo. Socialismo significa a abolição das classes através da abolição da base material para a exploração de classe – a escassez econômica. Para os marxistas, o proletariado é o vetor do socialismo não apenas porque é vítima da privação e opressão, mas também porque incorpora os mais altos avanços técnicos da humanidade, a base material para uma verdadeira revolução cultural. Para os marxistas, comunismo significa a troca do trabalho de cem camponeses pelo de um trator moderno; para os maoístas, por outro lado, comunismo significa a substituição do trabalho de um trator (indisponível) pelo de cem camponeses.
 
Na prática, o Grande Salto Adiante foi uma tentativa sem precedentes de militarizar o trabalho. A burocracia levou os camponeses aos limites da resistência física. As condições infernais criadas pelo sistema de produção forçada podem ser vistas no fato de que foi necessário para o Comitê Central emitir a seguinte diretiva para os quadros do partido nas comunas:
 
“Mas em qualquer momento, oito horas de sono e quatro horas para refeições e recreação, no total 12 horas, devem ser garantidas e isto não pode ser reduzido”.
― Peking Review, 3 de dezembro de 1958
 
Hoje é universalmente reconhecido que o Grande Salto Adiante levou a um colapso econômico único na história dos Estados sino-soviéticos. A magnitude exata do declínio na produção permanece desconhecida, porque o regime jamais publicou nenhuma estatística econômica nos anos 1960-63, o que por si só dá uma ideia da catástrofe econômica. Entretanto, uma estimativa razoável é de que a produção alimentar caiu entre 15 e 20 por cento entre 1958-60 (Current Scene, janeiro de 1964), enquanto a produção industrial teria caído entre 30 e 40 por cento entre 1959-62 (China Quarterly, abril-junho de 1970).
 
As razões precisas para a catástrofe causada pelo Grande Salto são numerosas. Condições climáticas foram um fator real, embora os maoístas tenham-no tornado um álibi completo. O regime, acreditando em suas próprias estatísticas terrivelmente infladas, chegou a reduzir a área para semeio de grãos em 1959. Os administradores das comunas desviavam o trabalho para os glamorosos trabalhos de fundição e irrigação de aço, devotando muito pouco ao trabalho agrícola básico. Na histeria de produzir resultados estatísticos, o controle de qualidade foi completamente abandonado. A maior parte do aço produzido nas comunas era inutilizável e mais da metade da supostamente nova área de terra irrigável não era arável. O estímulo a autossuficiência nas comunas resultou em tentativas de fazer crescer culturas (o algodão, por exemplo) em condições geográficas impossíveis. O abrupto corte na ajuda soviética em 1960 foi também um importante fator que causou um declínio na produção da indústria pesada.
 
Entretanto, a verdade avassaladora é que foram a grosseira violação dos interesses proprietários do campesinato e uma rígida militarização do trabalho as causas fundamentais da catástrofe econômica. Os camponeses se rebelaram contra o sistema de comunas da única forma que podiam – se recusando a produzir. Que a indisposição do campesinato estava no coração do fracasso do Grande Salto é atestado pela própria burocracia chinesa. Em seu recuo, o regime foi forçado a fazer grandes concessões a apetites camponeses individualistas. Nesse aspecto, o Grande Salto Adiante teve um significado decisivo. Ele dissipou o capital moral que o Partido Comunista tinha alcançado na guerra civil e com a distribuição igualitária da terra. Depois de 1960, os camponeses não podiam mais ser motivados por ideais sociais ou promessas de abundância futura, apenas com base em dinheiro vivo.
 
O rebaixamento de Mao e o Grande Tropeço Atrás
 
Mao foi especialmente responsável pelo Grande Salto Adiante. E de todos os líderes do partido, ele sozinho continuou a defendê-lo. Ele até mesmo defendeu as fornalhas de fundo de quintal, ao mesmo tempo em que observava que a ausência de ferrovias na China tornava difícil usar os lingotes produzidos para qualquer propósito útil. Enquanto o restante da liderança do partido percebeu que o Grande Salto tinha falhado porque ele atacava brutalmente o interesse próprio dos camponeses, Mao afirmava que a falha havia sido causada por “erros” e “excessos” dos representantes regionais do partido. Assim, Mao nunca rejeitou os princípios que constituíam o Grande Salto.
 
Já que ele continuava defendendo a política que levara a China à beira da inanição em massa, era previsível que Mao sofreria ataques de outras seções da burocracia. Em 1959, o Ministro da Defesa Peng Teh-huai, um stalinista ortodoxo pró-russo, lançou um ataque direto contra Mao por alienar as massas, produzir um caos econômico e causar fricção desnecessária com a União Soviética. Enquanto o ataque frontal do marechal Peng falhou e este tenha sido perseguido, isso enfraqueceu a estatura de Mao.
 
Durante 1959-61, conforme os resultados desastrosos do Grande Salto ficavam cada vez mais aparentes, Mao perdeu muito da sua autoridade entre os quadros dirigentes. Ele foi escorraçado da liderança central e substituído por um agrupamento liderado por Liu Shao-chi (o braço direito de longa data de Mao), Chou En-lai, Teng Hsiao-ping (o secretário geral do PC chinês) e Peng Chen. Mao e seus apoiadores (Lin Piao e Chen Po-ta) foram reduzidos a uma tendência crítica à esquerda dentro da liderança mais ampla do partido. As mudanças na liderança central do partido foram escondidas do público, embora dois dos apoiadores de Peng Chen (Wu Han e Teng To) tenham publicado pequenos ataques velados contra Mao, que depois serviram como pretexto para lançar a Revolução Cultural.
 
Para se recuperar do Grande Salto, o regime de Liu adotou uma política econômica bukharinista com respeito à produção agrícola e também industrial. As comunas foram desmontadas e substituídas pelo mais baixo nível de coletivização, a “brigada produtiva”, de cerca de vinte famílias. O livre mercado foi encorajado, assim como o foram a propriedade privada da terra e do gado. Em1962, a colheita de grãos privada em Yunan foi maior do que a colheita coletiva. Em 1964, já havia mais lavouras privadas do que coletivas em Kweichow e em Szechuan.
 
Em 1961, o governo proibiu totalmente novas construções industriais. O ritmo da expansão industrial seria determinado pelo excedente de livre mercado, vindo dos camponeses e das brigadas produtivas. Sob as condições chinesas, permitir o desenvolvimento industrial ser determinado pelo crescimento do mercado camponês é profundamente antiproletário no sentido mais elementar. Em 1964, o principal projetista econômico chinês, Po I-po disse a Anna Louise Strong que o regime pretendia reduzir a população urbana a cerca de 20 milhões (Strong, Letters from China).
 
O retorno a uma economia de mercado, combinado com um agudo declínio na autoridade popular do PC, criou poderosas tendências desintegradorasdentro da própria burocracia. Ganância pessoal, carreirismo, a defesa de interesses estreitos e coronelismo regional se tornaram frequentes. Durante a Revolução Cultural, houve relatos de que, em 1962, o partido de Shangai e de outras regiões requisitou grãos de Chekiang, uma das poucas regiões onde havia excedente. O Primeiro Secretário do partido em Chekiang parece ter respondido: “Chekiang não é uma colônia de Shangai… Eu tenho porcos para alimentar” (China Quarterly, outubro-dezembro de 1972). Essa resposta exemplifica as relações entre diferentes setores da burocracia nesse período.
 
Mao representava a ala nacional-messiânica e utópica da burocracia. Ele ficou, portanto profundamente perturbado pela crescente queda na disciplina, na unidade e na sensação de propósito nacional dentro do partido. Em 1962 ele estabeleceu um grupo de pressão, o Comitê de Educação Socialista, com o duplo propósito de restauras a noção de iniciativa nos quadros do partido e de limitar a tendência rumo ao individualismo camponês na política econômica. Os esforços do Comitê de Educação Socialista se mostraram impotentes contra a força do rotineirismo burocrático.
 
Em vista da Revolução Cultural, é necessário enfatizar a considerável diferença entre as políticas de Mao e aquelas da liderança partidária liderada por Liu entre 1961-65. Enquanto Mao era a favor de uma maior coletivização agrícola, ele apoiava firmemente as políticas que fortaleceram o peso social do campesinato contra a classe trabalhadora, tal como transferir população urbana para o campo. Mao sempre tentou liquidar o proletariado chinês enquanto um grupo social distinto e dissolvê-lo nas massas rurais.
 
Não havia diferença entre Mao e Liu a respeito da sua atitude com relação ao proletariado. Isso foi demonstrado pela defesa feita por Mao do sistema “proletário-camponês” durante a Revolução Cultural, apesar da sua enorme impopularidade e das suas consequências econômicas negativas. Essa perversa política antiproletária (instituída por Liu em 1963) exigia que os camponeses realizassem trabalho industrial durante a temporada de folga. Eles recebiam menos que os trabalhadores efetivos, não recebiam benefícios sociais completos disponíveis aos trabalhadores regulares e não tinham permissão de entrar nos sindicatos. Por sua vez, os trabalhadores efetivos sindicalizados eram substituídos por “proletários-camponeses” e logo despachados forçosamente para o campo! O sistema “proletário-camponês” conforma bem o “ideal” de Mao de uma sociedade comunista e é um mecanismo efetivo para diminuir os salários e aumentar a acumulação estatal. O sistema foi a causa mais importante do levante operário durante a Revolução Cultural. Os maoístas não apenas defenderam o sistema, mas também suprimiram as organizações de contrato de trabalho que haviam surgido espontaneamente para defender os “proletários-camponeses”.
 
Não há nem mesmo há qualquer evidência de que havia diferenças significativas entre Mao e o resto da liderança do PC chinês sobre a política externa antes de 1965. Foram Liu e Teng, não Mao, que organizaram a campanha contra o “revisionismo Kruschevista”. Muitos dos maoístas de hoje deveriam considerar que eles foram ganhos para a linha chinesa pela campanha “anti-revisionista” de Liu, Teng e companhia, depois de estes terem escorraçado Mao da liderança central.
 
Indonésia e Vietnã na Estrada para Washington
 
Durante uma plenária do partido em 1962, Mao revelou que Stalin não confiava no PC chinês desde o fim dos anos 1940, suspeitando de um potencial titoísmo. Mao relatou ainda que, enquanto ele buscava ganhar a confiança de Stalin, o PC chinês nunca sacrificou a sua independência. Entretanto, a polarização da guerra fria, particularmente a Guerra da Coréia, não deixou à China outra opção se não a de se tornar parte do bloco liderado pelos soviéticos. Durante meados dos anos 1950, o PC chinês buscou desenvolver a sua própria tendência dentro do bloco soviético, manobrando ativamente entre os partidos do Leste Europeu com uma linha mais independente de Moscou. Como um importante subproduto dessas atividades, o regime de Mao desempenhou um papel chave em incentivar os russos a esmagar o levante húngaro de 1956, e depois em justifica-lo internacionalmente.
 
Parte do “espírito de Camp David” (a coexistência pacífica entre Eisenhower e Kruschev) foi a compreensão de que o Kremlin iria policiar a expansão da potência nacional chinesa. Os principais aspectos disso, que foram também os eventos que levaram ao rompimento sino-soviético, foram a tentativa de Kruschev de fazer a China abandonar a sua pressão militar contra as ilhas do Estreito de Taiwan em 1958; a recusa soviética de cumprir a promessa de fornecer à China recursos para produzir armas nucleares; e a “neutralidade” pró-Índia da URSS durante a guerra de fronteira sino-indiana em 1960. O ataque político cada vez mais estridente da China aos soviéticos levou-os a reagir cortando totalmente a ajuda econômica em 1960. Essa pode ser considerada a data oficial do rompimento.
 
Seguido ao racha no campo soviético, a política externa chinesa consistiu de uma tentativa de se alinhar com o “Terceiro Mundo” – um termo remodelado para incluir a França de De Gaulle! – contra as duas superpotências. Nesse período, a política externa chinesa registrou alguns episódicos ganhos diplomáticos. Entretanto, em 1965, o Terceiro Mundo de repente ficou fora do alcance dos diplomatas chineses. Vários “amigos da China” foram derrubados por golpes militares, notadamente Nkrumah, que apropriadamente estava visitando a China na época. Em vista desses golpes de direita, a Segunda Conferência Afro-asiática, que os Chineses esperavam que se tornasse um fórum antissoviético, foi cancelada. Entretanto, um verdadeiro choque foi a derrubada de Sukarno na Indonésia, que resultou na sangrenta liquidação física do PKI pró-China, na época o maior partido stalinista que não tinha poder de Estado.
 
Os golpes de direita que varreram a Ásia e a África em 1965 demonstraram que a força do imperialismo dos EUA não está somente no seu poder militar direto, mas também nos seus laços orgânicos com as classes possuidoras ao redor do mundo. Onde quer que a luta de classes atinja uma certa intensidade, a burguesia colonial rompe o seu flerte com Pequim ou Moscou e abraça a classe dominante norte-americana como a principal defensora da ordem capitalista em nossa época.
 
Com a estratégia terceiro-mundista da China enterrada sob os corpos decapitados dos trabalhadores e camponeses indonésios, um novo perigo ameaçava a China – o avanço dos EUA no Vietnã. A manifesta impotência do “Terceiro Mundo” em proteger a China, combinada com os bombardeios do imperialismo dos EUA na sua vizinhança, causou profundas diferenças dentro da burocracia. Um grupo ao redor de Liu, Peng Chen e o Chefe do Exército de Liberação Popular, Lo Jui-ching, queriam evitar a deterioração das relações com a União Soviética e arranjar um tipo de frente única militar com o Kremlin em cima do Vietnã. O grupo de Mao e Lin queria continuar a escalar o rompimento com a URSS e, acima de tudo, impedir outra situação como a da Guerra da Coréia.
 
Em certo sentido, a primeira batalha da Revolução Cultural foi travada no alto comando do ELP. Sob o pretexto de “profissionalismo” contra “politica”, ela foi, na realidade, uma luta em cima da política para o Vietnã e uma aliança militar soviética. Lo Jui-ching queria se preparar ativamente para uma possível intervenção massiva por terra no Vietnã. Do outro lado, um chamado pela “guerra popular” foi na verdade um chamado para um retrocesso da guerra do Vietnã de volta ao nível de guerra de guerrilhas, para evitar o perigo de que a China fosse mergulhada em outra situação como a da Coréia. A vitória de Lin sobre o chefe do Estado-maior foi a primeira vitória do isolamento militar da China.
 
O ponto decisivo veio no início de 1966, quando o Partido Comunista Japonês pró-China tentou organizar uma frente única militar das potências comunistas na questão do Vietnã. Uma declaração conjunta dos PCs japonês e chinês sobre o Vietnã foi acordado sem atacar os russos de “revisionismo”, e dessa forma abrindo a porta para colaboração sino-soviética. Na última hora, Mao sabotou o acordo e atacou abertamente os líderes do partido, sobretudo Peng Chen, que eram responsáveis por ele. Mao estava determinado a não provocar a suspeita dos norte-americanos através de uma mostra de solidariedade com a Rússia. Sob o pretexto de combater o “revisionismo”, Mao informou em seguida ao imperialismo dos EUA que, enquanto a China não fosse diretamente atacada, ela não iria intervir mesmo diante dos ataques mais assassinos contra os trabalhadores e camponeses de outros países. Assim, a détente com os EUA não era apenas um giro à direita marcando um recuo da Revolução Cultural. O apetite de Mao para uma aliança com o imperialismo dos EUA, para melhor travar a luta com a sua “contradição principal” na forma do “social-imperialismo soviético”, foi de fato um dos eixos centrais da “Revolução Cultural”.
 
Havia uma conexão clara entre as divisões fracionais acerca da política interna e externa. Como o grupo liderado por Liu estava pronto a deixar a burocracia afundar no carreirismo rotineiro e nos privilégios extravagantes, e a deixar a economia expandir no ritmo da vontade dos camponeses, esse grupo só podia conceber a defesa da China estando dentro da esfera militar soviética. Já que Mao e Lin estavam determinados a fazer da China uma superpotência sem concorrência, eles estavam prontos a mobilizar e disciplinar a burocracia e as massas para superar o atraso social da China tão rapidamente quanto possível.
 
A Antiproletária Revolução Anticultural
 
Em uma frase, a Revolução Cultural era uma tentativa de mobilizar as massas para criar as condições materiais para a política de grande potência da China, na base de um grande fervor nacional messiânico. Para fazer isso, os maoístas tinham que expurgar uma burocracia administrativa cada vez mais conservadora e interessada no próprio umbigo. Para essa tarefa, Mao buscou os oficiais do ELP e a juventude estudantil de origem pobre. Uma vez tendo sido expurgado das tendências conciliacionistas pró-russas, era natural que o corpo de oficiais se encontrasse no campo maoísta. A posição social dos oficiais os levou a ficarem mais preocupados com a força em longo prazo do Estado chinês do que com estreitos interesses locais. Além disso, eles foram removidos da pressão direta das massas chinesas e naturalmente foram a favor de extrair um excedente maior para a produção de armas. A juventude estudantil chinesa era, na maior parte das vezes, a burocracia de amanhã. Eles eram os herdeiros do governo chinês e queriam que esse governo fosse grande e poderoso e os seus indivíduos fossem dedicados e sérios. Os interesses restritos de uma juventude pequeno-burguesa ambiciosa e estudada são futuramente aqueles das camadas pequeno-burguesas. Por essa razão, eles facilmente adotaram os ideais utópicos e atacaram aqueles cujos problemas cotidianos impediam esses ideais de serem realizados.
 
Com o apoio de Lin e do comando do ELP, Mao facilmente se livrou de seus principais oponentes fracionais – Liu, Teng e Peng – em 1966, antes de a Revolução Cultural ser levada para as ruas. O expurgo completo da burocracia provou-se mais difícil. No fim, acabou se provando impossível. Para entender como os entrincheirados burocratas resistiram à Revolução Cultural, é necessário ver o que aconteceu quando os “revolucionários proletários” do Exército Vermelho confrontaram o proletariado chinês – do outro lado das barricadas!
 
Quaisquer fossem as ilusões das massas chinesas sobre a Grande Revolução Cultural Proletária, rapidamente ficou claro que ela não significava mais para o proletariado. Sob o slogan de combater o “economicismo”, os maoístas radicais deixaram claro que eles tinham a intenção de baixar os salários e intensificar o ritmo de trabalho. Durante 1966, houve uma onda de lutas operárias culminando na greve geral de Shangai e na greve nacional dos ferroviários em janeiro de 1967, o maior embate entre o proletariado chinês e o governo stalinista até hoje.
 
Os trabalhadores ferroviários eram uma das seções mais conscientizadas do proletariado na sociedade chinesa, com as suas próprias sedes e escolas. A Revolução Cultural foi particularmente dura com os ferroviários porque, além do tráfego normal, eles tinham de transportar enormes exércitos de Guardas Vermelhos ao redor do país. Em adição, era-lhes exigido estudar o Pensamento do Presidente Mao depois de um longo dia de trabalho. Em razão do tráfego extra, os regulamentos de segurança existentes foram violados. Quando os trabalhadores reclamaram, os Guardas Vermelhos atacaram o “velho regulamento [de segurança] que não está conforme o pensamento de Mao Tse-tung” (Current Scene, 19 de maio de 1967). Sem dúvida os Guardas Vermelhos acreditavam que o pensamento de Mao era mais poderoso do que as leis da Física! O sindicato das ferrovias em Shangai organizou outros trabalhadores em negociações centrando em reduzir as longas horas de trabalho ou em receber por elas. Em dezembro, as autoridades locais garantiram um aumento geral nos salários. Quando a direção central maoísta em Pequim reverteu o aumento salarial, as ferrovias de Shangai e de toda a China pararam de funcionar.
 
Os Guardas Vermelhos e o ELP derrubaram o governo local de Shangai e seguiram para esmagar a greve. A famosa “Carta a Todo o Povo de Shangai” (Shangai Liberation Daily, 5 de janeiro de 1967) começava com a ordem: “Contenham a Revolução, Estimulem a Produção”. A “Carta” seguia culpando os elementos antipartido por incitar os trabalhadores a deixar seus postos e chamava a convergir com Pequim. Essa era uma propaganda curiosa vinda de supostos líderes de uma revolução “proletária” contra aqueles que detinham o poder político. A greve dos ferroviários demorou a ser suprimida e os estudantes universitários tiveram que ser usados como fura-greves sem qualificação.
 
Depois dos eventos de janeiro de 1967, aqueles burocratas sob ataque dos Guardas Vermelhos tiveram poucos problemas para organizar os seus próprios “Guardas Vermelhos”, compostos de trabalhadores, para defendê-los. Os trabalhadores sentiram que, se os Guardas Vermelhos tomassem o poder, eles iriam trabalhar doze horas por dia, sete dias por semana e estudar o Pensamento de Mao por mais oito horas. E nas batalhas de rua que aconteceram pelas cidades da China, os maoístas radicais não estavam ganhando.
 
Apesar da “participação” das massas, a Revolução Cultural permaneceu uma luta entrea burocracia. Era uma batalha entre a fração Mao-Lin e o aparato conservador, atomizado do partido. Em geral, os estudantes e trabalhadores foram organizados e cinicamente manipulados pelas tendências da burocracia. Os marxistas revolucionários não poderiam apoiar qualquer dos lados, fosse o nacionalismo utópico-militarista da fração de Mao ou os vários carreiristas lutando para manter seus postos.
 
Do ponto de vista dos comunistas, a Revolução Cultural polarizou a sociedade chinesa ao longo das linhas erras, ao colocar uma juventude estudantil subjetivamente revolucionária, que acreditava estar combatendo o burocratismo, contra trabalhadores defendendo as suas condições de vida. Houvesse uma organização trotskista na China capaz de intervir, a sua tarefa teria sido romper com essas falsas linhas de divisão e construir uma oposição comunista genuína à burocracia como um todo.
 
Para os Guardas Vermelhos, os comunistas teriam dito o seguinte: Primeiro, a consciência comunista entre os trabalhadores não pode ser criada por meio de métodos de misticismo religioso (o espírito de Mao dominou sua alma?), mas apenas quando os trabalhadores forem realmente responsáveis por governar a sociedade chinesa através de instituições democráticas. Segundo, o conceito de socialismo deve ser extirpado do ascetismo de quartéis militares. Comunistas se preocupam genuinamente com o bem-estar material das massas e não glorificam a pobreza e o trabalho sem fim. E, talvez mais importante, uma sociedade comunista não pode ser construída na China simplesmente através da vontade e dos sacrifícios do povo Chinês. Isso exige o apoio de revoluções proletárias vitoriosas nos países capitalistas avançados – revoluções que são impedidas pela política externa da China stalinista. Uma tarefa central para os comunistas chineses é usar o poder e a autoridade do Estado chinês para avançar a revolução socialista mundial. Isso significa não apenas um rompimento com o apoio dado a regimes nacionalistas burgueses antiproletários, mas também exigindo imediatamente um bloco militar com a União Soviética, mais urgentemente na Indochina, mesmo enquanto a URSS permanece sob domínio burocrático.
 
Para aqueles trabalhadores que tiveram o impulso de defender os burocratas no poder contra os maoístas radicais, os trotskistas teriam dito o seguinte: os interesses materiais dos trabalhadores não podem ser avançados apoiando os elementos “moderados” da burocracia. Esses interesses materiais só podem ser atendidos quando um governo dos trabalhadores controlar a economia chinesa, substituindo o controle destrutivo da burocracia conservadora. Para manter o poder político, o governo dos trabalhadores teria realmente que controlar o aumento dos salários para poder gerar excedente necessário para propósitos militares e para absorver o campesinato à força de trabalho industrial. A ditadura do proletariado não pode sobreviver com uma classe trabalhadora pequena e aristocrática cercada por um mar de camponeses empobrecidos. Entretanto, uma melhoria fundamental nas condições materiais da população chinesa só pode vir através de recursos obtidos de Estados proletários mais avançados. Ajuda econômica à China através da revolução internacional não precisa ser uma perspectiva de longo prazo. Uma revolução proletária na China daria um enorme ímpeto para a revolução socialista no Japão, a potência industrial da Ásia, com um proletariado altamente consciente e uma estrutura social frágil. O desenvolvimento complementar, planejado, do Japão e da China iria avançar muito rumo  à superação da pobreza da população chinesa. Essa era a política que o movimento trotskista deveria ter apresentado aos trabalhadores e estudantes chineses se digladiando durante a Revolução Cultural.
 
Quem foram os vencedores?
 
Com os burocratas no poder conseguindo mobilizar grupos de trabalhadores para lutar contra os Guardas Vermelhos, os maoístas radicais ficaram num beco sem saída. O centro maoísta tomou então uma ação que mudou fundamentalmente o curso da Revolução Cultural e acabou por levá-la ao fim. Em fevereiro de 1967, o exército foi chamado para ajudar os Guardas Vermelhos a “tomar o poder”. Mas o corpo de oficiais do ELP é carne e sangue da burocracia, ligado ao resto da oficialidade da China por inúmeros laços sociais e pessoais. Como uma condição para apoiar os Guardas Vermelhos, o comando do ELP exigiu que não houvesse expurgos grandes nos administradores no poder, que lhes permitissem se reabilitarem. Isso foi a assim chamada “política dos quadros moderados”. O papel do ELP ao preservar a burocracia foi codificado através de uma mudança no programa formal da Revolução Cultural. Quando lançado em 1966, a Revolução Cultural iria supostamente produzir um sistema político modelado na Comuna da Paris. No começo de 1967, isso foi modificado para a assim chamada “tripla aliança” de “rebeldes revolucionários” (Guardas Vermelhos), o ELP e os “quadros revolucionários” (os burocratas no poder). Claramente o corpo de oficiais estava no comando.
 
A verdadeira relação entre o ELP e os Guardas Vermelhos foi revelada pelo famoso incidente de Wuhan em agosto de 1967, embora o comandante do exército tenha ido longe demais. Em uma luta fracional entre dois grupos de Guardas Vermelhos, o comandante do exército naturalmente apoiou o mais direitista. Quando dois emissários maoístas vieram de Pequim para apoiar a fração mais radical, o comandante mandou prendê-los. Por esse ato de quase motim, ele foi demitido. Entretanto, o destino dos principais envolvidos no incidente de Wuhan é bastante significativo. O comandante rebelado, Chen Tsai-tao, está hoje de volta ao poder, enquanto os dois emissários maoístas foram expurgados como “ultra-esquerdistas”.
 
O incidente de Wuhan colocou temporariamente o centro maoísta contra o comando do ELP e a Revolução Cultural atingiu o seu pico de violência anárquica, incluindo o incêndio da chancelaria britânica. Por volta do fim de 1967, a pressão do comando do ELP para acabar com os Guardas Vermelhos se tornou irresistível.
 
A edição de 28 de janeiro de 1968 de Liberation Army Daily anunciou queo ELP iria “apoiar a esquerda, mas nenhuma facção em particular” ― uma ameaça não tão velada de esmagar os Guardas Vermelhos. O artigo seguia atacando o “fracionalismo pequeno-burguês”. Por volta da mesma época, Chou En-lai afirmou que a liderança da Revolução Cultural tinha passado dos estudantes e juventude para os trabalhadores, os camponeses e os soldados. Ao longo de 1968, ataques contra o “fracionalismo pequeno-burguês”, o “anarquismo” e o “sectarismo” abafaram os ataques contra a “tomada de rumo capitalista” e o “revisionismo”.
 
E tudo terminou em mangas. A cortina caiu sobre a Revolução Cultural em agosto de 1968, quando Mao interviu pessoalmente para resolver uma luta fracional entre Guardas Vermelhos estudantes na Universidade Tsinghua em Pequim, onde havia se formado o primeiro grupo de Guardas Vermelhos. Tendo falhado em resolver a disputa a seu gosto, Mao supostamente teria dito: “Vocês me deixaram triste, e ainda pior, vocês desapontaram os trabalhadores, camponeses e soldados da China.” (Far Eastern Economic Review, 29 de agosto de 1968). Dentro de 48 horas, o primeiro “Time de Propaganda do Pensamento Operário-Camponês de Mao Tse-tung”, comandado pelos oficiais do ELP, chegou na Universidade de Tsinghua e dissolveu os Guardas Vermelhos. Por este serviço, o Presidente enviou pessoalmente ao grupo um carregamento de mangas como presente. Os Guardas Vermelhos fora suprimidos por meios similares pelo país. Os ativistas mais resistentes foram enviados para o interior para “remodelar” o seu pensamento através do trabalho com os camponeses, o destino usual daqueles que “despontam” Mao.
 
A fração de Mao não ganhou a Revolução Cultural. Mao claramente esperava substituir a burocracia administradora por quadros inequivocamente leais a ele, intercalados com jovens “clones” seus, e gerando entusiasmo de massa enquanto fazia isso. Ao invés disso, a reação popular contra a Revolução Cultural fortaleceu a resistência da burocracia que detinha o poder. Uma vez que o exército foi chamado indiretamente, Mao foi forçado a desempenhar um papel bonapartista entre os oficiais do ELP, que representavam o conservadorismo burocrático, e a juventude estudantil radical.
 
Que a burocracia foi largamente mantida se demonstra pela composição do Comitê Central eleito no Nono Congresso do PC chinês em 1969 – o assim chamado “Congresso dos Vencedores”. A média de idade do CC era de 61 anos e o tempo médio de partido de 25 anos. Dois terços do CC eleito em 1945 (que não haviam morrido e nem sido expurgados antes da Revolução Cultural) foram reeleitos para o Comitê Central de 1969! Na verdade, o CC de 1969 mostrou um aumento na proporção de oficiais do ELP (45 por cento). Dificilmente o que um ingênuo entusiasta maoísta poderia esperar do posteriori de uma suposta “revolução” antiburocrática!
 
A liquidação final da Revolução Cultural veio com a queda da fração de Lin. Lin Piao estava associado com uma série de políticas manifestamente fracassadas. No campo da economia nacional, ele foi acusado de querer lançar um impulso na produção em 1969 e de “permitir que os camponeses pudessem ser privados de sua renda legítima” (Far Eastern Economic Review, 1973 Yearbook). Claramente, Lin estava pressionando por outro Grande Salto Adiante. Entretanto, a Revolução Cultural havia demonstrado enorme descontentamento econômico e a disposição dos trabalhadores em combater o regime para preservar as suas condições de vida. A campanha por um Grande Salto Adiante em 1969 poderia ter sido suicida. De fato, desde a Revolução Cultural, a economia chinesa tem estado mais orientada para o mercado, mais desigual, e mais localizada do que ela era em 1965. O regime de Mao/Chou parece ansioso para garantir às massas que grandes sacrifícios econômicos não lhes serão exigidos. Quase todo pronunciamento oficial sobre política econômica afirma o direito do campesinato a um terreno privado.
 
Na política externa, o homem que anunciou que “o campo do mundo conquistará as cidades do mundo” foi igualmente derrotado. No fim dos anos 1960, somente um idiota político poderia acreditar que a China estava liderando de forma bem sucedida o “Terceiro Mundo” contra os EUA e a Rússia. A Revolução Cultural deixou a China diplomaticamente isolada. Apesar da Guerra do Vietnã, a política externa dos EUA ao longo de 1968 continuou a se orientar para um bloco com a Rússia contra a China. Com as condições objetivas favoráveis para ganhos diplomáticos e econômicos, um giro à direita na política externa era inevitável. É provável que Lin tenha rompido em oposição à reaproximação com Nixon.
 
Com sua base no exército, Lin sem dúvida lançou uma luta fracional contra o eixo emergente de Mao/Chou. Ele perdeu. É bem possível que ele tenha planejado um golpe militar como os maoístas afirmam. Entretanto, qualquer mal que Lin possa ter desejado a Mao e Chou enquanto estava vivo, o seu cadáver foi mais do que compensado por isso. Ele é o bode-expiatório perfeito para tudo que deu errado em razão da Revolução Cultural. Toda vez que um “defensor do rumo capitalista” expurgado é reconduzido ao poder, foi Lin que conspirou contra ele. Quando Chou pediu desculpas aos britânicos pelo incêndio na sua chancelaria, ele pôs a culpa em Lin.
 
A cada dia que passa, as vítimas da Revolução Cultural parecem substituir os vencedores. Mesmo o “número dois no comando para tomar o rumo capitalista”, Teng Hsiao-ping, está de volta à estrada com Mao. E ainda assim a Revolução Cultural deixou claramente um partido bastante dividido. O segredo e a extrema rapidez do Décimo Congresso do Partido aponta uma situação interna tensa. É como se a menor concessão formal à democracia intrapartidária fosse produzir um fracionalismo mortífero. A elevação do desconhecido Wang Hungwen a número três é provavelmente colher-de-chá aos maoístas radicais que compreensivamente não confiam em Chou En-lai ― o homem que nunca está do lado derrotado de uma luta fracional. Entretanto, Wang é provavelmente uma figurinha sem base real nos quadros do partido. Quando Mao morrer, o PC chinês deve ter uma crise de sucessão que vai fazer a Revolução Cultural parecer uma conversa educada. É claro, o proletariado chinês deve tirar da agenda a questão de qual burocrata aspirante vai tomar o lugar de Mao, estabelecendo o seu próprio domínio democrático de classe.
 
Abaixo Mao e Brezhnev! Por Unidade Comunista Sino-soviética!
 
O desenvolvimento mais importante desde a Revolução Cultural foi nas relações externas da China. As relações do país com a União Soviética pioraram drasticamente, chegando a sinalizar um conflito armado em 1970. A fronteira sino-soviética tornou-se uma das fronteiras mais militarizadas do mundo. O novo caso de amor do regime de Mao/Chou com Richard Nixon é claramente considerado como um contraponto ao que ela vê como o seu inimigo principal – a União Soviética. No ano passado, a tentativa chinesa para alinhar o imperialismo ocidental contra a União Soviética atingiu um novo pico. A China está fazendo campanha para fortalecer a OTAN para desviar o exército russo da Sibéria. Por exemplo, em 3 de agosto, a publicação oficial Peking Review cita de forma aprovadora a carta do Lord Chalfont para o London Times chamando pela expansão da OTAN:
 
“Chalfont tem recentemente publicado uma série de artigos no The Times para expor a ameaça soviética contra a segurança da Europa, e feito um apelo pelo fortalecimento de uma cooperação defensiva dos países da Europa Ocidental.”
 
Qualquer que sejam as mudanças episódicas que ocorram nos humores diplomáticos, a relação objetiva do imperialismo dos EUA para com a União Soviética é fundamentalmente diferente daquele com relação à China. A União Soviética é economicamente e militarmente superior à China, e rival militar dos EUA. Portanto, a União Soviética é que é o centro dos regimes anticapitalistas do mundo e o principal obstáculo objetivo ao imperialismo dos EUA (Poderia a China ter sustentado os cubanos sob o embargo dos EUA?). A União Soviética poderia derrotar a China em uma grande guerra sem a intervenção imperialista, enquanto a China só poderia esperar a vitória em aliança com outra potência. Assim, a lógica do triângulo de grandes potências é de uma aliança EUA-China contra a União Soviética. Entretanto, a política das grandes potências não é historicamente racional, e um ataque dos EUA e da União Soviética contra a China permanece uma possibilidade.
 
Sob quaisquer circunstâncias, uma guerra entre a Rússia e a China seria um enorme retrocesso para a causa do socialismo. Se eclodir uma guerra sino-soviética independente da intervenção direta do imperialismo, tal como uma versão expandida do conflito de fronteira de 1970, os trotskistas devem chamar por derrotismo revolucionário para ambos os lados. Entretanto, se os EUA se aliarem a um dos lados em uma guerra sino-soviética de forma que o resultado significaque restauração do capitalismo através da vitória imperialista, os trotskistas devem chamar pela defesa militar incondicional do Estado proletário deformado ou degenerado diretamente sob o ataque do imperialismo dos EUA.
 
O foco do conflito russo-chinês é a fronteira siberiana. Significativamente, a base legal para as reivindicações conflitantes é um tratado do século dezoito assinado pela dinastia Romanov e pelos Manchu  ― que, como todos sabemos, tinham escrúpulos em sua preocupação com os direitos nacionais! Aqueles que são novos no movimento socialista podem achar difícil compreender porque a liderança de um Estado proletário deformado está disposta a ir à guerra contra outro Estado proletário degenerado por uma fatia de território vagamente habitada e conviver com potências capitalistas para fazê-lo. Isso significa que Estados proletários podem ser imperialistas, assim como potências capitalistas? Existe um impulso econômico tornando inevitável a guerra entre esses dois países comandados por stalinistas? Não mesmo.
 
Na verdade, os regimes de Moscou e Pequim são politicamente ameaçados pela própria existência de um e de outro, já que ambas potências afirmam representar os interesses dos trabalhadores mas são na verdade instrumentos de uma burocracia isolada que só pode se manter no poder suprimindo forçosamente qualquer vida política do proletariado. Kruschev e Brezhnev lidaram com Liu e Mao da mesma forma com a qual Stalin lidou com Tito (contra o qual ele tinha reclames territoriais) e cada oposição interna, desde Trotsky pela esquerda até Bukharin pela direita, e mesmo com membros potencialmente independentes das suas próprias frações também. Uma tendência competidora afirmando representar os trabalhadores e com os recursos de poder de Estado para propagar as suas visões é duplamente ameaçador para a precária estabilidade desses regimes antiproletários.
 
Como Trotsky apontou, as origens da degeneração burocrática da União Soviética podem ser traçadas desde a limitação nacional e isolamento da Revolução Russa em um país atrasado. Isso levou à elaboração da ideologia nacionalista do “socialismo em um só país” – uma necessária falsa consciência para uma camada burocrática dominante. Assim, esses supostos “comunistas” falam da boca para fora de internacionalismo proletário, mas ao mesmo tempo acreditam que é seu dever sagrado expandir a sua pátria-mãe. E o que é verdade para Moscou é igualmente verdade para Pequim ou para as burocracias nacionalistas de segunda ordem, como a de Sofia (Bulgária), Tirana (Albânia), etc.
 
No conflito a respeito da Sibéria, os russos agora tem uma vantagem esmagadora. Em adição a uma absoluta superioridade nuclear, o exército soviético teria uma vantagem em guerra convencional, apesar das maiores reservas populacionais da China. O lado russo da fronteira é muito mais densamente povoado. E os povos de fala turca que habitam a fronteira norte da China tem rancor pelos séculos de chauvinismo Han, e podem muito bem ser simpáticos aos russos. O Kremlin também está dando duro, por sua parte, para conseguir apoio de potências capitalistas. Para além de considerações puramente financeiras, uma grande razão para que Brezhnev esteja tão ansioso para ter capital estrangeiro nos campos de óleo e gás siberianos é para dar aos EUA e ao Japão um bom motivo para querer que a Sibéria permaneça sendo russa.
 
Entretanto, a vantagem militar do exército soviético está sendo rapidamente diminuída pelo desenvolvimento da capacidade militar chinesa. Assim, existe agora pressão no regime de Brezhnev para realizar um ataque nuclear preventivo contra a China antes que os chineses desenvolvam uma capacidade de retaliação maior. As autoridades soviéticas estão atualmente criando um grande temor de guerra, particularmente entre os residentes da Sibéria, baseado no pior tipo de racismo do “perigo amarelo”. Um correspondente do Economist de Londres (25-31 de agosto) citou um professor escolar na Sibéria declarando que:
 
“A rádio chinesa, transmitindo em russo, ameaçou que os chineses iriam ocupar o sul da Sibéria, matar todos os homens russos e raptar as mulheres russas para casarem.”
 
Se governos proletários revolucionários estivessem no poder em Moscou e Pequim, o conflito a respeito da Sibéria seria facilmente resolvido nos interesses dos trabalhadores russos e chineses. A Sibéria seria aberta para a imigração chinesa e administrada conjuntamente para garantir um rápido desenvolvimento econômico. Além disso, a existência dos Estados proletários revolucionários unificados da Rússia e da China poderia lançar a faísca para a revolução socialista japonesa, liberando os recursos econômicos do Japão para o desenvolvimento da Sibéria, assim como o da China.
 
Os trotskistas entendem que as burocracias stalinistas estão presas em uma posição fundamentalmente contraditória. Por um lado, elas buscam se defender do ataque imperialista, enquanto por outro elas lutam por uma convivência impossível com as potências capitalistas e temem acima de tudo o espalhar da revolução pelo mundo, que iria inevitavelmente derrubar os seus regimes parasitários. Em longo prazo, os Estados proletários deformados (Estados baseados em formas de propriedade coletivizada comandados burocraticamente) podem sobreviver apenas através da extensão internacional do poder dos trabalhadores. Ao defenderem políticas nacionalistas, as burocracias stalinistas da Rússia e da China enfraquecem a ditadura do proletariado e abrem o caminho para a sua derrubada por uma contrarrevolução interna ou conquista imperialista. A revolução chinesa (a mais importante derrota para o imperialismo desde a Revolução de Outubro na Rússia) está agora mortalmente ameaçada por uma guerra nuclear. Uma guerra não com uma potência imperialista, mas com outro poderoso Estado proletário burocratizado – a União Soviética.
 
Apenas derrubando os governos reacionários de Mao e Brezhnev podem as massas trabalhadoras russas e chinesas impedir uma guerra uma contra a outra e, ao invés disso, trazer a unificação política, militar e econômica dos Estados sino-soviéticos contra o capitalismo mundial.
 
Por Unidade Comunista Contra o Imperialismo Através de Revoluções Políticas Proletárias nos Estados Sino-Soviéticos!
Pela Defesa das Revoluções Russa e Chinesa Através da Revolução Proletária Internacional!
 
CAPÍTULO ANTERIOR     |    ÍNDICE     |     PRÓXIMO CAPÍTULO

A Escola Stalinista de Falsificação Revisitada (6)

 
6. A Terceira Revolução Chinesa
 
O ponto central na série do Guardian sobre “O Legado de Trotsky” é a simples afirmação: “A história provou que Mao estava correto”. A revolução chinesa, de acordo com Davidson, é o modelo para os países atrasados e coloniais. O grande farol do pensamento de Mao Tse-tung mostraria o caminho. Será mesmo?

Vamos primeiro tratar do mito de Mao, o grande líder proletário que sempre lutou pela ditadura do proletariado, em oposição a traidores como Liu Shao-chi, que tentaram dissuadi-lo. Em um artigo anterior, Davidson escreveu que em 1927 “a Comintern reivindicou uma política posta em prática por Mao de forma independente, e ignorada ou oposta por ambos Tu-hsiu [dirigente principal do Partido Comunista Chinês na época] e Chang Kuo-tao”. Nada poderia estar mais distante da verdade. Em primeiro lugar, Chen infelizmente seguiu simplesmente as ordens de Moscou, mesmo quando ele discordava completamente; ele não possuía o espírito proletário para se recusar a obedecer a ordens mesmo quando estas literalmente mandariam milhares de camaradas chineses para seus túmulos.
 
Segundo, é para o crédito de Mao o fato de ele ter se recusado a seguir instruções da Internacional Comunista entre 1926-27, durante a Expedição para o Norte do general Chiang Kai-shek, quando Moscou queria que ele controlasse as lutas de massa a todo custo. Em 26 de outubro de 1926, Stalin havia mandado um telegrama ordenando que o movimento camponês fosse contido para que não espantasse os generais do Kuomintang que, afinal, eram eles próprios latifundiários. Mao recebeu do Comitê Central do partido a tarefa de executar essa ordem de contenção na província chave de Hunan. Ele imediatamente retornou para sua província natal e procedeu de forma exatamente oposta, levantando dezenas de milhares de camponeses para formar associações camponesas e tomar e redistribuir a terra que pertencia à aristocracia. Essa vasta onde de levante camponês ajudou enormemente a rápida marcha para o norte dos exércitos do KMT [Kuomintang]. Ela também deixou os generais “inquietos”, como se pode facilmente imaginar.
 
As políticas de Mao nesse período, entretanto, nem sempre eram mais militantes que a da liderança do PC. No outono de 1924, ele foi removido do Politburo do partido em razão da sua ligação excessivamente próxima dos círculos da ala direita do Kuomintang. Mas o padrão mais geral de “protesto” de Mao contra uma política da qual ele discordava era simplesmente ir para as montanhas e aplicar as políticas que considerava corretas. Quando um telegrama da Comintern em 31 de março de 1927 ordenou que o partido em Shangai e os sindicatos escondessem suas armas quando os exércitos de Chiang estavam nos portões da cidade, o resultado inevitável foi um massacre de dezenas de milhares de militantes. Chen protestou mas seguiu as ordens suicidas. Mao nunca protestou.
 
Durante os anos 1930, Mao entrou em conflito com a liderança do partido a respeito da política de reforma agrária na região “soviética camponesa”. Wang Ming, então líder do PC, acusou Mao de ter uma “linha a favor dos camponeses ricos”, porque ele simplesmente chamou pela redistribuição igual da terra, dando-lhes fatias iguais, e não pelo confisco da terra dos camponeses ricos. Seria mais preciso chamar isso de uma linha a favor dos camponeses médios, já que os camponeses ricos (kulaks na Rússia) geralmente se opõem a levantes violentos e, em vez disso, preferem soluções graduais que lhes permitem maiores oportunidades de acumular terra e capital. São os camponeses médios que tem mais a ganhar com uma eliminação radical da classe de latifundiários feudais, e historicamente foram os camponeses médios que defenderam tais esquemas de uma “redistribuição cega” da terra. Eles foram os líderes da revolta camponesa russa do verão e do outono de 1917.
 
Mais importante, entretanto, é que essa é a mais radical reforma agrária que pode ser realizada sem reorganizar totalmente os vilarejos. Guerra de guerrilhas depende do apoio geral da população camponesa, não apenas dos mais pobres dentre os pobres, já que guerrilheiros isolados e mal equipados são extremamente vulneráveis a traição. E diante de armas modernas, a única arma dos camponeses é o seu número esmagador, que novamente presume unidade. Não é acidente que todos os movimentos de guerrilha optam por uma política adaptada aos camponeses médios – ou ricos – ao invés de levar a luta de classe até os vilarejos; e é mais uma razão pela qual os marxistas revolucionários insistem que o proletariado é a única classe consistentemente revolucionária, e se opõem ao guerrilherismo como método.
 
Período da “Frente Única Anti-japonesa”
 
Mas Mao não era apenas um astuto líder de guerrilha. Gradualmente, ele chegou a um entendimento bastante claro da essência do stalinismo – capitulação à burguesia enquanto se mantém controle burocrático sobre os trabalhadores e camponeses pobres. Assim, quando ele finalmente obteve predominância no Comitê Central do PC, ele foi o mais energético defensor de uma segunda “frente única” com o Kuomintang, seguido à Longa Marcha. Isso correspondeu à mudança de linha no Sétimo Congresso da Internacional Comunista e ao período de Frente Popular.
 
Pouco depois, em 1º de agosto de 1935, o PC chinês lançou um apelo a todas as classes patrióticas para se juntarem aos comunistas e lutar contra o Japão. Alinhado com a nova política de frente popular, Mao lançou novas instruções de moderar a política agrária para poder receber apoio dos camponeses médios e ricos. A declaração do Politburo de 25 de dezembro de 1935 dizia:
 
“A República Popular Soviética mudará sua política em direção aos camponeses ricos; a terra de camponeses ricos, exceto aquela porção com exploração feudal, independente de estar sob próprio cultivo ou ser cultivada por trabalho contratado, não será confiscada. Quando a terra estiver sendo igualmente distribuída em um vilarejo, camponeses ricos terão o direito de receber a mesma parte de terra que camponeses pobres e médios.”
 
Agora aqui está uma verdadeira política para o camponês rico. Seis meses depois ela foi amplificada por uma declaração do Comitê Central: “As terras dos soldados da luta anti-japonesa e daqueles envolvidos em empreitadas anti-japonesas não será confiscada”. Isso permitia até mesmo aos maiores latifundiários reter suas terras através do simples mecanismo de alistar um filho no Exército Vermelho.
 
Essa política para a questão da terra também tinha seu equivalente em nível político. O “Governo Soviético Operário e Camponês” se tornou a “República Popular Soviética”, que proclamou:
 
“Ela [a “República Popular”] está disposta a ter a ampla unidade da classe pequeno-burguesa com as massas nesse território. Todos os elementos de classe pequeno-burguesa revolucionários receberão o direito de votar e de serem eleitos no soviete”.
 
Nesse meio tempo, no outono de 1936, foram emitidas ordens de banir o uso do nome “Partido Comunista” ao nível dos subdistritos, substituindo-o por “Associação de Salvação Nacional Anti-japonesa”.
 
Tendo indicado a sua disposição a capitular, o PC chinês enviou um telegrama para o KMT em 10 de fevereiro de 1937 propondo uma frente única. (Em anos recentes, os maoístas tem feito alarde dos escritos do “Grande Timoneiro” contra aqueles que apenas colocaram ênfase na frente única e não o suficiente no partido. Considerando os termos dessa “frente única patriótica”, foi uma traição aberta às massas simplesmente entrar nessa frente, apesar de os trotskistas terem dado apoio inequívoco à luta da China contra o Japão até o momento em que a luta pela independência nacional foi subordinada à Segunda Guerra Mundial). Em resposta à proposta do PC chinês, o Kuomintang adotou a “Resolução pela Completa Erradicação da Ameaça Vermelha”, que concordava com uma reconciliação se o Exército Vermelho e o governo soviético fossem abolidos, toda a propaganda comunista fosse encerrada e os chamados pela luta de classes abandonados. O PC chinês aceitou, apesar de que a real integração das áreas de base comunista ao domínio do Kuomintang, assim como a absorção do exército comunista, tenha ficado só no papel.
 
Com o início da Segunda Guerra Mundial, a colaboração de classes de Mao se tornou ainda mais explícita, se é que era possível. Ele rebatizou o “bloco de quatro classes” de Stalin com o slogan “Nova Democracia”, que era definida como a “ditadura de todas as classes revolucionárias contra os contrarrevolucionários e traidores”. Davidson cozinha uma versão açucarada da Nova Democracia, de acordo com a qual essa etapa intermediária só duraria até o fim da guerra civil, depois da qual “a revolução passaria de forma imediata e ininterrupta para a sua segunda etapa, do socialismo e da ditadura do proletariado”. (Guardian, 25 de abril de 1973). Mao nunca disse algo desse tipo. Pelo contrário:
 
“O progresso da revolução chinesa deve ser dividido em duas etapas: (1) a revolução democrática; (2) a revolução socialista (…). Quanto ao primeiro estágio, ou primeira etapa, nessa revolução colonial ou semicolonial, de acordo com sua própria natureza, é fundamentalmente ainda uma revolução democrático-burguesa na qual o requisito objetivo ainda é basicamente limpar o caminho dos obstáculos à frente do desenvolvimento capitalista…”.
“A revolução chinesa só pode ser alcançada em dois passos: sendo o primeiro aquele da nova democracia; o segundo aquele do socialismo. Além disso, o período da primeira etapa será consideravelmente longo a jamais pode ser concluído do dia para a noite.”
― “Sobre a Nova Democracia”, janeiro de 1940
 
Em outro documento desse período, Mao colocou a questão de forma ainda mais explícita:
 
“Por que nós chamamos a presente etapa da revolução de uma ‘revolução democrático-burguesa’? Porque o alvo da revolução não é a burguesia em geral, mas a opressão feudal e imperialista; o programa da revolução não é abolir a propriedade privada, mas proteger a propriedade privada em geral, e os resultados dessa revolução irão abrir o caminho para o desenvolvimento do capitalismo… Então a política de ‘terra para quem nela trabalha’ é uma política democrático-burguesa, não proletária ou socialista…”
“Sob o sistema de governo da Nova Democracia, uma política de reajuste das relações entre capital e trabalho será adotada. De um lado, os interesses dos trabalhadores serão protegidos. Um sistema de trabalho de oito a dez horas diárias (…) e direitos aos sindicatos de trabalhadores. Por outro lado, lucros razoáveis de empresas estatais, privadas e cooperativas serão garantidos (…) Nós acolhemos bem investimentos estrangeiros se eles foram benéficos para a economia da China…”
― “Sobre o Governo de Coalizão”, abril de 1945
 
Muito interessante a “passagem ininterrupta” ao socialismo do camarada Davidson. E quanto ao significado dessa “Nova Democracia” em termos econômicos e sociais, nós apenas temos que olhar para a política agrária forçada durante a “frente única anti-japonesa”, que continha medidas “progressivas” tais quais a seguinte:
 
“Reconhecer que a maioria dos latifundiários são anti-japoneses, que alguns da aristocracia esclarecida também são a favor de reformas democráticas. De acordo com isso, a política do partido é apenas ajudar o camponês a reduzir a exploração feudal, mas não liquidar a exploração feudal completamente…”
“… camponeses devem ser aconselhados a pagar os aluguéis e juros, assim como a proteger os direitos civis, políticos, econômicos e agrários do latifundiário.”
― “Decisão do Comitê Central sobre a Política Agrária nas Áreas de Base Anti-japonesa”, janeiro de 1942
 
E quanto a este conceito mítico e completamente antimarxista de uma ditadura revolucionária conjunta de todas as classes revolucionárias, Mao tinha algo bem específico em mente: um verdadeiro governo de coalizão com o pouco temeroso patriota anti-imperialista Chiang Kai-shek, no qual o KMT controlaria a maioria do governo e a vasta maioria das unidades militares. Esse acordo foi elaborado e aceito pelo PC chinês em uma “Conferência Política Consultiva”, em janeiro de 1946. O governo seria formado por 40 pessoas escolhidas por Chiang, metade do Kuomintang e metade de outros partidos (incluindo o PC chinês). Os exércitos nacionalistas seriam restritos a 90 divisões e as forças comunistas a 18 divisões, respectivamente. Foi apenas em razão da hostilidade a qualquer compromisso com os Comunistas por parte de certos setores do KMT, particularmente os militares, que esse acordo nunca foi implementado.
 
Portanto, por um período de 20 anos, desde o fim dos anos 1920 até fins dos anos 1940, Mao repetidamente buscou conciliar com a burguesia chinesa e até mesmo, às vezes, com elementos feudais, enquanto adotava doutrinas que são expressões clássicas da teoria menchevique de revolução em duas etapas. O fato de não ter havido nenhum desastre do tipo indonésio, com a liquidação do partido e assassinato de centenas de milhares de militantes, deveu-se somente ao fato de que o governo do KMT era tão corrupto que Chiang não podia dar-se ao luxo de arriscar um governo de coalizão. Mas a burguesia nem sempre é assim tão fraca. Logo após o massacre de Shangai, Chiang tinha sido capaz de estabilizar o domínio do Kuomintang e, no período de 1927-36, foi capaz de sistematicamente aniquilar a maioria das áreas com bases comunistas.
 
Nova Democracia ou Revolução Permanente?
 
Isso leva a um segundo aspecto da revolução chinesa, que é a pergunta: quem a história provou correto? Davidson cita a observação de Trotsky de que a tentativa de Stalin de ressuscitar a política de uma “ditadura democrática revolucionária do campesinato e do proletariado”, que Lenin havia explicitamente abandonado em abril de 1917 (veja o capítulo 1 desta série), era completamente inadequado para a China:
 
“A fórmula da ditadura democrática perdeu completamente a sua utilidade… A terceira revolução chinesa, apesar do grande atraso da China, ou mais corretamente, do seu grande atraso se comparada à Rússia, não terá um período ‘democrático’, nem mesmo o período de seis meses que a revolução de outubro teve (novembro de 1917 a julho de 1918); mas será compelida desde o início a realizar o mais decisivo ataque e destruição da propriedade burguesa na cidade e na aldeia.”
A Terceira Internacional Depois de Lenin, 1928
 
Davidson afirma que a teoria de Mao da Nova Democracia se provou correta contra essa previsão de Trotsky. Vejamos os fatos: Primeiro, apesar das repetidas tentativas de Mao, ele nunca foi capaz de conseguir um governo de coalizão com Chiang. Segundo, quando os Comunistas estavam avançando pela China ao fim da guerra civil, o grosso da burguesia chinesa fugiu para Taiwan com Chiang, eliminando o crucial elemento burguês da “Nova Democracia”.
 
Mais importantes que isso foram as mudanças nas relações de propriedade que se seguiram ao estabelecimento da “República Popular da China”, em outubro de 1949. É importante notar que, até 10 de outubro de 1947, Mao nem sequer levantava o slogan de derrotar o regime do KMT. Foi a ocupação da região base de Yenan pelas tropas dos Kuomintang e a percepção de Mao de que nenhuma compromisso era possível e que o governo de coalizão de “tipo Nova Democracia” era uma sonho utópico, que finalmente forçaram o PC chinês a lutar pelo poder de Estado – em violação às ordens explícitas de Stalin. Ao mesmo tempo em que o Partido Comunista resolveu derrubar Chiang, ele tomou o rumo corolário lógico de anunciar um esquema de reforma agrária similar à “política para o camponês rico” que Mao tinha seguido nos anos 1930, só que muito mais radical do que a tímida redução de aluguéis da terra (e a sua coleta forçada pelo Exército Vermelho) no período 1942-47.
 
Além disso, seguido à proclamação da República Popular da China em outubro de 1949, o PC chinês montou um “regime de coalizão” no qual, apesar da presença de alguns poucos políticos pequeno-burgueses “democráticos”, o poder governamental estava claramente nas mãos dos Comunistas. Mais importante, o poder de Estado estava baseado no domínio militar inquestionável do Exército Vermelho. O grosso da burguesia havia fugido para Taiwan.
 
Com o suporte da ajuda soviética, os Comunistas iniciaram a construção de um setor de indústria pesada, enquanto fizeram um arranjo para a continuação da propriedade privada de alguns produtos sob controle e supervisão do Estado. Finalmente, essa política foi estendida com a entrada chinesa na Guerra da Coréia, que levou a uma série de medidas contra os capitalistas nacionais, começando no início de 1952.
 
Então, por gentileza, camarada Davidson, você pode nos informar onde está o prolongado período da etapa democrática? Toda essa evolução é a prova dramática do total utopismo fantástico ao qual levavam as teorias de Mao. Mais de uma vez o PC chinês declarou o seu desejo de estabelecer um regime democrático burguês, mas as relações de propriedade resultantes foram aquelas de um Estado proletário.
 
Podem camponeses estabelecer um Estado proletário?
 
Foi estimado que em 1949 os trabalhadores constituíam não mais do que 5 por cento dos membros do Partido Comunista Chinês; ele, portanto, era esmagadoramente um partido de camponeses e intelectuais pequeno-burgueses. Ainda assim, Trotsky defendia que só a classe trabalhadora, com uma liderança revolucionária, poderia estabelecer a ditadura do proletariado. Como explicamos a “terceira Revolução Chinesa”? Primeiro, devemos ter clareza de que esse não foi o padrão previsto por Trotsky. O marxismo demonstrou que, em polarizações de classe agudas, que ocorrem em todo período revolucionário, o campesinato irá se dividir entre os elementos seguindo a burguesia e aqueles seguindo o proletariado; que o campesinato sozinho não tem o poder social para derrubar a resistência dos exploradores capitalistas, nem os interesses de classe unidos necessários para estabelecer as formas de propriedade socialistas. Entretanto, a revolução chinesa de 1949 foi realizada por um partido e por um exército predominantemente camponeses, sob a liderança de uma burocracia militar pequeno-burguesa. Mas embora isso tenha sido diferente das expectativas dos trotskistas, não contradisse o programa marxista essencial de chamar a classe trabalhadora a estabelecer o seu próprio poder de classe, apoiada pelo campesinato, mesmo nos países atrasados, como o único meio de resolver as tarefas democráticas da revolução burguesa.
 
A razão fundamental para o sucesso dos Comunistas chineses baseados no campesinato foi a ausência de um proletariado lutando em seu próprio nome pelo poder. A classe trabalhadora chinesa estava desmoralizada e dizimada pelas contínuas derrotas sofridas durante a segunda revolução chinesa (1925-27). E a política posterior do PC foi desencorajar deliberadamente ações proletárias. O segundo ponto fundamental é que o resultado da vitória militar do PC chinês em 1949 não foi um Estado proletário saudável, como o criado pela Revolução Russa de 1917, mas um Estado proletário deformado, no qual o proletariado não possuía o poder político. Ao invés disso, o poder de Estado está e tem estado desde 1949 nas mãos de uma pequena casta burocrático-militar stalinista, composta pelas camadas superiores do PC chinês, pelo Exército de Liberação Popular e pela burocracia estatal. Como demonstrado pela repetida falha das políticas econômicas do regime chinês (notadamente o “Grande Salto Adiante”) e da incapacidade de criar formas democráticas de poder dos trabalhadores (mesmo no período da demagógica “Grande Revolução Cultural Proletária”), a única forma de abrir o caminho para o socialismo na China – a completa abolição das classes sociais, é através de uma revolução política para derrubar essa casta militar-burocrática.
 
(Em adição, no fim dos anos 1940, o regime de Chiang era tão terrivelmente corrupto que ele virtualmente tombou por si próprio. Mukden, Pequim e Cantão, todas se renderam sem disparar um tiro ao fim da guerra civil. Além do mais, a classe dominante dos EUA tinha ficado tão descrente do governo do KMT que ela essencialmente retirou o seu apoio material no período de 1948-49. Finalmente, o exército Comunista, que estava muito necessitado de armas, repentinamente foi equipado com uma grande quantidade de moderno armamento japonês depois da ocupação russa da Manchúria. É essencial que essas circunstâncias especiais sejam entendidas. Para colocar de outra forma, estivesse o proletariado chinês lutando com sua própria bandeira, a bandeira da Quarta Internacional, a vitória dos exércitos camponeses de Mao teria sido impossível).
 
Hoje, depois que a mistificação da “Revolução Cultural” se desgastou e a burocracia reassumiu controle direto do governo chinês, é muito mais fácil compreender que a China, assim como a URSS, os países da Europa Oriental, Cuba, Vietnã do Norte, é um Estado proletário deformado. Entretanto, apenas os trotskistas ortodoxos tem mantido essa posição desde os primeiros momentos do regime de Mao. A resolução de 1955 da convenção do SWP sobre a revolução chinesa declarou:
 
“Ao longo da revolução, Mao e Cia. continuaram a impor restrições arbitrárias e limites sobre o seu curso. A reforma agrária foi realizada ‘em etapas’ e se completou somente quando o ataque do imperialismo norte-americano estimulou a oposição dos latifundiários durante a guerra da Coréia… Os stalinistas chineses foram capazes de chegar ao poder porque a classe trabalhadora chinesa estava desmoralizada pelas contínuas derrotas que sofrera durante e após a segunda revolução chinesa, e pela política deliberada do PC chinês, que subordinava as cidades, e acima de tudo o proletariado, à luta militar no campo e assim bloqueava o levantamento dos trabalhadores como uma força política independente. Assim, o PC chinês aparecia aos olhos das massas como a única organização com quadros políticos e conhecimento, apoiada, além do mais, por uma força militar.”
― “A Terceira Revolução Chinesa e suas Consequências”, outubro de 1955
 
O que é necessário é um partido que tenha a coragem de dizer a verdade às massas, mesmo em tempos em que esta possa ser pouco popular, e que entendam a dinâmica da revolução permanente para poder defender esses ganhos do ataque imperialista e levar à frente a luta em direção ao socialismo. Os maoístas, com seus sonhos reacionários de “frentes únicas” com a “burguesia progressiva” e entusiasmo cego com a assim chamada “Revolução Cultural”, que não resolveu nada, se provaram incapazes dessa tarefa. Ela cabe aos partidários da Quarta Internacional, os verdadeiros herdeiros da tradição de Marx, Lenin e Trotsky.

A Escola Stalinista de Falsificação Revisitada (5)

CAPÍTULO ANTERIOR     |    ÍNDICE     |     PRÓXIMO CAPÍTULO
 
5. A Luta pela Quarta Internacional
 
Um partido que é incapaz de defender as conquistas já obtidas pelos trabalhadores certamente não será capaz de liderar a revolução proletária. Desde a época em que foi formada, em 1923, até que Stalin ordenou ao Partido Comunista Alemão que capitulasse a Hitler sem luta quase dez anos depois, a Oposição de Esquerda defendeu firmemente a bandeira da Terceira Internacional. Apesar do mais incrível cordame burocrático, expulsões indiscriminadas, e mesmo deportações e banimentos, Trotsky se manteve firme ao seu objetivo de reformar a Comintern. Oposicionistas de esquerda, burocraticamente expulsos, exigiam sua readmissão aos sues respectivos PCs e agiam até esse momento como frações da Internacional Comunista, ao invés de proclamarem novos partidos. Eventos críticos dentro ou fora da União Soviética poderiam novamente pôr a classe trabalhadora em ação e oferecer a oportunidade para substituir os usurpadores stalinistas. Além do mais, a Terceira Internacional, aproveitando o prestígio de ser associada com a única revolução socialista vitoriosa, tinha laços fortes com as massas que não podiam ser ignorados. Para a Oposição de Esquerda, renunciar prematuramente à Comintern seria abandonar centenas de milhares de trabalhadores com consciência revolucionária à burocracia e condenar os trotskistas ao isolamento e irrelevância.

As sectárias e derrotistas políticas do “terceiro período” da Comintern, que levaram à vitória do fascismo na Alemanha em 1933, forçaram a Oposição de Esquerda a adotar uma mudança radical de perspectiva. Desde 1930, Trotsky havia alertado que o destino do movimento revolucionário internacional dependia do resultado da luta contra a ameaça fascista na Alemanha. Os Comunistas (KPD), seguindo as ordens de Stalin, jogaram o poder nas mãos dos fascistas ao se recusarem a chamar por uma frente única com a socialdemocracia (SPD) contra os nazistas e, ao invés disso, denunciando o SPD como “social-fascista”.
 
O chamado por uma nova Internacional
 
A marcha pacífica de Hitler ao poder, sem nenhum tipo de resistência pelos Comunistas, levou Trotsky a concluir corretamente que o KPD havia se degenerado decisivamente. Como consequência dessa derrota e traição de proporção histórica mundial, a classe trabalhadora alemã ficou prostrada por mais de uma década e foram preparadas a segunda guerra mundial imperialista e a invasão de Hitler contra a União Soviética. A Oposição de Esquerda chamava agora por um novo partido na Alemanha:
 
“A questão do rompimento aberto com a burocracia stalinista na Alemanha é no presente momento uma questão de princípios de enorme importância. A vanguarda revolucionária não perdoará esse crime histórico cometido pelos stalinistas. Se nós apoiamos a ilusão de que a vitalidade do partido de Thaelmann-Neumann, nós iríamos parecer às massas como defensores da sua bancarrota. Isso significaria que nós próprios nos desviaríamos pelo caminho do centrismo e da putrefação.”
― L. D. Trotsky, “KPD ou Novo Partido?”, março de 1933
 
Mas e quanto ao restante da IC?
 
“Aqui é natural perguntar como nós agimos com relação às outras seções da Comintern e Terceira Internacional como um todo. Nós rompemos com elas imediatamente? Em minha opinião, seria incorreto dar uma resposta tão rígida como – sim, nós rompemos. O colapso do KPD diminui as chances de regeneração da Comintern. Mas, por outro lado, a própria catástrofe poderia provocar uma reação saudável em algumas seções. Nós devemos estar prontos para ajudar nesse processo. A questão não foi decidida na URSS, onde proclamações de um segundo partido seriam incorretas. Nós estamos chamando hoje pela criação de um novo partido na Alemanha, para tomar a Comintern das mãos da burocracia stalinista. Não é uma questão de criar a Quarta Internacional, mas de salvar a Terceira.”
― Idem.
 
Entretanto, nem mesmo uma das seções da Comintern realizou o menor esboço de protesto contra a afirmação de Stalin de que as políticas do KPD tinham estado certas do começo ao fim, ou nem mesmo chamaram por uma discussão dos eventos! Trotsky respondeu declarando que uma organização que é atingida pelo trovão do fascismo e se submete docilmente aos atos ultrajantes da burocracia demonstra que está morta e que nada pode revivê-la; o stalinismo tinha sofrido o seu 4 de agosto (uma referência à traição definitiva dos socialdemocratas alemães, que votaram pelos créditos de guerra do Kaiser em agosto de 1914, ficando do lado da “sua própria” burguesia na guerra imperialista). Em julho de 1933, Trotsky chamou a Oposição de Esquerda a começar a trabalhar pela construção de uma nova Internacional e novos partidos revolucionários pelo mundo. De acordo com a nova perspectiva, a Oposição de Esquerda mudou seu nome para Liga Comunista Internacional.
 
A análise de Trotsky foi rapidamente confirmada. Depois do desastre alemão, a IC substituiu as aventuras do terceiro período pela política capitulante da “frente única” a qualquer preço, a União Soviética decidiu entrar na Liga das Nações (que Lenin havia denunciado como um covil de bandidos) e se virou para uma aliança militar com o imperialismo francês, repudiando abertamente o internacionalismo revolucionário. Os stalinistas dividiram as potências imperialistas em dois tipos: as “democráticas, amantes da paz”, de um lado, e as fascistas, amantes da guerra, de outro. A Terceira Internacional foi subvertida para se tornar uma simples ferramenta para os interesses diplomáticos da burocracia russa, com o trabalho de forjar alianças com os imperialistas “amantes da paz” para proteger o “socialismo em um só país”. Assim, o PC francês recebeu ordens de votar pela verba de defesa militar da “sua” classe dominante. A burocracia stalinista declarou oficialmente que Roosevelt, então presidente dos EUA, estava “honestamente buscando uma solução democrática e pacifista para os conflitos imperialistas”, e consumou frentes populares com partidos burgueses liberais na França e na Espanha em 1936, que acabaram levando à vitória do fascismo anos depois. Durante a Segunda Guerra Mundial, Stalin finalmente declarou que a Comintern não servia mais a nenhum propósito e dispersou-a formalmente.
 
A LCI e grupos a ela simpáticos não proclamaram simplesmente a si mesmos uma nova Internacional. A expulsão da Oposição de Esquerda da Comintern a havia privado de uma necessária esfera de atividade política, forçando-a a desenvolver-se como um grupo de propaganda isolado. A Oposição de Esquerda tinha sido capaz de treinar um número limitado de quadros, mas lhe faltavam raízes nas massas e ela era numericamente fraca. Além disso, as suas organizações não haviam sido testadas em batalhas sérias da luta de classes. O período a frente seria um de preparação:
 
“Propagar as ideias da Oposição de Esquerda, recrutar mais e mais aderentes, individualmente e em grupo, para as fileiras da Liga Comunista Internacional, realizar uma agitação entre as massas sob o slogan da Quarta Internacional, educar os nossos próprios quadros, aprofundar a nossa posição teórica – esse é o nosso trabalho básico no período histórico imediatamente à nossa frente” (ênfase no original).
― L. D. Trotsky, “O SAP, a LCI e a Quarta Internacional”, janeiro de 1934
 
A principal tática usada pela LCI para recrutar novos aderentes foi o reagrupamento revolucionário. Trotsky era o primeiro a reconhecer a imensidão da tarefa diante do movimento pequeno e isolado. Ele buscava cada oportunidade para romper o isolamento e encontrar novos aliados, ainda que temporários, para que pudessem ser dados os primeiros passos rumo à construção de uma nova Internacional.
 
Em um período de tremendos perigos e oportunidades revolucionários, as tendências e matizes oposicionistas dos anos 1930 surgiam predominantemente com um caráter centrista, vacilando entre o social-patriotismo e a revolução socialista. Os eventos da Alemanha (1931-33), o esmagamento da Socialdemocracia Austríaca “de esquerda”, junto com a sua supostamente poderosa milícia partidária em 1934, causou uma profunda efervescência no movimento da classe trabalhadora e uma rejeição ampla do reformismo. Uma proliferação de correntes centristas surgiu, como frequentemente acontece em etapas iniciais de uma nova onda de militância da classe trabalhadora. A LCI se orientou em direção a esses grupos para poder, através do exemplo e da propaganda, ganhar os elementos mais saudáveis para um programa revolucionário. Mas a tática de reagrupamento revolucionário não é, como sustentam alguns, um processo de acomodação política ao centrismo. Ao mesmo tempo, Trotsky travava uma luta consistente contra as lideranças centristas vacilantes, rejeitando impiedosamente o slogan de “unidade” de todas as organizações proletárias independente de seu programa e suas táticas:
 
“… obscurecer a nossa diferença com o centrismo em nome de facilitar a ‘unidade’ significaria não apenas cometer suicídio político, mas também encobrir, fortalecer e nutrir as características negativas do centrismo burocrático, e só por esse fato ajudar as tendências reacionárias dentro dele contra as tendências revolucionárias.”
― “Sobre o estado da Oposição de Esquerda”, 16 de dezembro de 1932
 
O realinhamento de forças na classe trabalhadora europeia não passou por cima dos partidos da Segunda Internacional. Desiludidos com a Comintern, muitos militantes proletários e jovens entraram nos partidos socialdemocratas, resultando numa proliferação de tendências se movendo à esquerda dentro deles. Na França, Espanha, Bélgica e Suíça, seções da Juventude Socialista se tornaram simpáticas às ideias de Trotsky.
 
Na França, os Socialistas (SFIO) tinham rachado no fim de 1933 com a ala direita do partido e formado a sua própria organização. O racha fez a SFIO, o maior partido operário da França, girar à esquerda. Trotsky aconselhou à pequena seção francesa da LCI a entrar nos Socialistas. A formação da “frente única” (sem críticas) entre a SFIO e o PC em julho de 1934 e boatos sobre uma possível fusão dos dois partidos reformistas adicionou ainda mais razões para um entrismo imediato; qualquer tendência fora da “frente única” estaria mais isolada do que nunca. Trotsky reivindicou entrismos similares (o assim chamado “giro francês”) também na maioria das outras seções.
 
O giro francês levou a profundas disputas e mesmo rachas entre os partidários da Quarta Internacional, com alguns sectários ultra-esquerdistas, como Oehler nos Estados Unidos, rejeitando sob questão de princípio a tática de entrismo. A seção francesa rachou ao meio em cima dessa questão, e a Esquerda Comunista espanhola (liderada por Andres Nin) recusou-se imediatamente (apenas para fundir de forma oportunista com um grupo reformista e formar o POUM cerca de um ano depois). Mesmo onde foi realizado, entretanto, o giro francês e as lutas para reagrupar os revolucionários das formações centristas se movendo à esquerda trouxeram poucos recrutas aos trotskistas. O proletariado tinha uma longa série de derrotas atrás de si e estava em recuo. Com a ameaça de uma nova guerra mundial, a classe trabalhadora estava interessada em soluções imediatas para os seus problemas; os pequenos grupos trotskistas não eram atraentes.
 
A fundação da Quarta Internacional
 
Mas, com a ameaça iminente de guerra imperialista e com o desaparecimento de várias correntes centristas, seguido ao advento dos governos de frente popular na França e na Espanha, a necessidade objetiva pela fundação de uma nova Internacional não permitia mais demoras. Em setembro de 1938, a Conferência de fundação aconteceu em Paris, com 21 delegados representando 11 países. Enquanto a Quarta Internacional era pequena em números, ela representava a continuidade do leninismo, expressa acima de tudo em seu programa.
 
O documento programático básico adotado pela conferência de fundação, A Agonia Mortal do Capitalismo e as Tarefas da Quarta Internacional (“Programa de Transição”), é o mais compreensível e sucinto resumo do trotskismo, representando a destilação dos interesses do proletariado na época do imperialismo. É um documento que já foi propositalmente mal interpretado por ambos seus oponentes e por alguns dos seus supostos aderentes. Acima de tudo, ele não é um programa de reformas, mas apresenta palavras de ordem para a tomada de poder pelo proletariado. Ele se baseia na premissa de que, na época de decadência capitalista, os pré-requisitos objetivos para a revolução socialista não apenas amadureceram, mas começam a apodrecer. O fator fundamental evitando a revolução mundial é a liderança reformista dos sindicatos e dos partidos proletários de massa, os agentes da burguesia dentro do movimento dos trabalhadores: “A crise histórica da humanidade se reduz à crise de liderança revolucionária”.
 
Durante o período progressivo do capitalismo, a socialdemocracia distinguia um programa mínimo (reformas sindicais, democracia política) e o seu programa máximo (o socialismo), postergando o último para um futuro indeterminado. Agora “não pode haver mais discussão sobre reformas sociais sistemáticas e aumento das condições de vida das massas… cada demanda séria do proletariado… inevitavelmente vai além dos limites das relações de propriedade capitalistas e do Estado burguês”. A tarefa da vanguarda comunista era tornar o proletariado consciente das suas tarefas através de uma série de demandas transitórias, que formulavam as necessidades objetivas da classe trabalhadora de tal forma que tornasse clara a necessidade de destruir o capitalismo:
 
“A tarefa estratégica do próximo período – período pré-revolucionário de agitação, propaganda e organização – consiste em superar a contradição entre a maturidade das condições objetivas da revolução e a imaturidade do proletariado e de sua vanguarda (confusão e desencorajamento da velha geração e falta de experiência da nova). É necessário ajudar as massas, no processo de suas lutas cotidianas, a encontrar a ponte entre suas reivindicações atuais e o programa da revolução socialista. Esta ponte deve consistir em um sistema de REIVINDICAÇÕES TRANSITÓRIAS que parta das atuais condições e consciência de largas camadas da classe operária e conduza, invariavelmente, a uma só e mesma conclusão: a conquista do poder pelo proletariado.” (ênfase no original).
― O Programa de Transição, 1938
 
Tais reivindicações incluíam uma escala móvel dos salários e horas de trabalho, a abertura dos livros-caixa dos capitalistas, a expropriação da indústria sob o controle dos trabalhadores, a formação de comitês de empresa, milícias de trabalhadores, sovietes e um governo operário. Nos países atrasados, ele chamava pela revolução proletária apoiada pelo campesinato, que iria resolver as tarefas democráticas (a revolução agrária, a independência nacional) e as tarefas socialistas. Na União Soviética, o programa chamava por uma revolução política, enquanto enfatizava o compromisso da Quarta Internacional em defender incondicionalmente a URSS contra o ataque imperialista.
 
Perseguição stalinista
 
A Quarta Internacional, na época da sua conferência de fundação, era composta de seções consistindo de algumas dúzias, a no máximo poucas centenas de membros (com uma exceção, a seção nos Estados Unidos, o Partido dos Trabalhadores Socialistas [SWP], com 2500 membros). Mas, apesar de seu pequeno número, os trotskistas eram uma ameaça mortal a Stalin e sua camarilha de usurpadores burocráticos. A única saída era aniquilação política e física.
 
Stalin estava, entretanto, cada vez mais preocupado com a sua própria facção e, no início de 1936, ele iniciou um expurgo em toda a liderança do exército; através dos processos de Moscou, ele acusou e condenou todos os nove membros do antigo Politburo liderado por Lenin (a não ser o próprio Stalin), assim como virtualmente todo o Comitê Central bolchevique de 1917. No terceiro processo (março de 1938), Trotsky e seu filho Leon Sedov foram acusados de conspirar para sabotagem e derrubada do governo soviético, com o objetivo de restaurar o capitalismo em aliança com Hitler e o Imperador Japonês. Em seu famoso discurso secreto ao vigésimo Congresso do Partido, Kruschev admitiu oficialmente que os processos e as “confissões” nas quais eles supostamente se baseavam eram uma fraude do começo ao fim. Apesar disso, ambos os stalinistas pró-Moscou e os maoístas de hoje continuam repetindo as calúnias de que Trotsky cooperava com os fascistas, apesar de que nunca se produziu o menor indício de evidência para “provar” essas acusações.
 
Também nessa época, Stalin lançou uma campanha sistemática para exterminar líderes trotskistas ao redor do mundo e eliminar milhares de Oposicionistas de Esquerda russos nos campos de trabalhos forçados. O relato de uma testemunha ocular dos campos de Vorkuta fala de cerca de 1000 bolcheviques-leninistas nesse campo, e muitos milhares em outros campos da província. Perto do fim, os prisioneiros trotskistas chamavam pela derrubada do governo de Stalin, ao mesmo tempo em que enfatizavam que iriam defender a União Soviética incondicionalmente em caso de guerra. Quando, na primavera de 1938, a GPU stalinista ordenou o assassinato de todos os trotskistas remanescentes, eles marcharam para a morte cantando a Internacional.
 
Em nível internacional, a GPU havia assassinado o filho de Trotsky; o checo Erwin Wolf e o alemão Rudolf Klement, ambos secretários de Trotsky; e o polonês Ignace Reiss, antigo dirigente do serviço secreto soviético na Europa. Durante o mesmo período eles também eliminaram proeminentes ex-trotskistas como Nin na Espanha, o austríaco Landau e outros. O ápice veio com o assassinato do próprio Trotsky por um agente da GPU em 20 de agosto de 1940.
 
Defesa incondicional da União Soviética
 
A acusação favorita dos stalinistas durante esse período era sempre de que Trotsky havia se aliado com potências estrangeiras para destruir o Estado soviético. Isso era uma mentira descarada, já que Trotsky sempre havia insistido que verdadeiros bolcheviques-leninistas devem defender incondicionalmente as conquistas históricas da revolução de outubro. Cada documento programático da Oposição de Esquerda, da Liga Comunista Internacional e da Quarta Internacional proclamava a defesa incondicional da URSS contra forças capitalistas restauracionistas ou contra ataque imperialista.
 
Mas a defesa do Estado soviético exigia acima de tudo a derrubada do regime stalinista que consistentemente sabotava essa defesa. Com a teoria do “socialismo em um só país”, a burocracia descartou a possibilidade de revolução socialista mundial, que era a única forma de defender verdadeiramente as conquistas do primeiro Estado proletário da história. Mas Stalin fez mais do que isso: ele desarticulou duas vezes a liderança das forças armadas soviéticas no fim dos anos 1930 (depois de ter repetidamente expurgado o Exército Vermelho nos anos 1920, para expulsar os trotskistas); e ele depositou uma fé cega em seu acordo com Hitler, preparando assim a derrota as forças russas nas primeiras semanas da invasão de Hitler à URSS. Apenas liderando vigorosamente os trabalhadores contra suas próprias burguesias nos países capitalistas, e através da revolução política na União Soviética, o caminho poderia ser aberto para o socialismo. Essa era a tarefa da Quarta Internacional.
 
A última batalha política de Trotsky foi precisamente sobre essa questão. Em 1939-40, sob a pressão da opinião pública que tinha se voltado contra a União Soviética durante o pacto de não-agressão Hitler-Stalin, uma oposição pequeno-burguesa se formou entre elementos da liderança do SWP norte-americano. O grupo de Shachtman-Burnham-Abern de repente “descobriu” que a União Soviética não era mais um Estado proletário, e assim não precisava mais ser defendida incondicionalmente. Trotsky prontamente recusou-se a ceder sequer um centímetro à fração shachtmanista, já que entendia perfeitamente que oscilar a respeito dessa questão crucial iria condenar a Quarta Internacional a uma morte ignominiosa. Essa dedicação aos princípios bolcheviques custou ao SWP cerca de 40 por cento dos membros do partido quando os shachtmanistas romperam em 1940, destruindo também a organização de juventude. Apesar de frágil e perseguida, a Quarta Internacional foi capaz de evitar o seu “4 de agosto”, mantendo-se prontamente firme ao seu programa durante esse período de intenso social-patriotismo.
 
CAPÍTULO ANTERIOR     |    ÍNDICE     |     PRÓXIMO CAPÍTULO

A Escola Stalinista de Falsificação Revisitada (4)

CAPÍTULO ANTERIOR     |     ÍNDICE     |     PRÓXIMO CAPÍTULO

4. A Frente Popular
 

O giro para a “Frente Popular” veio perto do fim de 1933 quando a Internacional Comunista, sob o domínio stalinista, faz um repentino recuo das suas políticas ultra-esquerdistas do “Terceiro Período”. Com o triunfo de Hitler e a renovada ameaça de ataque imperialista, a burocracia soviética, em pânico, definiu que precisava de aliados para a defesa da pátria soviética. A Rússia entrou na Liga das Nações e assinou o pacto de assistência militar Franco-Soviético. Ao longo desse período, a Comintern buscou se agraciar com as burguesias das potências imperialistas democráticas, através de uma contenção calculada dos movimentos proletários revolucionários na Europa. O método: alianças de colaboração de casses com a participação nos governos da burguesia. O disfarce: a luta contra o fascismo.

A frente popular encontrou expressão teórica no relatório de Georgi Dimitrov ao Sétimo Congresso da Internacional Comunista, em agosto de 1935. De acordo com Dimitrov, o principal perigo ameaçando os trabalhadores era o fascismo. Mas o fascismo ameaçava não apenas a classe trabalhadora, mas também o campesinato, a pequeno-burguesia em geral e mesmo seções da burguesa. Em consequência, a luta pela ditadura do proletariado e o socialismo seriam removidas da agenda durante esse período:
 
“Agora as massas trabalhadoras em uma série de países capitalistas se veem diante da necessidade de fazer uma escolha definitiva, e de fazê-la hoje, não entre a ditadura do proletariado e a democracia burguesa, mas entre a democracia burguesa e o fascismo.”
 
Para defender a democracia burguesa, o proletariado deveria, portanto, buscar se aliar com todos aqueles grupos sociais ameaçados pelo fascismo, incluindo as seções “antifascistas” da burguesia, em uma ampla “Frente Popular”.
 
“Sob certas condições, nós podemos e devemos virar nossos esforços para a tarefa de lançar esses partidos e organizações ou certas seções delas ao lado da frente popular antifascista, apesar da sua liderança burguesa. Essa, por sinal, é a situação hoje na França com o Partido Radical…”
― G. Dimitrov, “Relatório ao Sétimo Congresso da Comintern”, 1935
 
Durante o Terceiro Período, os comunistas haviam se recusado a emblocar com os socialdemocratas alemães em uma frente única contra Hitler, chamando-os de “social-fascistas”. Agora, os comunistas estavam não apenas dispostos a fazer alianças de longa duração com a socialdemocracia, mas a formar um governo com os setores antifascistas da própria burguesia! Posteriormente, na Itália, no fim dos anos 1930, essa “ampla aliança” ainda foi ampliada pra incluir apelos aos fascistas “honestos”!
 
A frente popular nada mais é do que uma expressão das teorias e práticas da colaboração de classes – um bloco de organizações e partidos representando várias classes na base de um programa comum, a defesa da democracia burguesa. Embora o nome fosse novo, o conteúdo não era. Os socialdemocratas alemães formaram governos de coalizão do “bloco de esquerda” com a burguesia democrática (representadas pelo Partido de Centro) ao longo da década de 1920. A única diferença era que os stalinistas ocasionalmente tinham a pretensão de se considerar revolucionários, enquanto os socialdemocratas foram mais abertos sobre o seu reformismo.
 
Os stalinistas tentam reivindicar que a frente popular é simplesmente a extensão lógica da frente única em um nível mais alto. Nada poderia ser mais distante da verdade. A “frente única proletária” era formada sob a bandeira da “casse contra classe”, e era formada precisamente com o objetivo de romper os socialdemocratas das suas perenes alianças de colaboração de classes com a burguesia “democrática”:
 
“A tática da Frente Única é o chamado para a luta unificada dos comunistas e de todos os outros trabalhadores, sejam ele pertencentes a outros partidos e grupos, ou pertencendo a nenhum partido, para a defesa dos interesses elementares e vitais da classe trabalhadora contra a burguesia.”
― Comitê Executivo da Internacional Comunista, “Teses sobre a Frente Única”, 1922
 
A frente única servia ao mesmo tempo para unir as forças de várias organizações proletárias na ação e para expor os reformistas que participariam nas lutas pelos interesses da classe trabalhadora apenas quando forçados a fazê-lo por pressão de sua base, e que também iria desertar da luta na primeira oportunidade. Já que apenas o partido bolchevique representava os verdadeiros interesses históricos da classe trabalhadora, era crucial que não houvesse programa comum com os reformistas, já que isso só poderia significar abandonar o programa leninista. Nem poderia haver nenhuma restrição ao direito de criticar outros partidos na frente única. Assim, a segunda palavra de ordem na frente única é “unidade de ação, liberdade de crítica” ou, como dizia Trotsky, “bater juntos, marchar separados”.
 
Na frente popular, entretanto, os partidos proletários renunciam à sua independência de classe e desistem do seu programa classista. Earl Browder resumiu isso sucintamente em seu relatório ao Comitê Central do PC/EUA em 4 de dezembro de 1936:
 
“Nós podemos organizá-los e levantá-los [a maioria do “povo”] desde que nós não façamos a exigência de que eles concordem com o nosso programa socialista, mas devemos nos unir com eles na base do seu programa, o qual nós também devemos fazer nosso [!].”
 
A frente popular comvergia com a teoria menchevique da “revolução em etapas”. Primeiro a luta pela democracia burguesa, depois a luta pela derrubada do capitalismo. Os stalinistas procederam a partir da concepção absolutamente falsa de que um conflito social básico existia entre a democracia burguesa e o fascismo. O fascismo apareceu na Europa depois da Primeira Guerra Mundial, como um desenvolvimento necessário do poder burguês em uma época de severo declínio econômico. É um último recurso dos capitalistas para preservar o seu sistema, quando já não é mais possível fazê-lo através de medidas parlamentares normais. Os stalinistas, em certo momento, tentaram até mesmo justificar o seu esquema etapista afirmando que, na verdade, o fascismo tinha suas raízes no feudalismo, e não no capitalismo!
 
Na verdade, a frente popular era simplesmente outra forma de solução burguesa para as condições que levaram ao fascismo. Os comunistas ou os socialdemocratas são convidados a participar em um governo capitalista em condições nas quais nenhuma combinação parlamentar burguesa pode efetivamente dominar um movimento de massas proletárias e camponesas inquietas. O preço da coalizão é o apoio dos comunistas à repressão das greves e medidas similares realizadas pelo governo no qual eles participam.
 
Durante os anos 1930, os governos de frente popular foram formados durante períodos pré-revolucionários na França e na Espanha. Lá, a coalizão com a burguesia “democrática” foi capaz de desarticular poderosos levantes de massa desviando as greves gerais e mesmo insurreições para o beco sem saída da defesa da democracia burguesa. Nos países coloniais, tais como o Vietnã, as políticas de frente popular levaram a abandonar a demanda pela independência! Contra a colaboração de classe dos stalinistas, os trotskistas defenderam a frente única proletária para esmagar os fascistas. Ao invés de depender dos generais republicanos e da polícia, eles chamaram pela formação de milícias de trabalhadores baseadas nos sindicatos. Pequenos em número e sujeitos a terríveis campanhas de calúnias por parte da Comintern, os trotskistas foram incapazes de ganhar suficiente influência para romper com o estrangulamento reformista do movimento dos trabalhadores. Mais uma vez as posições dos bolcheviques-leninistas se mostraram corretas, mas de uma forma negativa, pela derrota ignominiosa de promissoras situações revolucionárias. Stalin certamente merecia o apelido que Trotsky havia lhe dado – o grande organizador de derrotas.
 
França 1934-1936
 
Na França a agitação fascista fez mais progresso do que em qualquer outra das “grandes democracias”. As ligas fascistas apareceram em uma imitação evidente das organizações fascistas alemãs e italianas. Depois de anos ignorando ou minimizando o perigo fascista, os líderes dos partidos Comunista (PCF) e Socialista (SFIO) entraram em pânico depois do ataque ao parlamento realizado pelo bando armado da Croix de Feu(Cruz de Ferro), em fevereiro de 1934. Sob tremenda pressão da sua base, as federações sindicais lideradas pelos socialistas e comunistas realizaram um massivo protesto conjunto em 12 de fevereiro, cujo tamanho efetivamente serviu para fazer recuarem os fascistas por meses. A luta de Trotsky nos quatro anos anteriores por uma frente única proletária contra o fascismo era reivindicada contra as idiotices sectárias e derrotistas do terceiro período.
 
Em junho de 1934, o líder do PCF Maurice Thorez propôs uma frente única com a SFIO. A frente única não adotou o slogan leninista de “bater juntos, marchar separados”, mas ao invés disso tomou a forma de um “pacto de não-agressão”. Ambos partidos renunciaram à sua independência programática e deixaram de criticar um ao outro. Trotsky criticou essa frente por limitar as suas ações a manobras parlamentares e alianças eleitorais, e por se recusar a agitar os trabalhadores para uma luta extraparlamentar contra o fascismo, uma luta que poderia ter aberto a perspectiva para uma revolução proletária.
 
Em meio a uma aguda crise social, ondas de greves de massa e disposição de luta dos trabalhadores, o PCF se recusou a lutar pelo poder sob o argumento de que a situação “não era revolucionária”. Ao invés disso, o PCF veio à tona com um programa de “exigências econômicas imediatas”, que servia para desorientar e desorganizar o proletariado e acelerar o crescimento do fascismo, já que os capitalistas sentiam uma ameaça crescente da classe trabalhadora. O PCF renunciou à luta pelas nacionalizações, se opôs ao chamado por milícias de trabalhadores por considera-la provocativa e se recusou a armar os trabalhadores, enquanto tentava preservar uma aparência de revolucionário, chamando absurdamente por “sovietes em toda a parte”, a precondição imediata para uma insurreição armada.
 
Em julho de 1935, os stalinistas franceses expandiram a coalizão para incluir os Radicais Socialistas, um partido burguês. Os Radicais Socialistas, baseados na pequeno-burguesia rural e urbana, reivindicavam mudanças sociais progressivas, mas eram firmemente comprometidos com a propriedade privada e com a livre empresa. Para poder salvar sua unidade com os Radicais, o PCF insistiu que o programa da frente popular deveria se restringir à defesa da república contra o fascismo, medidas contra a depressão e reformas trabalhistas. A frente popular venceu largamente as eleições de março de 1936. A SFIO se tornou o partido dominante na Câmara dos Deputados e o seu chefe, Leon Blum, se tornou primeiro ministro de um gabinete de coalizão de socialistas e Radicais. Os comunistas se recusaram a entrar no governo para evitar assustar a burguesia, mas deu apoio no parlamento.
 
Como ocorre frequentemente no começo de um governo de frente popular, as massas viram as eleições como uma vitória para os trabalhadores e desencadearam uma tremenda onda militante, culminando com a greve geral de maio-junho. Enquanto as demandas iniciais eram principalmente defensivas, centrando em um aumento salarial de 15%, as greves envolviam, quase todas, a tática militante de ocupar os locais de trabalho. A burguesia entrou em pânico, exigindo que o governo de Blum fosse empossado imediatamente para conter a greve. Blum e os burocratas sindicais da CGT negociaram um acordo inicial que oferecia alguns ganhos, mas sob condições de evacuação imediata das fábricas. O pacto foi solidamente rejeitado pelos metalúrgicos de Paris.
 
Temendo que Trotsky tivesse razão quando escreveu que “começou a revolução francesa”, o PCF ordenou seus militantes a apoiar os acordos. Thorez declarou: “Não pode haver o menor questionamento a respeito de tomar o poder nesse momento” e “deve-se saber quando terminar uma greve”. O governo Socialista-Radical fez sua parte proibindo a circulação do jornal trotskista (Lutte Ouvrière), que chamava pela continuação da greve. Em meados de junho, os esforços combinados dos reformistas foram bem sucedidos em minar a resistência.
 
Esse foi o ponto alto da frente popular, já que foi desarticulando a greve geral de 1936 que o governo Blum cumpriu a tarefa básica que lhe foi dada pela burguesia – parar a avalanche rumo à revolução. As poucas reformas sociais significativas, tais como a semana de 40 horas, foram logo revertidas. Em 1937, depois de um ano no cargo e tendo perdido a confiança das massas trabalhadoras, o governo Blum foi destituído pelo Senado. Em meados de 1938, os Radicais Socialistas formaram um ministério conservador sob Edouard Daladier. O anúncio de Daladier naquela primavera, sobre o retorno à semana de 48 horas, provocou uma nova onda de greves de massa. A resposta do PCF: o chamado por uma greve de protesto de um dia! Daladier declarou a lei marcial e mandou tropas às fábricas. O movimento sindical entrou em colapso, milhões de trabalhadores rasgaram seus registros sindicais em repúdio. Por volta de janeiro de 1940, os partidos burgueses, assim como os delegados da SFIO, votaram pela criação do regime de Vichy, de aceitação e colaboração com os fascistas. Assim, longe de parar o fascismo, a frente popular provou ser apenas mais um “caminho pacífico” para o barbarismo.
 
A frente popular na Espanha, 1936-1939
 
As consequências da política de frente popular de Stalin-Dimitrov foram igualmente contrarrevolucionárias na Espanha. A derrubada da monarquia em 1931 tinha levado ao estabelecimento de uma república burguesa, mas as políticas sociais da coalizão Radical/Socialista no governo eram pouco mais liberais do que aquelas da ditadura militar do Gen. Primo de Rivera durante os anos 1920 (também apoiada pelos socialdemocratas). Em outubro de 1934 uma insurreição irrompeu na região mineira das Astúrias em reação às políticas direitistas do governo. Apesar da repressão sangrenta (milhares de mineiros foram metralhados pelo exército), o levante heroico despertou as massas trabalhadoras espanholas e levou à formação difundida de comitês proletários em forma de frente única (alianzas obreras).
 
Em resposta, os líderes dos principais partidos de trabalhadores agiram para montar uma frente popular similar àquela da França, incluindo os Socialistas (alas direita e esquerda), os Comunistas e também o POUM (Partido Operário da Unificação Marxista). O POUM havia sido formado pela fusão de um racha de direita do PC (o “Bloco Operário e Camponês” de Maurín, que Trotsky havia descrito como um “Kuomintang espanhol”, ou seja, um partido de duas classes) e a antiga Esquerda Comunista, dirigida por Nin. Como resultado da formação desse bloco sem princípios com Maurín, e a assinatura do programa da Frente Popular, as ligação entre Nin e o movimento trotskista foram rompidas.
 
O acordo da Frente Popular assinado em janeiro de 1936 foi um documento clássico de abandono de políticas proletárias classistas. Ele garantia que:
 
“Os republicanos não aceitam o princípio da nacionalização da terra e da sua livre entrega aos camponeses (…). Os partidos republicanos não aceitam medidas de nacionalização dos bancos… e de controle operário reivindicado pela delegação do Partido Socialista.”
 
A aliança republicano-proletária ganhou uma pluralidade nas eleições de fevereiro de 1936 e, entretanto, formou um governo sob controle do advogado burguês Azaña. Como na França, as massas interpretaram isso como uma vitória e começaram uma onda de ocupações de fábrica e ocupações de terra, que o governo foi incapaz de conter. Em consequência, em 17 de julho, o general Franco e um grupo de altos oficiais militares lançaram uma proclamação por um Estado católico autoritário e realizaram uma rebelião. A resposta do governo de Azaña foi tentar negociar com os generais insurgentes, enquanto se recusava a armar as massas!
 
Essa tentativa de contemporizar poderia até ter tido sucesso se as massas não tivessem tomado a própria iniciativa. Em Barcelona, um reduto dos anarquistas e do POUM, os trabalhadores tomaram numerosas fábricas e assaltaram o quartel do exército com pistolas. Em menos de um dia eles tinham o completo controle da cidade. Isso deu o sinal para revoltas similares por toda a parte, e o governo republicano foi forçado a rever a sua política, armar as massas e tentar uma luta hesitante contra Franco.
 
A alternativa era uma revolução proletária, que era possível a qualquer momento. Na Catalunha, o transporte e a indústria estavam quase inteiramente nas mãos dos comitês de trabalhadores da CNT (Anarquista), enquanto em grande parte do Nordeste (Catalunha e Aragão) as associações de camponeses e trabalhadores agrícolas tinham estabelecido fazendas coletivas. Os antigos governos municipais desapareceram, substituídos por comitês que representavam a todos os partidos e sindicatos antifascistas. O mais importante era o Comitê Central das Milícias Antifascistas da Catalunha que, apesar de terem membros burgueses, era amplamente dominada pelas organizações dos trabalhadores. No entanto, no topo de tudo isso estava a “sombra da burguesia”, um governo de frente popular na Catalunha, dirigido por outro advogado burguês, Companys. Como na Rússia de fevereiro a outubro de 1917, havia uma situação de duplo poder, mas na qual os trabalhadores ainda davam apoio tácito ao abalado governo burguês.
 
Nessa situação, Lenin e os bolcheviques haviam exigido: “Abaixo o Governo Provisório, Todo Poder aos Sovietes!”. Os partidos proletários espanhóis, entretanto, dos stalinistas ao POUM e mesmo os anarquistas (que supostamente se oporiam mesmo a um governo proletário!) entraram no governo burguês da Catalunha, em setembro de 1936. OS stalinistas garantiram aos seus amigos burgueses que eles não tinham nenhuma intenção de levar os trabalhadores ao poder. Em agosto de 1936, o jornal do PC francês, L’Humanité, declarou que:
 
“O Comitê Central do Partido Comunista da Espanha nos pede que informe ao público… que o povo espanhol não está lutando pelo estabelecimento da ditadura do proletariado, mas que ele conhece apenas um objetivo: a defesa da ordem republicana, respeitando a propriedade privada.”
 
Com apoios garantido dos stalinistas e socialistas, Azaña e Companys começaram a se mover para restabelecer a lei e a ordem burguesas. O primeiro passo foi a censura da imprensa proletária. O governo catalão fez isso com um decreto dissolvendo os comitês revolucionários, que haviam surgido em julho, e, no fim de outubro, ele ordenou o desarmamento dos trabalhadores na retaguarda. Os líderes do POUM e da CNT foram em seguida expulsos do gabinete, apesar de eles terem apoiado todas essas medidas contra os trabalhadores. Uma polícia secreta foi organizada sob o controle dos stalinistas e de agentes da GPU soviética.
 
Mas isso não foi o suficiente para quebrar a resistência dos trabalhadores. Uma provocação era necessária. Isso veio em 3 de maio de 1937, quando os stalinistas atacaram a central telefônica de Barcelona, controlada pelos trabalhadores da CNT. Dentro de horas foram erguidas barricadas pela cidade e os trabalhadores mais uma vez estavam em posição de tomar o poder. Ao invés disso, os líderes do POUM e dos anarquistas capitularam ao governo central, confiando na promessa de Azaña de que não haveria represálias. Dois dias depois, os Guardas de Assalto chegaram e ocuparam a central, matando centenas e prendendo dezenas de milhares. Dentro de um mês, o POUM estava na ilegalidade a pedido dos stalinistas, e seus líderes acabaram presos ou mesmo assassinados. Em pouco tempo, o PC comandou os Guardas de Assalto na dissolução das fazendas coletivas e milícias proletárias. Embora a guerra tenha se arrastado por mais um ano e meio, o resultado já estava decidido – uma vez que os trabalhadores e camponeses não tinham mais nada pelo que lutar, eles rapidamente se desmoralizaram e os armamentos superiores dos fascistas lhes garantiram a vitória.
 
Em tudo isso o PC espanhol agiu como o defensor da ordem burguesa, liderando a ofensiva contra os anarquistas e o POUM, as fazendas coletivas e as milícias proletárias. Em seu desesperado desejo de chegar a uma aliança com as potências imperialistas “democráticas”, Stalin estava absolutamente contrário à revolução na Espanha – mesmo que isso significasse que a vitória dos fascistas era a alternativa. O grande organizador de derrotas também se tornava o açougueiro da revolução espanhola.
 
Mas a responsabilidade pelo desastre não acaba aí. Nin e os outros líderes da Esquerda Comunista um dia haviam lutado pela independência de classe do proletariado. Em certa época eles tinham sido um partido maior do que o próprio PC. Mas, ao capitular à frente popular, esses centristas foram tão responsáveis pela derrota da revolução espanhola quanto Stalin. Tivessem eles sabido nadar contra a corrente nos momentos em que a frente popular tinha apoio de massas e eles poderiam ter ganhado a liderança do movimento dos trabalhadores quando as massas posteriormente perceberam que elas haviam sido traídas. Na realidade, o POUM seguiu junto com as traições, protestando apenas quando era tarde demais.
 
A frente popular na Segunda Guerra Mundial
 
É digno de nota que o ataque de Davidson ao trotskismo, junto a completamente ignorar a revolução russa de outubro de 1917 e a política ignominiosa de Stalin na Alemanha, também não menciona as políticas de Stalin na França e na Espanha em nenhum momento. E por um bom motivo! Mas, como bom stalinista, ele precisa defender a frente popular de alguma forma, preferencialmente com um exemplo mais aceitável. Ele escolheu a Segunda Guerra Mundial. De acordo com os stalinistas, essa foi uma guerra contra o fascismo e em defesa da pátria soviética. A sua conclusão política foi uma frente popular ampla, “incluindo mesmo os aliados temporários e oscilantes que se encontravam no campo dos governos capitalistas democrático-burgueses” (Guardian, 9 de maio de 1973).
 
Davidson faz um resumo preciso da posição trotskista na guerra, concluindo que ninguém além dos “trotskistas contrarrevolucionários” teria se oposto à grande cruzada antifascista. Mas, enquanto a política stalinista era certamente mais popular na época, ela não será facilmente esquecida pela nova geração de trabalhadores combativos, que tem bem menos ilusões sobre o caráter “democrático” do imperialismo dos EUA. A posição trotskista na guerra era de derrotismo revolucionário para os países capitalistas nessa guerra inter-imperialista. Ao mesmo tempo, eles davam apoio incondicional à defesa militar da União Soviética. Isso não era uma mera questão acadêmica, já que Trotsky lutou uma dura batalha contra o grupo de Shachtman (dentro do então trotskista Partido dos Trabalhadores Socialistas [SWP/EUA]). Shachtman se opunha a defender a URSS e acabou saindo do SWP, levando com ele 40% dos membros.
 
Durante a guerra, os quadros trotskistas numericamente frágeis conduziram em geral uma linha internacionalista, apesar de pressões social-patriotas em algumas seções. A seção francesa, por exemplo, organizou uma célula trotskista na marinha alemã, que ocupava o país. No processo, entretanto, muitos líderes da Quarta Internacional foram executados ou pelos nazistas ou, como Nin na Espanha, pelas mãos dos stalinistas. Nos EUA, o SWP concentrou o seu trabalho em combater o acordo de não fazer greves apoiado pela liderança da central sindical CIO e o PC.
 
Os stalinistas tinham a política inversa. De acordo com o líder do PC/EUA, Earl Browder:
 
“Nos Estados Unidos, nós temos que ganhar a guerra sob o sistema capitalista… Portanto, nós temos que descobrir como fazer o sistema capitalista funcionar… Nós temos que ajudar os capitalistas a aprender como gerir o seu sistema.”
 
O Daily Worker (o jornal do PC/EUA) de 25 de dezembro de 1941 implementou essa política saudando o compromisso da CIO de não fazer greves como uma “contribuição definitiva à unidade nacional”. Na prática, isso significava impedir greves. Durante a greve dos mineiros em 1943, o líder sindical do PC, William Z. Foster, viajou para os distritos mineiros da Pensilvânia para tentar organizar fura-greves e um movimento “De Volta ao Trabalho”. Na costa Oeste, Bridges, um simpatizante do PC no ILWU (Sindicato dos Portuários e Estivadores) chamou pela intensificação do trabalho.
 
Assim, nos anos 1930 e 1940, a política de frente popular levou a um resultado prático idêntico: derrotar greves e revoluções. A estrangulação da revolução espanhola, a derrota da greve geral francesa, furar a greve dos mineiros nos Estados Unidos – esses foram os resultados da colaboração de classes. Tirando a conclusão lógica, Stalin fez outra concessão aos seus amigos burgueses ao dissolver a Internacional Comunista em 1943, porque ela entravava o esforço conjunto para vencer a guerra!
 

A Escola Stalinista de Falsificação Revisitada (3)

CAPÍTULO ANTERIOR     |     ÍNDICE     |     PRÓXIMO CAPÍTULO

3. O “Terceiro Período”
 
O consistente curso de Stalin à direita em 1926-27, o levou a capitular aos kulaks (camponeses ricos) internamente, aos burocratas sindicais durante a greve geral britânica, a Chiang Kai-shek na China. Ele sustentou essa política através de um bloco no Politburo com Bukharin, que tinha dito “enriquecei-vos” aos camponeses e projetado a construção do socialismo “a passo de tartaruga”. A Oposição de Esquerda liderada por Trotsky se opôs a essa linha, alertando que ela não apenas significava o massacre de milhares de comunistas estrangeiros, mas em última instância ameaçava as próprias fundações do Estado soviético em si. Stalin “respondeu” no Décimo Quinto congresso do partido (dezembro de 1927) sumariamente expulsando a Oposição e formalmente declarando que “aderência à Oposição ou propaganda das suas visões é incompatível com ser membro do partido”.

As previsões de Trotsky foram dramaticamente confirmadas pela rebelião kulak de 1927-28. Os depósitos de grãos do Estado estavam quase vazios e a fome ameaçava as cidades; a coleta de grãos produzia tumultos nos vilarejos, já que os camponeses (que podiam obter poucos recursos manufaturados de retorno em razão da moeda inflacionada) se recusaram a vender segundo os preços regulados pelo Estado. De repente, em janeiro de 1928, Stalin mudou para uma linha mais dura, ordenando expedições armadas para requisitar reservas de grãos. Mas mesmo isso não foi o suficiente. Em maio ele ainda estava declarando que “a expropriação dos kulaks seria tolice” (Problemas do Leninismo, pág. 221), mas no fim daquele ano ele argumentou que: “Podemos nós permitir a expropriação dos kulaks…? Que pergunta ridícula… Nós devemos quebrar a resistência dessa classe em um confronto aberto” (Problemas do Leninismo, pág. 325). Esse tipo de reviravolta dramática era constante para Stalin.
 
Desde 1924, Trotsky fazia um campanha pela industrialização e coletivização e era considerado por Stalin como um “inimigo do camponês” e “super-industrializador”. Mas diante da revolta antissoviética dos camponeses em 1928, Stalin entrou em completo pânico, mudando de um conservadorismo cego para um aventureirismo cego. Na Plataforma de 1927 da Oposição Unificada, Trotsky e Zinoviev chamaram a dobrar a taxa de crescimento previsto no primeiro plano quinquenal; Stalin agora a triplicava, e ao preço de um tremendo sofrimento para os trabalhadores. A Oposição chamava por uma coletivização voluntária das terras, ajudada por crédito do Estado para as cooperativas agrícolas e por uma luta contra a influência do kulak; Stalin realizava agora a coletivização forçada de metade das fazendas da União Soviética no período de quatro meses! Os camponeses responderam com sabotagem, sacrificando mais de 50 por cento dos cavalos do país, e com uma guerra civil que durante os vários anos seguintes custou mais de três milhões de vidas.
 
Trotsky se opôs à coletivização sob o cano da metralhadora, considerando-a uma monstruosidade. Marxistas sempre chamaram por ganhar a pequeno-burguesia gradualmente, por persuasão e por uma transição voluntária para o socialismo através da produção cooperativa. A industrialização, por outro lado, apesar da incrível desorganização e dificuldades desnecessárias causadas pelo planejamento burocrático, ele apoiou:
 
“O sucesso da União Soviética no desenvolvimento industrial está adquirindo um significado global histórico… Esse momento não é nem estável e nem seguro… mas ele provê uma prova prática das imensas possibilidades contidas nos métodos econômicos socialistas.”
― L. D. Trotsky, “Imprudência Econômica e seus Perigos”, 1930
 
Ambas a coletivização e a industrialização eram plenamente justificadas nas políticas da Oposição. Para que representassem um retorno ao leninismo, entretanto, elas requeriam complementarmente o restabelecimento da democracia no partido e nos sovietes. Stalin respondeu à bancarrota das suas políticas anteriores, agudamente reveladas pela crise, tomando o curso oposto, reforçando a sua ditadura burocrática e expulsando Trotsky da União Soviética.
 
Stalin descobre o “Terceiro Período”
 
As políticas de Stalin na Internacional Comunista (IC) eram uma duplicata dos seus ziguezagues domésticos. Depois do desastre da insurreição de Shangai de 1927, no qual ele ordenou aos comunistas chineses renderem as suas armas ao carniceiro Chiang Kai-shek, ele bruscamente refez o curso e ordenou a aventureira Comuna de Cantão, que terminou em um massacre similar para os trabalhadores. No verão de 1928, Stalin generalizou esse padrão de imprudência ultra-esquerdista com a doutrina do “terceiro período” do imperialismo.
 
De acordo com essa “teoria”, houve uma onde revolucionária no pós-guerra até 1923, um período de estabilização até 1928 e então um novo período de iminente e final colapso do capitalismo. Como os catastrofistas de hoje, Stalin explicava que a crise econômica iria automaticamente criar uma situação revolucionária. Na verdade, os estágios iniciais de uma crise são frequentemente acompanhados de uma grave desmoralização na classe trabalhadora. E é digno de nota que, em nenhum momento entre 1928-32, qualquer partido comunista no mundo realizou uma tentativa de tomar o poder! (Posteriormente, Stalin abandonou silenciosamente a sua bombástica teoria enquanto fazia um giro brusco à direita).
 
O início da depressão e as políticas de ultraesquerda da Comintern causaram estragos nos partidos comunistas. No país chave da Europa ocidental, a Alemanha, uma combinação de demissões em massa e da política de abandonar os sindicatos resultou na queda da porcentagem de trabalhadores fabris do partido, de 62% em 1928, para apenas 20% em 1931, efetivamente transformando os comunistas na vanguarda dos desempregados ao invés da dos trabalhadores. Resultados patéticos típicos do aventureirismo do “terceiro período”, foram as marchas do Primeiro de Maio de 1929, que haviam sido proibidas pelos governos capitalistas: em Paris, a polícia simplesmente prendeu todos os membros ativos do PC em 30 de abril (soltando-os três dias depois). Em Berlim o chefe de polícia socialdemocrata Zoergiebel atacou brutalmente os comunistas, cujo chamado por uma greve geral foi um fiasco.
 
Outro aspecto das políticas do “terceiro período” foi a prática de estabelecer pequenos “sindicatos revolucionários”, contrapostos as organizações de massa lideradas pelos reformistas. Os comunistas defendem a unidade sindical, mas não se opõem a todos os rachas. Pode ser necessário romper com restritivos sindicatos organizados por profissão para poder organizar em massa os trabalhadores da produção. Também, quando uma oposição pela esquerda é impedida de vencer somente pelos métodos burocráticos e criminosos, um rompimento com a velha organização pode ser a única alternativa à derrota. A questão é o apoio da esmagadora maioria dos trabalhadores, fazendo com que o sindicato possa sobreviver enquanto uma organização de massa.
 
O rompimento sindical do “terceiro período”, considerado uma questão de princípio, era bem diferente. Ele levou à formação de federações sindicais separadas (a Liga da Unidade Sindical [TUUL] nos Estados Unidos e a Oposição Sindical Revolucionária [RGO] na Alemanha), e a incontáveis pequenos “sindicatos vermelhos” com alguns poucos membros, que nunca tiveram nenhuma chance de sucesso. A política do “sindicato vermelho” é diretamente oposta à política leninista de lutar por uma liderança comunista para as existentes organizações de massa dos trabalhadores, e, com a exceção de algumas poucas situações isoladas, estava destinada ao fracasso.
 
“Social-fascismo”
 
Uma generalização dessa política foi a descoberta de Stalin de que os partidos reformistas socialdemocratas eram “social-fascistas”, ou seja, “socialistas em palavras, fascistas nos atos”. Desde que eles já não seriam mais parte do movimento operário (assim como os sindicatos dirigidos por socialdemocratas), a tática de frente única não era mais aplicável e os comunistas podiam no máximo oferecer uma “frente única pela base”, que é simplesmente chamar os trabalhadores e sindicalistas de base da socialdemocracia a romper com seus dirigentes.
 
Os líderes socialdemocratas prepararam o caminho para o fascismo – sobre isso não pode haver dúvida. Em janeiro de 1919, o socialdemocrata Noske pessoalmente organizou o massacre de centenas de trabalhadores revolucionários alemães ao reprimir o “levante espartaquista” em Berlim. Entre os mártires estavam Karl Liebknecht e Rosa Luxemburgo, líderes do PC alemão. Em 1929 o socialdemocrata Zoergiebel afogou em sangue a marcha de Primeiro de Maio do PC. Em cada passo da escalada de Hitler ao poder, os reformistas capitularam ao invés de lutar. E, mesmo depois que Hitler já tinha tomado o poder, ao invés de organizar uma massiva resistência como haviam prometido, os líderes socialdemocratas ofereceram apoio à política externa do governo nazista, na vã esperança de que assim eles iriam salvar o seu partido da destruição! Eles não lutaram até que era tarde demais e, em última análise, eles preferiram Hitler à revolução.
 
Mas isso não é o mesmo que dizer, como fez Stalin, que a socialdemocracia era apenas a “ala esquerda do fascismo”. Essa declaração incoerente ignorava o fato de que as organizações da socialdemocracia e os próprios sindicatos seriam destruídos como resultado da vitória dos fascistas. Como Trotsky escreveu:
 
“O fascismo não é meramente um sistema de represálias, de força bruta e de terror policial. O fascismo é um sistema de governo particular baseado na destruição de todos os elementos da democracia proletária dentro da sociedade burguesa. A tarefa do fascismo está não em destruir a vanguarda comunista… também lhe é necessário esmagar todas as organizações voluntárias e independentes, demolir todos os baluartes defensivos do proletariado, e destruir tudo que se conseguiu por três quartos de século pelos sindicatos e pela socialdemocracia.”
― “E agora?”, janeiro de 1932
 
Aqui está uma situação que pede a política de frente única. Os líderes socialdemocratas não queriam lutar, mas recuar. A base, entretanto, não podia recuar – eles deviam lutar ou se ver aniquilados. Logo, devia-se chamar a liderança socialdemocrata a montar uma ofensiva unida contra os nazistas! Se eles aceitassem, a ameaça fascista podia ser destruída e a estrada aberta para a revolução. Se eles se recusassem, a sua traição ficaria claramente exposta diante dos trabalhadores e a mobilização revolucionária da classe operária se fortaleceria, por ser demonstrado na luta que os comunistas são a única liderança proletária consistente. Nas palavras de Trotsky:
 
“Trabalhadores comunistas, vocês são centenas de milhões; vocês não podem fugir para lugar algum; não há passaportes o suficiente para vocês. Se o fascismo chegar ao poder, ele vai passar por cima dos seus crânios e esqueletos como um tanque arrasador. A sua salvação está em uma luta implacável. E somente uma unidade de luta com os trabalhadores socialdemocratas pode trazer a vitória.”
― “Por uma Frente Única Proletária contra o Fascismo”, dezembro de 1931
 
“Depois de Hitler – nós!”
 
Às vésperas da chegada de Hitler ao poder, Stalin continuava a seguir a lógica derrotista-sectária do “terceiro período”, Depois das eleições de setembro de 1930, na qual o voto nos nazista pulou de 800 mil para mais de 6 milhões, o dirigente principal do PC alemão, Ernest Thaelmann, disse à executiva da Comintern que “… 14 de setembro foi em certo sentido o auge de Hitler, depois do qual não haverá dias melhores, mas apenas dias piores”. A IC endossou essa visão e chamou o PC a “concentrar o fogo nos social-fascistas”! Os stalinistas ridicularizaram a análise de Trotsky sobre o fascismo, e afirmaram que não havia diferença entre o regime de Brünning e os nazistas. Em outras palavras, eles foram inteiramente indiferentes quanto a se existiriam ou não organizações proletárias! Remmele, um líder do PC, declarou no Reichtag (o parlamento alemão): “Deixem Hitler assumir o governo – ele logo irá à bancarrota, e então será a nossa vez”. Consistente com essa política criminosa e completamente covarde, o PC se juntou aos nazistas em uma tentativa (sem sucesso) de retirar do cargo através de um plebiscito o governo estadual da Prússia, dirigido pelos socialdemocratas (o “Plebiscito Vermelho” de 1931)!
 
Em resposta ao amplo apoio recebido pelo chamado de Trotsky por uma frente única entre os trabalhadores alemães, Thaelmann respondeu em setembro de 1932:
 
“Em seu folheto sobre como o Nacional-socialismo deve ser derrotado, Trotsky dá apenas uma resposta, e é esta: o Partido Comunista Alemão deve juntar as mãos com o Partido Socialdemocrata… Ou, diz ele, o Partido Comunista faz causa comum com os socialdemocratas, ou então a classe trabalhadora alemã estará perdida por dez ou vinte anos. Essa é a teoria de um fascista completamente desmoralizado e contrarrevolucionário… A Alemanha obviamente não se tornará fascista – as nossas vitórias eleitorais são uma garantia disso. [!]”.
 
Nove meses depois, Thaelmann estava encarcerado nas prisões de Hitler. Ele foi depois executado pelos nazistas, assim como foram milhares de militantes comunistas e socialdemocratas, e os partidos proletários e sindicatos foram esmagados pelo punho de ferro do fascismo. As análises e políticas de Trotsky foram completamente confirmadas – e o proletariado alemão pagou o preço pela cegueira criminosa de Stalin.
 
Mas isso não pôs fim às traições de Stalin. Trotsky havia alertado anteriormente: É preciso dizer clara, energicamente, aos operários avançados: “Depois do ‘terceiro período’ de aventura e fanfarronada, começará o ‘quarto período’, o período do pânico e das capitulações”. (“Está na Alemanha a Chave da Situação Internacional”, novembro de 1931). A tragédia continuou a se desdobrar com uma precisão de relógio. Em seguida à chegada de Hitler ao poder, a Comintern, coberta de pânico, proibiu qualquer discussão dos eventos na Alemanha nos partidos comunistas e abandonou qualquer menção do social-fascismo. Ao invés disso, em um manifesto “Aos Trabalhadores de Todos os Países” (5 de março de 1933) a executiva chamou por uma frente única com os líderes socialdemocratas (o que eles haviam rejeitado nos cinco anos anteriores) e para que os PCs “abandonassem todos os ataques contra as organizações socialdemocratas durante a ação conjunta”!
 
A Frente Única
 
A série de Carl Davidson sobre “A Herança de Trotsky” em Guardian é um acobertamento consistente dos crimes de Stalin contra o movimento dos trabalhadores em uma tentativa de sustentar as políticas stalinistas de “socialismo em um só país”, “coexistência pacífica” e “revolução em etapas”, etc. Ao lidar com os eventos em torno da chegada de Hitler ao poder, Davidson afirma que “os trotskistas encobrem a força política que realmente pavimentou o caminho do poder para os fascistas – os socialdemocratas alemães” (Guardian, 9 de maio de 1973). O leitor pode julgar por si próprio do que foi dito acima, quais foram as forças políticas que abriram caminho ao fascismo! Davidson segue para afirmar que “Isso não quer dizer que o partido comunista alemão não tenha cometido erros ou que estes tenham sido insignificantes… Eles também cometeram uma série de erros ultra-‘esquerdistas’, incluindo uma ênfase unilateral na ‘frente única pela base’, ao invés de um esforço mais persistente de unidade também com os líderes socialdemocratas, mesmo se esta proposta fosse recusada”. Davidson é negligente em apontar que a cada passo a política do PC alemão foi ditada pelo próprio Stalin, e que foi repetidamente apoiada pelas reuniões da Comintern!
 
Os stalinistas constantemente tentam criar confusão sobre o conteúdo da política de frente única de Lenin (cuja principal palavra de ordem era “classe contra classe”), para tentar identifica-la com a “frente popular” de Stalin junto com a burguesia “democrática”. Eles buscam mostrar a frente única como uma tática de colaboração de classe e capitulação à liderança socialdemocrata. Isso levou alguns grupos, como o Partido Trabalhista Progressivo (PL), a rejeitar completamente a tática de frente única:
 
“Como nós repetidamente apontamos, nós rejeitamos o conceito de uma frente única com os patrões. Nós rejeitamos o conceito de uma frente única com os trotskistas e a horda de outras fraudes na esquerda…”
“Nós acreditamos em uma frente única pela base que tome a forma de uma coalizão de centro-esquerda”.
― “Estrada para a Revolução III”, PL, novembro de 1973
 
A frente única pela base, ou seja, chamar a base a se separar dos líderes reformistas, é sempre válido. Mas não se pode simplesmente ignorar esses falsos líderes sem condicionar a vanguarda a um isolamento estéril. Respondendo aos oponentes da frente única durante os primeiros anos da Internacional Comunista, Trotsky escreveu:
 
“A frente única se estende apenas às massas trabalhadoras ou ela também inclui os líderes oportunistas?”
“A própria formulação da questão é um produto de falta de compreensão.”
“Se nós fôssemos capazes de simplesmente unir as massas trabalhadoras ao redor da nossa própria bandeira ou ao redor das nossas palavras de ordem práticas imediatas, e passar por cima das organizações reformistas, fossem partidos ou sindicatos, isso sem dúvida seria a melhor coisa no mundo…”
“… para evitar perderem a sua influência sobre os trabalhadores, os reformistas são forçados, contra os mais profundos desejos dos seus líderes, a apoiar movimentos parciais dos explorados contra os exploradores…”
“… nós estamos, todas as outras considerações a parte, interessados em arrastar os reformistas das suas casas de repouso e coloca-los do nosso lado diante dos olhos das massas lutadoras.”
― “Sobre a Frente Única”, 1922
 
Essas teses foram aprovadas pelo Politburo do Partido Comunista da União Soviética e pelo Comitê Executivo da IC. Em sua polêmica contra os ultra-esquerdistas (Esquerdismo: Doença Infantil do Comunismo) Lenin chamou pelo uso de “qualquer oportunidade para ganhar um aliado de massas, não importa quão temporário, vacilante, pouco confiável ou acidental. Quem não foi capaz de colocar isso na cabeça não entendeu nada de marxismo e do socialismo científico contemporâneo em geral”.
 
Depois de se recusar por cinco anos a se unir na luta com os líderes socialdemocratas, Stalin, em março de 1933, deu um giro completo e concordou com uma “frente única” onde estaria proibida a possibilidade de crítica. Isso significava que os comunistas se comprometiam de antemão a permanecer em silêncio diante das inevitáveis traições dos reformistas, assim como Stalin havia se recusado a criticar e romper com os dirigentes sindicais britânicos quando eles traíram a greve geral de 1926. O quanto isso nada tem a ver com bolchevismo poder ser visualizado lendo a resolução original da Comintern sobre a frente única:
 
“Ao submeterem-se a uma disciplina da ação, os comunistas se reservaram absolutamente o direito e a possibilidade de expressar não somente antes e depois, mas sim também durante a ação, sua opinião sobre a política de todas as organizações operárias sem exceção. Em nenhum caso e sob nenhum pretexto, esta cláusula poderá ser contraposta.”
― “Teses Sobre a Frente única Proletária”, 1922
 
A União Soviética – um Estado proletário degenerado
 
A traição definitiva de Stalin na Alemanha, e a necessária conclusão de chamar por novos partidos comunistas e uma nova Internacional, levou ao questionamento a respeito de um novo partido na própria União Soviética. Isso, por sua vez, levantou de novo a questão do caráter de classe do Estado soviético e a natureza da burocracia stalinista que estava à sua frente. Trotsky se recusava a considerar a URSS “capitalista de Estado”, como faziam muitos antigos comunistas que haviam sido expulsos por Stalin. Fazê-lo implicaria dizer que poderia haver uma contrarrevolução pacífica, “rodando o filme do reformismo ao contrário”, por assim dizer. Fundamentalmente, o Estado é baseado em formas de propriedade, que representam os interesses de classes determinadas. As relações de propriedade socialistas na União Soviética permaneciam intactas, e essa conquista colossal da revolução de outubro não deveria se facilmente abandonada. Enquanto se opõem à burocrática liderança stalinista, os bolcheviques-leninistas devem defender incondicionalmente a URSS de um ataque imperialista.
 
Ao mesmo tempo, ela não era um Estado proletário saudável. O proletariado havia sido expropriado politicamente. Os sovietes eram simples corpos administrativos para carimbar as decisões do secretário geral. O partido bolchevique era uma criatura da burocracia, com toda a liderança de 1917 tendo sido expulsa ou subjugada, com a exceção de Stalin. Considerando os eventos dos anos recentes – as expulsões, as prisões e o banimento de todos os oposicionistas – era uma irresponsabilidade criminosa achar que essa burocracia parasita poderia ser eliminada sem uma revolução. Essa não seria uma revolução social, resultando em novas formas de propriedade, mas em uma revolução política. A URSS era um Estado proletário degenerado:
 
“… os privilégios da burocracia por si próprios não mudam as bases da sociedade soviética, porque a burocracia tira seus privilégios não de alguma relação de propriedade peculiar a si, como uma ‘classe’, mas daquelas relações de propriedade criadas pela revolução de outubro e que são fundamentalmente adequadas para a ditadura do proletariado.”
“Para colocar claramente: quando a burocracia rouba o povo (e isso é feito de várias formas por todas as burocracias), nós estamos lidando não com exploração de classe, no sentido científico do termo, mas com parasitismo social, ainda que em uma vasta escala…”
“Finalmente, nós acrescentamos para garantir a completa clareza: se na URSS hoje o partido marxista estivesse no poder, ele iria renovar todo o regime político; ele iria desarticular e expurgar a burocracia e coloca-la sob o controle das massas – ele iria transformar todas as práticas organizativas e inaugurar uma série de reformas fundamentais na administração da economia; mas de forma alguma ele teria que realizar uma derrubada das relações de propriedade, ou seja, uma nova revolução social.”
― “A Natureza de Classe do Estado Soviético”, outubro de 1933
 
Os stalinistas imediatamente gritaram “contrarrevolução”. Trotsky era um agente de Chamberlain, Hitler, do Mikado, etc. e tinha o objetivo de restabelecer o capitalismo, eles diziam. Mas os stalinistas nunca foram capazes de apontar uma única instância em que Trotsky tenha se recusado a apoiar a URSS contra o imperialismo, ou chamado pelo abandono das formas de propriedade socialistas. Em 1939, às vésperas da Segunda Guerra Mundial, ele liderou uma luta amarga contra um grupo liderado por Max Shachtman no Partido dos Trabalhadores Socialistas (SWP) norte-americano, que se recusava a defender a Rússia contra Hitler. Trotsky repetidamente enfatizava que enquanto a União Soviética permanecesse um Estado proletário, ainda que gravemente degenerado, era uma questão de princípios defende-la. Na hora da necessidade, os bolcheviques-leninistas estariam prontos em seus postos de batalha.
 
No começo dos anos 1960, Mao Tse-tung anunciou que a liderança de Kruschev-Brezhnev na União Soviética era, desde 1956, “social-imperialista” e que a URSS não era mais um Estado proletário, mas um novo tipo de imperialismo presidido por uma “burguesia vermelha”. Em um recente ataque contra o trotskismo de um ponto de vista maoísta, o folheto intitulado “Do Trotskismo ao Social-Imperialismo”, de Michael Miller, da Liga pela Revolução Proletária, essa posição é contrastada com a de Trotsky:
 
“Em 1956, Kruschev apareceu em cena lançando um ataque contra a ditadura do proletariado e espalhando ideologia e cultura pequeno-burguesa por toda a parte…”
“O trotskismo nunca entendeu a teoria e nunca aprendeu com a prática o caráter de classe dos Estados soviético e chinês. Durante o período da história soviética em que a base econômica estava sendo transformada desde propriedade privada para propriedade social dos meios de produção, os trotskistas sempre prestaram atenção à estrutura política – a superestrutura… A base econômica nunca pode ser considerada à parte da estrutura política. Na União Soviética, o Partido Comunista, que é o coração da estrutura política, foi tomado por uma camada de políticos de tipo burguês e transformado em uma variante de um grande partido político burguês. Agora eles estão ocupados implementando políticas econômicas que revertem a base econômica socialista, que restauram a propriedade privada, a produção privada para o mercado, e que reproduzem em uma enorme escala todas as relações sociais capitalistas correspondentes.”
 
Essa passagem demonstra a rejeição pelos maoístas do mais elementar marxismo. Se, como eles dizem, uma contrarrevolução social pacífica aconteceu na Rússia, então logicamente uma revolução socialista pacífica contra o capitalismo também pode acontecer – a posição socialdemocrata clássica que Lenin refutou em O Estado e a Revolução. Além disso, sustentar que tal contrarrevolução foi realizada pelo aparecimento de um grupo dominante com “ideologia pequeno-burguesa” é idealismo, completamente contraposto à compreensão materialista marxista de que uma revolução (ou contrarrevolução) social só pode ser atingida pela derrubada das relações de propriedade.
 
São importantes as consequências práticas dessa política. Já que a URSS é um Estado “imperialista” de acordo com Mao, não é necessário defende-la contra outros Estados capitalistas. De fato, Mao foi tão longe a ponto de pressionar por uma aliança sino-japonesa contra a União Soviética e encorajar a continuidade da OTAN como um baluarte contra o “imperialismo soviético” na Europa! Essas são implicações contrarrevolucionárias da posição do “capitalismo de Estado” posta em prática. Elas levantam o fantasma de uma guerra imperialista na qual a URSS e a China estariam aliadas a potências capitalistas adversárias – uma eventualidade que colocaria as formas de propriedade dos Estados proletários deformados e degenerado em perigo imediato. Embora a camarilha de Brezhnev em Moscou não seja tão explícita em emblocar com Estados capitalistas contra a China, a sua vontade de abandonar a defesa dos Estados proletários na esperança de chegar a uma aliança com o imperialismo norte-americano foi claramente revelada no ano passado, quando Nixon foi convidado para assinar uma declaração de “coexistência pacífica” em Moscou, ao mesmo tempo em que aviões norte-americanos estavam carregando bombas de saturação sobre o Vietnã de Norte!
 
Os trotskistas, em contraste, chamam pela unidade sino-soviética contra o imperialismo, pela defesa incondicional dos Estados proletários deformados e degenerado. Ao mesmo tempo, nós criticamos impiedosamente as burocracias parasitas que estão sabotando essa defesa. Os trabalhadores avançados irão reconhecer a justeza dessa posição classista e principista, e saberão rejeitar aqueles como, os maoístas e stalinistas pró-Moscou, que criminosamente abandonam a defesa das conquistas dos trabalhadores.
 
CAPÍTULO ANTERIOR     |     ÍNDICE     |     PRÓXIMO CAPÍTULO

A Escola Stalinista de Falsificação Revisitada (2)

CAPÍTULO ANTERIOR     |     ÍNDICE     |     PRÓXIMO CAPÍTULO

2. Socialismo em um só país
 
A história das origens da doutrina stalinista do “socialismo em um só país” é uma de usurpação do poder por uma camada burocrática por cima do primeiro Estado proletário da história. Essa casta privilegiada se consolidou ao redor do aparato de Estado soviético, que foi formado como um meio necessário de defender as conquistas da revolução de outubro em um país atrasado e camponês, arrasado por uma guerra civil e isolado pelo bloqueio imperialista e a tripla derrota da revolução proletária na Alemanha (1919, 1921 e 1923). Essas condições desfavoráveis exigiram uma política de “compromisso” e consolidação ao invés de uma “extensão” da revolução. O recrutamento de especialistas burgueses para ajudar na reconstrução da indústria, as garantias ao médio campesinato para poder acabar com a fome, uma política de frente única com os líderes reformistas do movimento operário nos países capitalistas para poder encontrar o caminho para as massas – essas foram tarefas necessárias do momento. Rejeitar os “compromissos” em princípio, como fizeram os “comunistas de esquerda”, rejeitar o uso dos especialistas burgueses em princípio, e chamar pela substituição da administração estatal da indústria pelo controle sindical, como fez a “Oposição Operária”, só poderia levar à derrota. Ao mesmo tempo, todo compromisso trás consigo perigos.

Lenin estava ciente desses perigos desde o começo e montou a “Inspetoria Operária e Camponesa” (Rabkrin) já em 1919, para poder conter os abusos burocráticos. A Rabkrin, entretanto, foi dirigida por Stalin e se tornou na verdade a sua força policial privada.
 
No Décimo Primeiro Congresso do partido, em 1922, Lenin foi forçado a observar:
 
“Se nós tomamos Moscou com os seus 4700 comunistas em posições de responsabilidade e, se nós tomamos aquela gigantesca máquina burocrática, aquela enorme massa, nós devemos nos perguntar: quem está controlando quem? Eu duvido muito que se possa dizer verdadeiramente que os comunistas estejam controlando aquela massa.”
 
E, no seu último escrito, “Melhor menos, mas melhor” (1923) ele chamou por uma guerra aberta contra o burocratismo, um drástico corte da Rabkrin e do seu envolvimento com o a Comissão de Controle, notando que a primeira “não apresenta hoje a menor autoridade”. Em um pós-escrito ao seu “testamento político”, Lenin pediu a remoção de Stalin do cargo de secretário geral do partido.
 
O Triunvirato contra Trotsky
 
Mas simples ações administrativas não podiam abolir um fenômeno criado pela própria história, e não por uma falha individual ou organizativa. O país estava exausto dos cinco anos de fome e guerra civil, cansado de esperar a revolução europeia que nunca chegou. Esse humor e os interesses conservadores da vasta burocracia, que esmagadoramente dominava o próprio Partido Comunista, se refletiram logo após a morte de Lênin, pela consolidação do poder nas mãos do Triunvirato de Stalin, Zinoviev e Kamenev, e a exclusão prática de Trotsky da liderança central.
 
Uma crise aguda no partido irrompeu no inverno europeu de 1923-1924, em cima das questões combinadas da democracia partidária e da industrialização. A “Nova Política Econômica” de cooperação com o campesinato tinha levado ao surgimento de um poderoso elemento kulak(camponês rico) no campo, que era crescentemente consciente de seus interesses burgueses em oposição ao governo soviético, enquanto a indústria continuava a crescer em “passo de tartaruga”; ao mesmo tempo, Stalin estava dirigindo o partido como um feudo privado, através do sistema de indicação de secretários. Trotsky exigiu um giro rumo ao planejamento centralizado e industrialização, uma ofensiva contra os kulaks e pelo retorno das normas democráticas dentro do partido. O Triunvirato se opôs a isso. (Um ano mais tarde, Bukharin, que apoiou as políticas de Stalin, fez seu famoso discurso sobre “construir o socialismo a passo de tartaruga” e chamou os camponeses a “enriquecei-vos!”). Ainda mais, eles fizeram de tudo para garantir que a sua posição iria prevalecer a todo custo: em fevereiro-março de 1924, nada menos do que 240 mil recrutas despreparados foram postos para dentro do partido na “leva de Lenin” e, logo que foram aceitos, foram organizados como massa de manobra para votar na linha do secretário geral (Stalin). Através dessa e várias outras manobras burocráticas, ele foi capaz de eliminar quase todos os seus oposicionistas na conferência partidária de maio de 1924, que foi transformado em um evento anti-Trotsky.
 
O segundo round da luta começou com a “polêmica literária” envolvendo as “Lições de Outubro” de Trotsky, que foi escrito como introdução aos seus artigos de 1917, e no qual ele expôs o papel desempenhado pelos então líderes do partido durante a revolução. O fato de que Zinoviev e Kamenev tinham se oposto à insurreição, se retirado dos seus cargos no governo e no partido e exigido uma coalizão com os mencheviques, ou de que Stalin tinha chamado por apoio ao Governo Provisório do Príncipe Lvov em março de 1917, não era amplamente conhecido entre a geração mais jovem e isso tornou-se extremamente embaraçoso para o grupo dominante.
 
Eles contra-atacaram negando o fato de que algum dia tivesse existido uma ala direita do bolchevismo e afirmaram que Trotsky tinha desempenhado um papel insignificante durante a insurreição, lançaram ainda uma campanha acusando Trotsky, o organizador militar da revolução de outubro e do Exército Vermelho, de nunca ter rompido com suas visões pré-1917 de conciliação com os mencheviques. Eles também o acusaram de ser hostil ao campesinato e continuar a defender a sua teoria da “revolução permanente” contra a fórmula de Lenin de “ditadura democrática revolucionária do campesinato e do proletariado”. A última acusação era verdadeira, mas eles precisavam ignorar o fato de que Lenin entrou em acordo com todos os aspectos essenciais da revolução permanente em suas “Teses de Abril” de 1917, de que ele havia explicitamente abandonado a sua formulação anterior e havia travado uma luta furiosa, particularmente contra Kamenev, em cima desse ponto. De resto, eles só podiam se basear em calúnias.
 
É verdade que Trotsky erradamente chamou por conciliação com os mencheviques até 1914, mas ele foi convencido pelas traições dos Socialdemocratas reformistas na Primeira Guerra Mundial de que um racha era inevitável e necessário. O próprio Lenin apontou que “Trotsky há muito tempo disse que a unificação é impossível. Trotsky entendeu isso e a partir desse momento não existiu melhor bolchevique” (“Ata do Comitê de Petrogrado do Partido Bolchevique”, 1[14] de novembro de 1917). Stalin, por outro lado, chamou pela unificação com os mencheviques tão tarde quanto abril de 1917, quando a questão foi posta abertamente e Tseretelli (o líder menchevique) estava prestes a entrar no Governo Provisório burguês!
 
Ordem do dia: a proposta de Tseretelli por unificação.”
Stalin: Nós devemos fazê-lo. É necessário definir nossas propostas para os termos da unificação. A unificação é possível ao longo das linhas de Zimmerwald-Kienthal [conferências da socialdemocracia contra a Primeira Guerra Mundial].”
― “Rascunho Protocolar da Conferência de Março de 1917 dos Trabalhadores do Partido de Toda a Rússia”
 
Quanto a Kamenev-Zinoviev, os outros dois membros do Triunvirato e supostos defensores do leninismo contra Trotsky, estes chamaram pela conciliação durante e depois da insurreição (o chamado por um governo conjunto com os mencheviques) e se opuseram ao levante! Nenhuma ala direita no partido bolchevique? Lenin os apelidou de “fura-greves da revolução” e pediu a sua expulsão se eles não retornassem aos seus cargos.
 
“Esquecer” tais episódios importantes da luta revolucionária também exigia reescrever deliberadamente a história. Assim, quando as atas das reuniões do Comitê bolchevique de Petrogrado de 1917 foram publicadas, os editores simplesmente cortaram a reunião na qual Lenin comentou que “não existiu melhor bolchevique” que Trotsky! Entretanto, um dos responsáveis pela impressão conseguiu passar a Trotsky uma mostra e ela foi preservada para a posteridade. No que diz respeito ao papel de Trotsky na revolução de outubro, as coisas ficaram um pouco mais pegajosas, já que Os Dez Dias que Abalaram o Mundo, de John Reed, mostrava em detalhe o papel de Trotsky como organizador da insurreição. Então, quando a campanha contra o “trotskismo” começou, Stalin repentinamente anunciou que Reed havia distorcido os fatos, uma descoberta que havia escapado aos olhos de todos nos sete anos anteriores. O “testamento” de Lenin também foi suprimido (embora Kruschev tenha posteriormente admitido a sua validade).
 
Stalin descobre o “socialismo em um só país”
 
Mesmo uma receita invariável de mentiras, distorções e calúnias só conseguiria ir tão longe a ponto de assegurar o poder do novo corpo dominante. Stalin-Zinoviev-Kamenev eram particularmente vulneráveis em razão de que no arsenal teórico do bolchevismo pós-1917, nas resoluções da Internacional Comunista ou o programa o Partido Comunista soviético, não havia nada que pudesse “justificar” os apetites cada vez mais conservadores do Triunvirato. Eles precisavam de uma nova teoria que fosse uma alternativa clara à revolução permanente de Trotsky. Isso foi encontrado na doutrina do “socialismo em um só país”.
 
Na atual série do Guardian sobre o trotskismo, Carl Davidson defende essa teoria stalinista com a afirmação de que ela foi forjada pelo bolchevismo:
 
“Por outro lado, Trotsky ficou em oposição aos bolcheviques ao defender que o proletariado iria provavelmente entrar numa “coalizão hostil” com as grandes massas de camponeses durante a construção socialista e que sem o apoio direto do proletariado europeu, a classe trabalhadora da Rússia não poderia manter o poder e transformar a sua dominação temporária em uma ditadura socialista durável”.
Guardian, 11 de abril de 1973
 
Esse é um mito puramente inventado. Até dezembro de 1924, ninguém no partido bolchevique, nem mesmo Stalin, reivindicava que era possível construir o socialismo em um só país, sem o apoio estatal direto de uma revolução proletária vitoriosa na Europa.
 
“Socialismo em um só país” é uma completa perversão do marxismo, a serviço de uma casta burocrática parasita que deseja acima de tudo fugir da lógica da história e construir um ninho isolado e confortável, longe da luta de classes. No primeiro rascunho de Engels para o Manifesto Comunista, essa “teoria” é claramente rejeitada. Ele escreveu:
 
“Questão Dezenove: Pode tal revolução acontecer em apenas um país?”
“Resposta: Não. A grande indústria, pelo fato de ter criado o mercado mundial, levou todos os povos da terra – e, nomeadamente, os civilizados – a tal ligação uns com os outros que cada povo está dependente daquilo que acontece a outro. (…) A revolução comunista não será, portanto, uma revolução simplesmente nacional; será uma revolução que se realizará simultaneamente em todos os países civilizados, isto é, pelo menos na Inglaterra, na América, na França e na Alemanha.”
― F. Engels, “Os Princípios do Comunismo”, 1847
 
Em certo sentido, essa declaração foi demasiadamente categórica; a história mostrou que é possível que a revolução seja vitoriosa, que a ditadura do proletariado seja estabelecida, em um só Estado. Mas a posição fundamental continua válida, de que o socialismo não pode ser construído em uma só nação.
 
Lenin reconhecia isso e, ainda em 1906, escreveu:
 
“A revolução russa tem suficientes forças para triunfar. Mas ela não tem forças o suficiente para reter os frutos dessa vitória… já que em um país com um enorme desenvolvimento da indústria em pequena escala, os produtores de commodityem pequena escala, entre eles os camponeses, irão inevitavelmente se voltar contra o proletário quando ele buscar se virar da simples liberdade em direção ao socialismo… Para poder prevenir a restauração, a revolução russa precisa, não de uma reserva russa, mas de ajuda do exterior. Há tal reserva no mundo? Há: o proletariado socialista do Ocidente.”
 
Só no começo de 1917 Lenin escreveu sobre a possibilidade de realização da ditadura do proletariado primeiro na atrasada Rússia, mas de forma alguma isso implicava uma sociedade “socialista” isolada e na penúria. Para os bolcheviques, a ditadura do proletariado significava uma ponte para a revolução no ocidente. As condições para a revolução socialista (criar a ditadura revolucionária do proletariado) e para o socialismo (a abolição das classes sociais) não são idênticas. Que a ditadura do proletariado aconteceu primeiro na Rússia, de forma nenhuma significa que ela seria o primeiro lugar a chegar ao socialismo.
 
Essa distinção era tão clara que o próprio Stalin, no início de 1924, escreveu:
 
“Mas a derrubada do poder da burguesia e o estabelecimento do poder do proletariado em um país, ainda não significa que a completa vitória do socialismo foi garantida. A principal tarefa do socialismo – a organização da produção socialista – ainda precisa ser cumprida. Pode essa tarefa ser cumprida, pode a vitória final do socialismo ser alcançada em um só país, sem os esforços conjuntos dos proletários de vários países avançados? Não, não pode. Para derrubar a burguesia os esforços de um povo são suficiente; isso é provado pela história da nossa revolução. Para a vitória final do socialismo, para a organização da produção socialista, os esforços de um só país, particularmente um país camponês como a Rússia, são insuficientes; para isso os esforços dos proletários de vários países avançados são necessários.”
― J. V. Stalin, “Fundações do Leninismo”, maio de 1924
 
Em edições subsequentes, isso foi substituído pela tese oposta, ou seja, de que “nós temos tudo que é necessário para a construção de uma sociedade socialista completa”.
 
Não poderia ser mais claro que a perspectiva bolchevique era de internacionalismo proletário, completamente e inalteravelmente oposto à doutrina do socialismo em um só país, Os stalinistas procuram nos volumes de escritos de Lenin achar uma citação isolada que “prove” que também Lenin acreditava na doutrina do socialismo em um só país. Mas se isso fosse verdade, mesmo ignorando as muitas vezes que Lenin o negou, porque Stalin iria escrever em maio de 1924 precisamente o oposto? Se o “socialismo em um só país” era bolchevismo ortodoxo, porque ninguém descobriu isso antes de fins de 1924?
 
A “prova” favorita dos stalinistas, citada por Davidson, é do artigo de Lenin de 1915 “Sobre a Palavra de Ordem dos Estados Unidos da Europa”:
 
“Como palavra de ordem independente, a palavra de ordem dos Estados Unidos do mundo, todavia, dificilmente seria justa, em primeiro lugar porque ela se confunde com o socialismo; em segundo lugar, porque poderia dar lugar à falsa interpretação da impossibilidade da vitória do socialismo num só país e das relações deste país com os outros.”
“A desigualdade do desenvolvimento econômico e político é uma lei absoluta do capitalismo. Daí decorre que é possível a vitória do socialismo primeiramente em poucos países ou mesmo num só país capitalista tomado por separado. O proletariado vitorioso deste país, depois de expropriar os capitalistas e de organizar a produção socialista no seu país, erguer-se-ia contra o resto do mundo capitalista, atraindo para o seu lado as classes oprimidas dos outros países, levantando neles a insurreição contra os capitalistas, empregando, em caso de necessidade, mesmo a força das armas contra as classes exploradoras e os seus Estados.”
 
Tomada no contexto de seus outros escritos desse período, é absolutamente claro que Lenin está se referindo aqui não à “sociedade socialista”, mas à ditadura do proletariado. Além disso, ele estava obviamente se referindo à Europa, já que, em 1915, Lenin nem mesmo admitia a possibilidade da ditadura do proletariado na Rússia antes da revolução socialista no Ocidente!
 
A outra principal “prova” é uma citação de Lenin do artigo de 1923, “Sobre a Cooperação”:
 
“De fato, o poder do Estado sobre os meios de produção em larga escala, o poder político nas mãos do proletariado, a aliança do proletariado com os muitos milhões de pequenos e muito pequenos camponeses, a segura liderança proletária do campesinato, etc. – não é isso tudo que é necessário para construir uma sociedade socialista completa? (…).”
 
Esse artigo se limita aos pré-requisitos políticos e legais para o socialismo. Em toda a parte (“Sobre a Nossa Revolução”, 1923) Lenin se referia à declaração de que “a Rússia não atingiu um nível de desenvolvimento das forças produtivas que torne possível o socialismo” como “fato indiscutível”, enquanto polemizava contra os mencheviques que concluíam a partir disso que a revolução não valia a pena.
 
As forças produtivas
 
Durante os anos 1930, em um período de alta inflação, de um reino de terror dentro do partido comunista e de uma guerra civil contra os camponeses, causada pelo programa de Stalin de coletivização forçada, a “vitória completa do socialismo” foi anunciada. Uma resolução do sétimo congresso da Internacional Comunista (1935) declarou que, com a nacionalização da indústria, a coletivização e liquidação dos kulaks como classe, “o triunfo final e irrevogável do socialismo e o reforço por todos os lados do Estado da ditadura proletária foi atingido na União Soviética”. Em 1936, o programa da Juventude Comunista declarou: “Toda a economia nacional de nosso país tornou-se socialista”. Um orador defendendo o novo programa argumentou:
 
“O velho programa contém uma afirmação antileninista profundamente errada de que a Rússia só pode chegar ao socialismo através de uma revolução proletária mundial. Esse ponto do programa está basicamente errado. Ele reflete visões trotskistas.”
 
O velho programa, escrito em 1921 por Bukharin, foi aprovado pelo Politburo com a participação de Lenin!
 
Em seu artigo, Davidson tenta manter uma pretensa ortodoxia declarando que “marxistas-leninistas, é claro, nunca defenderam que a vitória final do socialismo – a sociedade sem classes – é possível em apenas um país”. Por seu próprio critério, então, o Partido Comunista russo dos anos 1930, sob Stalin, não era marxista-leninista!
 
Davidson também acusa Trotsky de defender uma “‘teoria das forças produtivas’ oportunista de direita”, como base da oposição ao slogan de socialismo em um só país. Mas essa “teoria das forças produtivas” é a própria base da análise marxista materialista da história! Foi o próprio Marx quem escreveu que:
 
“este desenvolvimento das forças produtivas (…) é também uma premissa prática absolutamente necessária [ao socialismo] porque sem ele só a penúria se generaliza, e, portanto, com a miséria também teria de recomeçar a luta pelo necessário e de se produzir de novo toda a velha porcaria, e ainda porque só com este desenvolvimento universal das forças produtivas se estabelece um intercâmbio universal dos homens… Sem isto, (1) o comunismo só poderia existir como fenómeno local, (2) os poderes do intercâmbio não teriam podido eles próprios desenvolver-se como poderes universais, e por isso insuportáveis…, e (3) todo o alargamento do intercâmbio suprimiria o comunismo local. Empiricamente, o comunismo só é possível como o ato dos povos dominantes ‘de repente’ e ao mesmo tempo, o que pressupõe o desenvolvimento universal da força produtiva e o intercâmbio mundial que com ele se liga”.
― K. Marx e F. Engels, A Ideologia Alemã, 1847
 
Davidson ridiculariza essas proposições marxistas básicas (atribuindo-as a Kruschev e Liu Shao-chi!), ao escrever:
 
“A maior parte da construção socialista que se deu no mundo foi em países relativamente atrasados. Mas chamar isso de ‘socialismo’, na visão de Trotsky, iria apenas ‘desacreditar terrivelmente a ideia de socialismo aos olhos das massas trabalhadoras’.”
 
Essa visão, de acordo com Davidson, é “notoriamente ridícula”.
 
O quão “socialista” era a União Soviética nos anos 1930? Enquanto a Rússia havia feito grandes avanços na industrialização, definitivamente provando a superioridade da organização socialista da produção mesmo com as terríveis restrições impostas pelo domínio burocrático de Stalin, ela ainda estava muito atrás dos países capitalistas avançados. As mais básicas necessidades – moradia decente, comida e vestuário adequando – ainda eram inalcançáveis para as massas da população. A inflação era feroz e um mercado negro continuava a existir. Enquanto isso a burocracia usava o seu poder para assegurar o seu bem estar, que concretamente significava altos salários, produtos especiais, automóveis, casas de campo e muitos outros privilégios. Lenin tinha dito que o perecimento do Estado iria começar no próprio dia da tomada do poder. O Estado proletário, que ainda era um órgão do poder de classe, deixaria de ser um poder em separado acima da sociedade, mas um instrumento da vasta maioria, carregando a sua vontade e se baseando na sua participação ativa. Na União Soviética de 1935, o Estado não tinha sequer começado a desaparecer, mas tinha crescido e virado um gigantesco aparato de supressão e compulsão.
 
Isso, camarada Davidson, é socialismo? Mesmo depois da contrarrevolução política de Stalin, a União Soviética ainda era um grande avanço sobre as condições do czarismo e do capitalismo. Ela permaneceu sendo um Estado proletário no sentido de preservar as formas de propriedade socialistas, ainda que muito degeneradas. Mas a sociedade sem classes (anunciada por Stalin na Constituição de 1936 da URSS), ela certamente não era.
 
Traição da greve geral britânica de 1926
 
A mais séria prova do significado contrarrevolucionário da doutrina de “socialismo em um só país” foi no campo da política externa de Stalin e do seu sistemático tolhimento, e finalmente abolição (1943), da Internacional Comunista em favor de blocos com as burguesias dos vários países onde uma revolução as ameaçava. Uma ilustração imediata e gráfica do conteúdo real do “internacionalismo” stalinista foi oferecida pela greve geral britânica de 1926.
 
Em 1925, os administradores das minas de carvão da Grã-Bretanha tentaram encerrar o contrato estabelecido em 1924 e substituí-lo com um novo que iria reduzir os mineiros a uma condição de vida abaixo da subsistência. Depois de uma inspeção oficial na indústria, o governou retornou com um relatório que colocaria os custos da modernização da mineração nas costas dos mineiros. A sua resposta foi uma greve começando em 3 de maio de 1926. No dia seguinte todo o país estava a beira de uma greve geral. Conselhos de ação foram estabelecidos nos distritos operários para manter o moral alto e controlar a emissão de permissões para trabalhos de emergência ou transporte especial. Essa não foi uma simples disputa industrial, mas um ataque contra o Estado dos patrões.
 
O conselho geral do Congresso dos Sindicatos (TUC, em inglês), que tinha sido encarregado da condução da greve, chamou pelo seu encerramento depois de nove dias, no ápice da sua efetividade, assustado pelas suas implicações revolucionárias. Os homens, voltando ao trabalho, ficaram marcados ou foram aceitos somente em termos que incluíam a redução de salários, perda de estabilidade ou a condição de se retirarem do sindicato. Em 13 de maio, uma segunda greve geral ocorreu contra esses ataques, mas, depois de discursos conciliatórios dos líderes do TUC – e sem ter nenhuma liderança alternativa – os trabalhadores voltaram aos seus postos. Os mineiros permaneceram parados até atingirem uma série de acordos em separado, feitos entre 23 e 29 de dezembro, mas eles foram forçados pela traição dos chefes dos sindicatos a lutar por conta própria. Os proprietários ganharam em todos os aspectos: o contrato nacional foi substituído e os mineiros tiveram que trabalhar mais horas por menores salários.
 
Durante o temporário recuo na luta de classes europeia entre 1924-25, Stalin decidiu tentar fazer as pazes com os líderes sindicais reformistas, possivelmente abandonando a Internacional Sindical Vermelha. A pedra de toque dessa política era o Comitê Sindical Anglo-Russo, um bloco entre os sindicatos soviéticos e o conselho geral do TUC britânico, formado em maio de 1925. Depois que o conselho geral traiu a greve geral de 1926, Trotsky exigiu uma imediata ruptura com esses traidores. Stalin e Bukharin se recusaram (Zinoviev, nesse momento, havia se unido à Oposição, embora ele fosse capitular a Stalin dois anos depois). Em 1926, o conselho geral apoiou a repressão do imperialismo britânico contra a revolução chinesa. Trotsky novamente demandou que se denunciasse o Comitê Anglo-Russo. Stalin novamente se recusou.
 
Quando ele finalmente se desfez em 1927, foram os líderes britânicosque deixaram o Comitê. O seu principal objetivo era supostamente opor a intervenção britânica na Rússia. Como uma extensão lógica da doutrina do socialismo em um só país, essa ajuda mística dos traiçoeiros burocratas sindicais era um preço o suficiente para sacrificar a greve geral de 1926.
 
Stalin manda os comunistas chineses para seus túmulos
 
Outro exemplo ainda mais horripilante do significado do socialismo em um só país foi a política de Stalin na revolução chinesa de 1925-27. Ainda em 1924, o Partido Comunista Chinês havia entrado no partido populista burguês Kuomintang, de Sun Yat-sen, sob as ordens de Moscou. Trotsky se opôs quando a questão foi discutida no Politburo. A liderança do PC chinês, sob Chen Tu-hsiu, também se opôs repetidamente. Em outubro de 1925, eles propuseram deixar o Kuomintang; o plano foi rejeitado pela executiva da Comintern, sob as instruções de Stalin. A linha de Stalin era de que a revolução deveria se restringir a uma etapa democrático-burguesa, sob a liderança de um “bloco de quatro classes” incluindo a burguesia nacional, a pequeno-burguesia urbana, os trabalhadores e os camponeses. A expressão política desse bloco era o Kuomintang, ao qual os comunistas chineses deveriam se subordinar. Eles eram instruídos a conter a luta de classes contra a “burguesia anti-imperialista” nas cidades e buscar um equilíbrio entre esta e o movimento camponês no interior, acima de tudo mantendo a unidade de todas as forças supostamente anti-imperialistas.
 
O principal interesse de Stalin na China à época não era preparar a revolução, mas chegar a um loco diplomático com o governo do Kuomintang. No início de 1926, este partido burguês foi admitido na Internacional Comunista como partido associado, e o Comitê executivo da IC, o “Estado-maior da Revolução Mundial”, elegeu o sucessor de Sun Yat-sen, o general Chiang Kai-shek, como seu membro honorário! Apenas algumas semanas depois, em 20 de março, Chiang realizava o seu primeiro golpe anticomunista, barrando os membros do PC de todos os cargos de liderança no Kuomintang e exigindo uma lista de todos os membros do PC que haviam entrado no partido. Sob as ordens dos representantes da IC, a liderança do partido chinês concordou! Em outubro de 1926, Stalin chegou a enviar um telegrama incitando o PC chinês a conter uma revolta camponesa na província de Kuangtung. Trotsky comentou sobre isso:
 
“A subordinação oficial do Partido Comunista à direção burguesa e a proibição oficial de criar Sovietes (Stalin e Bukharin ensinaram que o Kuomintang “substituía” os Sovietes) constituem uma traição muito mais chocante e mais grosseira ao marxismo do que toda a atividade dos mencheviques de 1905 a 1917.”
― L. D. Trotsky, “A Revolução Permanente”, 1929
 
Isso já era ruim o bastante, mas depois de desafiado pela Oposição de Esquerda liderada por Trotsky e Zinoviev, e durante os dias cruciais da insurreição de Shangai que começara em março de 1927, Stalin novamente e novamente reafirmou a sua política de capitular aos nacionalistas enquanto os últimos estavam se preparando para liquidar os comunistas. Um editorial de março de 1927 da publicação Internacional Comunista disse que a tarefa principal na China era “o desenvolvimento subsequente do Kuomintang”. Em 5 de abril, Trotsky alertou que Chiang Kai-shek estava preparando um golpe semibonapartista contra os trabalhadores e chamou pela formação de conselhos de trabalhadores para frustrar esse objetivo. Ao mesmo tempo, Stalin se vangloriava em uma reunião do partido em Moscou de que “usaremos a burguesia chinesa e então a jogaremos fora como um limão espremido”. Também nesse momento, a liderança do PC chinês estava apelando a Moscou, tentando impactar a IC com o significado dos eventos de Shangai, o maior levante operário da Ásia, e com a necessidade de romper com o Kuomintang. Mas eles receberam ordens de render Shangai aos exércitos de Chiang e, em 12 de abril, o exército do Kuomintang realizou um massacre que custou a vida de dezenas de milhares de comunistas e trabalhadores combativos que haviam baixado as suas armas conforme as ordens de Stalin. Isso era “socialismo em um só país” na prática!
 
Mas ainda assim Stalin não abandonaria sua política e, declarando que a aliança com Chiang tinha agora se equivocado (!), ele ordenou um bloco com a ala esquerda do Kuomintang, que tinha estabelecido um governo em Wuhan. Novamente, os comunistas chineses receberam ordens de conter o movimento camponês para não entrar em conflito com a burguesia “anti-imperialista”. E, novamente, os nacionalistas burgueses se voltaram contra o PC. No fim do ano, Stalin mudou sua política para escapar das críticas da Oposição de Esquerda, ordenando o levante de Cantão por telégrafo, em uma situação tática em que ele estava próximo de ser derrotado, o que aconteceu apesar da defesa heróica do “governo soviético” pelos trabalhadores de Cantão.
 
De acordo com Davidson, “a Comintern reivindicou uma política posta em prática por Mao de forma independente, e ignorada ou oposta por ambos Tu-hsiu [dirigente do partido] e Chang Kuo-tao”. Na verdade Mao não criticou a linha seguida por Chen nesse período. Em determinado ponto (outono de 1924) ele foi expulso do Comitê Central do PC pela sua cooperação próxima demais com os líderes da ala direita do Kuomintang!
 
Enquanto a linha da Oposição sobre a China havia sido firmemente derrotada no já bastante burocratizado Partido Comunista russo e na Comintern, ainda era perigoso para Stalin ter Trotsky em liberdade na capital soviética. Consequentemente, ele ordenou a prisão do organizador militar da revolução de outubro e fundador do exército vermelho, exilando-o em Alma Ata, na Ásia central, e deportando-o da URSS dois anos depois. O partido bolchevique tinha se transformado desde a força revolucionária principal do mundo, em um mero apêndice da burocracia de Stalin. Quando Davidson e os maoístas hoje apoiam a doutrina do socialismo em um só país, é essa história de traições que eles estão defendendo.
 
CAPÍTULO ANTERIOR     |     ÍNDICE     |     PRÓXIMO CAPÍTULO

A Escola Stalinista de Falsificação Revisitada (1)

 
1. A Revolução Permanente
 
Nos seus esforços para trair as lutas dos trabalhadores e camponeses, os stalinistas precisam continuar a manter uma aparência revolucionária. No entanto suas doutrinas se colocam em oposição à linha do marxismo. Isso os põe em um dilema, que eles só podem resolver recorrendo a mentiras sistemáticas sobre os trotskistas. Isso vai desde distorções das posições políticas de Trotsky (assim como das de Marx e Lenin), até negar o papel de liderança de Trotsky como organizador militar da revolução de outubro e acusa-lo de realizar espionagem para o império japonês! Enquanto muitas das acusações específicas levantadas contra Zinoviev, Bukharin e outros líderes bolcheviques durante os Processos de Moscou foram admitidos como completas invenções por Kruschev em 1956, o método permanece. Hoje nós estamos testemunhando um renascimento difundido da “Escola Stalinista de Falsificação”, especialmente por parte de vários grupos maoístas. Assim como Stalin nos seus dias precisava de uma forma de encobrir seus crimes contra a classe trabalhadora, os maoístas de hoje devem recorrer a calúnias criminosas para poder encobrir a sua política contrarrevolucionária em Bangladesh, na Indonésia e em outros lugares. Essa série tem o objetivo de responder a essas mentiras e de ser uma introdução a alguns conceitos básicos do trotskismo, conforme eles foram desenvolvidos na luta contra o reformismo stalinista ao longo dos últimos cinquenta anos.

 A luta entre a linha reformista do stalinismo e a política revolucionária de Marx, Lenin e Trotsky não é um assunto acadêmico de interesse apenas para historiadores. As políticas contrarrevolucionárias do “Grande Organizador de Derrotas” (Stalin) levaram não apenas ao assassinato de Trotsky por um agente da GPU de Stalin e de dezenas de milhares de membros da Oposição de Esquerda russos nos campos de concentração da Sibéria, mas também à estrangulação das revoluções chinesa (1927), alemã (1933), francesa (1936), espanhola (1937), indonésia (1965) e francesa (1968), assim como a “acordos de paz” traidores dos stalinistas vietnamitas em 1946 e 1954. A luta contra stalinismo e trotskismo é literalmente uma questão de vida ou morte para o movimento revolucionário e deve receber a maior atenção dos militantes que buscam a estrada do marxismo.

 
O que é a Revolução Permanente?
 
No centro desse conflito está a teoria trotskista da revolução permanente. Essa teoria, primeiramente formulada na época da revolução russa de 1905, foi resumida por Trotsky em seu artigo “Três Conceitos da Revolução Russa”, escrito em 1939:
 
“(…) a completa vitória da revolução democrática na Rússia é concebível apenas na forma da ditadura do proletariado, apoiada pelo campesinato. A ditadura do proletariado, que iria inevitavelmente colocar na ordem do dia não apenas tarefas democráticas, mas também as socialistas, iria ao mesmo tempo dar um poderoso ímpeto à revolução socialista internacional. Somente a vitória do proletariado no Ocidente poderia proteger a Rússia da restauração burguesa e garantir a possibilidade de completar o estabelecimento do socialismo.”
 
É nessa teoria, que o dirigente maoísta Davidson e os stalinistas rejeitam quando dizem que “As visões de Trotsky sobre o curso da Revolução Russa, assim como as dos mencheviques, foram refutadas pela história” (Guardian, 4 de abril de 1973). Na verdade, a teoria de Trotsky não foi confirmada na prática em 1905 apenas porque o levante nunca chegou à tomada do poder. O curso da revolução russa de 1917 verificou completamente essa teoria. Apenas a ditadura do proletariado, incorporada pelo poder soviético, poderia resolver a questão da paz e da terra, assim como liberar as nações oprimidas pelo regime czarista. Além disso, uma análise cuidadosa das visões de Lenin em 1905 e 1917 mostra que ele chegou a um acordo nos aspectos essenciais com a formulação de Trotsky, e abandonou o seu antigo slogan de uma “ditadura democrática revolucionária do proletariado e do campesinato”.
 
A afirmação stalinista de que Lenin ainda defendia a “revolução democrática” em 1917 e chamou pelo “socialismo em um só país” são pura invenção. Da mesma forma, a sua acusação de que o slogan de Trotsky era “Abaixo o Czar, por um Governo dos Trabalhadores”, supostamente ignorando o campesinato, foi repetidamente negado por Trotsky. O slogan da revolução permanente foi, ao invés disso, pela ditadura do proletariado, apoiada pelo campesinato.
 
Na visão de Trotsky, em razão do desenvolvimento desigual e combinado da economia mundial, a burguesia dos países atrasados estava estreitamente ligada aos interesses feudais e imperialistas, e isso a impedia de levar em frente as tarefas fundamentais da revolução burguesa – democracia, revolução agrária e emancipação nacional. Na presença de um campesinato energizado e uma classe trabalhadora combativa, cada um desses objetivos iria ameaçar diretamente a dominação política e econômica da classe capitalista. As tarefas da revolução burguesa só podem ser resolvidas pela aliança do campesinato e do proletariado.
 
O marxismo defende que só pode haver uma classe dominante no Estado. Uma vez que, como declara o Manifesto Comunista, o proletariado é a única classe revolucionária consistente, a aliança deve tomar a forma da ditadura do proletariado, apoiada pelo campesinato. Ao levar adiante as tarefas democráticas da revolução, o Estado proletário deve inevitavelmente realizar “ações despóticas contra os direitos de propriedade burgueses” (ou seja, a expropriação dos latifundiários), e assim a revolução passa diretamente para as tarefas socialistas, sem pausar em nenhuma “etapa” arbitrária ou, como disse Lenin, sem erguer uma “muralha da China” entre as fases burguesa e proletária. Assim a revolução se torna permanente, finalmente levando à completa abolição das classes (socialismo).
 
Mas o socialismo é o produto da liberação das forças produtivas ao nível mais alto do desenvolvimento capitalista: as classes podem ser abolidas apenas eliminando a penúria, ou seja, a escassez. Assim, enquanto a ditadura do proletariado pode ser estabelecida em um país isolado e atrasado, o socialismo deve ser o alcance conjunto de ao menos vários países avançados. Por essas razões complementares, a revolução deve ser estendida e se aprofundar – ou então necessariamente perecer. De forma que a oposição entre a “revolução permanente” de Trotsky e o “socialismo em um só país” de Stalin é na realidade a oposição entre o socialismo em escala mundial e o mais brutal regime fruto de uma reação burguesa-feudal (barbarismo); não existe caminho do meio.
 
Enquanto a formulação teóricada revolução permanente foi um feito de Leon Trotsky, o conceito foi primeiramente introduzido por Karl Marx em 1850. Davidson, em seu esforço para cobrir o “socialismo em um só país” de Stalin com o manto do marxismo, sustenta que o uso por Marx da expressão “revolução permanente” era simplesmente uma observação geral sobre a continuidade da luta de classes até o socialismo:
 
“Assim a revolução é ‘permanente’ de duas formas. Primeiro, olhando para o futuro, o seu curso é de lutas de classes ininterruptas até que as próprias classes estejam abolidas. Segundo, olhando para trás historicamente uma vez que as classes estejam abolidas, a revolução é permanente no sentido em que não há mais luta de classes e a tomada do poder e dominação de uma classe sobre a outra.”
Guardian, 4 de abril de 1973
 
Nesse nível de abstração, não é nenhuma surpresa que Davidson conclua que a diferença surge somente “na particularidade da questão”. Mas deixe-nos dar uma olhada no que Marx realmente disse:
 
Ao passo que os pequeno-burgueses democratas querem pôr fim à revolução o mais depressa possível, realizando, quando muito, as exigências atrás referidas, o nosso interesse e a nossa tarefa são tornar permanente a revolução até que todas as classes mais ou menos possuidoras estejam afastadas da dominação, até que o poder de Estado tenha sido conquistado pelo proletariado, que a associação dos proletários, não só num país, mas em todos os países dominantes do mundo inteiro, tenha avançado a tal ponto que tenha cessado a concorrência dos proletários nesses países e que, pelo menos, estejam concentradas nas mãos dos proletários as forças produtivas decisivas. Para nós não pode tratar-se da transformação da propriedade privada, mas apenas do seu aniquilamento, não pode tratar-se de encobrir oposições de classes, mas de suprimir as classes, nem de aperfeiçoar a sociedade existente, mas de fundar uma nova.
Karl Marx, “Mensagem da Direção Central à Liga dos Comunistas” (1850)
 
Essa é, de fato, uma poderosa polêmica, 75 anos adiantada, contra a sofística de Stalin sobre “socialismo em um só país”. A teoria de Trotsky é um desenvolvimento posterior dessas proposições fundamentais na época do imperialismo, quando o capitalismo penetrou através das regiões atrasadas e os pré-requisitos para o socialismo em uma escala mundial já existem (colocando em risco, portanto, até mesmo as mais jovens burguesias dos antigos países coloniais).
 
Revolução em Etapas: Alemanha 1848
 
De acordo com os stalinistas, o erro principal do trotskismo é a sua falha em reconhecer a necessidade das “etapas” da revolução, em particular a etapa democrática em oposição à etapa socialista. Um dos mais ilustres predecessores de Davidson escreveu (poucos anos antes de Stalin ordenar o seu assassinato sob a acusação de “trotskista”!):
 
“O camarada Trotsky coloca a ditadura da classe trabalhadora no começo do processo, mas não vê os passos e transições que o levaram até essa ditadura; ele ignorou a relação concreta das forças… ele não viu as etapas da revolução…”.
N. Bukharin, “Sobre a Teoria da Revolução Permanente”, 1925
 
Vamos considerar essa “teoria” da revolução em duas etapas e a “particularidade” da revolução permanente. Será que Marx, talvez, tinha tal teoria? Marx, é claro, distinguia as revoluções proletária e burguesa pelo seu conteúdo social, já que elas representam diferentes épocas de desenvolvimento histórico. Mas mesmo em meados do século XIX, começava a ficar claro que a burguesia era muito fraca e o proletariado muito poderoso para que existisse uma “muralha da China” entre as revoluções proletária e burguesa. Distintas em seu conteúdo social, elas estariam muito próximas historicamente. A revolução alemã de 1848 tornou essa proximidade particularmente clara. No Manifesto Comunista, Marx e Engels escreveram:
 
“Para a Alemanha dirigem os comunistas a sua atenção principal. Há duas razões para isso. Primeiro porque a Alemanha está em vésperas de uma revolução burguesa. Segundo porque esta revolução irá acontecer em condições de maior progresso relativo da civilização europeia em geral, e com um proletariado muito mais desenvolvido do que o da Inglaterra no século XVII e o da França no século XVIII. Consequentemente, na Alemanha do século XIX, a revolução burguesa só pode ser o prelúdio imediato de uma revolução proletária.”
 
Marx não acreditava que a classe trabalhadora fosse atingir diretamente a vitória em 1848, mas que ela seria obrigada a apoiar a burguesia liberal e a pequeno-burguesia até onde elas lutassem contra a reação feudal-absolutista. Mas mesmo nesse período pré-imperialista, quando o proletariado era bastante fraco e politicamente dominado pelos interesses artesãos e democráticos da pequeno-burguesia, ele aconselhou os trabalhadores a “simultaneamente erigir seu próprio governo revolucionário dos trabalhadores apesar do novo governo oficial” para poder se opor ao seu aliado prévio, assim como o “armamento geral do proletariado”.
 
A previsão de Marx de que a revolução proletária iria acompanhar de perto as revoluções burguesas de 1848 não se comprovou. Mas tampouco foram bem sucedidas essas revoluções democrático-burguesas, precisamente porque o medo de que uma revolução proletária fosse irromper se o menor passo fosse dado para levantar as massas levou os liberais aos braços da reação prussiana e austríaca. Ligada aos feudalistas por um medo comum da revolução social, os liberais se esforçaram não para derrubar a monarquia (como fez a burguesia francesa em 1789), mas para dividir o poder com os feudalistas. A burguesia alemã não podia se elevar acima do nível de uma “aristocracia lojista” (“shopocracy”) conforme classificou Engels.
 
Revolução em Etapas: Rússia 1905
 
A revolução russa de 1905 novamente levantou a questão da revolução permanente, mas em uma forma muito mais aguda. A burguesia russa era muito mais fraca do que a alemã. Por séculos a principal característica do desenvolvimento russo fora o seu primitivismo e lentidão, resultantes da localização geográfica desfavorável da Rússia e da sua população dispersa. O desenvolvimento capitalista na parte norte do Império tinha sido primariamente importada do Ocidente pelo Estado autocrático, e simplesmente inserido na economia feudal existente. Assim, enquanto um proletariado industrial moderno estava se formando nas principais cidades, concentrado em grandes fábricas que utilizavam as mais avançadas técnicas, as manufaturas e oficinas urbanas que haviam formado a base econômica da burguesia no Ocidente, nunca tiveram tempo para se desenvolver. Com a grande indústria primariamente nas mãos do capital europeu e dos bancos estatais, a classe capitalista russa permaneceu pequena em tamanho, isolada, semiestrangeira e sem tradição histórica. Além do mais, ela permaneceu ligada por uma série de laços ao Estado feudal-absolutista e à aristocracia fundiária. Uma revolução liderada pela burguesia que pudesse resolver as tarefas da democracia, revolução agrária e emancipação nacional, estava totalmente fora de questão. E, no entanto, permaneciam as tarefas da revolução burguesa.
 
Diante dessa realidade as duas alas do Partido Operário Social Democrata Russo tomaram duas posições bastante distintas. Os mencheviques, com seu formalismo escolástico e sua total falta de vigor, deduziram do caráter democrático das tarefas iniciais da revolução a “estratégia” de aliança com a burguesia liberal. Em um discurso no “Congresso de Unificação” do POSDR (1906), Axelrod, um líder menchevique, pontuou:
 
“As relações sociais na Rússia só amadureceram para uma revolução burguesa… Enquanto a ilegalidade política geral persistir, nós não devemos chegar nem sequer a mencionar a luta direta do proletariado contra outras classes pelo poder político… Devemos lutar pelas condições do desenvolvimento burguês. As condições históricas objetivas condenam o nosso proletariado a uma inevitável colaboração com a burguesia contra o nosso inimigo comum.”
 
Essa conclusão era derivada da simples cópia mecânica do esquema clássico do desenvolvimento europeu (e mais particularmente o francês) para as condições russas, ou as implicações de que uma revolução proletária só poderia vir após muitas décadas de desenvolvimento capitalista. O cerne da posição menchevique foi capturado pelo apontamento de Plekhanov de que “nós devemos prezar pelo apoio aos partidos não-proletários e não afastá-los de nós com um comportamento indelicado”. A isso, Lenin respondeu: “… os liberais entre a nobreza vão lhe perdoar milhões de atos ‘indelicados’, mas eles nunca irão perdoar insinuações de retirar as suas terras”.
 
E contra a coalizão de Plekhanov com a burguesia, Lenin chamou por um bloco com o campesinato para realizar a revolução agrária. Isso foi codificado na sua fórmula de “ditadura democrática revolucionária do proletariado e do campesinato”:
 
“Devemos conhecer de maneira exata quais as forças sociais reais que se opõem ao czarismo (…). Essas forças não podem ser a grande burguesia, os latifundiários, os fabricantes, a ‘sociedade’ que segue os Osvobojdenistas [os liberais]. Vemos que eles nem sequer desejam uma vitória decisiva. Sabemos que são incapazes, pela sua situação de classe, de uma luta decisiva contra o czarismo: para irem à luta decisiva, a propriedade privada, o capital e a terra são lastros demasiadamente pesados. Eles têm demasiada necessidade do czarismo, com as suas forças policiais, burocráticas e militares, contra o proletariado e o campesinato, para poderem aspirar à sua destruição. Não, a única força capaz de obter a ‘vitória decisiva sobre o czarismo’ é a ditadura revolucionária democrática do proletariado e do campesinato.” (ênfase no original).
V. I. Lenin “Duas Táticas da Social Democracia na Revolução Democrática”, 1905
 
Essa política era irreconciliavelmente oposta ao insípido liberalismo dos mencheviques e, ao invés disso, incendiava a revolta camponesa e levava o proletariado a um assalto “indelicado” contra a autocracia czarista. Mas ao mesmo tempo ele insistia na caracterização da revolução enquanto burguesa, com o poder a ser posto nas mãos do campesinato e abrindo o futuro para o florescimento de um desenvolvimento capitalista:
 
“Os marxistas estão absolutamente convencidos do carácter burguês da revolução russa. Que significa isto? Isto significa que as transformações democráticas no regime político e as transformações económico-sociais, que se converteram numa necessidade para a Rússia, não só não implicam por si o enfraquecimento do capitalismo, o enfraquecimento da dominação da burguesia, mas, pelo contrário, desbravarão pela primeira vez realmente o terreno para um desenvolvimento vasto e rápido, europeu e não asiático, do capitalismo e, pela primeira vez, tornarão possível a dominação da burguesia como classe.”
Idem.
 
A visão de Trotsky, citada no início desse artigo, era diferente daquela dos mencheviques e dos bolcheviques, embora muito mais próximas dos últimos. Como ele posteriormente escreveu:
 
“A teoria da revolução permanente, que se originou em 1905… apontou que as tarefas democráticas das nações burguesas atrasadas levavam diretamente, em nossa época, à ditadura do proletariado e que a ditadura do proletariado coloca as tarefas socialistas na ordem do dia.”
― “A Revolução Permanente”, 1929
 
De acordo com Davidson, Lenin “insistiu que a revolução iria se desenvolver em etapas” enquanto Trotsky supostamente ignorava completamente a etapa democrático-burguesa. Isso é simplesmente uma cortina de fumaça. Trotsky nunca negou o caráter burguês das fases iniciais da revolução no sentido das suas tarefas históricas imediatas, mas apenas no sentido de suas forças motoras e perspectivas:
 
“Já em 1905, os trabalhadores de Petrogrado chamaram seu soviete de um governo proletário. Essa designação passou à linguagem corrente da época e foi completamente incorporada no programa da luta da classe trabalhadora pelo poder. Ao mesmo tempo, nós estabelecemos contra o czarismo um elaborado programa de democracia política (sufrágio universal, república, milícia, etc.). Nós não podíamos agir de outra forma. A democracia política é uma etapa necessária no desenvolvimento das massas trabalhadoras– com a altamente importante reserva de que em um caso essa etapa dura décadas, enquanto em outra, a situação revolucionária permite às massas se emanciparem dos preconceitos da democracia política mesmo antes das suas instituições terem se convertido em realidade.” (ênfase no original).
L. D. Trotsky, “Introdução” a O Ano de 1905, 1922
 
Davidson novamente tenta escurecer a questão afirmando que Trotsky era “hostil ao campesinato” enquanto “a visão de Lenin é diretamente oposta”. Isso é pura invenção. É verdade que Trotsky descartou imediatamente a ideia de que o campesinato como um todo podia ser um “aliado socialista” da classe trabalhadora:
 
“Desde o primeiro momento depois da tomada do poder, o proletariado terá que encontrar apoio nos antagonismos entre o rico do vilarejo e o pobre do vilarejo, entre o proletariado agrícola e a burguesia agrícola.”
L. D. Trotsky, “Balanços e Perspectivas”, 1905
 
Mas com relação a isso, a visão de Lenin era idêntica:
 
“A luta contra o burocrata e o latifundiário pode e deve ser travada junto com todos os camponeses, até mesmo com os bem-de-vida e os camponeses médios. Por outro lado, é somente junto com o proletariado rural que a luta contra a burguesia e, portanto, também contra os camponeses bem-de-vida pode ser realizada apropriadamente.”
V. I. Lenin, “Socialismo Proletário e Pequeno-burguês”, 1905
 
A disputa entre Lenin e Trotsky não era sobre se poderia ou não ser pulada a etapa democrático-burguesa da revolução ou se uma aliança entre trabalhadores e camponeses era necessária, mas com relação à dinâmica da colaboração entre o proletariado e o campesinato, o nívelde independência do último. Trotsky sustentou (como havia sido demonstrado por toda experiência revolucionária anterior, assim como nos escritos de Marx e Engels) que em razão da sua posição intermediária e a heterogeneidade da sua composição social, o campesinato enquanto classe era incapaz de cumprir um papel independente ou de formar o seu próprio partido independente. Ele ficava compelido a seguir a liderança da burguesia ou então do proletariado.
 
Revolução em Etapas: 1917
 
Não é acidente que os artigos de Davidson dificilmente mencionam a revolução de outubro de 1917, saltando das disputas em 1905 a respeito do papel do campesinato direto para a questão do “socialismo em um só país”. De fato, se Davidson tivesse reproduzido os escritos de Lenin desse período ele teria tido que mostrar declarações radicalmente diferentes da visão de Lenin do período de 1905-1907. Antes da chegada de Lenin da Europa em 4 de abril, a maioria do partido bolchevique chamava por um “apoio crítico” ao governo provisório burguês do Príncipe Lvov, que havia tomado o poder depois de a revolução de fevereiro derrubar o Czar. Stalin era o porta-voz chefe desse ponto de vista na conferência de março de 1917 do partido bolchevique. Em seu relatório sobre a atitude do Governo Provisório, ele disse:
 
“… o Governo Provisório tomou de fato o papel de fortificador das conquistas do povo revolucionário… Não é vantagem para nós no presente momento forçar os acontecimentos, acelerando o processo de repelir as camadas burguesas, que no futuro irão inevitavelmente se afastar de nós. É necessário para nós ganhar tempo colocando um freio no rompimento das camadas burguesas médias… Quando o Governo Provisório fortificar os passos da revolução, então aí nós devemos apoiá-lo; mas quando ele for contrarrevolucionário, não se deve permitir apoio ao Governo Provisório.”
― “Rascunho Protocolar da Conferência de Março de 1917 dos Trabalhadores do Partido de Toda a Rússia”
 
Enquanto o grosso da liderança do partido chamou a “completar a revolução democrático-burguesa”, Lenin insistiu que a única política revolucionária era chamar pela ditadura do proletariado. Ao tomar essa posição ele se encontrou com o programa de Trotsky da revolução permanente e foi acusado de trotskismo pela ala direita do partido. Isso exigiu um rearmamento ideológico do partido e em determinado momento Lenin ameaçou se retirar do Comitê Central pera poder levar a luta à base do partido, quando as suas “Teses de Abril” foram inicialmente rejeitadas pela liderança. A passagem chave nessas teses declarava:
 
“A peculiaridade do momento atual na Rússia consiste na transição da primeira etapa da revolução, que deu o poder à burguesia por faltar ao proletariado o grau necessário de consciência e organização, para a sua segunda etapa, que deve colocar o poder nas mãos do proletariado e das camadas pobres do campesinato.”
V.I. Lenin, “Sobre as Tarefas do Proletariado na Presente Revolução”, 1917
 
Em direta oposição à posição de Stalin menos de uma semana antes, Lenin exigiu “Nenhum apoio ao Governo Provisório; a total falsidade de todas as suas promessas deveria ser exposta claramente…” (Idem.). A oposição a Lenin foi liderada por Y. Kamenev, que afirmava que “a revolução democrático-burguesa não está completa… Quanto ao esquema geral do camarada Lenin, ele nos parece inaceitável, já que ele procede da crença de que a revolução democrático-burguesa está completa, e se baseia na imediata transformação dessa revolução em uma revolução socialista”. Nas suas “Cartas Sobre Táticas”, Lenin respondeu a essa acusação:
 
“Depois da revolução [de fevereiro-março de 1917], o poder está nas mãos de uma classe diferente, uma nova classe, que é a burguesia…”.
“Em razão disso, a revolução burguesa, ou democrático-burguesa, está completa.”
“Mas nesse ponto nós ouvimos um clamor de protesto daqueles que prontamente chamam a si mesmos de ‘velhos bolcheviques’. Nós não mantivemos sempre, dizem eles, que a revolução democrático-burguesa é completada só pela ‘ditadura democrática revolucionária do campesinato e do proletariado’? (…) Minha resposta é: Os slogans e ideias bolcheviques como um todo foram confirmados pela história; mas concretamente, as coisas se desenvolveram diferentemente…”
“O soviete de deputados trabalhadores e soldados – aí está a sua ‘ditadura democrática revolucionária do campesinato e do proletariado’ já concretizada.”
“Essa fórmula está já antiquada…”
“Uma nova e diferente tarefa agora se põe diante de nós: realizar um racha dentrodessa ditadura entre os elementos proletários (os elementos anti-defensistas, internacionalistas, ‘comunistas’, que defendem uma transição para a comuna) e os elementos pequeno-burgueses…”
“A pessoa que agorasó fala da ‘ditadura democrática revolucionária do campesinato e do proletariado’ está atrasada no tempo, e consequentemente está se colocando, na prática, ao lado da pequeno-burguesia contra a luta da classe proletária; essa pessoa deveria ser mantida no arquivo das antiguidades pré-revolucionárias ‘bolcheviques’…”
“O camarada Kamenev… está repetindo o preconceito burguês sobre a Comuna de Paris querer introduzir o socialismo ‘imediatamente’. Não é bem assim. A Comuna, infelizmente, foi muito lenta em introduzir o socialismo. A verdadeira essência da Comuna… é a criação de um Estadode um tipo especial. Tal Estado surgiu na Rússia, é o soviete de deputados trabalhadores e soldados!”
V.I. Lenin, “Castras Sobre Táticas”, abril de 1917
 
E a Comuna de Paris, camarada Davidson, era a ditadura do proletariado. Em um artigo para o Pravdapor volta dessa época, Lenin formulou a questão de uma maneira idêntica à de Trotsky:
 
“Nós somos por um governo revolucionário forte… A questão é – qualclasse está fazendo esta revolução? Uma revolução contra quem?”
“Contra o czarismo? Se assim for, a maior parte dos latifundiários e capitalistas da Rússia são hoje revolucionários…”
“Contra os latifundiários? Se assim for, a maior parte dos camponeses, mesmo os mais bem-de-vida, ou seja, provavelmente nove décimos da população da Rússia, são revolucionários. Muito provavelmente, alguns dos capitalistas também estão prontos a se tornarem revolucionários uma vez que os latifundiários não podem se salvar de qualquer forma…”
“Contra os capitalistas? Agora essa é o verdadeiro assunto. Esse é o xis da questão, porque sem uma revolução contra os capitalistas, toda essa conversa sobre a ‘paz sem anexações’ e a término rápido da guerra por tal paz é, ou extremamente ingênua e ignorante, ou uma estupidez e uma enganação…”
“Os líderes da pequeno-burguesia – os intelectuais, os camponeses prósperos, os atuais partidos dos narodniks… e dos mencheviques – não estão nesse momento a favor de uma revolução contra os capitalistas…”
“A conclusão é óbvia: somente se o proletariado assumir o poder, apoiado pelos semiproletários, pode-se dar ao país um verdadeiro governo revolucionário forte.”
V. I. Lenin, “Um Governo revolucionário Forte”, maio de 1917
 
É verdade que Lenin, ambos nessa época e depois, ocasionalmente se referia aos sovietes do período fevereiro-outubro como uma expressão da “ditadura democrática revolucionária do campesinato e do proletariado”, mas aqueles sovietes não tinham o poder de Estado. A luta por “Todo poder aos sovietes” era, como Lenin defendia, a luta contra a pequeno-burguesia, que não desejava lutar contra o capitalismo. E o Estado que resultou da revolução de outubro era a ditadura da classe trabalhadora, apoiada pelo campesinato. De 1917 em diante, Lenin nunca deixou a entender que pudesse existir algo como um Estado de duas classes, tal como vislumbrado por Stalin e Mao. Como ele defendeu em sua polêmica contra Kautsky, “Os sovietes são a forma russa da ditadura do proletariado” (“A Revolução Proletária e o Renegado Kautsky”, 1918).
 
Slogans e programa de partidos revolucionários tem um significado concreto na luta de classes: eles chamam por certos cursos de ação e se opõem a outros. Kamenev, que em abril liderou a luta para manter o slogan da “ditadura democrática revolucionária do campesinato e do proletariado”, em outubro se opôs à insurreição revolucionária, e depois do levante bem sucedido de fato renunciou do Comitê Central do Conselho de Comissários do Povo em protesto. Nesse comportamento, havia ao menos um semblante de consistência.
 
Mas Davidson e os stalinistas por toda a parte nos querem fazer crer que o “velho programa bolchevique” foi confirmado pela revolução de outubro! Por trás dessa mentira enganosa está um propósito: o de justificar as políticas antirrevolucionárias do stalinismo. É sempre “cedo demais” para demandas socialistas, nós devemos sempre passar por uma “etapa democrática” antes que os camponeses tomem a terra e o proletariado possa expropriar os expropriadores. Como verdadeiro revolucionário proletário, Lenin aprendeu da experiência da revolução de 1917, avançando com um novo programa quando a inadequação do antigo tinha se revelado claramente. Mas o que nós podemos dizer das pessoas que se recusam a assimilar essas lições e, ao invés disso, insistem em proclamar que preto é branco? Na boca de Stalin em 1927, o slogan de uma “ditadura democrática” foi a justificativa para ordenar ao Partido Comunista Chinês que abandonasse suas armas exatamente quando Chiang Kai-shek se preparava para massacrar milhares de comunistas e trabalhadores combativos. Hoje, quando o mesmo slogan é usado para justificar apoio para “anti-imperialistas”, tais quais o Príncipe Sihanouk do Camboja, terá o mesmo resultado – aniquilação dos revolucionários e estrangulamento da revolução. A escolha está colocada para todo o mundo: socialismo ou barbárie, não há caminho do meio.
 

¡Apoyo a los obreros chilenos!

Suplemento del 24 de septiembre de 1973 del Beacon, publicación del Militant-Solidarity Caucus del NMU

Esta versión fue impresa en Cuadernos Marxistas no. 3 por la Spartacist League de los EE.UU. en 1975.

(El Militant-Solidarity Caucus es un grupo de oposición dentro del principal sindicato marítimo de los EE.UU., el National Maritime Union. Coincidimos con los argumentos y la resolución que fue presentada a la reunión del Puerto de Nueva York.)

El reciente golpe en Chile ha constituido un grave revés para todos los obreros del mundo. Los obreros de Chile querían tomar el poder estatal y dirigir la economía en su propio interés. Su victoria hubiera conferido un tremendo impulso hacia delante a todos los trabajadores. Las traiciones de sus líderes condujeron trágicamente a una inevitable derrota sangrienta. Aunque dirigido ostensiblemente contra el gobierno de Allende, este golpe tenía como objetivo a los sindicatos, a los partidos y organizaciones de la clase obrera y de los campesinos pobres. La junta militar ha anunciado planes para juzgar a más de 5.000 ciudadanos detenidos en estos últimos días. Incluidos están no sólo gran parte de los lideres de los partidos obreros así como militantes individuales que se resistieron ante el golpe militar, sino también un gran número de refugiados políticos que habían buscado asilo en Chile. Muchos de éstos eran representantes da los movimientos laborales y de izquierda de otros países de Latinoamérica que habían entrado en Chile huyendo de la persecución en su propio país. Ahora se enfrentan al peligro de ser deportados y con certeza encarcelados, o de ser tratados brutalmente a manos de la junta chilena.

El gobierno de los EE.UU., como parte de su estrategia para asegurar continuos beneficios a los hombres de negocios estadounidenses, apoya firmemente este golpe. La mayor parte de la ayuda norteamericana a Chile durante los recientes meses ha sido ayuda militar. Los generales chilenos han sido los más fieles defensores de los patronos yanquis y de sus socios menores en Chile. El fallo más importante de Allende fue el crear ilusiones en los oficiales militares y en los partidos del capital – hasta manteniendo lazos con ellos. El Militant-Solidarity Caucus del NMU ha puesto siempre de relieve la necesidad de que los trabajadores cuenten con sus propias fuerzas. Allende destruyó la única posibilidad de una victoria de la clase obrera y hasta de su propia defensa cuando accedió a la demanda de los legisladores capitalistas de permitir el embargo de las armas de los obreros, ¡cuando lo que debía haber estado haciendo es armar a los obreros! Sus intentos de parecer “respetable” al confiar en el ejército prepararon esta derrota. Los marineros norteamericanos, y los miembros del NMU en particular, se han dado cuenta de la disminución de los viajes a Valparaíso en Chile, al llevar a cabo los Estados Unidos un virtual embargo para sabotear la economía chilena. Con el establecimiento de una junta militar mucho más abiertamente favorable a los intereses de los negocios norteamericanos, sin duda alguna pronto se restablecerán las relaciones comerciales.

Los marineros estadounidenses deben oponerse a este plan de los patronos. Los obreros han demostrado tradicionalmente su apoyo a las luchas de los obreros de otros países. El principio de solidaridad internacional es particularmente importante para los trabajadores marítimos. El Militant-Solidarity Caucus pide la construcción de un sindicato marítimo internacional único como parte de la lucha para crear un contingente de lucha más efectivo contra los conglomerados internacionales. Con el tremendo aumento de la matriculación en el extranjero de barcos nacionales, cualquier organización laboral que no se extienda para unirse con los obreros sindicados, incluyendo los no organizados, de otros países está condenada a ver la decadencia del nivel de sus propios miembros. El NMU es testigo de esto ahora mismo.

Lo mismo que los obreros apoyan a otros obreros en huelga iniciando huelgas de solidaridad, así han tradicionalmente demostrado su apoyo los obreros por sus compañeros de la clase obrera víctimas de la toma de poder de fascistas y militares. Las sangrientas luchas en Chile hoy son la continuación de las luchas entre la clase obrera y los capitalistas por otros medios que los habituales métodos económicos y sindicales. La solidaridad obrera es tan apropiada ahora aquí como si los obreros chilenos estuvieran en huelga. Pero la situación es mucho más crítica que una huelga: ¡los líderes de la clase obrera están siendo encarcelados, torturados y asesinados, y todas las organizaciones obreras están siendo sistemáticamente destruidas! Es el deber de los obreros norteamericanos y de sus organizaciones el denunciar el golpe militar en Chile, y el ayudar a los trabajadores chilenos combatientes. Medidas adoptadas incluyen las demostraciones de protesta, los boicots de productos chilenos, la ayuda a los refugiados políticos y donaciones de comida, medicamentos, y otros materiales necesarios para luchar más efectivamente contra los patronos chilenos y sus oficiales militares.

En el pasado, como después de la toma de poder de los nazis y sobre todo durante la Guerra Civil Española, los obreros norteamericanos y sus organizaciones han ayudado de esta manera a los obreros extranjeros en lucha. Loa marineros, a causa de su posición vital en la economía, pueden jugar un importante papel al dirigir los boicots y al transportar material para los obreros en el extranjero. Y el NMU, a pesar de las pretensiones de los presentes líderes de que la política no tiene ningún lugar en los sindicatos, ha tomado en el pasado posiciones claras sobre estos puntos. Durante la Guerra Civil Española el Pilot daba parte frecuentemente de resoluciones de apoyo tomadas a bordo o en puerto. Por ejemplo, el 3 de febrero de 1939 el Pilot informó sobre una reunión en la Oficina Central del Departamento de Stewards en la que se hizo una colecta para España y se pidió la terminación del embargo de armas, que estaba mutilando a las fuerzas antifranquistas.

Era perfectamente correcto que el NMU considerara que el problema de la Guerra Civil Española era pertinente a los asuntos del sindicato. Sin embargo, los líderes del NMU tenían, aún entonces, una visión errada de cómo mejor ayudar a sus compañeros españoles. Hicieron una llamada para presionar al gobierno, pidiendo que rehusara reconocer al asesino Franco. Lo absurdo de esta demanda fue puesto de manifiesto cuando el Presidente Franklin Roosevelt reconoció el régimen de Franco sólo cuatro días después de la caída de Madrid ante los fascistas en marzo de 1939. Hoy, la gente equivocadamente apremia al gobierno estadounidense para que no reconozca a la junta militar chilena, o pide a las Naciones Unidas (un arma de los poderes capitalistas) que intervenga. A pesar de sus pretensiones de apoyar a la “democracia”, los intereses del gobierno de los EE.UU., bajo liberales como Roosevelt o conservadores como Nixon, se cifran en aplastar el movimiento obrero. El contar con el gobierno de los EE.UU. para oponerse a los fascistas en España o a los gorilas en Chile es un callejón sin salida, y conduce a la creación de ilusiones falsas sobre el estado capitalista. Los obreros deben contar con su propia fuerza organizada y no con la “buena voluntad” de su enemigo de clase.

Resolución del NMU Militant-Solidarity Caucus

Visto que el reciente golpe militar en Chile ha sido un tremendo revés para el movimiento obrero internacional, y

Visto que es el deber de los miembros del NMU el demostrar nuestra solidaridad con los trabajadores chilenos en nuestra lucha común contra los intereses de los negocios en todos los países, y

Visto que la clase obrera no puede buscar el enderezar la situación apelando al gobierno de los Estados Unidos o a las Naciones Unidas, por lo tanto

Se decide que los miembros del NMU en esta reunión de septiembre en el Puerto de N.Y., declaran su apoyo a los obreros chilenos en contra de la junta militar, a través de medidas apropiadas tales como ayuda económica y de otra índole para las organizaciones obreras chilenas y los refugiados políticos, y un boicot a los puertos chilenos.

24 de septiembre de 1973

Introduction to the Transitional Program

Originally published by the then-revolutionary International Bolshevik Tendency, as an introduction to its 1998 edition of the Transitional Program.

Leon Trotsky, co-leader of the October Revolution and founder of the Red Army, wrote the Transitional Program in March and April 1938 while living in exile in Mexico. It was adopted as the program of the Fourth International at its founding conference in September 1938.

Prior to finishing the draft, Trotsky participated in a series of discussions in late March 1938 with four leaders of the American Socialist Workers Party (SWP): James P. Cannon, Vincent Dunne, Rose Karsner and Max Shachtman. The SWP was the most substantial section of the fledgling Fourth International in terms of size, political capacity and mass influence. Trotskys discussions with the SWPers helped to clarify certain aspects of the program and to refine his ideas about how it should be presented. In a 15 April 1938 letter to Cannon, Trotsky wrote:

“Without your visit to Mexico, I could never have written the program draft because I learned during the discussions many important things which permitted me to be more explicit and concrete.[1]

The Transitional Program remains relevant today because it addresses the central task of our epoch: the mobilization of the working class for power. To be sure, the world has changed a great deal since 1938. Accordingly, in applying the program, revolutionaries must distinguish between those passages containing its core programmatic conceptions and the more descriptive passages that reflect the specific historical period in which it was written.

By 1938 the world order established at Versailles in 1919 was in shreds. The enormous social devastation of the Great Depression, the rise of fascism and other events preparing the way for a cataclysmic inter-imperialist bloodbath provided the context for the rather categorical (and even apocalyptic) tone of some passages in the Transitional Program. Trotsky wrote:

“The economic prerequisite for the proletarian revolution has already in general achieved the highest point of fruition that can be reached under capitalism. Mankinds productive forces stagnate. Already, new inventions and improvements fail to raise the level of material wealth.

·     ·     ·

International relations present no better picture. Under the increasing tension of capitalist disintegration, imperialist antagonisms…must inevitably coalesce into a conflagration of world dimensions. The bourgeoisie, of course, is aware of the mortal danger to its domination represented by a new war. But that class is now immeasurably less capable of averting war than on the eve of 1914.”

Trotsky expected that World War II would end in a wave of revolutionary explosions just as World War I had. Moreover, he was by no means alone in anticipating this. On 25 August 1939, a few days before the outbreak of hostilities, the French ambassador told Hitler: as a result of the war, there would be only one real victor—Mr. Trotsky.[2]

World War II was a catastrophe that cost tens of millions of lives and wreaked unprecedented destruction. In its aftermath, potentially revolutionary situations arose in a number of European countries. In France and Italy these were defused, largely as a result of the treachery of the Moscow-loyal Communist Parties, whose cadres disarmed the partisans and propped up the post-war anti-fascist bourgeois regimes. Maurice Thorez, leader of the French Communist Party, advanced the slogan: One police, one army, one state! In Greece, the Kremlin tacitly supported the British Army, monarchists and Nazi collaborators in brutally crushing the leftist National Liberation Front (EAM).

The Nazi occupation of Western Europe generated intense hostility toward the indigenous bourgeoisie (who overwhelmingly collaborated with the fascists), but it also revived illusions in the anti-fascist imperialists. The Stalinists used the authority they accrued through their central role in the anti-Nazi resistance and their association with the victorious Red Army in pursuit of global reconciliation with imperialism. In 1943 Stalin went so far as to dissolve the Comintern in a demonstration of goodwill toward British and American imperialism. The New York Herald Tribune observed:

“So far as the present Russian government is concerned, there is no reason to suspect that the dissolution of the Comintern is merely a gesture. Instead, it appears far more probable that it is the climax of the process that began when Stalin won his duel with Trotsky for leadership in Russia—the organization of that country into a national state run on Communist lines, rather than a center of world revolution.[3]

By the end of the war, only the Fourth International laid claim to the heritage of the Leninist Comintern. Yet so many key Trotskyist cadres had been murdered during the war (by both Stalinists and Nazis) that the Fourth International had ceased to function as a coherent organization. Individuals and small groups of militants remained active and carried out some exemplary interventions, but the International was far too weak to take advantage of the post-war revolutionary opportunities.

The social-democratic organizations, which had ceased to operate during the Nazi occupation, were revived by the British and Americans as pro-capitalist counterweights to the influence of the Communists in the European labor movement. Having successfully contained the upheavals of 1945-46, Western European capitalism, with the support of the American colossus, went on to enjoy over 20 years of relative stability and prosperity. During this period, in stark contrast to the 1930s, the reformist leaders of the working class were able to win some limited but real material concessions from the bourgeoisie—concessions which had a conservatizing effect upon their base.

Post-War Expansion and the Transitional Program

The rather categorical nature of some of Trotskys formulations in his 1938 draft and their apparent refutation by subsequent developments have led some ostensible Marxists to draw the conclusion that the Transitional Program lost its relevance and applicability in the post-war period. Yet the system of revolutionary transitional demands that constitutes the core of the program did not flow from Trotskys conjunctural prognoses of 1938. The performance of the capitalist economy at a given historical moment conditions the framework within which the class struggle takes place, and thus the immediate political possibilities, but such conjunctural factors do not affect the revolutionary Marxist assessment of the objective historic necessity for human society to make the leap to socialism.

This necessity flows from the qualitative intensification of the global contradictions of capitalism in what Lenin and Trotsky called the imperialist stage of its development. Imperialism is characterized by attempts on the part of the most advanced countries to resolve the crisis tendencies inherent in the capitalist accumulation process through mechanisms which transfer wealth from weaker to stronger regions of the global economy and produce extremely uneven patterns of development. In addition to endless military adventures in the neo-colonies, inter-imperialist competition leads inexorably to world war.

There is clearly a sense in which the advent of the imperialist epoch marked the end of capitalisms historically progressive role in developing the forces of production, defined broadly as global human capacities. The intensified contradictions of the capitalist mode of production in the metropolitan imperialist regions set the stage for periodic military conflicts that destroy productive forces on a massive scale. Moreover, imperialism blocks the diffusion of advanced technologies to more backward regions, thereby retarding the development of labor productivity on a world scale. On the eve of the 21st century, capitalism has failed to completely uproot pre-capitalist economic forms in much of the Third World. It has succeeded in creating a reserve army of the unemployed and under-employed that comprises more than 30 percent of the global workforce. The inability of the market to promote qualitative growth in macro-economic productivity (even as it retains a remarkable capacity to stimulate the micro-productivity of individual enterprises) confirms the continuing validity of the long-standing Leninist-Trotskyist proposition that capitalism constitutes an obstacle to human progress.

It is with these considerations in mind that we should evaluate Trotskys comment in the Transitional Program regarding the stagnation of the productive forces in the inter-war period. This characterization was one-sided and therefore inaccurate to the extent that it failed to register the continuing potential for advances in technology and labor productivity at the level of the capitalist enterprise—although if there was ever a time in the 20th century that this appeared to be in doubt, it was certainly during the 1930s. Over the past 50 years, we have witnessed enormous growth in the productivity of that segment of the global workforce that remains involved in directly productive activity within capitalist industry, and a massive expansion of material wealth. In this sense the economic prerequisites for the creation of a planned economy stand at a far higher level today than in the 1930s.

In spite of the one-sided character of the formulation of the question in the Transitional Program, it would be unfair to impute to Trotsky the notion that capitalism, even in the epoch of its death agony, posed an absolute barrier to further advances in productive technique. In his last major programmatic document, the May 1940 Manifesto of the Fourth International on the Imperialist War and the Proletarian World Revolution, he remarked (albeit off-handedly) that, technology is infinitely more powerful now than at the end of the war of 1914-18….[4]

Despite the new material basis for renewed capital accumulation created by World War II, post-war capitalist expansion eliminated neither political and social crises nor real opportunities for the working class to struggle for power. The colonial and semi-colonial world witnessed a series of major upheavals, from mass struggles for national independence in Africa and Asia, to successful anti-capitalist social revolutions in China, Vietnam and Cuba. While potentially revolutionary situations were less common in the advanced capitalist countries in the post-war than the inter-war period, sharp class struggles continued to erupt in several European countries long after the working-class upsurges of the mid-1940s. The May—June 1968 events in France, Italys hot autumn in 1969, and the Portuguese crisis of 1974-75 were clearly all pre-revolutionary situations. A number of other major class battles of the 1960s and 1970s also demonstrated the potential vulnerability of the capitalist order even during a period which was generally characterized by rising working-class living standards and relatively dynamic economic growth. These included the Belgian general strike of 1961, the Chilean cordones industriales (workers councils) of 197273, Quebecs 1972 general strike and the 1974 showdown between the British miners and the Tory government. Many of the demands included in the Transitional Program were every bit as relevant in these struggles as they had been in comparable situations in the 1920s and 1930s.

The past two decades have seen falling real wages, declining living standards and growing social inequality and insecurity throughout the developed (i.e., imperialist) world. Working people are told to get used to the idea that life for their children will be harder than their own lives are today. In the Third World, hundreds of millions of human beings are consigned to short and brutal lives of hopeless and desperate poverty. Those lucky enough to get employment in low-wage newly industrializing neo-colonies are subject to conditions reminiscent of the horrors of the Industrial Revolution. Todays brave new world of instantaneous communication, flexible production and global financial markets is also one in which tens of thousands of children starve to death daily, and in which the destruction of the biosphere proceeds inexorably.

Can Capitalism Survive?

The tendency for capitalist economic rivalry to escalate into military conflict produced two world wars in the 20th century. These were not random events or natural disasters. They derive from an inner logic of capitalist competition, a logic that compels each bourgeoisie to continually attempt to improve its position at the expense of its rivals. In the Fourth Internationals 1940 manifesto, Trotsky posed the following alternatives for humanity:

“The question is whether, as a result of the present war, the entire world economy will be reconstructed on a planned scale, or whether the first attempt of this reconstruction will be crushed in a sanguinary convulsion, and imperialism will receive a new lease on life until the third world war, which can become the tomb of civilization.[5]

Imperialism did indeed receive a new lease on life after World War II. But todays sharpening economic competition between the major capitalist trading blocs reminds us that, sooner or later, a third inter-imperialist conflict is inevitable. Today, as in 1938, nothing short of the overthrow of the bourgeoisie can open a road out.

Contrary to the insistence of capitalist ideologues that communism is dead, and that Marx’s analysis of capitalism is no longer relevant, a growing number of studies by leftist scholars in recent years have demonstrated a remarkable conformity between the real dynamics of capital accumulation since World War II and Marx’s description of the laws of motion of the capitalist mode of production.[6] A long-term fall in the average rate of profit, associated with a rise in the organic composition of capital (the ratio of dead to living labor in production), was evident in a number of advanced capitalist countries up to at least the late 1970s. Just as Marx anticipated, the bourgeoisie responded to this profitability crisis with aggressive efforts to jack up the rate of exploitation of the labor force, and with attempts to resolve the internal contradiction by extending the external field of production [7] that is, through heightened inter-imperialist competition for markets and arenas of profitable investment.

The economic malaise of the past two decades is the direct result of a classical profitability crisis resulting from the contradiction between the labor-displacing imperatives of capitalist accumulation/competition and the structural necessity of capitalism to continuously measure material wealth in terms of abstract labor time (i.e., the contradictions of the law of value). The only medicine that the capitalist class can dispense to alleviate such a crisis, short of a new world war and the massive destruction of the dead labor embodied in capitalist means of production, is a relentless assault on working-class living standards and trade-union rights. The real history of the capitalist mode of production in recent decades strikingly confirms Marx’s fundamental insights that the accumulation of capital must give rise over time to ever greater class antagonisms, and that these heightened antagonisms present the working class with the opportunity and the challenge to end the rule of capital and inaugurate a new social order.

Marxists are not alone in viewing capitalism as an unstable and transitory moment in human history. The few bourgeois theorists who have thought seriously about the future of capitalism have tended to conclude that a profit-driven system cannot survive over the long term. In his 1942 opus, Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy, Joseph Schumpeter asked Can capitalism survive? and answered: No, I do not think it can. In an interview promoting his influential 1993 tome, Twenty-First Century Capitalism, Robert Heilbroner, a leading American bourgeois economist, asked:

“Why do none of our philosophers, not even [Adam] Smith or Schumpeter who are surely partisans of the order, foresee a long untroubled future for capitalism?

The obvious answer is the sheer difficulty of successfully maintaining capitalist order….

The crucial difficulty for maintaining economic order takes on many forms—the indeterminacy of the outlook for investment and for technology; the unequal distribution of incomes[;]…the technological displacement of labour and the technological impetus toward cartelization; the inflationary tendencies of a successful economy and the depressive tendencies of an unsuccessful one. Capitalisms uniqueness in history lies in its continuously self-generated change, but it is this very dynamism that is the systems chief enemy. The system will sooner or later give rise to unmanageable problems and will have to make way for a successor.[8]

The fundamental problem with capitalism is that everything is subordinated to the predatory struggle to maximize private profitto measure human wealth in terms of surplus labor appropriated even as capitalist production requires less and less living labor as a technical input to production. The full promise of labor-saving technology cannot be realized by a system governed by the logic of the class exploitation of living labor. To resolve these problems in a historically progressive manner, a successor system must provide humanity with the ability to consciously control its social environment and gear production to the satisfaction of human needs rather than to the perpetuation of class inequality.

The Role of the Conscious Factor

The capitalist class conquered political power after first establishing its economic domination. For the working class this process is reversed. A planned economy will not emerge semi-spontaneously from capitalist anarchy, as capitalism did from feudalism; it must be created through extending conscious human control over the production and distribution of the goods and services necessary for society to develop and reproduce itself. The revolutionary transformation of all existing social relations can only be initiated on the basis of a high level of political consciousness within the proletariat.

The centrality of the subjective factor in the struggle for socialism (i.e., a disciplined political vanguard of the proletariat) lies at the heart of Trotskyism:

“The new parties and the new International must be built upon a new foundation: that is the key with which to solve all other tasks. The tempo and the time of the new revolutionary construction and its consummation depend, obviously, upon the general course of the class struggle, the future victories and defeats of the proletariat. Marxists, however, are not fatalists. They do not unload upon the historical process those very tasks which the historical process has posed before them. The initiative of a conscious minority, a scientific program, bold and ceaseless agitation in the name of clearly formulated aims, merciless criticism of all ambiguitythose are some of the most important factors for the victory of the proletariat. Without a fused and steeled revolutionary party a socialist revolution is inconceivable.[9]

Trotsky, like Lenin, rejected as objectivist nonsense the notion that capitalism must inevitably or automatically collapse:

“There is no crisis that can be, by itself, fatal to capitalism. The oscillations of the business cycle only create a situation in which it will be easier, or more difficult, for the proletariat to overthrow capitalism. The transition from a bourgeois society to a socialist society presupposes the activity of living people who are the makers of their own history. They do not make history by accident, or according to their caprice, but under the influence of objectively determined causes. However, their own actions—their initiative, audacity, devotion, and likewise their stupidity and cowardice—are necessary links in the chain of historical development.

The crises of capitalism are not numbered, nor is it indicated in advance which one of these will be the last. But our entire epoch and, above all, the present crisis imperiously command the proletariat: Seize power! If, however, the party of the working class, in spite of favorable conditions, reveals itself incapable of leading the proletariat to the seizure of power, the life of society will continue necessarily upon capitalist foundations—until a new crisis, a new war, perhaps until the complete disintegration of European civilization.[10]

While the Fourth International was established to struggle to resolve the crisis of revolutionary leadership, Trotsky was acutely aware of the enormous difficulties it faced:

“…shall we succeed in preparing in time a party capable of leading the proletarian revolution? In order to answer this question correctly it is necessary to pose it correctly. Naturally, this or that uprising may end and surely will end in defeat owing to the immaturity of the revolutionary leadership. But it is not a question of a single uprising. It is a question of an entire revolutionary epoch.

The capitalist world has no way out, unless a prolonged death agony is so considered. It is necessary to prepare for long years, if not decades, of war, uprisings, brief interludes of truce, new wars, and new uprisings. A young revolutionary party must base itself on this perspective. History will provide it with enough opportunities and possibilities to test itself, to accumulate experience and to mature….[T]he great historical problem will not be solved in any case until a revolutionary party stands at the head of the proletariat. The question of tempos and time intervals is of enormous importance; but it alters neither the general historical perspective nor the direction of our policy.[11]

A rise in working-class militancy will often be met by court injunctions prohibiting mass pickets, plant seizures, hot-cargoing, sympathy strikes and any other effective tactics. If this proves insufficient, police pressure is stepped up: pickets and demonstrators are attacked, union assets seized and workers leaders detained. The mass media, which normally operates as the ideological police of the ruling class, works overtime to confuse, divide and demoralize the workers and their potential allies.

Such measures are often sufficient for the capitalists to reassert control, but sometimes repression can backfire and result in new layers of the population being drawn into struggle. A deep-going crisis in the bourgeois social order inevitably manifests itself in division and a loss of self-confidence in the ruling class, and in uncertainty, confusion and hesitation within the repressive apparatus itself. In such circumstances the capitalists often come to rely more heavily on fascists and gangs of strikebreakers and thugs recruited from the patriotic petty bourgeoisie, the lumpenproletariat and backward elements of the working class.

An effective leadership of the workers movement must anticipate such developments and be prepared to act swiftly and decisively to neutralize reactionary formations before they grow. While proper technical preparations for this sort of intervention are essential, the most important task is the continuing political mass mobilization of the working class as it awakens to its historic interests through the course of the struggle. The Transitional Program is an algebraic codification of the essential measures with which the proletarian vanguard can broaden the scope of struggle and counter the attacks of the class enemy in a pre-revolutionary or revolutionary situation:

“The basic conditions for the victory of the proletarian revolution have been established by historical experience and clarified theoretically: (1) the bourgeois impasse and resulting confusion of the ruling class; (2) the sharp dissatisfaction and striving towards decisive changes in the ranks of the petty bourgeoisie without whose support the big bourgeoisie cannot maintain itself; (3) the consciousness of the intolerable situation and readiness for revolutionary actions in the ranks of the proletariat; (4) a clear program and a firm leadership of the proletarian vanguardthese are the four conditions for the victory of the proletarian revolution.[12]

Program and Party Of a New Type

In the late 19th century, the leaders of the Second International anticipated that as the working class grew in social weight, internal cohesion and political maturity, it would gradually lose its connections to the peasantry and urban petty bourgeoisie and embrace the socialist project (the maximum component of the classical social-democratic program). In the meantime, they sought to draw the working class into a unitary party of the whole class by focusing on the minimum needs of working people within the framework of capitalism.

The social-patriotic capitulation of the Second International during World War I forced Lenin to conclude that a bribed layer of pro-capitalist labor aristocrats were actively promoting false consciousness within the proletariat. This dictated a decisive break from the conception of a party of the whole class in favor of a party of a new type—a revolutionary combat party capable of leading the working class in a fight for power. Lenins recognition of the necessity of organizing a party of the most advanced workers separately from the more backward layers was his single most important contribution to Marxism.

The Leninist party of a new type naturally required a new sort of program. The parties of the Second International claimed to be Marxist, and even revolutionary, but they considered the maximum program as something for the indefinite future. The Communist International (Comintern), by contrast, actively sought to address the immediate struggles of the class in ways that led to revolutionary modes of consciousness and action. The Comintern under Lenin explicitly advocated the use of transitional demands that would unite the proletariat across its sectional divisions while also prefiguring the economic, social and political content of the future workers state, thereby posing, at least implicitly, the necessity of socialist revolution.

The use of transitional demands does not imply an abandonment of struggles for more limited objectives. The Fourth International would not:

“…discard the program of the old minimal demands to the degree to which these have preserved at least part of their vital forcefulness. Indefatigably, it defends the democratic rights and social conquests of the workers. But it carries on this day-to-day work within the frame-work of the correct actual, that is, revolutionary perspective….The old minimal program is superseded by the transitional program, the task of which lies in systematic mobilization of the masses for the proletarian revolution.[13]

Reformists have no use for transitional demands because their activity does not go beyond the practical task of reforming bourgeois society; indeed, reformism seeks only to win reforms that are compatible with maintaining the conditions of bourgeois rule, in particular, rates of profit deemed to be reasonable by the capitalist class. By contrast, revolutionaries are not constrained to operate within the bounds established by the imperatives of capitalist profitability:

“If capitalism is incapable of satisfying the demands, inevitably arising from the calamities generated by itself, then let it perish. Realizability or unrealizability are in the given instance a question of the relationship of forces….[14]

Marxists have long observed that the greatest gains for working people tend to come as by-products of revolutionary struggle:

“If we say that we will only demand what they can give, the ruling class will give only one-tenth or none of what we demand. When we demand more and can impose our demands, the capitalists are compelled to give the maximum. The more extended and militant the spirit of the workers, the more is demanded and won. They are not sterile slogans; they are means of pressure on the bourgeoisie, and will give the greatest possible material results immediately.[15]

Reformists are not alone in their rejection of transitional demands. Sectarian ultra-lefts also have no use for them. Having already rhetorically embraced the most extreme formulas, they reject all tactical maneuvers, compromises or partial struggles, and content themselves with striking poses and issuing fearsomely radical-sounding declamations, while patiently waiting for the great day when the masses will seek them out.

Bourgeois Recess and Proletarian Strategic Retreat

In discussing the Transitional Program with the SWP/U.S. leaders, Trotsky noted that some of his followers seemed to have, the impression that some of my propositions or demands [in the draft program] were opportunistic, and others…were too revolutionary, not corresponding to the objective situation.[16]Pointing to the fact that the U.S. was in the grip of a social crisis without precedent, Trotsky proposed that the SWP should be more optimistic, more courageous, more aggressive in our strategy and tactics:

“What is the sense of the transitional program? We can call it a program of action, but for us, for our strategic conception, it is a transitional program—it is a help to the masses in overcoming the inherited ideas, methods, and forms and of adapting themselves to the exigencies of the objective situation. This transitional program must include the most simple demands. We cannot foresee and prescribe local and trade union demands adapted to the local situation of a factory, the development from this demand to the slogan for the creation of a workers soviet.

These are both extreme points, from the development of our transitional program to find the connecting links and lead the masses to the idea of revolutionary conquest of power. That is why some demands appear to be very opportunistic—because they are adapted to the actual mentality of the workers. That is why other demands appear too revolutionary—because they reflect more the objective situation than the actual mentality of the workers. It is our duty to make this gap between objective and subjective factors as short as possible. That is why I cannot overestimate the importance of the transitional program.[17]

Trotsky was well aware that there are downturns, as well as upturns, in the class struggle. He even raised the possibility that capitalism might emerge intact from the impending world war:

“You can raise the objection that we cannot predict the rhythm and tempo of the development and that possibly the bourgeoisie will find a political recess—that is not excluded—but then we will be obliged to realize a strategic retreat. But in the present situation we must be oriented for a strategic offensive, not a retreat.[18]

This is an interesting passage because, of course, the bourgeoisie did indeed find a political recess after World War II. Consequently, revolutionaries in the imperialist heartlands had little choice but to retreat from a perspective of imminent mass revolutionary struggle in order to prepare for the future through propagandistic activities: patiently recruiting and training a new generation of cadres, while sinking roots in the organizations of the working class. But, for Trotsky, such a reorientation would not involve abandoning the transitional program in favor of a reformist minimal/democratic program:

“…we proceed from the inevitability and imminence of the international proletarian revolution. This fundamental idea, which distinguishes the Fourth International from all other workers organizations, determines all our activities….This does not mean, however, that we do not take into account the conjunctural fluctuations in the economy as well as in politics, with the temporary ebbs and flows. If one proceeds only on the basis of the overall characterization of the epoch, and nothing more, ignoring its concrete stages, one can easily lapse into schematism, sectarianism, or quixotic fantasy. With every serious turn of events we adjust our basic tasks to the changed concrete circumstances of the given stage. Herein lies the art of tactics.[19]

Transitional Demands and the Communist Manifesto

It is often taken for granted by both Trotskys supporters and his detractors that the idea of transitional demands was first introduced in the 1938 draft. For example, in a footnote explaining Trotskys use of the term transitional demands during the first of the series of discussions he held with the SWP leaders in March 1938, the Pathfinder Press editors assert:

“One of Trotskys most important contributions to Marxist theory and practice was his development in 1938 of the concept of transitional demands and slogans, which became the central feature of the programmatic document he wrote in April for the [Fourth Internationals] founding conference.[20]

In fact, Trotsky specifically addressed this very misconception during these same discussions:

“This program is not a new invention of one man. It is derived from the long experience of the Bolsheviks. I want to emphasize that it is not one mans invention, that it comes from long collective experience of the revolutionaries. It is the application of old principles to this situation. It should not be considered as fixed like iron, but flexible to the situation.[21]

At its Fourth Congress in 1922, the Communist International passed a motion explicitly endorsing the concept of transitional demands. Most of the transitional demands included in the 1938 program had previously been adopted, in one form or another, in various resolutions of the first four congresses of the Communist International (see Transitional Demands: From the Comintern to the Fourth International, p 203).

The advocacy of transitional measures can be traced right back to the Communist Manifesto of 1848. The ten pretty generally applicable demands advanced in that document included the abolition of landed property and inheritance; a heavily progressive taxation system; confiscation of property of rebel capitalists; nationalization of transport and communication; Extension of factories…owned by the state; and Equal liability of all to labor. Marx and Engels raised these demands as a means to make despotic inroads on the rights of property, and on the conditions of bourgeois production. They were not advanced as a means of reforming capitalism, but rather as measures:

“…which appear economically insufficient and untenable, but which, in the course of the movement, outstrip themselves, necessitate further inroads upon the old social order, and are unavoidable as a means of entirely revolutionising the mode of production.[22]

In his 1938 essay commemorating Ninety Years of the Communist Manifesto, Trotsky commented:

“Calculated for a revolutionary epoch the Manifesto contains…ten demands, corresponding to the period of direct transition from capitalism to socialism. In their Preface of 1872, Marx and Engels declared these demands to be in part antiquated….The reformists seized upon this evaluation to interpret it in the sense that transitional revolutionary demands had forever ceded their place to the Social Democratic minimum program, which, as is well known, does not transcend the limits of bourgeois democracy. As a matter of fact, the authors of the Manifesto indicated quite precisely the main correction of their transitional program, namely, the working class cannot simply lay hold of the ready-made state machinery, and wield it for its own purposes. In other words the correction was directed against the fetishism of bourgeois democracy. Marx later counterposed to the capitalist state, the state of the Commune. This type subsequently assumed the much more graphic shape of soviets. There cannot be a revolutionary program today without soviets and without workers control. As for the rest, the ten demands of the Manifesto, which appeared archaic in an epoch of peaceful parliamentary activity, have today regained completely their true significance. The Social Democratic minimum program, on the other hand, has become hopelessly antiquated.[23]

Rosa Luxemburg made remarkably similar observations in December 1918, at the founding of the German Communist Party:

“We are faced with a position similar to that which was faced by Marx and Engels when they wrote the Communist Manifesto seventy years ago. As you all know, the Communist Manifesto dealt with socialism, with the realization of the aims of socialism, as the immediate task of the proletarian revolution. This was the idea represented by Marx and Engels in the revolution of 1848; it was thus, likewise, that they conceived the basis for proletarian action in the international field.[24]

The defeat of the 1848 revolutions compelled Marx and Engels to reassess their earlier projection of an imminent European socialist revolution. The adoption of the Erfurt Program in 1891 by the German Social Democratic Party made explicit the division between the minimum and maximum programs:

“The socialist program was thereby established upon an utterly different foundation, and in Germany the change took a peculiarly typical form. Down to the collapse of August 4, 1914, the German social democracy took its stand upon the Erfurt program, and by this program the so-called immediate minimal aims were placed in the foreground, while socialism was no more than a distant guiding star.[25]

In rejecting the minimum/maximum programmatic dichotomy, Luxemburg called for a return to the original conception of the Manifesto: It has become our urgent duty today to replace our program upon the foundations laid by Marx and Engels in 1848.[26] She forthrightly asserted:

“Our program is deliberately opposed to the leading principle of the Erfurt program; it is deliberately opposed to the separation of the immediate and so-called minimal demands formulated for the political and economic struggle, from the socialist goal regarded as the maximal program.[27]

Workers Control and Factory Committees

Many critical developments in Marxism have come as a direct result of the experience of mass working-class struggle. Prior to the Paris Commune of 1871, Marx and Engels had assumed that the conquest of political power by the working class was a matter of gaining control of the existing (capitalist) state apparatus. But the experience of the Commune demonstrated that, the working class cannot simply lay hold of the ready-made state machinery, and wield it for its own purposes.[28] The Commune was, in Marx’s words, the political form at last discovered under which to work out the economic emancipation of labour.[29]

Workers councils or soviets (which Trotsky saw as crowning the program of transitional demands) first appeared in the course of the Russian Revolution of 1905. Two other key transitional demands—workers control and factory committees—derived from the experience of the Russian Revolution of 1917. Like the soviets in 1905, they had not been advocated by any leftist party or theoretician, but arose from the logic of the class struggle itself.

After the Tsar was toppled in February 1917, factory committees sprouted up in many enterprises. They were organized as delegated bodies embracing workers from every department, from every union and also unorganized workers. Trotsky described these bodies as an example of the realization of the united front of the working class.[30] Initially concerned with issues of wages, conditions of employment and the length of the workday, as the factory committees gained authority and influence, they began to take up broader social questions. The more militant of them gradually established a veto over management decisions, and began to probe company accounts and check financial records. These are the main elements of a regime of workers control:

“Workers control through factory councils is conceivable only on the basis of sharp class struggle, not collaboration. But this really means dual power in the enterprises, in the trusts, in all the branches of industry, in the whole economy.

What state regime corresponds to workers control of production? It is obvious that the power is not yet in the hands of the proletariat….What we are talking about is workers control under the capitalist regime, under the power of the bourgeoisie. However, a bourgeoisie that feels it is firmly in the saddle will never tolerate dual power in its enterprises. Workers control, consequently, can be carried out only under the condition of an abrupt change in the relationship of forces unfavorable to the bourgeoisie and its state. Control can be imposed only by force upon the bourgeoisie, by a proletariat on the road to the moment of taking power from them…. [31]

Factory committees and workers control arise at moments of sharp social crisis, as the workers come to realize that to defend their interests they must go beyond simple trade unionism, and begin to challenge bourgeois property rights and management prerogatives.

Workers control is not a necessary stage in the development of revolutionary consciousness, but it can play an important role in certain circumstances:

“Under the influence of crisis, unemployment, and the predatory manipulations of the capitalists, the working class in its majority may turn out to be ready to fight for the abolition of business secrecy and for control over banks, commerce, and production before it has come to understand the necessity of the revolutionary conquest for power.

After taking the path of control of production, the proletariat will inevitably press forward in the direction of the seizure of power and of the means of production. Questions of credits, of raw materials, of markets, will immediately extend control beyond the confines of individual enterprises.[32]

Factory committees arose in both Germany and Italy following World War I, but in the absence of effective revolutionary leadership, the capitalists were able to regroup and reassert their authority:

“The contradictions, irreconcilable in their essence, of the regime of workers control will inevitably be sharpened to the degree that its sphere and its tasks are extended, and soon will become intolerable. A way out of these contradictions can be found either in the capture of power by the proletariat (Russia) or in the fascist counterrevolution, which establishes the naked dictatorship of capital (Italy).[33]

In What Next? Vital Questions for the German Proletariat, written in January 1932, Trotsky posed the question of workers control from a somewhat different angle:

“The campaign for workers control can develop, depending on the circumstances, not from the angle of production but from that of consumption. The promise of the Bruening government to lower the price of commodities simultaneously with the decrease in wages has not materialized. This question cannot but absorb the most backward strata of the proletariat, who are today very far from the thought of seizing power. Workers control over the outlays of industry and the profits of trade is the only real form of the struggle for lower prices. Under the conditions of general dissatisfaction, workers commissions with the participation of worker-housewives for the purpose of checking up on the increased cost of margarine can become very palpable beginnings of workers control over industry.[34]

The Transitional Program carefully distinguishes between workers control (a form of dual power) and the expropriation of the bourgeoisie. The former represents a school for the latter: On the basis of the experience of control, the proletariat will prepare itself for direct management of nationalized industry when the hour for that eventuality will strike. With the expropriation of the means of production, the essential economic content of the dictatorship of the proletariat is established.

Lenins Transitional Program of 1917

During the middle of 1917, under the rule of Kerenskys bourgeois Provisional Government, the economic situation in war-weary Russia deteriorated at an alarming rate. Lenin placed the blame for the impending catastrophe squarely on the bourgeoisie:

“The capitalists are deliberately and unremittingly sabotaging (damaging, stopping, disrupting, hampering) production, hoping that an unparalleled catastrophe may mean the collapse of the republic and democracy, and of the Soviets and proletarian and peasant associations generally, thus facilitating the return to a monarchy and the restoration of the unlimited power of the bourgeoisie and the landowners.

The danger of a great catastrophe and of famine is imminent. All the newspapers have written about this time and again….

·     ·     ·

Yet the slightest attention and thought will suffice to satisfy anyone that the ways of [combating] catastrophe and famine are available, that the measures required to combat them are clear, simple, perfectly feasible, and fully within reach of the peoples forces, and that these measures are not being adopted only because, exclusivelybecause, their realization would affect the fabulous profits of a handful of landowners and capitalists.[35]

Lenin did not call on Kerensky to pass a law against capitalist sabotage. Nor did he content himself with abstract reflections about how all problems would one day be solved by a future socialist revolution. Instead he addressed the burning issues of the moment with a series of concrete proposals to revive economic activity, counteract bourgeois sabotage and broaden the intervention of the masses in economic decision-making. The principal measures he advocated were:

“1. Amalgamation of all banks into a single bank and state control over its operations, or nationalization of the banks.

2. Nationalization of the syndicates, i.e., the largest, monopolistic capitalist associations (sugar, oil, coal, iron and steel, and other syndicates).

3. Abolition of commercial secrecy.

4. Compulsory syndication (i.e., compulsory amalgamation into associations) of industrialists, merchants and employers generally.

5. Compulsory organization of the population into consumers societies, or encouragement of such organization, and the exercise of control over it.[36]

Taken together these measures represented the same kind of despotic inroads on the rights of property advocated in the Communist Manifesto. Lenin was quite clear about the revolutionary implications of his proposals:

“There is no way of effectively [combating] financial disorganization and inevitable financial collapse except that of revolutionary rupture with the interests of capital and that of the organization of really democratic control, i.e., control from below, control by the workers and poorest peasants over the capitalists….[37]

Lenins program was a transitional one (although it does not seem that the term had yet been coined) because it connected the immediate problems faced by the workers movement to the question of proletarian state power.

Transitional Demands and the Left Opposition

In the statement of fundamental principles adopted at its first international gathering, in February 1933, the International Left Opposition (ILO) declared that it stood on the ground of the first four congresses of the Comintern.[38] Denouncing the sterile ultimatism of Third Period Stalinism, the ILO reiterated the importance of both the united-front tactic and of transitional demands. It called for:

“Recognition of the necessity to mobilize the masses under transitional slogans corresponding to the concrete situation in each country, and particularly under democratic slogans insofar as it is a question of struggle against feudal relations, national oppression, or different varieties of openly imperialist dictatorship….[39]

The next year, in the aftermath of an armed fascist attack on the French parliament, the French section of the ILO published a Program of Action for France drafted by Trotsky. It called for Abolition of Business Secrets, Workers and Peasants Control over Banks, Industry and Commerce, a shorter workweek with a pay raise at the expense of the magnates, Nationalization of Banks, Key Industries, Insurance Companies and Transportation and the institution of a Monopoly of Foreign Trade. It also advocated the Defense of the Soviet Union, the Disbanding of the police, Arming of the proletariat, arming of the poor peasants! and the preservation of public order by workers militias directed by a Workers and Peasants Commune.[40]

In March 1935, at a meeting of the CGT (the General Federation of Labor the largest union federation in France) Alexis Bardin[41] delivered a speech written for him by Trotsky that criticized the union leaderships utopian/reformist schemes for combating the ravages of the capitalist economic crisis. To the officials vague talk of using credit as an economic lever, the young militant counterposed ripping the banking system out of the hands of the capitalist exploiters in order to make it a lever of social transformation, that is of socialist construction. Starting from the CGT leaderships own pronouncement that 90 plutocrats own and control the economy of our country, Bardin proposed: The response should be clear: we must expropriate them, unseat them, to return to the plundered people what belongs to them.[42] At each point where the bureaucrats plan blurred the line between class struggle and class collaboration, Trotskys text sharpened the distinctions.

How to Utilize Transitional Demands

Bardins speech provides an example of how transitional demands should be used to connect the necessity of social revolution with the immediate practical concerns of an assembly of trade-union delegates. In a similar vein, during his discussion with the SWP leaders, Trotsky explained how to relate the demand for the opening of the capitalists books to other political issues:

“…you have millions of unemployed and the government claims it cannot pay more and the capitalists say that they cannot make more contributions—we want to have access to the bookkeeping of this society. The control of income should be organized through factory committees. Workers will say: We want our own statisticians who are devoted to the working class. If a branch of industry shows that it is really ruined, then we answer: We propose to expropriate you. We will direct better than you….This transitional demand is also a step for the workers control of production as the preparatory plan for the direction of industry. Everything must be controlled by the workers who will be the masters of society tomorrow. But to call for conquest of power—that seems to the American workers illegal, fantastic. But if you say: The capitalists refuse to pay for the unemployed and hide their real profits from the state and from the workers by dishonest bookkeeping, the workers will understand that formula. If we say to the farmer: The bank fools you. They have very big profits. And we propose to you that you create farmers committees to look into the bookkeeping of the bank, every farmer will understand that. We will say: The farmer can trust only himself; let him create committees to control agricultural credits—they will understand that. It presupposes a turbulent mood among the farmers; it cannot be accomplished every day. But to introduce this idea into the masses and into our own comrades, that’s absolutely necessary immediately.[43]

The masses cannot be mobilized for struggle around transitional demands every day, but the job of revolutionaries is to seek to introduce these ideas into the working class, even in periods of relative quiescence. The proletarian vanguard must seek to lead, not follow, popular opinion.

Trotsky sought to train the cadres of the Fourth International to address the particular manifestations of capitalist crisis and economic dislocationthatsfactory closures, wage cuts, layoffs, inflation, bank foreclosures, etc. in ways that pointed toward the necessity of proletarian revolution:

“Workers militia and workers control of production are only two sides of the same question. The worker is not a bookkeeper. When he asks for the books, he wants to change the situation, by control and then by direction. Naturally, our advancing slogans depends on the reaction we meet in the masses. When we see the reaction of the masses we [will] know what side of the question to emphasize. We will say, Roosevelt will help the unemployed by the war industry; but if we workers ran production, we would find another industry, not one for the dead but for the living. The question can become understandable even for an average worker who never participates in a political movement.[44]

Trotsky also proposed that the SWP seek to popularize the call for a sliding scale of wages and hours:

“Then we have the question, how to present the program to the workers? It is naturally very important. We must combine politics with mass psychology and pedagogy, build the bridge to their minds. Only experience can show us how to advance in this or that part of the country. For some time we must try to concentrate the attention of the workers on one slogan: sliding scale of wages and hours.

·     ·     ·

Naturally this is only one point. In the beginning this slogan is totally adequate for the situation. But the others can be added as the development proceeds….What is this slogan? In reality…[a sliding scale of wages and hours] is the system of work in socialist society. The total number of workers divided into the total number of hours. But if we present the whole socialist system it will appear to the average American as utopian, as something from Europe. We present it as a solution to this crisis which must assure their right to eat, drink, and live in decent apartments. It is the program of socialism, but in very popular and simple form.[45]

When asked, Can we actually realize this slogan?, Trotsky replied:

“It is easier to overthrow capitalism than to realize this demand under capitalism. Not one of our demands will be realized under capitalism. That is why we are calling them transitional demands. It creates a bridge to the mentality of the workers and then a material bridge to the socialist revolution. The whole question is how to mobilize the masses for struggle. The question of the division between the employed and unemployed comes up. We must find ways to overcome this division.[46]

Not a Complete Program

In his conversations with the SWP leadership, Trotsky noted that the Transitional Program was not comprehensive:

“The draft program is not a complete program. We can say that in this draft program there are things which are lacking and there are things which by their nature don’t belong to the program. Things which don’t belong to the program are the comments…. A complete program should have a theoretical expression of the modern capitalist society at its imperialist stage…. The beginning of the program is not complete. The first chapter is only a hint and not a complete expression. Also the end of the program is not complete because we don’t speak here about the social revolution, about the seizure of power by insurrection, the transformation of capitalist society into the dictatorship, the dictatorship into socialist society. This brings the reader only to the doorstep. It is a program for action from today until the beginning of the socialist revolution. And from the practical point of view what is now the most important is how can we guide the different strata of the proletariat in the direction of the social revolution.[47]

The program was incomplete in another sense as wellit did not address the specific social and historical circumstances that play an important role in the political life of each country. Trotsky expected each section of the Fourth International to use the international program as the basis for elaborating one tailored to the specific requirements of the local political terrain:

“The program is only the first approximation. It is too general in the sense in which it is presented to the international conference in the next period. It expresses the general tendency of development in the whole world….It is clear that the general characteristics of the world situation are common because they are all under the pressure of the imperialist economy, but every country has its peculiar conditions and real live politics must begin with these peculiar conditions in each country and even in each part of the country.[48]

Not only would the program have to be elaborated somewhat differently for each national section, but the demands advanced in each union would vary according to the specific situation confronting the workers it represented. The text of the Transitional Program notes that it would be impossible to enumerate here those separate, partial demands which time and again arise on the basis of concrete circumstances—national, local, professional.[49] This is not because revolutionaries are indifferent to such issues: The Bolshevik-Leninist stands in the front-line trenches of all kinds of struggles, even when they involve only the most modest material interests or democratic rights of the working class.[50]

To gain a hearing for their ideas, revolutionaries must do more than simply stand up and recite passages from the program. As Trotsky explained:

“It is necessary to interpret these fundamental ideas by breaking them up into more concrete and partial ones, dependent upon the course of events and the orientation of the thought of the masses.[51]

The program must be applied flexibly and adapted in accordance with concrete circumstances:

“The relative weight of the individual democratic and transitional demands in the proletariat’s struggle [in the colonial and neo-colonial countries], their mutual ties and their order of presentation, is determined by the peculiarities and specific conditions of each backward country and to a considerable extent—by the degree of its backwardness.[52]

Moreover, in the course of any serious struggle, the key demands and their relative emphasis can vary from one place to another and from one day (or even hour) to the next:

“During a transitional epoch, the workers movement does not have a systematic and well-balanced but a feverish and explosive character. Slogans as well as organizational forms should be subordinated to the indices of the movement.[53]

Programmatic Extensions Since 1938

The Transitional Program is essentially a distillation of the lessons of the Bolshevik Revolution—a program for the mobilization of the proletariat for power. As such it remains a document of profound relevance today. Yet it does not, and could not, provide permanent, engraved-in-stone answers to all questions for all time. The world has changed a great deal since 1938. The section on The Program of Transitional Demands in Fascist Countries is obviously less crucial than it was when Germany and Italy were under fascist rule. Similarly, the nominal decolonization, as well as the uneven industrialization and urbanization of much of the Third World has considerably changed the global framework within which the program of permanent revolution is advanced today as compared to 1938.

The post-war expansion of Soviet power into Eastern Europe was not anticipated by the founders of the Fourth International. Nor had they foreseen the creation of deformed workers states in Vietnam, Yugoslavia and China through the agency of peasant-based guerrilla armies led by insurrectionary Stalinists.

Undoubtably the most important change in world politics since 1938 has been the counter-revolutionary destruction of the degenerated Soviet workers state, an event that was anticipated in the Transitional Program:

“The political prognosis [for the USSR] has an alternative character: either the bureaucracy, becoming ever more the organ of the world bourgeoisie in the workers state, will overthrow the new forms of property and plunge the country back to capitalism; or the working class will crush the bureaucracy and open the way to socialism.[54]

In the former Soviet bloc Marxists today call for a social revolution to expropriate the emergent bourgeoisies and their imperialist patrons. In the remaining deformed workers states (Cuba, China, Vietnam and North Korea) revolutionaries must combine their defense of collectivized property with a perspective of proletarian political revolution to shatter the ruling bureaucracies and establish the direct political rule of the working class.

A variety of important political issues are not addressed in the Transitional Program. For example, while struggles for national liberation and the right of nations to self-determination are upheld, the program does not address the difficult problems posed when interpenetrated peoples claim a single piece of territory, as for example in Cyprus, Northern Ireland, Bosnia or Israel/ Palestine.

The dynamics and social function of racial, sexual and other forms of special oppression under capitalism are also barely touched on in the program. There is a call for the organization of working-class women, but no demands for free contraception, free and unrestricted access to abortion, free 24-hour childcare or equal access to all jobs. The defense of democratic rights for lesbians and gays is not mentioned, and neither is the necessity to oppose state interference in consensual sexual activities and other forms of victimless crimes. Other important social issues not specifically addressed in the 1938 text include healthcare, housing and education, and the rights of immigrants and political refugees.

Trotskyist Critics of the Transitional Program

One section of the 1938 program that is clearly in need of updating is the one dealing with opportunism and unprincipled revisionism. All the organizations mentioned have long-since disappeared, and in most cases their ecological niches have been occupied by various groupings misleadingly claiming some political affinity with Trotskyism. Naturally one of the common characteristics of these opportunist and unprincipled revisionists is their tendency to view the Transitional Program as an irrelevant relic from a bygone era.

An early, and influential, critic of the Fourth International and its program was Isaac Deutscher, Trotskys biographer. A former leader of the Polish section of the Left Opposition, Deutscher had opposed launching the new international in 1938. In The Prophet Outcast, the third volume of his monumental biography of Trotsky, Deutscher dismissed the Transitional Program with a single sentence:

“…the Draft Programme, which [Trotsky] wrote for the International, was not so much a statement of principles as an instruction on tactics, designed for a party up to its ears in trade union struggles and day-to-day politics and striving to gain practical leadership immediately.[55]

Deutscher’s differences with Trotsky involved fundamental questions of Marxist principle and revolutionary strategy. Rejecting the struggle to forge a world party of socialist revolution, Deutscher projected that, under the pressure of the broad scheme of revolutionary development, the Stalinist bureaucracy would eventually be compelled not only to acknowledge Trotsky’s greatness, but also to implement essential elements of his program.

Deutschers projection has been definitively refuted by history. But his attitude toward the Fourth International and its founding program is echoed by a good many contemporary Trotskyists, including the International Socialist current (IS) headed by Tony Cliff centered around the British Socialist Workers Party. In his book entitled Trotskys Marxism, Duncan Hallas, a long-time IS leader, takes the opposite approach to Deutscher, suggesting that the Transitional Program was a product of Trotsky’s detachment from the class struggle:

“Inevitably, his enforced isolation from effective participation in the workers movement, in which he had once played so big a part, affected to some extent his understanding of the ever-changing course of the class struggle. Not even his vast experience and superb tactical reflexes could substitute entirely for the lack of feedback from the militants engaged in the day to day struggle that is possible only in a real communist party. As the period of isolation lengthened, this became more apparent. Compare his Transitional Programme of 1938 with its prototype, the Programme of Action for France (1934). In freshness, relevance, specificity and concreteness in relation to an actual struggle, the latter is clearly superior.[56] ”

It perhaps did not occur to comrade Hallas that the prototype could be more specific and concrete precisely because it addressed a particular concrete situation faced by French workers in 1934. The program of the Fourth International, on the other hand, had to deal with the general situation of the international working class for an entire historical period. It therefore had to be presented in a more abstract manner. But Hallas has a more fundamental objection:

“Whether or not it is possible to find slogans or demands that meet these exacting specifications [a bridge from present consciousness to recognition of the necessity for socialism] depends, very obviously, on circumstances. If at a given time today’s consciousness of wide layers is decidedly non-revolutionary, then it will not be transformed by slogans. Changes in actual conditions are needed. The problem at each stage is to find and advance those slogans which not only strike a chord in at least some sections of the working class…but which are also capable of leading to working class actions. Often they will not be transitional in terms of Trotsky’s very restricted definition.

Of course Trotsky cannot be held responsible for the tendency of most of his followers to fetishise the notion of transitional demands, and even the specific demands of the 1938 Programme—most obviously the sliding scale of wages. The emphasis he gave to this matter was, however, excessive and encouraged the belief that demands have some value independent of revolutionary organisation in the working class.[57]

Here we have an attempt to obscure the fact that revolutionary organizations are distinguished from centrist and left-reformist ones by their programi.e., what demands they fight for. The question of a groups size and influence in the working class will largely determine its ability to influence events, but has no bearing on the question of its fundamental political character. Trotsky had only a handful of supporters in Spain during that country’s civil war, while Andres Nin’s centrist Workers Party of Marxist Unification (POUM), which had broken with Trotsky precisely over his sectarian opposition to class-collaborationism, had thousands of members. To avoid isolation from the masses, the POUM leaders first blunted their criticisms of the popular front, and then ended up joining it—an act that Trotsky aptly described as a crime against the working class.

In an earlier series of articles on the history of the Fourth International, published in International Socialism between 1969 and 1973, Hallas, then Political Secretary of the British IS, argued that the Transitional Program was responsible for many of the problems of the Fourth International after World War II:

“Unfavorable circumstances played a part in the decline in the Fourth Internationalist movement. More important were the fundamental weaknesses of the 1938 programme, especially its quite wrong analysis of Stalinism.[58]

This refers to Trotskys rejection of the absurd notion, promoted by the Cliffites, that the economic system of the USSR was state capitalist, i.e., qualitatively the same as Britain, the U.S. and other imperialist countries. Another weakness, according to Hallas, was the assertion that capitalism remains subject to periodic economic crises stemming from the tendency of the rate of profit to fall. During the 1960s, the Cliffites decided that the capitalists had successfully overcome this problem by creating a permanent arms economy. Hallas cited Michael Kidron (a leading IS intellectual at the time) who explained how a leak of capital intensive goods would mean that the rate of growth of the organic composition of capital:

“…would be slower…[and] could even stop or be reversed. In such a case there would be no decline in the average rate of profit, no reason to expect increasingly severe slumps, and so on. Such a leak had been found in the permanent arms economy.

The consequences of this fact, the contradictions of neo-capitalism, its prospects and limits; those are the basic problems to be faced by Western revolutionaries today. The difficulty for orthodox Trotskyists is to accept that these are the problems. For if they are, Trotsky’s economic catastrophism must be rejected. And with it goes one of the two pillars upon which the FI was founded. The tiny grouplets of the FI expected to be swept forward in the tide of economic catastrophe, instead they found themselves stranded on the ebb tide produced by the 20 years of boom. Hence the irrelevance of the whole pretentious apparatus of World Leadership, World Congresses, International Executive Plenums, and all the rest of the paraphernalia borrowed from the Comintern.[59]

The impressionistic notion that capitalism was no longer subject to significant economic crises was widespread among petty-bourgeois New Leftists in the 1960s. But today the IS criticisms of those orthodox Trotskyists who argued that capitalism remained subject to periodic slumps can only be an embarrassment for those Cliffites who take Marxist theory at all seriously.

The permanent arms economy theory may now be out of fashion, but Cliffs attitude toward the Transitional Program has not changed. In 1993 he wrote:

“These transitional demands fitted a situation of general crisis, of capitalism in deep slump. But under conditions of a massive expansion of capitalism, as took place after the Second World War, these demands were at best meaningless, and at worst reactionary. To limit wage rises to the rise in the cost of living was a demand of the capitalists and against the aspirations of the workers who wanted to improve their living standards. And in conditions of more or less full employment, a sliding scale of hours is really meaningless.[60]

In fact it is Cliffs critique which is meaningless. Trotsky explicitly indicated that transitional demands are not put forward as structural reforms to the operations of capitalism. They are demands which, if raised skillfully at appropriate junctures and taken up by the mass of workers, challenge the whole logic of the profit system. A sliding scale of hours is not something that revolutionaries would make a focus of popular agitation year in and year out—it is a demand appropriate in situations of mass unemployment. The call for a sliding scale of wages, outside the context of a reduction in the workday, is only appropriate when inflation poses a threat to working-class living standards. It would make no sense in periods of deflation. Nor does the demand to index wages to inflation in any way preclude fighting for improvements in the wage scale.

Cliffs criticisms presume that any program advocated by socialists must be a minimal (i.e., reformist) one. He appears unable to comprehend the idea of raising demands that are directed not at reforming capitalism, but at transforming the consciousness of the exploited and oppressed. Accordingly, his critique proceeds from the erroneous view that the Transitional Program is simply a minimum program composed of impractical or at worst reactionary reforms.

“Similarly, other demands in Trotsky’s Transitional Programme, such as the establishment of workers defence guards, workers militia, and the arming of the proletariat, certainly did not fit a non-revolutionary situation. Sadly many Trotskyists dogmatically repeated these slogans.

The basic assumption behind Trotsky’s Transitional Demands was that the economic crisis was so deep that the struggle for even the smallest improvement in workers conditions would bring conflict with the capitalist system itself. When life disproved the assumption the ground fell from beneath the programme.[61]

Cliffs basic assumption seems to be that capitalism is here to stay and that the job of socialists is to celebrate the struggle for small improvements. Cliff breezily dismisses the arming of the proletariat and workers defense guards as slogans that do not fit a non-revolutionary situation. In place of such dogmatic revolutionary slogans the Cliffites limit themselves to advancing demands that reflect the existing (bourgeois) consciousness of the masses. The only inconsistency in the IS approach is their persistence in continuing to identify themselves as revolutionaries. After all, if the arming of the proletariat and the creation of a workers militia are no longer on the historical agenda, then neither is socialist revolution.

Alex Callinicos, currently the leading political theorist of the International Socialist tendency, is somewhat more guarded in his formulations, but he too rejects the Transitional Program. In a recent book he asserted that, after World War II, the attempt:

“…to immunize Trotsky’s theories from refutation carried with it the danger of transforming them into a set of dogmas. All too frequently this danger was realized. The Transitional Programme drafted by Trotsky and adopted at the First Congress of the FI in 1938 became an especial object of veneration. This document was thus named because it contained a set of transitional demands—for example, the indexation of wages to prices (the sliding scale of wages). These were intended to bridge the old division in the Second International before 1914 between the minimum programme of limited reforms attainable within a capitalist context and the maximum programme whose implementation would require the establishment of workers power. Trotsky argued that the economic crisis was so acute that the struggle for even the most modest improvement in working-class conditions would come into conflict with the capitalist system itself.[62]

Callinicos is not particularly concerned about finding a bridge between the minimal and maximal programs. Like Cliff, he dismisses transitional demands as useless, unless, at some hypothetical point in the future, capitalism were to completely exhaust all possibility of further growth. In the meantime, according to Callinicos, the job of socialists is to leaven the workers immediate demands with occasional references to the ultimate desirability of socialism.

In the final analysis all the criticisms of the Transitional Programs fetishism, dogmatism and catastrophism boil down to advocacy of a return to the minimum-maximum program of the Second International—that is to say, reformism now and socialism later (i.e., never). Trotsky was very familiar with this brand of socialism:

“The reformists have a good smell for what the audience wants….But that is not serious revolutionary activity. We must have the courage to be unpopular, to say you are fools, you are stupid, they betray you, and every once in a while with a scandal launch our ideas with a passion.[63]

Callinicos and Cliff regard this as just so much sectarianism, a charge that no one could level at the International Socialists, at least in terms of program. Their history is one of an endless series of political zig-zags driven by adaptations to the existing prejudices of the strata from which they hope to recruit. Often what seems smart (i.e., popular) today turns out to be an embarrassment tomorrow. A classic example of this was their initial support for British troops in Northern Ireland:

“The breathing space provided by the presence of British troops is short but vital. Those who call for the immediate withdrawal of the troops…are inviting a pogrom which will hit first and hardest at socialists.[64]

While the IS stock-in-trade is rank and file trade-union economism, their opportunist appetites sometimes find expression in political adaptation to non-proletarian elements as well. In recent years the revolutionary IS offered electoral support to several openly bourgeois candidates (e.g., South Koreas president Kim Dae Jung in the 1992 election, and Nelson Mandelas African National Congress in 1994).

The Cliffites have also long exhibited an unhealthy enthusiasm for the 1979 Islamic Revolution led by Irans arch-reactionary Ayatollah Khomeini. Reflecting on the significance of Khomeinis triumph almost a decade later, Callinicos argued that the Iranian left should have been:

“…demanding that the mullahs wage a revolutionary war against the US and its allies, that, as I wrote at the beginning of the war [with Iraq], they make Teheran the beacon of genuine revolution throughout the region—granting the right of self-determination to the Kurds, Arabs and other national minorities, establishing organs of popular power, fighting for the liberation of women from the Islamic yoke (Socialist Worker, 4 October 1980).[65]

The rather stark contrast between the Cliffites’ rejection of Trotsky’s transitional demands as meaningless and unrealizable and their willingness to call on the Iranian theocracy to carry out a genuinerevolution reveals that the flip-side of their craven opportunism is a breath-taking capacity for self-delusion.

We Must Tell the Workers the Truth

Although some critics of the Transitional Program characterize it as opportunist because it contains demands aimed at intersecting the immediate concerns of the working class, most criticisms boil down to the complaint that it is too far ahead of the present consciousness of the class. In discussion with his American supporters in 1938, Trotsky addressed this objection:

“The program must express the objective tasks of the working class rather than the backwardness of the workers. It must reflect society as it is and not the backwardness of the working class. It is an instrument to overcome and vanquish the backwardness.”

He expanded on this later in the discussion:

“We must tell the workers the truth, then we will win the best elements. Whether these best elements will be capable of guiding the working class, leading it to power, I don’t know. I hope that they will be able, but I cannot give the guarantee. But even in the worst case, if the working class doesn’t sufficiently mobilize its mind and its strength at present for the socialist revolution—even in the worst case, if this working class falls victim to fascism, the best elements will say, We were warned by this party; it was a good party. And a great tradition will remain in the working class.

This is the worst variant. That is why all the arguments that we cannot present such a program because the program doesn’t correspond to the mentality of the workers are false. They express only fear before the situation. Naturally if I close my eyes I can write a good rosy program that everybody will accept. But it will not correspond to the situation; and the program must correspond to the situation. I believe that this elementary argument is of the utmost importance. The mentality of the class of the proletariat is backward but the mentality is not such a substance as the factories, the mines, the railroads, but is more mobile and under the blows of the objective crisis, the millions of unemployed, it can change rapidly.[66]

Today, 60 years after the Transitional Program was written, the Bolshevik tradition which the Left Opposition carried forward remains just as relevant as ever. And that political tradition, codified in the founding programmatic document of the Fourth International, remains central to a historically progressive resolution of the crisis of proletarian leadership.

 

Notes:

 1. Leon Trotsky, Letter to James P. Cannon, Writings of Leon Trotsky (1937-38) (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1976), p 317

 2. Leon Trotsky, The Twin Stars: Hitler-Stalin, Writings of Leon Trotsky (1939-40) (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1973), p 122

 3. Herald Tribune (New York), 23 May 1943

 4. Leon Trotsky, Manifesto of the Fourth International on the Imperialist War and the Proletarian World Revolution, Writings of Leon Trotsky (1939-40) (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1973), p 184

 5. Leon Trotsky, The World Situation and Perspectives, Writings of Leon Trotsky (1939-40) (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1973), p 147

 6. See: Gerard Dumenil and Dominique Levy, The Economics of the Profit Rate: Competition, Crises and Historical Tendencies in Capitalism (Brookfield, Vermont: Elgar Publishing Co., 1993); Fred Moseley, The Falling Rate of Profit in the Postwar United States Economy (London: Macmillan, 1991); Anwar Shaikh and Ahmet Tonak, Measuring the Wealth of Nations: The Political Economy of National Accounts (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1994); Murray E.G. Smith, Invisible Leviathan (Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1994); Union for Radical Political Economics, Empirical Work in Marxian Crisis Theory, special double issue of Review of Radical Political Economics, Vol. 18 Nos. 12, 1986; Michael J. Webber and David L. Rigby, The Golden Age Illusion: Rethinking Postwar Capitalism (New York: Guildford Press, 1996)

 7. Karl Marx, Capital, Vol. 3 (London: Penguin Books, 1981), p 353

 8. Globe and Mail Magazine (Toronto), May 1993

 9. Leon Trotsky, Open Letter for the Fourth International, Writings of Leon Trotsky (1935-36) (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1977), p 27

10. Leon Trotsky, Once Again, Whither France? Leon Trotsky On France (New York: Monad Press, 1979), p 79

11. Leon Trotsky, Manifesto of the Fourth International on the Imperialist War and the Proletarian World Revolution, Writings of Leon Trotsky (1939-40) (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1973), pp 217-18

12. Ibid., pp 216-17

13. Leon Trotsky, The Transitional Program, Bolshevik Publications, 1998, p 37

14. Ibid., p 389

15. Leon Trotsky, The Political Backwardness of the American Workers, The Transitional Program for Socialist Revolution (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1974), p 129

16. Leon Trotsky, A Summary of Transitional Demands, The Transitional Program for Socialist Revolution (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1974), p 232

17. Ibid., p 235

18. Ibid., pp 235-36

19. Leon Trotsky, On the Question of Workers Self-Defense, Writings of Leon Trotsky (1939-40) (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1973), p 103

20. Writings of Leon Trotsky (1937-38) (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1976), note 290, p 488

21. Leon Trotsky, The Political Backwardness of the American Workers, The Transitional Program for Socialist Revolution (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1974), p 129

22. Karl Marx and Frederick Engels, Manifesto of the Communist Party, Karl Marx and Frederick Engels Selected Works in One Volume(New York: International Publishers, 1969), p 52

23. Leon Trotsky, Ninety Years of the Communist Manifesto, Writings of Leon Trotsky (1937-38) (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1976), pp 23-24

24. Rosa Luxemburg, Speech to the Founding Convention of the German Communist Party, Rosa Luxemburg Speaks (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1970), p 405

25. Ibid., pp 407-8

26. Ibid., p 408

27. Ibid., p 413

28. Karl Marx, The Civil War in France, Karl Marx and Frederick Engels Selected Works in One Volume (New York: International Publishers, 1969), p 288

29. Ibid., p 294

30. Leon Trotsky, Workers Control of Production, The Struggle Against Fascism in Germany (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1971), p 80

31. Ibid., p 78

32. Ibid., p 81

33. Ibid., p 82

34. Leon Trotsky, What Next? Vital Questions for the German Proletariat, The Struggle Against Fascism in Germany (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1971), pp 241-42

35. Vladimir I. Lenin, The Impending Catastrophe and How to Combat It, V.I. Lenin Selected Works in Three Volumes (Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1970), Vol. 2, pp 241-42

36. Ibid., p 246

37. Ibid., p 266

38. The International Left Opposition, Its Tasks and Methods, Documents of the Fourth International (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1973), p 23

39. Ibid., p 24

40. Leon Trotsky, A Program of Action for France, Writings of Leon Trotsky (1934-35) (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1971), pp 21-32

41. Alexis Bardin is mentioned by Jean van Heijenoort in his book With Trotsky in Exile (Harvard University Press, 1978), p 74:

“In Grenoble there was a young teacher, Alexis Bardin, who had strong Trotskyite sympathies; he even had two brothers in the Trotskyite group in Paris, one of whom, Boitel, played a leading role there. Alexis Bardin and his wife, Violette, were soon authorized by the Isère prefect to visit Trotsky and Natalia. Bardin, who was a member of the Socialist party, was involved in Grenobles political and trade union life. The conversations between Trotsky and him revolved around local politics. Trotsky was interested in the smallest details, enjoying the chance to immerse himself in practical day-to-day activities. Bardin was becoming more and more active in local affairs, and some of his speeches at trade union meetings were written by Trotsky.”

42. Leon Trotsky, From the CGTs Plan to the Conquest of Power, Writings of Leon Trotsky (1934-35) (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1971), p 223

43. Leon Trotsky, How to Fight for a Labor Party in the U.S., The Transitional Program for Socialist Revolution (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1974), pp 120-21

44. Ibid., pp 121-22

45. Leon Trotsky, The Political Backwardness of the American Workers, The Transitional Program for Socialist Revolution (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1974), pp 127-28

46. Ibid., pp 128-29

47. Leon Trotsky, Completing the Program and Putting It to Work, The Transitional Program for Socialist Revolution (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1974), p 138

48. Ibid., p 138

49. Leon Trotsky, The Transitional Program, Bolshevik Publications, 1998, p 38

50. Ibid., p 39

51. Ibid., p 50

52. Ibid., p 58

53. Ibid., p 40

54. Ibid., p 62

55. Isaac Deutscher, The Prophet Outcast (New York: Vintage Books, 1965), pp 425-26

56. Duncan Hallas, Trotsky’s Marxism (London: Bookmarks, 1979), pp 96-97

57. Ibid., p 104

58. International Socialism No. 60, July 1973

59. International Socialism No. 40, October/November 1969

60. Tony Cliff, Trotsky: The Darker the Night the Brighter the Star (London: Bookmarks, 1993),
p 300

61. Ibid., p 300

62. Alex Callinicos, Trotskyism (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1990), p 40

63. Leon Trotsky, Completing the Program and Putting It to Work, The Transitional Program for Socialist Revolution (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1974), p 145

64. Socialist Worker, 11 September 1969

65. Socialist Worker Review, September 1988

66. Leon Trotsky, The Political Backwardness of the American Workers, The Transitional Program for Socialist Revolution (New York: Pathfinder Press, 1974), pp 126-27

Marksizm, feminizm i wyzwolenie kobiet

[Pierwszy taz wydrukowane w 19 numerze „1917” (1997), pisma wówczas rewolucyjnej Międzynarodowej Tendencji Bolszewickiej. Pierwotnie opublikowany jako plik pdf na http://www.bolshevik.org/1917/no19fem.pdf . Chociaż ten dokument jest mechaniczny w niektórych sekcjach, a my wcześniej krytykowaliśmy ślepotę wobec popularnego znaczenia “feminizmu” we wprowadzeniu do tego zbioru, dokument ten dostarcza informacyjnego przeglądu wybranych feministycznych prądów politycznych z drugiej połowy XX wieku]

Pomimo wszystkich międzynarodowych konferencji i “uniwersalnych deklaracji” na rzecz równości kobiet, życie większości kobiet na całym świecie jest ograniczone przez uprzedzenia i ucisk społeczny. Sposoby egzekwowania męskiej supremacji różnią się znacznie w zależności od społeczeństwa (i pomiędzy klasami społecznymi w każdym społeczeństwie), ale wszędzie mężczyźni uczą się uważać siebie za lepszych, a kobiety uczą się tego akceptować. Bardzo niewiele kobiet ma dostęp do władzy i przywilejów, z wyjątkiem powiązań z mężczyzną. Większość kobiet w płatnej sile roboczej dźwiga podwójny ciężar niewolnictwa domowego i płacowego. Według Organizacji Narodów Zjednoczonych kobiety wykonują dwie trzecie światowej pracy i produkują około 45 procent światowej żywności, ale otrzymują tylko dziesięć procent dochodu i posiadają tylko jeden procent nieruchomości (przytoczone przez Marilyn French. w The War Against Women, 1992).

Od samego początku ruch marksistowski propagował równouprawnienie kobiet i prawa kobiet, jednocześnie traktując ucisk kobiet (jak rasowe, narodowe i inne formy specjalnego ucisku) jako coś, czego nie można wykorzenić bez obalenia kapitalistycznego systemu społecznego, który go wspiera i podtrzymuje. Marksiści twierdzą, że wyzwolenie kobiet wiąże się z walką z kapitalizmem, ponieważ w ostatecznym rozrachunku ucisk seksualny służy materialnym interesom klasy rządzącej.

Chociaż marksiści i feministki często znajdują się po tej samej stronie w walce o prawa kobiet, mają dwa zasadniczo sprzeczne światopoglądy. Feminizm jest ideologią opartą na idei, że podstawowy podział w społeczeństwie ludzkim jest pomiędzy płciami, a nie między klasami społecznymi. Ideologowie feministyczni konsekwentnie postrzegają walkę o równouprawnienie kobiet jako oddzieloną od walki o socjalizm, które wielu odrzuca jako jedynie alternatywną formę “patriarchalnej” władzy.

“Jest to aksjomatem teorii płac, że kiedy duża liczba pracowników może być zatrudniona przy niższych stawkach wynagrodzenia niż te, które obowiązują w danym czasie, konkurencja tych osób za pracę skutkuje albo wyparciem wyższych płatnych pracowników, albo akceptacja niższych stawek przez tych pracowników. Z biegiem czasu presja ta ma tendencję do obniżania wszystkich poziomów płac i jeśli ten zwykły kurs nie zostanie powstrzymany przez bezpośrednie działanie, ostatecznie doprowadzi to do niższego poziomu zarobków dla wszystkich, co spowoduje zmniejszenie siły nabywczej i poziomu życia. Ze względu na ich nowe, wojenne przeszkolenie i umiejętności, kobiety są, jak nigdy dotąd, możliwe do wykorzystania przez pozbawionych skrupułów pracodawców jako obcinacze wynagrodzeń”

-U.S. Women’s Bureau Bulletin No. 224, 1948 (zacytowane przez Nancy Reeves in ‘‘Women at Work,’’ in American Labor in Mid-Passage, 1959)

To samo dotyczy dyskryminacji płacowej wobec imigrantów, młodzieży, mniejszości rasowych lub jakiegokolwiek innego sektora siły roboczej. Oprócz obniżenia poziomu płac, męski szowinizm – podobnie jak rasizm, nacjonalizm, homofobia i inne zacofane ideologie – zaciemnia mechanizmy kontroli społecznej i dzieli tych na samym dole, zapewniając w ten sposób przedmurze dla hierarchicznego i z natury opresyjnego systemu społecznego.

Marksistowska strategia zjednoczenia wszystkich wyzyskiwanych i uciskanych przez kapitalizm ostro przeciwstawia się reakcyjnej utopii uniwersalnego “siostrzeństwa”, jednoczącego kobiety z różnych klas. Chociaż prawdą jest, że ucisk kobiet jest zjawiskiem ponadklasowym , które dotyka wszystkich kobiet, a nie tylko tych, które są biedne lub pracują, stopień ucisku i jego konsekwencje są jakościowo różne dla członków różnych klas społecznych. Przywileje i materialne korzyści, jakich cieszą się kobiety klasy rządzącej, budzą ogromny interes w zachowaniu istniejącego porządku społecznego. Ich rozpieszczone istnienie jest opłacane przez nadmierną eksploatację ich “sióstr” w sweatshopach Trzeciego Świata. Jedynym sposobem na zbudowanie kobiecej jedności na różnych liniach klasowych jest podporządkowanie interesów kobiet ubogich, czarnych i pracujących kobiet tym, które należą do ich burżuazyjnych “sióstr”.

Początki feminizmu “drugiej fali”

Dzisiejsze feministki często określają siebie jako należących do “Drugiej Fali” – feministkami “pierwszej fali” były te, które walczyły o dostęp do szkolnictwa wyższego, równych praw własności i głosowania przed pierwszą wojną światową. Feminizm “drugiej fali” często jest datowany od publikacji The Feminine Mystique, bestsellera Betty Friedan z 1963 roku, który kontrastował ideologię kobiecości z rzeczywistością życia kobiet. W 1966 roku Friedan założyła Narodową Organizację Kobiet (NOW),  liberalną organizację praw kobiet, opartą na kobietach zawodowych i karierowiczach, zobowiązanych do “włączenia kobiet do pełnego uczestnictwa w głównym nurcie amerykańskiego społeczeństwa …”. NOW jest największą organizacją feministyczną w USA, ale jej atrakcyjność jest ograniczona przez jej rolę jako grupy nacisku i nieoficjalnych pomocników Partii Demokratycznej.

Kolejne, bardziej radykalne, napięcie współczesnego feminizmu wyłoniło się z amerykańskiego “Ruchu Wyzwolenia Kobiet” z końca lat 60. XX wieku. Wielu wybitnych przywódców ruchów kobiecych Nowej Lewicy było weteranami wcześniejszego Ruchu Praw Obywatelskich przeciwko rasowej segregacji w południowych stanach. Byli wśród tysięcy idealistycznej młodzieży, która wyjechała na południe, aby wziąć udział w “Summers Freedom” z połowy lat 60. i radykalizowała się poprzez zetknięcie się z brutalną rzeczywistością amerykańskiego kapitalizmu.

Pod koniec lat sześćdziesiątych wiele kobiet z Nowej Lewicy zaczęło narzekać, że retoryka obrońców, wyzwolenia, równości i solidarności u ich towarzyszy, ostro kontrastowała z ich doświadczeniami z “ruchu”. Te uczucia zostały wyartykułowane przez Marlene Dixon, młodą radykalną profesor socjologii:

“Młode kobiety coraz częściej buntowały się nie tylko przed biernością i zależnością w swoich relacjach, ale także przed poglądem, że muszą funkcjonować jako obiekty seksualne, zdefiniowane raczej w kategoriach czysto seksualnych, a nie ludzkich, i zmuszone do pakowania i sprzedawania siebie jako towarów. na rynku erotycznym. “

“Bardzo stereotypy wyrażające wiarę społeczeństwa w biologiczną niższość kobiet przypominają obrazy wykorzystywane do usprawiedliwiania ucisku czarnych. Charakter kobiet, podobnie jak u niewolników, przedstawiany jest jako zależny, niezdolny do rozumnej myśli, dziecinny w swojej prostocie i cieple, umęczony roli matki i mistyczny w roli partnera seksualnego. W swojej życzliwej formie, gorsza pozycja kobiet powoduje paternalizm; w swej złowrogiej formie, domowa tyrania, która może być niewiarygodnie brutalna “.

– “Why Women’s Liberation?”, “Ramparts” grudzień 1969

Gloria Steinem: Siostrzeństwo i CIA

W początkach Ruchu Wyzwolenia Kobiet wyłonił się podziały pomiędzy tymi, którzy widzieli walkę o równouprawnienie kobiet jako jeden z aspektów szerszej walki z wszelkim uciskiem, a tymi, którzy podkreślali kobiecą solidarność i konieczność pozostania organizacyjnie i politycznie “autonomicznym” od innych sił społecznych.

Podczas gdy wielu wczesnych przywódców “Drugiej Fali” miało początkowe polityczne doświadczenie w Ruchu na rzecz Praw Obywatelskich i Nowej Lewicy, inni mieli mniej honorową przeszłość. Gloria Steinem, oryginalna redaktorka czasopisma Ms., amerykańskiego pisma feministycznego, mającego największy nakład na rynku, współpracowała z CIA w latach 50. XX wieku. Brała udział w działaniach grupy frontowej, która finansowała Amerykanów uczestniczących w światowych festiwalach młodzieżowych w dużej mierze zdominowanych przez Związek Radziecki. “Według Sheila Tobias, nieświadomego uczestnika jednej z takich podróży (która później uczyła studiów kobiecych na Uniwersytecie Cornell) CIA:

”Było zainteresowane szpiegowaniem amerykańskich delegatów, aby dowiedzieć się, kto w Stanach Zjednoczonych był trockistą lub komunistą. Więc, jak się okazało, byliśmy frontem. ”

– Marcia Cohen, The Sisterhood 1988

Kiedy przeszłość Steine w końcu wyszła na światło dzienne, zdecydowała się ją przetasować:

“Kiedy w prasie wyszło na jaw finansowanie przez CIA grupy założonej Glorię w połowie lat pięćdziesiątych, przyznała, że ​​organizacja otrzymała fundusze od CIA, odmówiono bycia agentem CIA i zwolniła te helsińskie konferencje młodzieżowe „czas próby CIA”.”

–Ibid.

Tylko bardziej bojowe feministki, jak na przykład “Redstockings” z Bostonu (której przywódczyni Roxanne Dunbar była weteranką ruchu na rzecz praw obywatelskich) potępiły Steinem za konszachty z CIA. W przeważającej części kwestia jej związku z wiodącą agendą imperialistycznej kontr-rewolucji została zignorowana lub odrzucona jako nieistotna przez główne nurty feministyczne. To samo w sobie mówi wiele o polityce “siostrzeństwa”.

Radykalny feminizm i determinizm biologiczny

Inną feministką, która rozpoczęła karierę polityczną w Ruchu na rzecz Praw Obywatelskich, była Shulamith Firestone. W swojej książce z 1970 roku, The Dialectic of Sex, próbowała przedstawić teoretyczne podstawy dla radykalnego feminizmu, argumentując, że podporządkowanie kobiet było biologiczne, a nie socjologiczne, z pochodzenia. Podział płciowy ludzkości na “dwie odrębne klasy biologiczne” był, jak mówiła, źródłem wszystkich innych podziałów społecznych. Naśladując Marksa, napisała:

„Organizacja seksualnego rozrodu społeczeństwa zawsze dostarcza prawdziwych podstaw, począwszy od których możemy samodzielnie wypracować ostateczne wyjaśnienie całej nadbudowy instytucji ekonomicznych, prawnych i politycznych, a także religijnych, filozoficznych i innych idei w danym okresie  historycznym. “

Jeśli źródło ucisku kobiet leży w anatomii, rozumowała Firestone, to rozwiązanie musi leżeć w technologii – zwiększonej kontroli nad antykoncepcją i, ostatecznie, ciążypoza macicą. Firestone utrzymywała, że jej analiza była “materialistyczna”. Z pewnością był to materializm, ale z grubsza biologiczny. Chociaż przewidziała historyczne rozwiązanie problemu ucisku kobiet, proponowane rozwiązania były utopijne i ostatecznie apolityczne. Jej książka pozostała wpływowa – być może dlatego, że była jedną z pierwszych osób, które przyjęły radykalną feministyczną wizję, że biologia jest logicznym wnioskiem.

Nie popierając rozwiązań Firestone, Manifest Czerwonych Pończoch z 1970 r. zgodził się z twierdzeniem, że kobiety są klasą:

“Kobiety są klasą uciskaną …. Identyfikujemy agentów naszego ucisku jako mężczyzn. Męska supremacja jest najstarszą, najbardziej podstawową formą dominacji. Wszystkie inne formy wyzysku i ucisku (rasizm, kapitalizm, imperializm itd.) Są przedłużeniem męskiej supremacji: mężczyźni dominują nad kobietami, kilku mężczyzn dominuje nad resztą. Wszystkie struktury władzy w historii były zdominowane przez mężczyzn i zorientowane na mężczyzn. Mężczyźni kontrolowali wszystkie instytucje polityczne, gospodarcze i kulturalne i wspierali tę kontrolę siłą fizyczną. Wykorzystali swoją moc, aby utrzymać kobiety w gorszej pozycji. Wszyscy mężczyźni otrzymują ekonomiczne, seksualne i psychologiczne korzyści z męskiej supremacji. Wszyscy mężczyźni prześladują kobiety … Nie będziemy żądać tego, co jest “rewolucyjne” lub “reformistyczne”, tylko to, co jest dobre dla kobiet.”

– ”Redstocking Manifesto” w Sisterhood Is Powerful, 1970

Radykalne argumenty feministyczne są analogiczne do tych najbardziej reakcyjnych socjobiologów, którzy twierdzą, że nierówność społeczna jest “w naszych genach”, a zatem próby jej zwalczania są daremne. Radykalne feministki często opowiadają się za separatyzmem, a niektóre posuwają się do tego, by sugerować, że kobiety, które nadal śpią z “wrogiem”, muszą być traktowane podejrzliwie. W Lesbian Nation: the Feminist Solution (1973), Jill Johnson zapewniała, że:

“Seksualna satysfakcja kobiety niezależnie od mężczyzny jest sine qua non rewolucji feministycznej ….
“Dopóki wszystkie kobiety nie są lesbijkami, nie będzie prawdziwej rewolucji politycznej”.

Socjalizm a seksizm

W eseju z 1970 roku zatytułowanym “The Main Enemy” Christine Delphy zaprezentowała wersję radykalnego feminizmu opartego na zasadach marksistowskich, w której mężczyźni (nie kapitalizm) zostali uznani za głównego wroga (przedrukowany w Close to Home, 1984) ). Delphy zapewniała, że ​​bez niezależnej rewolucji kobiecej, nawet w postkapitalistycznym państwie robotniczym, mężczyźni nadal mieliby materialny interes w tym, by kobiety wykonywały większość domowych obowiązków.

Pogląd, że ucisk kobiet nadal będzie cechą życia w socjalizmie, wydawał się oczywisty dla tych nowolewicowychradykałów, którzy postrzegali gospodarczo zacofane, izolowane narodowo, zdeformowane państwa robotnicze Kuby, Chin, Północnego Wietnamu, Korei Północnej i Albanii jako działające socjalistyczne społeczeństwa. Podczas gdy kobiety osiągały bardzo ważne zdobycze wszędzie tam, gdzie obalono rządy kapitalistyczne (fakt dramatycznie podkreślony przez niszczycielski wpływ na kobiety kapitalistycznej kontr-rewolucji w byłym bloku radzieckim), pasożytnicza (i przeważająco męska) rządząca biurokracja w tych stalinowskich państwach policyjnych promowała „naturalną” rolę kobiety jako rozpłodnika, matki i gospodyni domowej. Lew Trocki wskazał w “Zdradzonej rewolucji”, że aparat stalinowski był przeszkodą w rozwoju socjalizmu i skrytykował “interes społeczny rządzącej warstwy w pogłębianiu prawa burżuazyjnego” w związku z jej próbami wzmocnienia ” rodziny socjalistycznej”.

Feministyczny pesymizm dotyczący perspektyw kobiet w socjalizmie (w przeciwieństwie do stalinizmu) odzwierciedla niezdolność do zrozumienia historycznego pochodzenia ucisku kobiet. Ujawnia także nieumiejętność docenienia ogromnych możliwości ponownego uporządkowania priorytetów społecznych i transformacji każdego aspektu relacji międzyludzkich, które otworzyłyby drogę do socjalizmu poprzez eliminację materialnego niedoboru. Rewolucyjne wywłaszczenie sił wytwórczych i ustanowienie globalnej gospodarki planowej zapewni, że najbardziej podstawowe warunki bytu (żywność, schronienie, zatrudnienie, podstawowa opieka zdrowotna i edukacja) mogą być zagwarantowane dla każdej osoby na świecie.

W ciągu kilku pokoleń uspołecznienie produkcji może pozwolić wszystkim obywatelom na jakość życia i pewną niezależność ekonomiczną, którą dziś cieszą się tylko elity. Dostęp do ośrodków wypoczynkowych, obozów letnich, obiektów sportowych, kulturalnych i edukacyjnych oraz innych instytucji, które obecnie są poza zasięgiem większości ludzi, ogromnie wzbogaciłby życie większości populacji. Gdy społeczeństwo ucieka przed tyranią rynku, która promuje jedynie działania, które przynoszą prywatny zysk, ludzie będą mieli coraz szerszy zakres możliwości wyboru sposobu organizacji swojego życia. Domowa siła robocza mogłaby zostać znacznie zmniejszona dzięki zapewnieniu opieki społecznej wysokiej jakości opieki nad dziećmi, restauracji i pralni. W końcu, gdy konkurencyjność, niepokój i niepewność życia w kapitalizmie oddalą się w daleką przeszłość, zachowania społeczne zostaną przekształcone.

Zapewnienie materialnych warunków dla satysfakcjonującego życia osobistego dla wszystkich, niemożliwego pod dyktatem maksymalizacji zysku, byłoby po prostu racjonalnym wyborem dla gospodarki planowej. Podobnie jak inwestowanie w publicznie dofinansowane programy szczepień i systemy ściekowe są korzystne dla wszystkich członków społeczeństwa, zapewnienie bezpiecznego i produktywnego istnienia dla każdej osoby poprawi jakość życia dla wszystkich, eliminując wiele przyczyn zachowań antyspołecznych, chorób psychicznych i nie tylko.

Można by się sprzeciwić, że nawet wśród elity, która już cieszy się materialną obfitością, mężczyźni prześladują kobiety. Marksiści uznają, że nawet jeśli ostatecznie odzwierciedla materialne interesy poszczególnych klas społecznych, ideologia ma również pewną względną autonomię. Ogólny stan kobiet jako nieopłacanych opiekunów i pracowników domowych może być uzasadniony wyłącznie w ramach seksistowskiego poglądu na świat, który negatywnie wpływa na wszystkie kobiety, w tym kobiety klasy kapitalistycznej.

Skutki tych idei i praktyk społecznych nie znikną natychmiast ani automatycznie, gdy warunki, które je wywołały, zostaną obalone. Konieczna będzie ideologiczna i kulturalna walka z dziedzictwem zacofania i ignorancji zapisanymi w przeszłości. Ale tam, gdzie społeczeństwo klasowe wzmacnia i promuje męską supremację, rasizm itp., na każdym kroku, w egalitarnym świecie, gdzie wszyscy mają zapewnioną wygodną i bezpieczną egzystencję, wykorzenienie uprzedzeń będzie ostatecznie możliwym do zrealizowania projektem.

Feminizm socjalistyczny: Efemeryczny dom w połowie drogi

Radykalny feminizm Firestone, Redstockings i Delphy reprezentował jedno skrzydło Ruchu Wyzwolenia Kobiet na początku lat 70. XX wieku. Na drugim końcu spektrum setki najlepszych bojowników dołączyły do ​​różnych pozornie marksistowsko-leninowskich organizacji. Ci, którzy polegli gdzieś pomiędzy, często określali siebie jako “feministki socjalistyczne”. Ten prąd, który ostatecznie okazał się efemerycznym domem na pół drogi, był wpływowy w latach 70., szczególnie w Wielkiej Brytanii. Odrzucając biologiczny determinizm radykalnego feminizmu, feministki socjalistyczne zastanawiały się nad opracowaniem modelu “podwójnych systemów”, który traktowałby kapitalizm i “patriarchat” jako odrębnych, ale równych wrogów. Celowość analizy “podwójnych systemów” była szeroko akceptowana przez socjalistyczne feministki, ale pojawiły się trudności w znalezieniu wiarygodnego wyjaśnienia, w jaki sposób owe dwa rzekomo dyskretne, ale równoległe systemy opresji weszły w interakcje. Kolejnym trudnym problemem było to, w jaki sposób analiza rasizmu, “ageizmu” i różnych innych form ucisku społecznego mogła zostać włączona do “podwójnego” modelu kapitalizmu / patriarchatu.

Czy socjalistyczne feministki nie mogą się zgodzić co do tego, jak dokładnie należy zdefiniować system “patriarchatu”, czy co go powoduje: męska brutalność? zazdrość? Zazdrość o macicę i wynikająca z tego męska obsesja zachowania ścisłej kontroli nad funkcjami reprodukcyjnymi kobiet? język? struktury psycho-seksualne? materialne przywileje? Lista jest obszerna, a różni teoretycy patriarchatu podkreślili lub połączyli wszystkie powyższe i więcej.

Aktywność polityczna socjalistycznych feministek, w takim stopniu, w jakim była, miała na ogół bardziej prorobotnicze przechylenie niż radykalne feministki, ale poza tym była zasadniczo podobna. Marksiści tradycyjnie faworyzowali tworzenie socjalistycznych organizacji kobiecych, związanych z klasą robotniczą i innymi ruchami uciskanych za pośrednictwem rewolucyjnej partii złożonej z najbardziej oddanych i świadomych bojowników ze wszystkich sektorów. Taki kobiecy ruch byłby “autonomiczny” od reformistów, kapitalistów i złych przywódców związków zawodowych, ale byłby organizacyjnie i politycznie powiązany z komunistyczną awangardą. Natomiast feministki socjalistyczne podzielają przekonanie radykalnych feministek, że tylko autonomiczny ruch kobiecy (tj. całkowicie odrębny od organizacji obejmujących mężczyzn) może prowadzić poważną walkę o wyzwolenie kobiet.

Ale to również stanowiło problem, gdy zastosowano go do prawdziwego świata. Niemożliwe jest wyobrażenie sobie jakiegokolwiek ruchu, który próbuje rzucić poważne wyzwanie kapitalistycznym rządom bez próby zmobilizowania poparcia każdego możliwego elementu wśród wyzyskiwanych i uciskanych. Wykluczenie połowy populacji od samego początku, po prostu na podstawie płci, gwarantowałoby porażkę. Co więcej, jeśli ktoś chce odróżnić przyjaciół od wrogów przede wszystkim ze względu na płeć, to jaką postawę należy przyjąć wobec kobiet, które dołączają do prawicowych ruchów, lub które zostają łamistrajkami czy glinami? A co z członkami samej klasy rządzącej? Nie wydawaliby się naturalnymi sojusznikami w walce o feministyczny socjalizm.

Niektóre radykalne feministki próbowały “rozwiązać” takie problemy, po prostu oświadczając, że kobiety, które zachowują się jak mężczyźni (tj. zachowują się w sposób chory), wcale nie są kobietami. Nie była to jednak opcja dla socjalistycznych feministek, które dążyły do ​​wypracowania bardziej naukowego światopoglądu. Dziesięć lat po upadku ruchu socjalistycznego, Lise Vogel, jedna z jego bardziej wnikliwychpostaci, opublikowała esej, który po raz pierwszy pojawił się w 1981 roku pod tytułem “Marksizm i feminizm: nieszczęśliwe małżeństwo, separacja próbna czy coś innego?”. Vogel tańczył wokół ciernistego pytania o to, jak traktować wrogów klasy żeńskiej, ale w wersji z 1995 roku ugryzła kulę:

“Socjalistyczne feministki utrzymują, wbrew niektórym opiniom po lewej stronie, że kobiety mogą być z powodzeniem zorganizowane, i podkreślają potrzebę organizacji, które obejmują kobiety ze wszystkich sektorów społeczeństwa …. Właśnie specyficzny charakter sytuacji kobiet wymaga ich oddzielnej organizacji. Tutaj feministki socjalistyczne często znajdują się w opozycji do wielu tradycji socjalistycznej teorii i praktyki. Teoria socjalistyczno-feministyczna podejmuje zasadnicze zadanie opracowania ram, które mogą kierować procesem organizowania kobiet z różnych klas i sektorów w autonomiczny ruch kobiecy. ”

– Lise Vogel, Women Questions: Essays for a Materialist Feminism , 1995

W ten sposób Vogel (jedna z „dzieci w czerwonych pieluchach” [tj. dzieci które miały rodziców-komunistów- przyp. tłum.], które 30 lat wcześniej pojechało na południe jako pracownik praw obywatelskich) przyznał, że niemożliwe jest pogodzenie “feminizmu” i “socjalizmu” – dwóch zasadniczo przeciwstawnych ideologii – łącznikiem.

Podczas gdy marksiści wyszydzili konsekwencje socjalistyczno-feministycznego nawoływania kobiet do “jednoczenia się”, kolonialne feministki atakowały ich z innego kierunku jako “politycznie zidentyfikowanych polityków”. Catharine MacKinnon, wybitna amerykańska teoretyczka feminizmu i współpracowniczka Andrei Dworkin, położyła nacisk na fundamentalną sprzeczność polityczną socjalistycznego feminizmu:

„Próby stworzenia syntezy między marksizmem a feminizmem, zwanej socjalistyczno-feministyczą, nie rozpoznawały ani odrębnej integralności każdej teorii, ani głębi antagonizmu między nimi.”

Toward a Feminist Theory of the State, 1989

Socjalizm feministyczny rozpadł się jako ruch polityczny, ponieważ niespójność jego postulatów uniemożliwiła jego zwolennikom opracowanie albo programu, albo organizacji, zdolnej do zaangażowania się w poważną walkę społeczną. W realnym świecie nie ma po prostu przestrzeni politycznej między programem kobiecej solidarności ponad liniami klasowymi a proletariacką solidarnością między płciami. Na przykład feministki socjalistyczne zgodziłyby się, że pracujące kobiety ponoszą główny ciężar cięć w programach socjalnych. Prokapitalistyczne rządy każdego politycznego odcienia twierdzą, że państwo nie może już sobie pozwolić na pokrycie kosztów opieki nad dziećmi, osobami starszymi lub chorymi; zamiast tego mają one być odpowiedzialnością “rodziny”, tj. przede wszystkim kobiet. Więc kto byłby naturalnym okręgiem wyborczym do walki z tymi cięciami? Burżuazyjne kobiety ogólnie popierają rządową politykę oszczędnościową i wynikającą z tego redystrybucję bogactwa. Ich główną troską jest by nie przeciążyć prywatnego gromadzenia kapitału publicznym finansowaniem potrzeb społecznych. Z drugiej strony robotnicy są naturalnymi sojusznikami w walce z cięciami subsydiów dla przedszkoli, emerytur, medycyny itd., ponieważ są to programy, które przynoszą im korzyści.

Dzisiaj, wśród modnych lewicowych badaczy, analizowanie męskiej supremacji w ramach materialistycznej perspektywy jest passé; marksizm jest często odrzucany jako nieistotny, jego miejsce zajmuje “postmodernizm” Jacquesa Derridy, Julii Kristevy, Luce Irigaray, Michela Foucaulta i Jeana Baudrillarda. Chociaż postmoderniści czasami utożsamiają się szeroko z lewicą polityczną, to faktycznie stanowią powrót do reakcyjnego historycznego pesymizmu Fryderyka Nietzschego, którego Jurgen Habermas trafnie scharakteryzował jako “dialektyka kontr-oświecenia”. Pseudo-teoretyczne tło dla nowej marki apolitycznego lewicowego konserwatyzmu, który odrzuca ideę, kluczową zarówno dla Oświecenia, jak i dla marksizmu, że społeczeństwo może być przerobione na podstawie ludzkiego rozumu: upadły “humanistyczny” pogląd według post-strukturalistów i postmodernistów! Michèle Barrett, niegdyś wpływowa brytyjska przedstawicielka “feminizmu socjalistycznego”, jest przykładem tego “zstąpienia w dyskurs”. We wstępie do wznowienia swojej książki z 1980 roku “Women’s Oppression Today” napisała:

“Dyskurs postmodernizmu opiera się na wyraźnym i przekonywanym zaprzeczeniu tego rodzaju wielkich projektów politycznych, które z definicji są” socjalizmem “i” feminizmem “… Argumenty postmodernizmu już teraz stanowią, jak sądzę, kluczowa pozycję, wokół której prawdopodobne jest, że feministyczne prace teoretyczne w przyszłości będą się kręciły. Niewątpliwie to właśnie tam zaczęłaby się ta książka, gdybym dzisiaj ją pisała. “

“Feminizm kulturowy” i odrzucenie polityki

Wiele feministek w krajach imperialistycznych wycofało się w próbę ucieczki od seksizmu głównego nurtu społeczeństwa poprzez stworzenie kobiecej kontrkultury z udziałem teatru, muzyki, “herstory” i literatury. Rozwój feminizmu kulturowego pod koniec lat 70. XX w. znalazł odzwierciedlenie w rosnącej popularności pisarzy, którzy przeciwstawili rzekomo żeńskie wartości troski, dzielenia się i emocjonalnego ciepła z “męskimi” cechami chciwości, agresji, ego i pożądania. W przeciwieństwie do Ruchu Wyzwolenia Kobiet z lat 60. – który po raz pierwszy przeniósł wiele aspektów ucisku kobiet ze  sfery prywatnej do publicznej – kulturowo-feministyczne arcykapłanki lat 90. wzywają “Boginię” w celu przepakowania tradycyjne pojęcia kobiecej esencji, które sprzedają, mówią o “umacnianiu”.

Przemysł “herstory” stanowi przykład tej politycznej regresji. W 1970 roku, kiedy czołowy dziennik amerykańskiego ruchu kobiecego opublikował specjalny numer “Kobiety w historii”, jego okładka głosiła:

“Nasza historia została nam skradziona. Nasze bohaterki zginęły podczas porodu, od zapalenia otrzewnej [,] przepracowania [,] ucisku [,] od tłumionego gniewu. Nasi geniusze nigdy nie nauczyli się czytać ani pisać. ”

Women: A Journal of Liberation, wiosna 1970 r.

Współcześni “herstorycy”, jak Dale Spender, odrzucają to i twierdzą, że historycy-mężczyźni wypisali z historii ważne kobiety: artystów, pisarzy, naukowców i filozofów:

“kiedy twierdzimy, że przyczyną kobiecej nieobecności [w historycznym zapisie] nie są kobiety, ale mężczyźni, to nie jest tak, że kobiety nie wniosły wkładu, ale że mężczyźni „sfłaszowali zapisy”, rzeczywistość przechodzi niezwykłą zmianę” ”

– Women of Ideas and What Men Have Done to Them , 1982

Podczas gdy studiowanie wkładów kobiet w przeszłości może z pewnością inspirować tych, którzy są zaangażowani w walkę dzisiaj, próba upiększenia brzydkiej prawdy może jedynie podcinać potrzebę obalenia porządku społecznego odpowiedzialnego za utrwalenie kobiecego ucisku. Relegacja kobiet do “prywatnej” sfery domowej pracy oznaczała ich wyłączenie, w niemal wszystkich przypadkach, z okazji bycia ważnymi uczestnikami historycznych wydarzeń ich czasu. Nacisk na wykluczenie kobiet z książek historycznych służy jedynie do trywializowania skali urazu.

Kulturowe feministki głoszą raczej abstynencję, niż zaangażowanie w działalność polityczną, z tego powodu, że musi ona nieuchronnie obejmować wchodzenie w męską domenę:

“Tokenizm – który jest powszechnie określany jako równe prawa i który przynosi symboliczne zwycięstwa – odwraca i dokonuje zwarcia ginergii, tak że żeńska moc, ocynkowana pod zwodniczymi hasłami siostrzeństwa, zostaje połknięta przez Bractwo. Ta metoda wampiryzowania Kobiecej Jaźni skazuje kobiety na złudzenia częściowego sukcesu ….

“W ten sposób tokenizm podstępnie niszczy siostrzeństwo, ponieważ zniekształca wojowniczy aspekt amazońskiej więzi, zarówno przez powiększanie go, jak i minimalizowanie go. Wzmacnia to znaczenie “walki” do tego stopnia, że ​​pochłania ona transcendentne istnienie siostry, redukując ją do kopii koleżeństwa. Jednocześnie minimalizuje on aspekt amazońskiej wojowniczki, zawężając go, przekierowując i skracając walkę. ”

Mary Daly, Gyn / Ecology, 1978

Samo pojęcie ucisku, a także potrzeba walki z nim, są wyśmiewane jako “męskie” pojęcia, poza które trzeba wyjść:

“Chodzi o nie o to, aby ocalić społeczeństwo ani nie skupić się na ucieczce (która patrzy wstecz), ale aby uwolnić Wiosnę bycia … Nieprzerwany, możemy swobodnie znaleźć naszą własną zgodność, usłyszeć naszą własną harmonię, harmonię sfer. ”

-Ibid.

Ta reakcyjna baśń jest feministycznym powtórzeniem politycznej demoralizacji, która pchnęła tysiące drobnomieszczan z pokolenia wyżu demograficznego z Nowej Lewicy ku New Age.

W miarę jak materialny postęp kobiet utknął w martwym punkcie, feministyczni celebransi bierności i politycznego abstencjonizmu obiecują zbawienie w świecie innym niż ten, w którym występuje prawdziwe cierpienie. Istnieje pewna logika do tego, ponieważ jeśli ucisk kobiet wynika z wiecznej i niezmiennej dysproporcji pomiędzy naturą płci, nie ma powodów, by oczekiwać jakiejkolwiek znaczącej zmiany, cokolwiek robicie. Dlatego zamiast uczestniczyć w walce o przekształcenie instytucji i stosunków społecznych, które determinują świadomość, feministki New Age zachęcają kobiety do osobistej duchowej podróży do wewnętrznej przestrzeni. Mary Daly radzi, że drogę do spełnienia psychicznego można znaleźć poprzez dyskusje z innymi kobietami, w których język jest “przechwycone”, a męskie “znaczenia” podważone :

“Łamanie więzów / prętów fallokracji wymaga przełamania do promiennej mocy słów, tak, że wypuszczając słowa, możemy uwolnić nasze Jaźnie”.

Pure Lust, 1984

Wyobrażając sobie, że podjęły się odważnej feministycznej refleksji nad całym biegiem ludzkiej egzystencji, feministki kulturowe w rzeczywistości odzwierciedlają jedynie konserwatywne trendy popularne obecnie wśród burżuazyjnej inteligencji. Nowy feminizm obejmuje wiele kluczowych cech “postmodernizmu”, w tym idealistyczną koncentrację na języku i “dyskursie” oraz umniejszanie znaczenia działalności politycznej i gospodarczej.

“Praca dla kobiet”

Nawet te feministki, które nie zrezygnowały całkowicie z działalności politycznej, porzuciły retorykę antykapitalistyczną wczesnych lat siedemdziesiątych. Wiele z nich prowadzi działalność w klinikach aborcyjnych, centrach kryzysowych i schroniskach dla kobiet. Takie usługi są z pewnością korzystne dla tych kobiet, które mają do nich dostęp, i umożliwiają dostarczenie im satysfakcji z robienia czegoś “praktycznego”. Jednak zajmują się jedynie skutkami, a nie korzeniami ucisku kobiet.

Niektóre feministki są również zaangażowane w kampanie mające na celu zwiększenie reprezentacji kobiet na nietradycyjnych stanowiskach w branżach wykwalifikowanych, zawodach i zarządzaniu przedsiębiorstwem. Mimo że stworzyło to szanse dla nielicznych i pomogło przełamać pewne stereotypy, miało to niewielki wpływ na warunki, z którymi boryka się większość kobiet, które utknęły w tradycyjnie “kobiecym” zatrudnieniu.

W ostatnich latach znacznie zmniejszyła się różnica między płacami kobiet i mężczyzn w USA: w latach 1955-1991 wynagrodzenia kobiet pracujących w pełnym wymiarze godzin wzrosły z 64% do 70% zarobków mężczyzn. Ale jest to w dużej mierze wynikiem spadku płac mężczyzn ze względu na kurczenie się uzwiązkowionych zawodów. Marksiści popierają walkę kobiet o równą płacę i równy dostęp do wszystkich kategorii pracy, jednocześnie uznając, że odporność uprzedzenia płciowego w kapitalistycznym procesie pracy uniemożliwi kobietom osiągnięcie prawdziwej równości.

W większości przypadków nie ma obiektywnej podstawy do określenia pracy jako “męskiej” lub “kobiecej”. Jedynym ważnym rozróżnieniem płci pod względem zdolności do pracy jest to, że mężczyźni są średnio silniejsi fizycznie niż kobiety . Jednak wśród mężczyzn prace wymagające siły fizycznej nie są szczególnie wysoko wynagradzane – umiejętności, zręczność, zdolności umysłowe i organizacyjne liczą się znacznie więcej. Kierownictwo, lekarze i piloci linii lotniczych to przede wszystkim mężczyźni, podczas gdy sekretarze, pielęgniarki i stewardesa to zazwyczaj kobiety, ma to wiele wspólnego z panującymi seksistowskimi postawami społecznymi i nie ma nic wspólnego z żadną rozbieżnością umiejętności. W swoim eseju z 1959 roku Nancy Reeves stanowiła uderzający przykład arbitralnego charakteru pracy “męskiej” i “żeńskiej”:

” Na [amerykańskim] Środkowym Zachodzie, zbieracze kukurydzy są tradycyjnie kobietami, a przycinaczami są prawie zawsze mężczyźni. Na Dalekim Zachodzie jest odwrotnie. “

Męsko-supremacjonistyczne odchylenie w społeczeństwie kapitalistycznym jest tak wszechobecne i tak elastyczne, że ​nawet gdy kobiety zyskują dostęp do wcześniej całkowicie męskich zawodów, wkrótce pojawiają się nowe bariery, jawne i ukryte:

“W 1973 roku przyznano kobietom jedynie 8 procent dyplomów prawnych w USA. Do 1990 roku odsetek ten wzrósł do 42 procent. Jest to spora feminizacja prestiżowego zawodu. Kobiety są jednak nadreprezentowane wśród mniej dobrze płatnych miejsc pracy, takich jak miejsca pracy w klinikach prawnych, i wydają się nie osiągać najwyższej pozycji nawet w najbardziej lukratywnym obszarze dużych firm prawniczych. ”

– Joyce P. Jacobsen, The Economics of Gender, 1994

To samo zjawisko można zaobserwować w biznesie:

” Studia uniwersytetów Columbia i Stanford na uniwersytetach kobiet MBA [Master of Business Administration- magistrów administracji biznesowej] pokazują, że płace początkowe są podobne między płciami, ale w ciągu siedmiu lat za drzwiami kobiety są 40 procent w tyle za mężczyznami “.

–Ibid.

Nawet wśród bibliotekarzy, jednego z niewielu zawodów “kobiecych”, nieproporcjonalnie wysoki odsetek najważniejszych stanowisk (wyższe stanowiska administracyjne w dużych bibliotekach naukowych) mają mężczyźni. Jacobsen zauważa, że ​​jest:

“Trudno znaleźć przykład prawdziwie zintegrowanego zawodu, w którym odsetek kobiet ściśle pasuje do ich reprezentacji wśród siły roboczej, gdzie tempo zmian stosunku płci jest niewielkie, a kobiety nie są spychane do gett”.

Zawody, które zmieniły się w czasie z domeny jednej płci do drugiej, stanowią kolejne wskazanie systemowej natury problemu. Jednym z niewielu miejsc pracy, które przeniosło się z “żeńskiego” na “męski”, są dzieci. W 1910 r. położne dostarczyły połowę wszystkich dzieci w USA, ale w 1970 r. liczba ta spadła do mniej niż jednego procenta. Kiedy poród stał się czymś, co miało miejsce w szpitalach pod nadzorem lekarzy (głównie mężczyzn), status i wynagrodzenie za tę pracę wzrosły dramatycznie.

I odwrotnie, gdy praca zmienia się z mężczyzn na kobiety, wynikiem jest spadek zarówno statusu, jak i pieniędzy:

“Chociaż przed II wojną światową prawie nie było kobiet-kasjerów, ponad 90% kasjerek było kobietami w 1980 roku. Tymczasem, możliwości płacowe i możliwości awansu zawodowego gwałtownie spadły. Z reguły zawody urzędnicze dotyczyły przede wszystkim mężczyzn, gdy po raz pierwszy powstały w dużej liczbie, ponieważ rewolucja przemysłowa spowodowała większe zapotrzebowanie na przetwórców papieru: wszystkie te zawody są obecnie zdominowane przez kobiety i ogólnie uważa się je za kobiece getto pracy “.

–Ibid.

Jednym z najbardziej spektakularnych przykładów kobiety włamującej się do tradycyjnie męskiej kategorii pracy była wstąpienie Margaret Thatcher na urząd premiera Wielkiej Brytanii. Nie ma wątpliwości, że “Żelazna dama” znalazła się na szczycie, pokonując swoich męskich konkurentów, ale dobrze wiadomo również, że pod jej rządami brytyjscy pracownicy i ubodzy (którymi są oczywiście nieproporcjonalnie kobiety) napotykane ataki bezprecedensowego okrucieństwa. Sukces Thatcher może podważyć różne męskie hipotezy i zainspirował garstkę ambitnych Brytyjczyków, by sięgnąć po szczyt, ale prawdziwa lekcja, która tkwi w jej karierze, jest taka, że podstawa ucisku społecznego leży w wewnętrznej logice systemu kapitalistycznego, a nie w płci tych, którzy operują jego dźwigniami.

Anty-pornograficzne feministki

Jedną z najbardziej bezpośrednio politycznych (i najbardziej reakcyjnych) inicjatyw podejmowanych przez radykalne feministki w ostatnich latach jest kampania zakazująca materiałów o charakterze seksualnym (patrz “Pornography, Capitalim and Censorship”,1917 nr 13). Pomimo sporadycznych zrzeczeń, że nie podzielają pruderii prawicowych obrońców wartości rodzinnych, feministki anty-pornograficzne dobrowolnie połączyły siły z bigotami, którzy chcą kryminalizować aborcję, prześladować homoseksualistów i zabronić nauczania ewolucji i edukacji seksualnej w szkołach. W wielu jurysdykcjach, w których organy ścigania odgrywały rolę “prokobiecą” w obronie państwowej cenzury, głównym celem ataków anty-pornograficznych była populacja gejowska i lesbijska.

Feministki popierające cenzurę argumentują, że ucisk kobiet jest wytworem niezmiennej męskiej tożsamości, skupionej na brutalności seksualnej z natury. Andrea Dworkin, królowa amerykańskich pro-cenzorskich feministek, twierdzi, że “seks i morderstwo są zespolone w męskiej świadomości, tak że jeden bez immanentnej możliwości drugiego jest nie do pomyślenia i niemożliwy” (“Taking Action”,  w Take Back the Night, 1980). W związku z tym pornografia powinna zostać zakazana jako przejaw tej “męskiej świadomości”.

Poza feministkami pro-cenzorskimi istnieją feministki “promacierzyńskie”, które wyróżnia obsesja na punkcie rozwoju nowych technologii reprodukcyjnych. “Feministyczna Niędzynarodowa Sieć Oporu Wobec Inżynierii Reprodukcyjnej i Genetycznej”, zapoczątkowana w 1984 r., utrzymuje, że główną kwestią dla kobiet jest kampania przeciwko rozwojowi sztucznej inseminacji i zapłodnienia in vitro. Tam, gdzie Shulamith Firestone wyobrażała sobie, że postęp w technologii reprodukcyjnej utoruje drogę kobiecemu wyzwoleniu, ci paranoicy widzą w nim potencjalne miejsce nowego rodzaju zniewolenia:

“Tak jak odwracamy się od rozważenia następstw wojny nuklearnej, odwracamy się od widzenia przyszłości, w której dzieci nie rodzą się ani nie rodzą, ani nie są kobietami, które zmuszone są nosić tylko synów i mordować córki-płody. Chińskie i indyjskie kobiety już krążą tą ścieżką. Stawką jest przyszłość kobiet jako grupy i musimy upewnić się, że dokładnie przeanalizowaliśmy wszystkie możliwości, zanim poprzemy technologię, która może oznaczać śmierć kobiety “.

– Robyn Rowland, w Man-Made Women, 1987

Podobnie jak ich “anty-pornograficzne” siostry, Rowland i inni adwokaci “pro-macierzyństwa” nie byli zbytnio wstrząśnięci przed pójściem do łóżka z tradycyjną prawicą: “feministki mogą musieć rozważyć sojusz z dziwnymi przyjaciółmi od poduszki: być może prawicowymi kobietami”(Ibid.). “Przyjaciel od poduszki” Rowland to wyrazisty rasista Enoch Powell. W 1985 r., Kiedy Powell przedstawił swoją (nieudaną) “ustawę o ochronie nienarodzonych dzieci”, aby zakazać badań nad zarodkami i poważnie ograniczyć zapłodnienie in vitro, Rowland wypowiedziała się na konferencji prasowej popierając go (patrz ‘‘Breeding Conspiracies and the New Reproductive Technologies’ Marge Berger, w Trouble and Strife, Summer 1986).

“Backlash” Susan Faludi

Środek ciężkości środowiska feministycznego przesunął się w prawo od lat 70. XX wieku, ale wiele feministek nadal utożsamia się z lewicą, a wielu ostro sprzeciwiało się krucjacie anty-porno i różnym innym przejawom dostosywania się do prawicy. Jedna z najbardziej wpływowych książek feministycznych z lat 90., “Backlash: The Undeclared War Against Women” Susan Faludi (1991), dokumentuje dekadę “prorodzinnej” reakcji i pyta:

“Jeśli kobiety są teraz tak równe, dlaczego są bardziej skłonne do bycia biednymi, szczególnie na emeryturze? … Dlaczego przeciętna pracująca kobieta, zarówno w Wielkiej Brytanii, jak i USA, nadal zarabia niewiele ponad dwie trzecie tego, co mężczyźni robią dla tej samej pracy? . . .

“Jeśli kobiety są tak” wolne “, dlaczego ich wolności reprodukcyjne są dziś bardziej zagrożone niż dziesięć lat wcześniej? Dlaczego kobiety, które chcą odłożyć poród, teraz mają mniej opcji niż 10 lat temu?”

Nie są to pytania, na które zwracają uwagę kapitalistyczne media, jak podkreśla Faludi. Jej książka zawiera wiele przykładów tego, jak “produkowana jest opinia publiczna” i jak manipulowana, aby odizolować kobiety, które odważą się dążyć do równości społecznej.

Faludi krytykuje feministki, które odrzucają aktywność polityczną na rzecz dążenau do “rozwoju osobistego” i wyraźnie popiera perspektywę zbiorowego działania. Nie jest ona jednak w stanie wyjaśnić pochodzenia reakcyjnych zmian, które potępia, ani zaproponować programu, który miałby im się oprzeć. Zamiast tego przedstawia reakcję jako godną pożałowania, ale być może nieuniknioną, część jakiegoś wielkiego cyklu egzystencji:

“Reakcja na prawa kobiet nie jest niczym nowym. Jest to zjawisko powracające: powraca za każdym razem, gdy kobiety zaczynają piąć się w kierunku równości, pozornie nieuniknionym wczesnym przymrozkiem do krótkich kwiatostanów feminizmu. “Postęp w zakresie praw kobiet w naszej kulturze, w przeciwieństwie do innych form „postępu”, zawsze był dziwnie odwracalny” – zauważyła badaczka literatury amerykańskiej Ann Douglas.”

Korzyści zdobyte przez kobiety w latach sześćdziesiątych i siedemdziesiątych były bezpośrednim wynikiem walki politycznej. Jednak koncesje udzielane pod naciskiem masowych mobilizacji politycznych podlegają odwróceniu, gdy powstaje odmienna konfiguracja sił społecznych. Walka o równouprawnienie kobiet, podobnie jak walka z rasizmem i innymi formami ucisku społecznego, nigdy nie może być ostatecznie zwycięska w ramach społeczeństwa kapitalistycznego, ponieważ utrzymywanie przywilejów i nierówności jest nieuchronną konsekwencją przewagi prywatnej własności środków. produkcji.

Najbardziej rażącą wadą książki Faludi jest jej tendencja do traktowania sprzeciwu wobec praw kobiet w odosobnieniu. Kampania przeciwko prawom kobiet w Ameryce jest tylko jednym frontem w wszechstronnej reakcyjnej napaści. Techniki propagandowe, które Faludi tak dobrze opisuje, były również rutynowo stosowane przeciwko innym celom, którymi kierowała się klasa rządząca – od odbiorców pomocy społecznej, przez związkowców, po Saddama Husajna.

W przypisie do jej opisu międzynarodowego oporu wobec antyaborcyjnych fanatyków “Operation Rescue”, Faludi zauważa: “Nowa Zelandia odnotowała starcia w 1989 r. przed kliniką w Wellington, kiedy przybyła ekipa Rescue, aby zastać 30 kobiet, które już tam były i zamierzały umożliwić kobietom wejście. “W przeciwieństwie do informacji Faludi, obrońcy kliniki w tym dniu obejmowali zarówno mężczyzn, jak i kobiety (w tym niektórych naszych nowozelandzkich towarzyszy). Nasi kibice odegrali ważną rolę w organizacji stałej obrony kliniki Parkview poprzez “Choice” – bojową, nie wykluczającą “sieć szybkiego reagowania”, otwartą dla wszystkich osób gotowych bronić prawa do aborcji. Jedną z lekcji tej pracy było znaczenie rysowania linii politycznie, a nie na podstawie płci, w walce o prawa kobiet.

Wyzwolenie kobiet przez rewolucję socjalistyczną!

Relegacja kobiet do rodziny historycznie pozwalała na odrzucenie wielu kwestii praw kobiet jako jedynie “osobistych”. Ruch Wyzwolenia Kobiet z końca lat 60. XX w. przyniósł rozprzestrzenianie się grup podnoszących świadomość, które badały różne sposoby, w jakie kobiety uwewnętrzniły swoje prześladowanie jako osobiste obawy i stopień, w jakim społeczeństwo traktuje podporządkowanie kobiet jako „naturalny” warunek istnienia.

Prawne i instytucjonalne ograniczenia dostępu do aborcji, kontroli urodzeń, opieki zdrowotnej, opieki nad dziećmi i zatrudnienia są wyraźnie jawnie “politycznymi” kwestiami. Ale ucisk kobiet obejmuje również głęboko zakorzenione postawy psychologiczne i społeczne oraz domniemania wynikające z tysięcy lat panowania mężczyzn. Dziewczyny uczą się na wczesnym etapie życia, że ​​nie mogą aspirować do wszystkiego, co mogą zrobić chłopcy. Mizoginistyczne założenia są tak głęboko zakorzenione w naszej kulturze, że wiele aspektów ucisku kobiet jest praktycznie niewidocznych, nawet dla ludzi zaangażowanych w walkę o wyzwolenie kobiet. Na przykład, gdy feministki proponowały wprowadzenie języka neutralnego pod względem płci (np. Użycie przewodniczącego “zamiast” “przewodniczący” lub “Pani” zamiast “Pani” i “Pani”). “) niektóre lewicowe publikacje marksistowskie okazały się bardziej oporne niż główna prasa burżuazyjna.

Życie wielu kobiet jest skarłowaciałe i zdeformowane przez molestowanie seksualne, gwałt i przemoc domową z rąk mężczyzn. Chociaż ma to miejsce między osobami, takie patologiczne zachowania, podobnie jak inne przejawy ucisku kobiet, są problemami społecznymi. Nie można ich wyeliminować, dopóki system społeczny, który produkuje i na pewnym poziomie zachęca do nich, nie zostanie zastąpiony przez system, który stwarza materialne warunki do powstania kultury nasyconej zasadniczo odmiennymi wartościami.

Wyzwolenia kobiet nie można osiągnąć na arenie własnego życia osobistego. Nie wystarczy podzielenie pracy domowej w sposób bardziej sprawiedliwy w rodzinie – konieczne jest, aby opieka nad dziećmi, sprzątanie domu, przygotowanie posiłków itp. zostały przekształcone z odpowiedzialności indywidualnej w społeczną. Ale nie jest to możliwe bez całkowitej rekonstrukcji społeczeństwa – zastąpienia kapitalistycznej anarchii socjalistyczną planową gospodarką zarządzaną przez samych wytwórców.

Podobnie jak wyzwolenie kobiet jest nierozerwalnie związane z wynikiem walki klasowej, tak samo los jakiejkolwiek rewolucji społecznej zależy od uczestnictwa i wsparcia ubogich i pracujących kobiet. Jak zauważył Karol Marks w liście z 12 grudnia 1868 r. do Ludwiga Kugelmanna: “Każdy, kto zna historię, wie również, że bez kobiecego fermentu wielkie rewolucje społeczne są niemożliwe”. Rewolucjoniści muszą aktywnie uczestniczyć w walkach społecznych, aby bronić i rozwijać równość kobiet. Konieczne jest również promowanie rozwoju kobiecych przywódców w ruchu socjalistycznym. Bo tylko poprzez udział w walce o przemianę świata, kobiety mogą otworzyć drogę do własnej emancypacji i stworzyć materialne warunki do eliminacji głodu, wyzysku, ubóstwa i skutków tysięcy lat męskiej supremacji. To jest cel, o który warto walczyć.

CUNY Struggles

The following 3 statements, Students Under the Ax, Budgets Bankers & Bloodsuckers and Fight the New Round of Tuition Hikes! were distributed by CUNY [City University of New York] student activists supporting the International Bolshevik Tendency during the 1995-97 struggles.

Students Under the Ax

[The following statement was issued on March 1995]

As part of thr nation-wide war on poor and working people that has intensified following the Republican electoral sweep, Pataki and Giuliani have announced massive cuts in the New York state and city budgets for higher education. The CUNY state budget is slated for a reduction of 25.75%; TAP grants will be reduced by 10% for full-time undergraduates, and eliminated altogether for graduate and part-time students; the SEEK program for the most disadvantaged students will also be scrapped; course offerings will be greatly reduced; large numbers of faculty and other staff will lose their jobs; and, in a system that once prided itself on free education for working-class youth, yearly tuition will be increased to the tune of $1,000. The Giuliani administration  is also planning deep cuts in the city education budget. These state and city cuts will have a devastating effect on education in the city, causing many, especially minority students, to drop out of school altogether.

Republican and Democratic politicians, along with the mass media, portray these slash and burn policies as a necessary and inevitable response to the region’s fiscal plight. In fact, they represent nothing more than a big-time hatchet job performed in the service of New York’s bankers, bond-holders and big corporations. The austerity measures represent an escalation of the attacks on social services that began in the 1970’s, and have been pursued by the Democratic state and city governments as well as the new Republican administrations. Their purpose is to ensure that governments remain “fiscally sound” from the standpoint of finance capital, i.e. that New York will be able to pay a healthy rate of interest on money lent it by the banks and rich bondholders. At the same time that Pataki and Giuliani preach austerity to the municipal unions, students and welfare mothers, they are introducing a host of “incentives” and tax breaks for businesses, in hopes that they will be attracted to the region by increased opportunities to amass even bigger profits. These cuts represent a huge transfer of wealth from poor and working people to the rich, carried out by their faithful servants in public office.

These policies can be seen as “natural” and “inevitable” only by those who accept the insane logic of the capitalist system, which decrees that the majority of people are entitled to remain alive only so long as the capitalist class can reap huge profits from their labor. But the capitalist exploiters represent only a tiny minority of the population. One way they are able to maintain their grip on power is by setting various social groups against one another: men against women, natives against immigrants, employed against the unemployed and welfare recipients, whites against blacks, They usually attempt to do this by attacking these groups one at a time. The most striking feature of the current Pataki/Giuliani offensive, however, is that they are attacking everyone at once. And it is precisely the wide scope of their attacks that also presents a unique opportunity to fight back.

Students cannot fight back alone. This was clearly demonstrated in 1991, when the student strikes and building takeovers mounted against the last CUNY tution increases went down to defeat. In January, Jose Elique, University Director of Security and Public Safety, wrote to Dr. Elsie Scott, Deputy Commissioner of Training for the NYPD, requesting crowd control training for 22 to 30 specially selected campus police prior to the Spring of 1995. The administration expects trouble… and is ready for it!

However, students don’t have to look very far to find allies. Many students on city campuses, as well as their relatives, belong to municipal, hospital and other unions that are also directly threatened by these cuts. And it is precisely these unions that have the power to bring the entire city to a halt. Only by linking up with the organized labor movement, by becoming part of a wider, worker-based struggle, can students stand any chance of stopping the mad slashers of Albany and Gracie Mansion.

But such a united fight-back faces many obstacles. One obstacle is the notion that something can be gained by lobbying legislators in Albany or Washington. This strategy helps perpetuate the illusion that the politicians are mainly responsible to the electorate, when in fact, their principle job consists in deceiving and manipulating the population in order to further the interests of the capitalist class, to whom they are really responsible. And, despite lesser differences between them, Republican and Democratic politicians ultimately serve the same masters. The last round of CUNY tuition increases were the handiwork not of Republicans, but of Mario Cuomo, a stalwart of the liberal wing of the Democratic Party. The very same politicians who will shake the hands of student and faculty lobbyists today will call out the police to crush student protests tomorrow.

Another obstacle is the bureaucracy that presides over the unions. These “labor statesmen” — with the inducement of hefty salaries and generous expense accounts — view the capitalist system with as much religious awe as their many friends in high public office. They are entirely dedicated to working within the logic of the existing social order, and regularly collaborate with the politicians and bankers to ram austerity down the throats of the workers they supposedly represent. They shun mass struggle in favor of reliance on Democratic Party politicians. More often than not, they see the possibility of common struggle with students and minorities as a threat to their comfortable niche in capitalist society.

To unite workers, students and minorities in common struggle, and to clear their path of misleaders and false strategies. political leadership is needed above all. The Bolshevik Tendency seeks to intervene in this struggle — as well as all other major social struggles — to build a genuine revolutionary leadership. We view victory in the fight against cutbacks not as an end in itself, but as part of a struggle for a socialist society, based not on profit but human need. Only in such a society will education be viewed as a necessity of individual development rather than, as it is today, a luxury for the few, or as a preparation for taking one’s place as a cog in some capitalist money-making machine.

Down with the Budget Cuts!
For Class Struggle to Defend Higher Education!
For Open Admissions!
For Free Tution and full Stipend for All Students!
Break with the Democrats and Republicans!
Build a Workers’ Party!

Pataki and Giuliani Bleed New York

Budgets, Bankers & Bloodsuckers

[The following statement was issued on March 1995, it was originally posted online athttp://www.bolshevik.org/Leaflets/Pataki.html]

Riding the wave of reaction from Washington, Governor George Pataki and Mayor Rudolph Giuliani have proposed state and city budgets aimed point blank at the poor and working people of New York. As is usually the case when American capitalist politicians point their fiscal guns, blacks and minorities are most directly in the line of fire. But these cuts are by no means limited to minorities and the poor. If enacted, they will gut everything from transportation to public parks, hospitals to housing, day care centers to AIDS hospices. Many thousands of New Yorkers now living on the margins will be plunged into an abyss of homelessness, hunger and disease. Only those who inhabit an insulated world of private wealth and privilege—of plush-carpeted corporate boardrooms, luxury high-rises, stretch limousines, expensive boutiques, tony health clubs and private security guards—will escape the effects of the scorched-earth measures now being proclaimed from Albany and Gracie Mansion.

An Injury to All

At the top of the Pataki/Giuliani hit list are welfare and Medicaid. In proposals reminiscent of the horrors of the nineteenth-century British workhouse, welfare recipients in New York State will be fingerprinted to prevent “cheating;” men deemed to be “able-bodied” will be cut off welfare after ninety days, during which time they will be forced onto public works projects. Many mothers receiving Aid to Families with Dependent Children will likewise be compelled to work for the pittance they get, even though the cuts will result in fewer day care centers for their children. Twenty-one thousand people will immediately lose their rent subsidies and many of them will end up on the street.

Billions of dollars are to be slashed from Medicaid, which pays health costs for welfare recipients and the disabled. The Medicaid cuts will, in turn, create grave financial difficulties for the city’s already underfunded public hospitals. Hundreds of hospital beds will be eliminated, and Harlem Hospital, the sole provider of medical care for tens of thousands of the poorest people in the city, will probably be forced to close. In addition, Giuliani plans to privatize five or six public hospitals. Over 80,000 hospital workers are expected to lose their jobs. Yet these Medicaid “savings” in the state budget did not go far enough for New York City’s ax-wielding mayor; he urged Pataki to cut even deeper.

The budgets also target the disabled, the blind, the mentally ill, children and the aged: allocations for foster care are greatly reduced; school children will no longer get free subway rides to school; funding for child abuse prevention will be halved; aged and handicapped people on disability will be denied their cost-of-living adjustment and their home care will be severely restricted.

Education is another major target. Pataki proposes to freeze state aid to public schools at a time when the student population in New York City is growing by 20,000 a year. Summer school and extra-curricular enrichment programs will cease. The state and city university systems (SUNY and CUNY) are expected to lose a total of over 1,200 full-time faculty and more than 12,500 class sections, mostly in the arts and humanities. The SEEK program, which provides counseling and tutoring for disadvantaged university students, will be eliminated. Tuition at the senior colleges will jump from the current $2,450 to $3,450, an increase of 40 percent. Working-class, black and Hispanic students unable to come up with an extra $1,000 will be forced to drop out.

New York’s already dilapidated public transportation system is also slated for the chop: many express bus lines will be discontinued; all-night service will be suspended on some subway lines; cleaning and repairs will be scaled back; token booths will be reduced and at least one station will be closed. And, of course, fares will be hiked.

Giuliani is demanding $600 million in wage concessions and “productivity” from the city’s unions. In addition to the 12,000 jobs eliminated through last year’s severance package, he wants another 11,000 (supposedly through attrition). These job cuts and the anticipated layoffs in education and health care (the city’s largest employer), will massively increase demands on the very social services that are being gutted.

The only part of city government that escaped Giuliani’s budget ax is the New York Police Department, which is getting an increase of $2.4 million. Pataki, who pushed through the death penalty bill, plans to save money by cramming two prisoners into state penitentiary cells built for one. Batons, bullets, prison cells and lethal injections—these are the answers of Pataki and Giuliani to the upsurge of “anti-social behavior” that will be the inevitable by-product of their regime of “fiscal responsibility.”

Only by the Grace of Wall Street Shall Ye Live!

This ferocious assault on every vestige of civic decency in an already blighted city is conducted in the name of the almighty Budget Deficit—that rapacious deity who rages about the mists that envelop the top of the World Trade Towers, and must be placated from time to time with ever-greater sacrifices of human flesh. Politicians (when they are not invoking the Deity) often like to rationalize their attacks on poor and working people as necessary obedience to the automatic and insuperable laws of the marketplace. The general economic upturn in the rest of the country, we are told, has bypassed New York City, thereby creating a huge shortfall in expected tax receipts. Hence, the need to starve infants and grandmothers.

Yet New York has the greatest concentration of multi-billion-dollar corporations, banks and finance companies in the world. An analysis of census results conducted by the New York Times (25 December 1994) showed that in 1980 the median annual income of those in the richest fifth of the Manhattan population was a little more than 21 times that of the poorest fifth. By 1990, the gap had widened to 33 times. The Times concluded that the gap between rich and poor in the wealthiest city in the wealthiest country in the world is larger than in Guatemala. Within the U.S. the only county that has a wider gap is the site of a former leper colony in Hawaii, whose population consists of former colony members and rich people attracted by the scenery.

For Pataki and Giuliani, and the rest of the ruling class politicians, taking more money from corporations or the rich is as inconceivable as defying the law of gravity. In fact, they are doing just the opposite. One billion of the projected $5 billion state budget gap Pataki is trying to fill by slashing social services is the result of the regressive tax “reform” he is also pushing. Pataki wants to maintain the existing tax rate for those in the bottom bracket, while lowering taxes on the top bracket by 25 percent!

With one hand, Giuliani snatches subway tokens from grade-school children, while with the other he delivers fistfuls of lucre to downtown landlords in the form of a $234 million abatement on commercial rent and real estate taxes—to help “revitalize” the Wall Street business district (New York Times, 16 December 1994). He plans to eliminate the 5 percent tax on hotel owners, and recently doled out $50 million in tax breaks to a single financial company, CS First Boston Corporation, to persuade them not to leave town (New York Times, 25 January). As Leona Helmsley, the billionaire real estate queen convicted of tax fraud, remarked several years ago, “only little people pay taxes.” But on what eternal tablet is it written that budgets can only be balanced on the backs of students and union members, children in foster care and mothers on welfare?

Yet these starvation budgets, if not ordained by heaven, are not simply the result of corruption, malice or stupidity. The bare-knuckled tactics of the mayor and governor express the same logic that drives the International Monetary Fund and World Bank to demand sacrifices of the masses from Moscow to Mexico City. Simply stated, this logic decrees that individuals, communities and nations have a right to exist only in so far as their activity contributes to the profits of the tiny handful of capitalists that owns and controls the resources, corporations and financial assets of the global economy.

This logic operated in a somewhat more disguised fashion during the cold-war competition with “Communism.” Then, the existence of a global non-capitalist rival compelled the Western regimes to provide some support for housing, health-care, the arts, education and the poor, in order to ensure social stability at home. Now, intensified inter-imperialist rivalries compel corporations to cut production costs through shrinking payrolls and investing in more advanced technology. Those firms that fail to keep pace go under.

To raise profit margins, the capitalists have intensified the pressure on workers lucky enough to have kept a job. Another method is to cut taxes and channel government expenditures on social services into direct and indirect corporate subsidies. Today the “welfare state” is a luxury that the ruling classes feel they neither need nor can afford (meager as its American version was). Profitability is fast becoming not merely the major criterion for public policy decisions, but the sole criterion. This could change if massive popular discontent threatens the security and legitimacy of the existing system of social privilege. FDR’s celebrated “New Deal” in the 1930s was a conscious attempt by the more sophisticated wing of the capitalists to defuse the potential for mass radicalization created by the Great Depression.

These days, when city or state governments need to find funding for social services, they must borrow from Wall Street, which evaluates them according to their ability to make the payments. If public debt is high, the banks and bond holders demand higher rates of interest, thus compounding the growth of government indebtedness. In extreme cases they may refuse to lend at all. The big money men are interested in the balance sheet of expenditures vs. revenues and typically seek assurances that governments will not spend too much on “non-remunerative” items, especially poor people, whose human needs cannot easily be turned into cash.

Historically one major way for governments to fund social programs is through taxes on businesses and individuals that businesses employ. But the increased mobility of capital inclines companies to “vote with their feet” if wages or taxes in a given locality are too high. This generates pressure to ensure that the local economy remains “competitive,” i.e., that taxes and wages are kept as low as possible. A “favorable investment climate” requires cutting all public expenditures that do not directly contribute to profit-making activity. Such “wasteful” allocations include not only those aimed at alleviating poverty, but also spending on parks, playgrounds, libraries, museums, education and the arts—everything, in short, that tends to make urban life tolerable for most of the population.

In the months before the city budget was announced, Standard & Poor’s, the credit rating agency which grades city governments on their “fiscal health” for the benefit of prospective lenders, threatened to lower New York’s credit rating. In addition, holders of long-term city bonds were talking about charging higher interest rates. Immediately after Giuliani unveiled his plans, however, the “financial community” gave him an approving pat on the head.

Alongside this city of seven million plus inhabitants, who breath air, drink water and eat food, there is another city, comprised not of flesh-and-blood human beings, but of stocks and bonds, T-bills and long-term securities, futures and derivatives, which breath profits, drink liquid assets, and eat interest premiums. The health and welfare of this second city is, moreover, in inverse proportion to that of the first. And it is this second city—the city of capital—that forms the real constituency of the mayor, the governor, and all other elected officials in this country, Republican and Democratic, from the municipal level to Congress and the president.

Republicans and Democrats: Twin Parties of Capital

The direct domination of finance capital is nothing new to New York. In 1975, when investment houses refused to buy city bonds because they were considered too risky, the city was on the verge of declaring bankruptcy. After the federal government refused to bail the city out, this crisis led to the formation of the Municipal Assistance Corporation (MAC) under the aegis of the State of New York. This agency was replaced a few years later by an even more powerful outfit called the Emergency Financial Control Board (EFCB), an unelected corporate governing body, which kept a tight grip on municipal purse strings. Under this regime the portion of the city budget allocated to debt service increased dramatically as 60,000 city workers lost their jobs, while the wages of remaining city workers were frozen apart from an inadequate cost-of-living adjustment. The CUNY system, which had always prided itself on free higher education for those who could not afford private colleges, began to charge tuition. Giuliani’s budget is only a somewhat more radical application of the policies imposed upon this city by bankers, investment fund managers and bond holders for the past two decades, and pursued more or less continuously by the administrations of Beame, Koch and Dinkins—all Democrats.

The Republicans, it is true, are the more consistent and aggressive partisans of the mounting capitalist offensive. They seek to peddle the austerity measures of the ruling class by appealing to every prejudice and mean-spirited instinct of those who are relatively better off. With the aid of Rush Limbaugh and a host of lesser demagogues of the airwaves, they attempt to mobilize white males for the Republican Party by convincing them that their distress comes from having lost status in the 1960s and 70s to women and minorities. In a time of shrinking unions and falling wages, they offer what appears to many as the only realistic way to maintain present income levels: lowering taxes. This is why the Republicans’ outrageous tax give-aways to the rich must always be padded with some reductions for middle-income earners as well. But, most important, the Republicans, with the aid of a few well-understood code words (“crime,” “welfare,” “affirmative action,” etc.), exploit white racism—now as ever in this country the trump card of rulers seeking to divert public attention from their own acts of piracy.

The Democrats, on the other hand, are less open about selling austerity to the masses, since they rely more heavily on the votes of the urban constituencies (blacks, Hispanics, unionized workers, etc.) who are the targets of such measures. They tend to be more squeamish and temporizing about administering the prescribed poison in the doses required. But they end up doing essentially the same things as the Republicans because, like the Republicans, they represent the bankers and corporate shareholders, to whom they must go cup in hand for campaign contributions. Their job is to convince the victims of capitalism that it is necessary to accept the logic of the banker’s ledger. The deficit, and the need to balance it, have in their eyes the status of laws of nature. Their opposition to the Republican steamroller seldom goes beyond a few polite whimpers or snivelling appeals to “spread the pain” more evenly. The Democrats cannot and will not fight the Republicans because they worship at the same altar and feed at the same trough. This is why socialists have always bracketed them as the “twin parties” of big capital.

Union Misleaders: Labor Lieutenants of Capital

Those who think that “market forces” are simply too powerful to resist should take a closer look at what happened in France only last year. First, Air France workers struck and successfully beat back a government job-slashing scheme. This, in turn, inspired the students, hundreds of thousands of whom demonstrated against a government proposal to lower the minimum wage for youth. With the trade unions poised to enter the fray, the rightist government of Eduard Balladur was forced to back down. The lesson is clear: mass struggle can defeat capitalist austerity attacks. It happened in Paris, and it can happen here.

Yet the union bureaucrats have no appetite for launching any such struggle. These “labor statesmen” —with their fat salaries, padded expense accounts and Democratic Party connections—view the capitalists’ budget-cutting imperatives with religious reverence. They are jealous of their control and shun mass struggle while preaching reliance on the Democrats. They are, in the immortal phrase of the pioneer American socialist, Daniel DeLeon, the “labor lieutenants of capitalism.”

Nearly thirty years ago, in a notable departure from the labor bureaucracy’s usual spinelessness, Michael Quill, head of the Transit Workers Union, told a judge who had just ordered New York’s striking bus and subway workers back to their jobs to “drop dead in his black robes.” Quill was jailed for contempt of court—but the injunction was defeated and the strike was won.

Quill’s courageous stand contrasted sharply with the cowardly capitulation of the city’s labor bureaucrats to the MAC in 1975. Victor Gotbaum, then head of AFSCME, the largest union of municipal workers, amicably negotiated away 60,000 jobs while $3 billion of the union’s pension funds were invested in the MAC. Gotbaum became a personal friend of MAC chairman Felix Rohatyn, and Gotbaum’s son subsequently got a job at Rohatyn’s investment firm.

The present head of AFSCME, Stanley Hill, following the example of his predecessor, is trudging dutifully to Gracie Mansion to negotiate more givebacks. Hill’s reward was Giuliani’s endorsement of Democrat Mario Cuomo’s failed bid to be reelected governor. One close observer of city politics, Robert Fitch, reports:

    “According to Queens Republican leader Fran Werner, it was no coincidence that the day after Giuliani announced for Cuomo, municipal labor announced they were giving Giuliani $200 million in the givebacks he’d been demanding.”

    —New Politics, Winter 1995

Then there are other champions of labor, like the former Teamster chief, Barry Feinstein, who, before stepping down last year amid accusations that he had misused $500,000 of his members’ money, commented that, “The New York City labor movement will never endorse a campaign to tax the rich.” Sandra Feldman, head of the American Federation of Teachers, and an associate of the CIA-linked Social Democrats USA, remarked: “I don’t see Mayor Giuliani’s effort to wrestle down bureaucracy and bloated government as an attack on the labor movement” (ibid).

The more “left-wing” union bureaucrats are little better. Jan Pierce, head of the northeast region of the Communications Workers of America, a former supporter of Jesse Jackson’s Rainbow Coalition, “publicly urged unions to join with Giuliani in a campaign ‘to identify waste and redundancy’.” Dennis Rivera, leader of hospital workers’ Local 1199, used his authority as a “militant” to get CUNY students to call off their 1991 sit-ins against Mario Cuomo’s tuition hikes. Rivera is chairman of the state Democratic Party, and, despite occasional posturing, has one basic answer to the Pataki/Giuliani offensive: vote Democrat. This is no answer, working people need a party of their own.

For a City-Wide General Strike!

In February the thousands of students who rallied on the Capitol steps in Albany to protest the CUNY cuts upset the pro-Democratic leaders of the march by sitting down and blocking traffic. On March 1, 30,000 hospital workers from Local 1199 demonstrated against the cuts in front of the Empire State Building. CUNY students are calling for a city-wide rally on March 23, under the slogan, “Shut the City Down!” We support this call, but students on their own cannot shut the city down, no matter how militant their protests. It is the organized labor movement, and particularly hospital, transit and other municipal workers, who have the power to bring the city to a halt.

Despite the flight of manufacturing jobs from the city over the past quarter century, 35 percent of the workforce in New York is unionized, the highest percentage in any city in the U.S. The membership of the city unions is heavily black and Hispanic, and would form a natural bridge to the communities that will be hurt the most by the proposed attacks.

Never in recent history have the interests of students, minorities and workers so clearly converged. A general strike could rally all the victims of the budget cuts, from Harlem, to Bedford Stuyvesant, to the South Bronx. It could unite welfare workers and welfare recipients, hospital workers and patients, subway workers and riders, teachers and students. United in action behind the organized labor movement, they could hand Giuliani, Pataki, and Wall Street a stinging defeat.

Union militants around the city should put forward motions in their locals calling for a united strike against the cuts. But the planning cannot be left to the bureaucrats who have already declared their intention to do nothing. Strike committees should be elected in every local union with a mandate to organize for an effective, city-wide strike. In building toward a general strike militant unionists would naturally seek to coordinate their efforts with organizations representing students, welfare recipients, black and Hispanic communities and all the other potential victims of the bankers’ budget.

Capital and Labor: Nothing In Common

Pataki/Giuliani budgets represent more than the benighted ideas of a few Republican Neanderthals. They embody, in the most concentrated form, the logic of the capitalist system. This is a logic that works to the detriment of the majority of people who live under capitalism, and which the majority therefore have no interest in obeying. If bank debt is draining public coffers, why not impose a moratorium on interest payments, or cancel the debt altogether? If banks and corporations register their disapproval by going on strike against the majority of society—the only answer is expropriation.

Such measures would never be contemplated by the governments of the rich and privileged. They could only be undertaken by a government responsible to those who work as opposed to those who live off interest and profit. Such a government must be prepared to expropriate the capitalists and ensure that the productive capacity of society is employed to benefit the whole of the population. This would signify a social revolution; it would require the dismantling of the capitalists’ armed guardians and the formation of a new social power, one committed to defending the interests of the exploited.

In today’s political climate, when the forces of reaction seem to be so firmly in the saddle, this perspective may seem impractical or utopian. But the alternative is more of the same lethal substances now being prescribed by Pataki, Giuliani, Gingrich and their counterparts the world over. One must choose between the logic of capital—production for profit—and the logic of socialism—production for human need. In the epoch of capitalist decline there is no middle way.

Pataki Enforces Wall Street’s Will on CUNY  

Fight the New Round of Tuition Hikes!

[The following statement was issued on February 1997]

Governor George Pataki’s war on CUNY continues. His January 14 budget aims at slashing over $300 million in state funds to public higher education. If this proposed budget goes through, students who come next fall will see their tuition raised by $400; added to the previous tuition hikes, it will make CUNY top out at $3,600 a year. Not only that, but Pataki also promises to cut $175 million in financial aid to poor students (TAP). For many students, CUNY is barely affordable as is and for many for many more completely out of their financial reach. Over half of the student body is forced to work, 27% of them full time, and 34% of students who dropped out in 1995 did so for financial reasons, not being able to afford the extra $750 Pataki added that year. How many more students will not be returning next year because they can’t afford it?

For generations of students coming from working class, black, Hispanic and immigrant backgrounds, CUNY was their only hope of getting a higher education. However within the last couple of decades, the capitalist rulers of this country have decided that education for the working class and the poor is a “luxury”, rather than a necessity in this period of corporate downsizing. Starting with the elimination of free education, CUNY has suffered cutback after cutback. The last few years have seen a severe increase in state reductions, with the tuition at senior colleges going up by 156%.

While Pataki has been cutting off funds to CUNY, he has at the same time been doling out tax-breaks to the rich. In 1995, Pataki wanted to lower taxes on the top economic bracket by 25% and a part of his new budget will include substantial tax-cuts on property, inheritance and business. And while we are seeing faculty being laid off and programs being eliminated, there always seems to be plenty of money to beef up security at CUNY. This school year CUNY security has seen it’s budget expanded by $9 million in government grants, and Hunter College has recently announced  its plans to introduce attack dogs and firearms for the use of Security personnel! Security on CUNY campuses has been almost exclusively used to intimidate, harass and spy on student activists, as witnessed by the revelation of an “enemies list”, an information dossier of student activists maintained by the campus cops.

Students must act now to defeat the cuts. It is vital we organize mass, militant and united coalitions of students, faculty and staff against the attacks on CUNY. This will mean struggle, not just letter writing campaigns or impotent pleading with state representatives in Albany as groups like NYPIRG suggest we do. All past victories, whether the gaining of open admissions, or the beating back of tuition hikes in 1989, came through a militant fight, not sending postcards upstate or voting for the Democrats, who, being as beholden to the needs of capital as the Republicans, have also cut vital social services that benefit the working class and poor. Previous tuition increases have been put forward by Democratic administrations — remember Gov. Cuomo in 1991?

While fighting against the current round of cuts, the student movement must be able to go beyond this single issue and link this fight with the struggle for free and open access to the CUNY system for all. Only through a free and open university can we guarantee quality education for every student, regardless of class and race. Students won it before, and students must win it back again!

We cannot look at these attacks on higher education as isolated incidents; they are part and parcel of the current offensive of American (and world) capitalism against the gains made by the labor movement, racial minorities, and the poor over the last 30 years. Across the country we are seeing many examples of these assaults on working people. Both parties have vowed to end welfare as we know it. Many states have, or are in the process of, instituting “workfare”, a program that will force welfare recipients to slave for the state at sub-minimum wage. Union busting has become a popular pastime with corporations again, as evidenced by the struggles around the Staley workers in Illinois and last winters’ 32B-32J strike. The creed of capitalism in the 90’s is the infallibility of the free market and a be-damned attitude to those whose lives are deemed unprofitable. This means the student movement has important allies among working-people, both on and off campus, in particular those organized in the trade-unions, who are suffering from capitalist cutbacks. We must forge links with them — students cannot defeat Pataki’s budget cuts by themselves.

Last year in Paris,  and more recently in Toronto, we saw the potential of such worker-student alliances. Trade-unionists, students and other sectors of the population shut down their cities in response to attacks on social services.

The corrupt and conservative leadership of New York’s major unions will never wage a real fight against the cuts because they are at the beck and call of the bosses and the bosses’ state. But the multi-racial rank-and-file membership of these unions are the best allies for a broad struggle against Albany’s slash and burn budget and Wall Street downsizing; we must join with them and move against the cuts.

As shown by past struggles around CUNY, reforms can be won, but as long as capitalism exists and its system of private property and profit, any reforms we do win will remain fragile and vulnerable to overturn. Trade-union militants and student activists need to orient around a perspective that goes beyond the limitations set by capitalism and its ideological agents within the labor and student movements. We need a revolutionary movement that aims at constructing a new society; a socialist society under the democratic control of workers and all the oppressed. Socialism isn’t a pipe dream or a utopian fantasy as various bourgeois academics claim, but is the best alternative to the horrors and irrationalities of modern capitalism. The Bolshevik Tendency is a revolutionary organization that is committed to fighting for such a society, and bringing this perspective to the struggles of the exploited and oppressed.

For Free and Open Admissions!
Build a Worker-Student Alliance to Defeat the Cuts!

Marxism, Feminism & Women’s Liberation

Marxism, Feminism & Women’s Liberation

[First printed in 1917 #19. Originally posted as a pdf file at http://www.bolshevik.org/1917/no19fem.pdf . While this documeent is mechanical in some sections, and we have previously criticized the blindness towards the popular meaning of “feminism” in an introduction to this collection, the document provides an informative survey of a selection of feminist political currents from the latter half of the 20th century,]

Despite all the international conferences and ‘‘universal declarations’’ in favor of female equality, the lives of most women around the world remain confined by prejudice and social oppression. The means by which male supremacy is enforced vary considerably from one society to another (and between social classes within each society), but everywhere men are taught to regard themselves as superior, and women are taught to accept this. Very few women have access to power and privilege except via their connection to a man. Most women in the paid labor force are subject to the double burden of domestic and wage slavery. According to the United Nations, women perform two-thirds of the world’s work, and produce about 45 percent of the world’s food—-yet they receive merely ten percent of the income, and own only one percent of the property (cited by Marilyn French in The War Against Women, 1992).

From its inception, the Marxist movement has championed female equality and women’s rights, while regarding women’s oppression (like racial, national and other forms of special oppression) as something that cannot be eradicated without overturning the capitalist social system that nurtures and sustains it. Marxists assert that women’s liberation is bound up with the struggle against capitalism because, in the final analysis, sexual oppression serves the material interests of the ruling class .

While Marxists and feminists often find themselves on the same side in struggles for women’s rights, they hold two fundamentally incompatible worldviews. Feminism is an ideology premised on the idea that the fundamental division in human society is between the sexes, rather than between social classes. Feminist ideologues consequently see the struggle for female equality as separate from the fight for socialism, which many dismiss as merely an alternative form of ‘‘patriarchal’’ rule.

In the past several decades, feminist writers and academics have drawn attention to the variety and extent of male supremacist practices in contemporary society. They have described the mechanisms by which female subordination is inculcated, normalized and reinforced through everything from fairy tales to television advertising. Feminists have taken the lead in exposing many of the pathological manifestations of sexism in private life: from sexual harassment to rape and domestic violence. Prior to the resurgence of the women’s movement in the late 1960s, these issues received little attention from either liberal or leftist social critics. Feminists have also been active in international campaigns against female genital mutilation in Africa, female infanticide in Asia, and the imposition of the veil in the Islamic world. Yet while feminist analysis is often useful in raising awareness of the pervasiveness of sexism in capitalist society, it typically fails to make a connection between male supremacy and the system of class domination which underlies it.

Marxists maintain that class conflict is the motor force of history, and reject the notion that there are irreconcilable differences between the interests of men and women. But we do not deny that men are the agents of women’s oppression, or that, within the framework of existing social relations, men ‘‘benefit’’ from it, both in material and psychological terms. Yet the benefits that most men derive from women’s inequality are petty, hollow and transitory, and the costs that accompany them are substantial.

Job-trusting and female exclusionism, undervaluation of traditionally ‘‘female’’ work, and sex-based pay differentials, while appearing to benefit the men who are better paid and have more job security, in fact exert downward pressure on wages generally. This phenomenon was explained by Frieda Miller, director of the U.S. Women’s Bureau shortly after the Second World War:

‘‘It is an axiom of wage theory that when large numbers of workers can be hired at lower rates of pay than those prevailing at any given time, the competition of such persons for jobs results either in the displacement of the higher paid workers or in the acceptance of lower rates by those workers. Over a period of time this pressure tends to depress all wage levels, and unless this normal course is averted by direct action it results eventually in lower levels of earning for all, with a resulting reduction in purchasing power and in standards of living. Because of their new war-born training and skills, women are, as never before, in a position to be used by unscrupulous employers as wage cutters.’’

—-U.S. Women’s Bureau Bulletin No. 224, 1948 (quoted by Nancy Reeves in ‘‘Women at Work,’’ in American Labor in Mid-Passage, 1959)

The same applies to wage discrimination against immigrants, youth, racial minorities, or any other sector of the workforce. In addition to lowering wage rates, male chauvinism—-like racism, nationalism, homophobia and other backward ideologies—-obscures the mechanisms of social control, and divides those at the bottom against each other, thereby providing a bulwark for a hierarchial and intrinsically oppressive social system.

The Marxist strategy of uniting all those exploited and oppressed by capitalism is sharply counterposed to the reactionary utopia of a universal ‘‘sisterhood,’’ uniting women across class lines. While it is true that female oppression is a trans-class phenomenon that affects all women, not merely those who are poor or workingclass, the degree of oppression and its consequences are qualitatively different for members of different social classes. The privileges and material benefits enjoyed by ruling-class women give them a powerful interest in preserving the existing social order. Their pampered existence is paid for by the superexploitation of their ‘‘sisters’’ in Third World sweatshops. The only way in which female unity can be built across class lines is by subordinating the interests of poor, black and workingclass women to those of their bourgeois ‘‘sisters.’’

Origins of ‘Second Wave’ Feminism

Today’s feminists often refer to themselves as belonging to the ‘‘Second Wave’’—-‘‘First Wave’’ feminists were those who fought for access to higher education, equal property rights and the vote prior to the First World War. ‘‘Second Wave’’ feminism is often dated from the publication of The Feminine Mystique, Betty Friedan’s 1963 bestseller, which contrasted the ideology of ‘‘femininity’’ with the reality of women’s lives. In 1966 Friedan founded the National Organization for Women (NOW), liberal women’s rights organization, based on professional and career women, committed to ‘‘bring[ing] women into full participation in the mainstream of American society now….’’ NOW remains the largestfeminist organization in the U.S., but its appeal is limited by its role as a pressure group and unofficial Democratic Party auxiliary.

Another, more radical, strain of contemporary feminism merged from the American ‘‘Women’s Liberation Movement’’ of the late 1960s. Many prominent leaders of the New Left women’s movement were veterans of the earlier Civil Rights Movement against racial segregation in the Southern states. They were among the thousands of idealistic youth who had gone South to participate in the ‘‘Freedom Summers’’ of the mid-1960s, and were radicalized through exposure to the brutal realities of American capitalism.

By the late 1960s, many women in the New Left began to complain that their male comrades’ rhetorical advocacy of liberation, equality and solidarity contrasted sharply with their experiences in the ‘‘movement.’’ These feelings were articulated by Marlene Dixon, a young radical sociology professor:

‘‘Young women have increasingly rebelled not only against passivity and dependency in their relationships but also against the notion that they must function as sexual objects, being defined in purely sexual rather than human terms, and being forced to package and sell themselves as commodities. on the sex market.’’

‘‘The very stereotypes that express the society’s belief in the biological inferiority of women recall the images used to justify the oppression of blacks. The nature of women, like that of slaves, is depicted as dependent, incapable of reasoned thought, childlike in its simplicity and warmth, martyred in the role of mother, and mystical in the role of sexual partner. In its benevolent form, the inferior position of women results in paternalism; in its malevolent form, a domestic tyranny which can be unbelievably brutal.’’

—-‘‘Why Women’s Liberation?,’’ Ramparts, December 1969

Gloria Steinem: Sisterhood & the CIA

In the early days of the Women’s Liberation Movement, a division emerged between those who saw the fight for female equality as one aspect of a broader struggle against all oppression, and those who emphasized female solidarity and the necessity to remain organizationally and politically ‘‘autonomous’’ from other social forces.

While many early leaders of the ‘‘Second Wave’’ had had their initial political experience in the Civil Rights Movement and the New Left, others had less honorable pasts. Gloria Steinem, the original editor of Ms., America’s largest-circulation feminist magazine, had worked with the CIA in the 1950s. She was involved in the operation of a front group ‘‘which financed Americans attending world youth festivals largely dominated by the Soviet Union.’’ According to Sheila Tobias, an unwitting participant on one such trip (who later taught women’s studies at Cornell University), the CIA:

‘‘was interested in spying on the American delegates to find out who in the United States was a Trotskyite or Communist. So we were a front, as it turned out.’’

—-Marcia Cohen, The Sisterhood 1988

When Steinem’s past eventually came to light, she opted to brazen it out:

‘‘When the CIA funding of the agency Gloria had cofounded back in the late fifties was exposed in the press, she admitted that the organization received funds from the CIA, denied being an agent of the CIA, and dismissed those Helsinki youth conferences as ‘the CIA’s finest hour.’’’

—-Ibid.

Only the more militant feminists, like the Bostonbased ‘‘Redstockings,’’ (whose leader Roxanne Dunbar was a veteran of the Civil Rights Movement) denounced Steinem for her CIA involvement. For the most part, the issue of her connection to the leading agency of imperialist counterrevolution was ignored, or dismissed as irrelevant, by mainstream feminists. This in itself says a great deal about the politics of ‘‘sisterhood.’’

Radical Feminism & Biological Determinism

Another feminist who began her political career in the Civil Rights Movement was Shulamith Firestone. In her 1970 book, The Dialectic of Sex, she attempted to provide a theoretical basis for radical feminism by arguing that the subordination of women was biological, not socialhistorical, in origin. The sexual division of humanity into ‘‘two distinct biological classes’’ was, she said, the origin of all other social divisions. Mimicking Marx, she wrote:

‘‘The sexual-reproductive organization of society always furnishes the real basis, starting from which we can alone work out the ultimate explanation of the whole superstructure of economic, juridical and political institutions as well as of the religious, philosophical and other ideas of a given historical period.’’

If the root of women’s oppression lay in anatomy, Firestone reasoned, then the solution must lie in technology—-increased control over contraception and, ultimately, gestation outside the womb. Firestone maintained that hers was a ‘‘materialist’’ analysis. It was a materialism of sorts, to be sure, but a crudely biological one. While she envisaged a historical resolution to female oppression, the solutions she offered were utopian and ultimately apolitical. Her book has remained influential—- perhaps because she was one of the first to take the radical feminist view that biology is destiny to a logical conclusion.

While not endorsing Firestone’s solutions, the 1970 ‘‘Redstockings Manifesto’’ agreed with the assertion that women are a class:

‘‘Women are an oppressed class….We identify the agents of our oppression as men. Male supremacy is the oldest, most basic form of domination. All other forms of exploitation and oppression (racism, capitalism, imperialism, etc.) are extensions of male supremacy: men dominate women, a few men dominate the rest. All power structures throughout history have been male-dominated and male-oriented. Men have controlled all political, economic and cultural institutions and backed up this control with physical force. They have used their power to keep women in an inferior position. All men receive economic, sexual, and psychological benefits from male supremacy. All men have oppressed women….We will not ask what is ‘revolutionary’ or ‘reformist,’ only what is good for women.’’

—-‘‘Redstockings Manifesto,’’ in Sisterhood Is Powerful, 1970

Radical feminist arguments parallel those of the most reactionary socio-biologists, who claim that social inequality is ‘‘in our genes,’’ and, therefore, attempts to fight it are futile. Radical feminists frequently argue for separatism, and some go so far as to suggest that women who continue to sleep with the ‘‘enemy’’ must be regarded with suspicion.In Lesbian Nation: the Feminist Solution (1973), Jill Johnson asserted that:

‘‘The sexual satisfaction of the woman independently of the man is the sine qua non of the feminist revolution….

‘‘Until all women are lesbians there will be no true political revolution.’’

Socialism & Sexism

In a 1970 essay entitled ‘‘The Main Enemy,’’ Christine Delphy presented a version of ‘‘radical feminism based on Marxist principles’’ in which men (not capitalism) were identified as the main enemy (reprinted in Close to Home,1984). Delphy asserted that, without an independent women’s revolution, even in a post-capitalist workers’ state, men would still have a material interest in seeing women perform the bulk of domestic chores.

The notion that women’s oppression would continue to be a feature of life under socialism seemed obvious to those New Left radicals who viewed the economically backward, nationally isolated, deformed workers’ states of Cuba, China, North Vietnam, North Korea and Albania as functioning socialist societies. While women made very important gains everywhere capitalist rule had been overthrown (a fact dramatically underlined by the devastating effects on women of capitalist counterrevolution in the former Soviet bloc), the parasitic (and overwhelmingly male) ruling bureaucracy in these Stalinist police states promoted women’s ‘‘natural’’ role as breeder, mother and homemaker. Leon Trotsky pointed ut in The Revolution Betrayed that the Stalinist apparatus was an obstacle to the development of socialism, and criticized ‘‘the social interest of the ruling stratum in the deepening of bourgeois law’’ in connection with its attempts to prop up the ‘‘socialist’’ family.

Feminist pessimism regarding the prospects for women under socialism (as opposed to under Stalinism) reflects an inability to comprehend the historical origins of women’s oppression. It also reveals a failure to appreciate the immense possibilities for reordering social priorities, and transforming every aspect of human relations, that socialism would open up through the elimination of material scarcity. The revolutionary expropriation of the productive forces, and the establishment of a global planned economy, would ensure that the most basic conditions for existence (food, shelter, employment, basic healthcare and education) could be guaranteed for every person on the planet.

Within a few generations, the socialization of production could afford all citizens a quality of life and a degree of economic independence enjoyed today only by the elite. Access to holiday resorts, summer camps, sporting, cultural and educational facilities, and other institutions currently beyond the means of most people, would immensely enrich the lives of the majority of the population. As society escapes the tyranny of the market, which only promotes activities that produce private profit, people will have an increasingly broad range of choices about how to arrange their lives. Domestic labor could be reduced substantially by the social provision of highquality childcare, restaurants and laundries. Eventually, as the competitiveness, anxiety and insecurity of life under capitalism recedes into the distant past, social behavior will be transformed.

The provision of the material conditions for a fulfilling personal life for all, impossible under the dictates of profit maximization, would simply be a rational choice for a planned economy. Just as investing in publicly subsidized immunization programs and sewage systems benefit all members of society, the assurance of a safe, secure and productive existence for each individual will improve the quality of life for all, by eliminating many of the causes of anti-social behavior, mental illness and disease.

It might be objected that even among the existing elite, who already enjoy material abundance, men oppress women. Marxists recognize that even though it ultimately reflects the material interests of particular social classes, ideology also has a certain relative autonomy. The general condition of women as unpaid childminders and domestic workers can only be justified within the framework of a sexist worldview that negatively affects all women, including those of the capitalist class.

The effects of these ideas and social practices will not immediately or automatically disappear when the conditions which gave rise to them are overturned. There will have to be an ideological and cultural struggle against the legacy of backwardness and ignorance bequeathed by the past. But where class society reinforces and promotes male supremacy, racism, etc., at every turn, in an egalitarian world, where everyone is assured of a comfortable and secure existence, the eradication of prejudice will finally be a realizable project.

Socialist Feminism: Ephemeral Half-Way House

The radical feminism of Firestone, the Redstockings and Delphy represented one wing of the Women’s Liberation Movement of the early 1970s. At the other end of the spectrum, hundreds of the best militants joined various ostensibly Marxist-Leninist organizations. Those who fell somewhere in between often identified themselves as ‘‘socialist feminists.’’ This current, which ultimately proved to be an ephemeral half-way house, was influential throughout the 1970s, particularly in Britain. Rejecting the biological determinism of radical feminism, the socialist feminists ruminated about developing a ‘‘dual systems’’ model, which would treat capitalism and ‘‘patriarchy’’ as separate but equal foes. The desirability of a ‘‘dual systems’’ analysis was widely accepted by socialist feminists, but difficulties arose in coming up with a plausible explanation of exactly how these two supposedly discrete but parallel systems of oppression interacted. Another tricky problem was how an analysis of racism, ‘‘ageism’’ and the various other forms of social oppression could be integrated into the ‘‘dual’’ capitalism/patriarchy model.

Nor could socialist feminists agree as to how exactly the system of ‘‘patriarchy’’ should be defined, or what caused it: male brutishness? jealousy? womb-envy and a consequent male obsession with maintaining strict control over women’s reproductive functions? language? psycho-sexual structures? material privileges? The list is extensive, and different theorists of patriarchy highlighted or combined all of the foregoing and more.

The political activity of the socialist feminists, to the extent that there was any, generally had a more proworking class tilt than that of the radical feminists, but was otherwise broadly similar. Marxists have traditionally favored the creation of socialist women’s organizations, linked to the working class and other movements of the oppressed through the agency of a revolutionary party comprised of the most dedicated and conscious militants from every sector. Such a woman’s movement would be ‘‘autonomous’’ from the reformists, the capitalists and the trade-union misleaders, but it would be organizationally and politically linked to the communist vanguard. Socialist feminists, by contrast, share the radical feminists’ insistence that only an autonomous women’s movement (i.e., one that is entirely separate from organizations that include men) could wage a serious struggle for female liberation.

But this too presented problems when applied to the real world. It is impossible to conceive of any movement attempting to launch a serious challenge to capitalist rule without attempting to mobilize the support of every possible element among the exploited and oppressed. To exclude half of the population from the outset, simply on the basis of sex, would guarantee defeat. Moreover, if one seeks to distinguish between friends and enemies primarily on the basis of their sex, then what attitude should be adopted toward women who join right-wing movements, or who sign up to be scabs or cops? And what of the female members of the ruling class itself? They would hardly seem to be natural allies in the struggle for feminist socialism.

Some radical feminists attempted to ‘‘solve’’ such problems by simply declaring that women who act like men (i.e., behave in a piggish fashion) are not really women at all. But this was not an option for socialist feminists, who aspired to develop a more scientific worldview. A decade after the collapse of the socialistfeminist movement, Lise Vogel, one of its more thoughtful exponents, republished an essay that had first appeared in 1981 entitled ‘‘Marxism and Feminism: Unhappy Marriage, Trial Separation or Something Else?’’ In the original version, Vogel had danced around the thorny question of how to treat female class enemies, but in the 1995 version she bit the bullet:

‘‘Socialist feminists maintain, against some opinions on the left, that women can be successfully organized, and they emphasize the need for organizations that include women from all sectors of society….It is precisely the specific character of women’s situation that requires their separate organization. Here socialist feminists frequently find themselves in opposition to much of the tradition of socialist theory and practice. Socialist-feminist theory takes on the essential task of developing a framework that can guide the process of organizing women from different classes and sectors into an autonomous women’s movement.’’

—-Lise Vogel, Women Questions: Essays for a Materialist Feminism, 1995

With this, Vogel (a red-diaper baby who 30 years earlier had gone down South as a Civil Rights worker) as much as admitted that it is impossible to reconcile ‘‘feminism’’ and ‘‘socialism’’—-two fundamentally counterposed ideologies—-with a hyphen.

While Marxists derided the class-collaborationist implications of the socialist-feminist call for women to ‘‘unite,’’ the radical feminists attacked them from the other direction as ‘‘male-identified politicos.’’ Catharine MacKinnon, a prominent American radical-feminist theorist, and Andrea Dworkin’s collaborator, put her finger on the fundamental political contradiction of socialist feminism:

‘‘Attempts to create a synthesis between marxism and feminism, termed socialist-feminism, have recognized neither the separate integrity of each theory nor the depth of the antagonism between them.’’

—-Toward a Feminist Theory of the State, 1989

Socialist feminism decomposed as a political movement because the incoherence of its postulates prevented its adherents from developing either a program, or an organization, capable of engaging in serious social struggle. In the real world, there is simply no political space between the program of female solidarity across class lines and that of proletarian solidarity across sex lines. For example, socialist feminists would agree that working women shoulder the principal burden of cuts to social programs. Pro-capitalist governments of every political stripe claim that the state can no longer afford to bear the costs of looking after children, the elderly or the sick; instead, these are to be the responsibility of the ‘‘family,’’ i.e., primarily women. So who would be the natural constituency to fight against these cuts? Bourgeois women generally support government austerity and the resulting redistribution of wealth. Their primary concern is not to overburden the private accumulation of capital with the public funding of social need. On the other hand, working-class men are natural allies in the fight against cuts to daycare subsidies, old-age pensions, medicare, and so on, because these are programs that benefit them.

Today, among trendy left academics, analyzing male supremacy within the framework of a materialist perspective is passé; Marxism is frequently dismissed as irrelevant, its place taken by the ‘‘post-modernism’’ of Jacques Derrida, Julia Kristeva, Luce Irigaray, Michel Foucault and Jean Baudrillard. While sometimes identified broadly with the political left, the post-modernists in fact represent a return to the reactionary historical pessimism of Friedrich Nietzsche, whom Jurgen Habermas aptly characterized as the ‘‘dialectician of the Counter-Enlightenment.’’ Post-modernism has provided the pseudo-theoretical backdrop for a new brand of apolitical leftist conservatism that rejects the idea, central to both the Enlightenment and Marxism, that society can be remade on the basis of human reason: a bankrupt ‘‘humanist’’ notion according to the post-structuralists and post-modernists! Michèle Barrett, once an influential British exponent of ‘‘socialist feminism,’’ is an example of this ‘‘descent into discourse.’’ In the introduction to the 1988 reissue of her 1980 book, Women’s Oppression Today, she wrote that:

‘‘the discourse of post-modernism is premised on an explicit and argued denial of the kind of grand political projects that both ‘socialism’ and ‘feminism’ by definition are….The arguments of post-modernism already represent, I think, a key position around which feminist theoretical work in the future is likely to revolve. Undoubtedly, this is where the book would begin, were I writing it today.’’

‘Cultural Feminism’ & the Rejection of Politics

Many feminists in the imperialist countries have retreated into an attempt to escape the sexism of mainstream society through the creation of a female counterculture involving theater, music, ‘‘herstory’’ and literature. The growth of ‘‘cultural feminism’’ in the late 1970s was reflected in the growing popularity of writers who contrasted supposedly female values of caring, sharing and emotional warmth with the ‘‘male’’ characteristics of greed, aggression, ego and lust. Unlike the Women’s Liberation Movement of the 1960s—-which brought many aspects of women’s oppression from the private into the public realm for the first time—-the cultural-feminist high priestesses of the 1990s invoke ‘‘The Goddess’’ in order to repackage traditional notions of feminine essence, which they peddle with talk of ‘‘empowerment.’’

The ‘‘herstory’’ industry provides an example of this political regression. In 1970, when a leading journal of the American women’s movement published a special issue on ‘‘Women in History,’’ its cover proclaimed:

‘Our history has been stolen from us. Our heroes died in childbirth, from peritonitis[,] overwork[,] oppression[,] from bottled-up rage. Our geniuses were never taught to read or write.’’

—-Women: A Journal of Liberation, Spring 1970.

Contemporary ‘‘herstorians,’’ like Dale Spender, reject his, and assert instead that male historians have written important women artists, writers, scientists and philosophers out of history:

‘‘when we assert that the reason for women’s absence [from the historical record] is not women, but men, that it is not that women have not contributed, but that men have ‘doctored the records’, reality undergoes a remarkable change’’

—-Women of Ideas and What Men Have Done to Them, 1982

While the study of contributions by women in the past can certainly inspire those engaged in struggle today, the attempt to prettify the ugly truth can only undercut the urgency of bringing down the social order responsible for the perpetuation of female oppression. The relegation of women to the ‘‘private’’ sphere of domestic labor meant their exclusion, in all but a few cases, from the opportunity to be major participants in the historic developments of their time. The emphasis on women’s exclusion from the history books only serves to trivialize the extent of the injury.

The cultural feminists preach abstinence from, rather than engagement in, political activity, on the grounds that it must inevitably involve entering the male domain:

‘‘tokenism—-which is commonly guised as Equal Rights, and which yields token victories—-deflects and shortcircuits gynergy, so that female power, galvanized under deceptive slogans of sisterhood, is swallowed by The Fraternity. This method of vampirizing the Female Self saps women by giving illusions of partial success….

‘‘Thus tokenism is insidiously destructive of sisterhood, for it distorts the warrior aspect of Amazon bonding both by magnifying it and by minimizing it. It magnifies the importance of ‘fighting back’ to the extent of making it devour the transcendent be-ing of sisterhood, reducing it to a copy of comradeship. At the same time, it minimizes the Amazon warrior aspect by containing it, misdirecting and shortcircuiting the struggle.’’

—-Mary Daly, Gyn/Ecology, 1978

The very concept of oppression, as well as the need to struggle against it, are derided as ‘‘male’’ notions to be transcended:

‘‘The point is not to save society or to focus on escape (which is backward-looking) but to release the Spring of being….Left undisturbed, we are free to find our own concordance, to hear our own harmony, the harmony of the spheres.’’

Ibid.

This reactionary drivel is a feminist restatement of the political demoralization that propelled thousands of petty-bourgeois baby boomers from the New Left to the New Age.

As the material progress of women has stalled, the feminist celebrants of passivity and political abstention promise salvation in some world other than the one in which real suffering occurs. There is a certain logic to this, for if women’s oppression derives from an eternal and unchanging disparity between the nature of the sexes, there is little reason to expect to see any significant change whatever you do. So instead of participating in the struggle to transform the institutions and social relationships that determine consciousness, New-Age feminists exhort women to embark on a personal spiritual journey to an inner space. Mary Daly advises that the road to psychic fulfilment can be found through discussions with other women in which language is ‘‘co-opted’’ and male ‘‘meanings’’ subverted:

‘‘Breaking the bonds/bars of phallocracy requires breaking through to radiant powers of words, so that by releasing words, we can release our Selves.’’

—-Pure Lust, 1984

While imagining themselves embarked on a daring feminist rethink of the entire course of human existence, the cultural feminists, in reality, merely reflect the conservative trends currently popular with the bourgeois intelligentsia. The new feminism embraces many of the key features of ‘‘post-modernism,’’ including an idealist focus on language and ‘‘discourse,’’ and a belittling of the significance of political and economic activity.

‘Women’s Work’

Even those feminists who have not entirely given up on political activity have abandoned the anti-capitalist rhetoric of the early 1970s. Many are engaged in operating abortion clinics, rape crisis centers and women’s shelters. Such services are certainly beneficial to those women who have access to them, and afford those providing them with the satisfaction of doing something ‘‘practical.’’ However, they only address the effects, not the roots, of women’s oppression.

Some feminists are also involved in campaigns to increase female representation in non-traditional jobs in skilled trades, the professions and corporate management. While this has created opportunities for a few, and helped break down some stereotypes, it has had little effect on the conditions faced by the majority of women, who remain stuck in traditionally ‘‘female’’ employment.

Much has been made of the narrowing of the male/female wage gap in the U.S. in recent years: between 1955 and 1991 wages for women working full-time rose from 64 percent to 70 percent of those of men. But this is largely a result of the decline in male wages due to the shrinkage of unionized blue-collar jobs. Marxists support women’s struggles for equal pay and equal access to all job categories, while recognizing that the resilience of sexual bias in the capitalist labor process will prevent women from achieving true equality.

In most cases there is no objective basis for designating jobs as ‘‘male’’ or ‘‘female.’’ The only important distinction between the sexes in terms of their capacity for work is that men are, on average, physically stronger than women. Yet among men, jobs requiring physical strength are not particularly highly rewarded—-skill, dexterity, mental and organizational ability count for much more. The reason that business executives, doctors and airline pilots are predominantly male, while secretaries, nurses and flight attendants are usually female, has a great deal to do with prevailing sexist social attitudes, and nothing to do with any disparity in ability. In her 1959 essay, Nancy Reeves provided a striking example of the arbitrary character of ‘‘male’’ and ‘‘female’’ work:

‘‘in the [American] Midwest, cornhuskers are traditionally women, while trimmers are almost always men. In the Far West, the reverse is true.’’

The male-supremacist tilt in capitalist society is so pervasive, and so flexible, that even when women gain entry to previously all-male occupations, new barriers, both overt and covert, soon appear:

‘‘In 1973 only 8 percent of law degrees [in the U.S.] were awarded to women. By 1990 the percentage had risen to 42 percent. This is a sizeable feminization of a prestigious profession. Women, however, are overrepresented among the less-well-paying jobs in law, such as jobs in legal clinics, and appear not to rise to the top even in the most lucrative area of large law firms.’’

—-Joyce P. Jacobsen, The Economics of Gender, 1994

The same phenomenon is observable in business:

‘‘Studies by Columbia and Stanford Universities of women MBAs [Master of Business Administration] show that starting salaries are similar between the sexes, but that seven years out the door, the women are 40 percent behind the men.’’

—-Ibid.

Even among librarians, one of the very few ‘‘female’’ professions, a disproportionate percentage of the top jobs (senior administrative positions in major research libraries) are held by men. Jacobsen notes that it is:

‘‘difficult to find an example of a truly integrated occupation, where the proportion of women closely matches their representation in the workforce, where the rate of change in the sex ratio is small, and where women are not ghettoized.’’

Occupations that have changed over time from the domain of one sex to that of the other provide another indication of the systemic nature of the problem. One of the few jobs that has shifted from ‘‘female’’ to ‘‘male’’ is delivering babies. In 1910 midwives delivered half of all babies in the U.S., but by 1970, this figure had dropped to less than one percent. When childbirth became something that took place in hospitals under the supervision of (predominantly male) doctors, the status and remuneration for this work rose dramatically.

Conversely, when jobs shift from males to females, the result is a decline in both status and money:

‘‘Although there were almost no women bank tellers before World War II, over 90 percent of tellers were female in 1980. Meanwhile, salaries and career-advancement possibilities dropped precipitously. Clerical professions, in general, were predominantly male when they first came into existence in large numbers as the industrial revolution generated more need for paper processors: all these occupations are now female-dominated and generally considered to be the female ghetto of jobs.’’

—-Ibid.

One of the most spectacular examples of a woman breaking into a traditionally male job category was Margaret Thatcher’s ascension to the office of Britain’s prime minister. There is no question that the ‘‘Iron Lady’’ made her way to the top by besting her male competitors, yet it is also well known that under her rule British working people and the poor (who are, of course, disproportionately female) faced attacks of unprecedented viciousness. Thatcher’s success may have undercut various male supremacist assumptions, and inspired a handful of ambitious British girls to reach for the top, but the real lesson her career holds is that the basis of social oppression lies in the inner logic of the capitalist system, not in the sex of those who operate its levers.

Anti-Porn Feminists

Among the most directly political (and most reactionary) initiatives undertaken by radical feminists in recent years is the campaign to ban sexually explicit material (see ‘‘Pornography, Capitalism & Censorship,’’ 1917 No. 13). Despite occasional disclaimers that they do not share the prudishness of the right-wing family-values crowd, anti-porn feminists have willingly joined forces with the bigots who want to criminalize abortion, persecute homosexuals, and prohibit the teaching of evolution and sex education in schools. In many jurisdictions where law enforcement authorities have played up the ‘‘prowoman’’ angle in defense of state censorship, the main targets of anti-pornography sweeps have been the gay and lesbian population.

Feminists who advocate censorship argue that women’s oppression is the product of an unchanging male identity centered on an inherently brutal sexuality. Andrea Dworkin, the queen of America’s pro-censorship feminists, claims that ‘‘sex and murder are fused in the male consciousness, so that one without the immanent possibility of the other is unthinkable and impossible’’ (‘‘Taking Action,’’ in Take Back the Night, 1980). Pornography should be banned, therefore, as a manifestation of this ‘‘male consciousness.’’

Besides pro-censorship feminists, there are also ‘‘promotherhood’’ feminists, who are distinguished by their obsession with the development of new reproductive technologies. The ‘‘Feminist International Network of Resistance to Reproductive and Genetic Engineering,’’ launched in 1984, holds that the central issue for women is the campaign against developments in artificial insemination and in vitro fertilization. Where Shulamith Firestone imagined that advances in reproductive technology would pave the way to female liberation, these paranoids see it as the potential site of a new kind of enslavement:

‘‘Much as we turn from consideration of a nuclear aftermath, we turn from seeing a future where children are neither borne nor born or where women are forced to bear only sons and to slaughter their foetal daughters. Chinese and Indian women are already trudging this path. The future of women as a group is at stake and we need to ensure that we have thoroughly considered all possibilities before endorsing technology which could mean the death of the female.’’

—-Robyn Rowland, in Man-Made Women, 1987

Like their ‘‘anti-porn’’ sisters, Rowland and other ‘‘pro-motherhood’’ advocates have not been coy about climbing into bed with the traditional right: ‘‘feminists may have to consider alignments with strange pillowfriends: right-wing women perhaps’’ (Ibid.). Rowland’s ‘‘pillow-friends’’ include the avowed racist Enoch Powell. In 1985, when Powell introduced his (unsuccessful) ‘‘Unborn Children Protection Bill,’’ to ban embryo research and severely restrict in vitrofertilization, Rowland spoke at a press conference in his support (see Marge Berer’s ‘‘Breeding Conspiracies and the New Reproductive Technologies,’’ in Trouble and Strife, Summer 1986).

Susan Faludi’s ‘Backlash’

The center of gravity of the feminist milieu has moved rightward since the 1970s, but many feminists still identify themselves with the left, and many have sharply opposed the anti-porn crusade and the various other adaptations to the right. One of the most influential feminist books of the 1990s, Susan Faludi’s Backlash: The Undeclared War Against Women (1991), documents a decade of ‘‘pro-family’’ reaction and asks:

‘‘If women are now so equal, why are they much more likely to be poor, especially in retirement? … Why does the average working woman, in both the UK and the US, still earn only just over two-thirds what men do for the same work? . . .

‘‘If women are so ‘free’, why are their reproductive freedoms in greater jeopardy today than a decade earlier? Why do women who want to postpone childbearing now have fewer options than 10 years ago?’’

These are not the sort of questions that the capitalist media addresses, as Faludi points out. Her book provides a wealth of examples of how ‘‘public opinion’’ is manufactured and manipulated, in order to isolate women who dare aspire to social equality.

Faludi is critical of feminists who reject political activity in pursuit of ‘‘personal growth,’’ and clearly endorses a perspective of collective action. Yet she is unable either to explain the origins of the reactionary developments she decries, or to propose a program to resist them. Instead, she presents the backlash as a regrettable, but perhaps inevitable, part of some great cycle of existence:

‘‘A backlash against women’s rights is nothing new. Indeed, it is a recurring phenomenon: it returns every time women begin to make some headway towards equality, a seemingly inevitable early frost to the brief flowerings of feminism. ‘The progress of women’s rights in our culture, unlike other forms of ‘‘progress,’’ has always been strangely reversible,’ American literature scholar Ann Douglas has observed.’’

The gains won by women in the 1960s and 1970s were a direct product of political struggle. But concessions granted under the pressure of mass political mobilizations are subject to reversal when a different configuration of social forces arises. The struggle for female equality, like the battle against racism and other forms of social oppression, can never be finally victorious within the framework of capitalist society, because the maintenance of privilege and inequality is an inevitable corollary to the predominance of private ownership of the means of production.

The most glaring shortcoming of Faludi’s book is her tendency to treat the backlash against women’s rights in isolation. The campaign against women’s rights in America is only one front in an all-sided reactionary assault. The propaganda techniques which Faludi describes so well have also been routinely employed against others targeted by the ruling class—-from welfare recipients, to unionists, to Saddam Hussein.

In a footnote to her description of international resistance to the anti-abortion ‘‘Operation Rescue’’ fanatics, Faludi notes: ‘‘New Zealand saw clashes in 1989 outside a Wellington clinic when a Rescue squad arrived to find 30 women already there and intent on allowing women in.’’ Contrary to Faludi’s information, the clinic’s defenders on that day included both men and women (including some of our New Zealand comrades). Our supporters played a major role in organizing the ongoing defense of the Parkview clinic through ‘‘Choice’’—-a militant, non-exclusionist ‘‘rapid response’’ network, open to everyone prepared to defend abortion rights. One of the lessons of this work was the importance of drawing the line politically, rather than on the basis of sex, in the fight for women’s rights.

Women’s Liberation Through Socialist Revolution!

The relegation of women to the household has historically permitted many issues of women’s rights to be dismissed as merely ‘‘personal’’ concerns. The Women’s Liberation Movement of the late 1960s saw a proliferation of ‘‘consciousness-raising groups,’’ which explored the varied ways that women had internalized their oppression as personal concerns and the extent to which society treats the subordination of women as a ‘‘natural’’ condition of existence.

Legal and institutional restrictions on access to abortion, birth control, healthcare, childcare and employment are all clearly overtly ‘‘political’’ questions. But women’s oppression also encompasses the deeply rooted psychological and social attitudes and presumptions resulting from thousands of years of male domination. Girls learn early in life that they cannot aspire to everything that boys can. Misogynist assumptions are so deeply embedded in our culture that many aspects of women’s oppression are virtually invisible, even to people committed to the struggle for women’s liberation. For example, when feminists proposed the introduction of gender-neutral language (e.g., the use of chairperson’’ instead of ‘‘chairman,’’ or ‘‘Ms.’’ instead of ‘‘Miss’’ and ‘‘Mrs.’’) some left-wing Marxist publications proved more resistant than the mainstream bourgeois press.

Many women’s lives are stunted and deformed by sexual harassment, rape and domestic violence at the hands of men. While it takes place between individuals, such pathological behavior, like other manifestations of female oppression, are social problems. They cannot be eliminated until the social system which produces and, at a certain level, encourages them, is replaced by one that creates the material conditions for the emergence of a culture imbued with fundamentally different values.

Women’s liberation cannot be achieved within the arena of one’s own personal life. It is not enough to share domestic labor more equitably within the family—-what is necessary is that childcare, housecleaning, meal preparation, etc., be transformed from individual to social responsibilities. But this is not possible short of the total reconstruction of society—-the replacement of capitalist anarchy with a socialist planned economy administered by the producers themselves.

Just as the liberation of women is inextricably linked to the outcome of the class struggle, so too the fate of any social revolution depends on the participation and support of poor and working-class women. As Karl Marx remarked in a 12 December 1868 letter to Ludwig Kugelmann: ‘‘Everyone who knows anything of history also knows that great social revolutions are impossible without the feminine ferment.’’ Revolutionaries must actively participate in social struggles to defend and advance female equality. It is also necessary to promote the development of female leaders within the socialist movement. For it is only through participation in a struggle to turn the world upside down that women can open the road to their own emancipation and create the material circumstances for eradicating hunger, exploitation, poverty and the effects of thousands of years of male supremacy. This is a goal worth struggling for.

We need a workers’ solution to the ‘national’ divide!

British Troops out of Ireland, Now!
We need a workers’ solution to the ‘national’ divide!

Originally published in ‘Marxist Bulletin’ No. 3, August 1997.
http://www.bolshevik.org/mb/3ireland.htm

Tony Blair’s election on May 1st, together with the election of a Fianna Fail-dominated coalition government in the Irish Republic in June, has produced a flurry of activity by British, Irish and American politicians to revive the ‘peace process’ that foundered in February 1996, when the Docklands bombing signalled the end of the IRA’s 17-month long ceasefire. The Major government, desperate to cling onto power until the last possible moment with a parliamentary majority shrinking to non-existence, became chronically dependent on Unionist votes in Westminster to prop it up, and so was unable and unwilling to even maintain a semblance of ‘even-handedness’ in its dealings with the various Northern Ireland parties. This was a significant factor in the unravelling of the ‘peace process’. However, now that there is a British government with a huge parliamentary majority, in no way dependent on Loyalist bigots for its survival, once again the conditions appear to exist for the British ruling class to try to negotiate some sort of settlement of the Irish conflict.

Yet the collapse of the previous ‘peace process’ under the Major government has left a much more volatile political situation in the North than was the case in 1994. At that time there was a massive wave of pacifistic sentiment in both communities, that despite the reactionary and illusory nature of the ‘peace process’ itself, provided a brief opportunity for a socialist intervention to sharpen a struggle on class, instead of national/communal, lines.

Now this sentiment is much less noticeable. The popular reaction to the IRA’s July reinstatement of the ceasefire has been very muted, unlike the euphoria of August 1994. As Major’s previous debacle wound to its end, the popular pacifistic mood was replaced by an ugly sectarian polarisation, with each side accusing the other of ‘betraying’ the hopes for peace.

The see-sawing of the Blair government during this year’s marching season – first forcing the loyalist march at Drumcree down the local Catholic community’s throat with brutal RUC force, then reversing its stance and angering loyalists by failing to provide ‘security’ for other sectarian loyalist marches in Catholic areas – is likely to continue. Despite Mowlem’s attempts to keep the ‘peace train’ running and satisfy both sides, the Blairites’ attempts to ‘reconcile’ the republicans and loyalists to a mutually agreeable ‘settlement’ is unlikely to suceed. In the absence of a joint Protestant–Catholic revolutionary class struggle, one or the other nationalism will prevail in any ‘settlement’. The contradictions of this situation could easily explode into a Bosnia-style communal conflict, and blow Blair’s ‘peace process’ sky high.

British rulers want out

A ‘settlement’ is what the British ruling class transparently wants – a settlement that will allow them to divest themselves of this costly and unruly problem bequeathed to them by previous generations of British imperialist exploiters, who made much more out of Northern Ireland’s once-strategic industries than is possible today.

When the British state engineered the partition of Ireland in the 1920s, it managed to retain the bulk of the island’s heavy industries, leaving the citizens of the newly-born ‘Irish Free State’ with a predominantly backward, agricultural economy. Now, with the decay and obsolescence of the engineering and shipbuilding industries that once dominated the province, Northern Ireland has for decades been seen as a liability on the British state’s balance sheet – something to be disposed of with as little trouble as is possible. With the rise of European imperialist investment in the Irish Republic, Eire has gradually acquired much more importance, especially on the European stage.

The British ruling class fears only one consequence if it were to leave the six counties – the prospect of a war between Protestant and Catholic communities that could be a de-stabilising force in the rest of these islands. These days, the British state cares little for the Protestants, who are now of much less importance both strategically and economically than in the very different circumstances of decades ago.

Britain’s rulers basically want ‘order’. They would for the most part be quite happy to hand over Northern Ireland to the Irish bourgeoisie, and even allow their historic Protestant allies to be crushed – if they thought this was likely to work. But they fear that the Southern Ireland capitalist state is not strong enough to maintain ‘order’ in such an eventuality. So, the troops stay, and the search for some kind of ‘negotiated settlement’ with the protagonists goes on.

Poisonous divisions

Socialists have a different set of aims in seeking to address the questions posed by the situation in Northern Ireland. We seek to fight for the interests of the working class. We especially fight to overcome the kinds of divisions in the working class that are so prevalent in Ireland – divisions where workers, instead of understanding that the boss class of all nationalities is their enemy, instead believe that their deadliest enemies are the bosses and workers of another community.

In situations such as Ireland, where such hatreds are the legacy of centuries of oppression of one community by the other, socialists must fight against all kinds of nationally- and communally-based forms of oppression. We must be the best fighters against the systematic, vicious discrimination that has been traditionally practised by the British/Orange state machine and employers in Northern Ireland. We must recognise that the working class movement in Northern Ireland has been poisoned and corrupted almost beyond belief by anti-Catholic Orange bigotry, in order to struggle to change it.

Socialists in Britain particularly have an obligation to hammer into the consciousness of British workers the historic responsibility of our ‘own’ British ruling class for the oppression of the Irish Catholic population in the North, and for colonial rule in the whole of Ireland before that. That the British Labour Party has for many decades supported British rule in Northern Ireland, and was in fact instrumental in sending in the army in 1969 and in many other atrocities since, is something that brings shame on the British labour movement.

Our commitment to ‘Troops Out’

In voting to include the demand for the immediate withdrawal of British troops from Ireland in our policy statements, our party made an important break from the rotten ‘traditions’ of labourism. The class battles of the 1980s, such as the miners Great Strike of 1984–5, Wapping and the Poll Tax, led to the disillusionment of many militant workers with treacherous labourism. The British state tested out many techniques of repression in the six counties that were later used against the working class at home. This key lesson has been learned by many of the working class militants who founded the SLP, and no doubt was the key reason why conference voted overwhelmingly to overturn (with the agreement of the podium) the weak-kneed, mealy-mouthed call for a ‘commitment to withdraw’ over the lifetime of one parliament, in favour of an amendment to the Ireland resolution raising the unequivocal demand for the immediate withdrawal of troops.

A capitalist ‘peace’ process

Yet as we pointed out in the last SLP Marxist Bulletin, despite this advance, some of the propaganda our party has produced on the question of Ireland has been badly flawed. We criticised the softness on the so-called ‘peace process’ in articles by comrade Patrick Sikorski in Socialist News (see ‘On Bourgeois “Peace Talks” and “Nationalist” Bombs, MB 2). Softness and confusion about these talks, and particularly a belief that if only they were ‘fair’ and Sinn Fein were admitted to them on an equal basis to the other northern Irish parties they could lead to real progress towards peace and socialism, is only too common on the left wing of the British labour movement.

But this is an illusion – the common denominator of all the forces involved in this ‘peace process’, including Sinn Fein and the IRA themselves, is some kind of ‘solution’ within the framework of capitalism. Nowadays, in the shadow of the collapse of the Soviet and East European bureaucratised workers’ states, Sinn Fein, which at various times in the past used to talk vaguely about some sort of ‘socialism’, no longer does so. It is much more explicit than for many years that its aim is a reunified Irish capitalist republic.

Indeed, logically and geographically, the best and simplest solution to the partition of Ireland would appear to be what our policy papers say it should be a united Ireland. Simple. In fact, so simple one can be forgiven for asking: ‘If this solution is so simple, why hasn’t it already been done?’ And the answer to this question is also obvious. The reason Ireland has not been united is because there is a formidable obstacle – over a million Protestants, close to two-thirds of the population of Northern Ireland, are at this point overwhelmingly determined not to take part in any such ‘unity’.

The most important difficulty faced by anyone who wants to address the real problems of how to achieve peace and socialism in Ireland is how to overcome this obstacle. It is not good enough, as many on the British left have done over the years, to look at this problem through rose-tinted (or perhaps green-tinted) spectacles and hope or pretend it will go away. It will not.

The problem that many on the British left will not face up to is that any attempt to unite Ireland without a solution to this problem being found will inevitably lead to a conflict similar to that in Bosnia over the last few years. The Protestants will not be coerced – it they are threatened with forcible incorporation into the Irish Republic they will fight. A communal war would be the result, which would be a massive defeat for the working class of both communities. What is more, it is a war the Protestants could, as things stand at present, quite likely win, driving large sections of the Catholic people out of their communities.

This scenario is not far-fetched at all – rather it is something that socialists who are serious about fighting oppression in Ireland must formulate a programme to avoid, in favour of a working class solution to the ‘national’ problem.

No forced reunification

The starting point of such a solution flows inevitably from this analysis – socialists must demand the immediate, unconditional withdrawal of British troops from Ireland, but we must at the same time oppose the forcible reunification of Ireland.

Socialists in Ireland must fight every concrete measure of oppression of the Catholic population in the North, against discrimination in education, jobs, housing, as well as against the sectarian state machine. But at the same time we must make it abundantly clear that we do not seek to coerce Protestant workers into a united Ireland against their will.

It is one of the ironies of politics that those British and Irish leftists who close their eyes to this problem and advocate ‘self-determination for the Irish people as a whole’ irrespective of the wishes of the Protestants, actually act to retard the possibility of real, working class unity between Protestant and Catholic. This class-based unity is the only progressive way a united Ireland is ever likely to be achieved. Empty slogans about self-determination, which do not recognise that the self-determination of one community threatens the self-determination of the other, simply reinforce the fears of Protestant workers that if they break with ‘their’ Orange bosses and politicians, they will end up as an oppressed minority in a Catholic-dominated capitalist state.

Rather than demand the Protestants’ inclusion in a united Ireland as an end in itself, we should argue that the matter of where the Protestants fall be open to negotiation between workers representatives of both communities, with the possibility of Protestant workers remaining separate with their own workers state from an Irish workers state for as long as they want, possibly as part of a socialist federation with other parts of the British Isles. This is not so unlikely as it sounds, since the likely situation is that any mass socialist workers upsurge in Northern Ireland would be a part of something wider in the rest of these islands. An approach that does not involve coercion is most likely to lead to the rational solution of Irish unity on a voluntary basis, under socialism.

Civil rights and guns

As socialists and internationalists, we must seek to elaborate a strategy that can unite the working class in Ireland, both Protestant and Catholic, for class struggle against capitalism itself. In doing so we must address the basic economic facts of capitalist decay, which in Northern Ireland have a particularly malignant character because they are intertwined with the sectarian divisions in our class. At the same time, in a society where, infinitely more than on the island of Great Britain, the entire body politic is awash with guns, we must not be afraid to tackle head-on questions related to armed power, in relation to the state machine and the paramilitary organisations of both communities. For socialists to avoid either of these aspects would be fatal, in different ways.

In refusing to address the questions of armed power, and seeking to concentrate on ‘economic’ questions, we would be powerless. Any serious attempt to wage ‘economic’ struggle would inevitably come into confrontation with gangs of armed strikebreakers and anti-socialist assassins.

On the other hand, for socialists to shun ‘economic’ questions and simply concentrate on organising a military struggle against the British state and the reactionary paramilitary organisations would be to fall into a kind of ‘socialist’ guerillaism. Such a course would lead to socialists being isolated from mass struggles and being seen as military adventurists and elitists. Rather, we should seek to connect the struggles that can unite workers on ‘economic’ questions to the wider question of the need for the workers to arm themselves, to defend their class unity and class interests against armed enemies of the working class and socialism, not all of whom are to be found in the Loyalist ‘camp’.

In particular, we need a programme of ‘economic’ demands that can overcome the widespread fear among Protestant workers that calls for ‘equality’ for Catholics in jobs, housing, and so on would mean worse housing and greater unemployment among Protestants. Protestant workers are not some kind of privileged elite. They ‘enjoy’ a level of privilege so great that they have a lower standard of living than most workers on the island of Great Britain!

Rights for all Irish workers

We need to attack anti-Catholic discrimination by posing demands for equality in the context of a struggle for more for workers of both communities – jobs for all, work-sharing on full pay, shorter working weeks for all, better wages for all, and so on. We need to raise demands for the secularisation of political and social life – against the influence of both the Protestant and Catholic churches. We should demand full rights for women – free abortion, contraception, divorce, and the abolition of anti-gay laws and other such repressive measures against sexual expression. All these demands cut against the reactionary forces in both communities and contain within them a potential to push forward working-class unity.

At the same time we need to advocate a solution to the ‘military’ question. In recent years there have been repeated cases of Protestant workers taking strike action, even at such traditional bastions of sectarianism as Harland and Wolff’s, to express their disgust at sectarian killings, including those of Catholics by Orange gunmen.

Socialists in Ireland should try to take this further by advocating the formation of integrated military groupings, containing both Protestant and Catholic workers, to defend potential victims of such attacks in both communities when the need arises. Formed concurrently and as part of struggle for the kind of ‘economic’ demands described above, such anti-sectarian armed groups could themselves form part of the solution to the ‘military’ problem. They pose the possibility of working class state power instead of the power of the British state and the sectarian armed groupings. It is true that the Loyalist paramilitary gangs are the most vicious and most guilty of such crimes, but it is also true that some Republicans are quite capable of carrying out sectarian crimes themselves.

If a socialist party such as our own looked as if it was leading a real struggle for workers power, we would attract many of the best elements from the Republican movement, but there are also die-hard pro-capitalist elements in that movement who are capable of being a threat to the workers movement, and socialists in Ireland would need our own forces to defend the working class against them also.

Overall, as socialists and internationalists, we have a responsibility to not merely act as an opposition to the criminal actions of British imperialism (which is essential) but also to put forward socialist solutions to this complex national question. Many activists in the labour movement in both Britain and Ireland, who are antagonistic to British rule in Ireland and sympathetic to the struggle against oppression, are nevertheless sceptical about the simplistic ‘solutions’ (‘United Ireland’, etc.) offered by much of the ‘far left’. The SLP, which has the potential to win many such activists to a genuinely socialist programme and perspective, should seek to go further than has been done in the past and develop its understanding towards such a goal. The editorial collective of this bulletin believe that the perspective outlined here offers a way forward, and commends it to the SLP membership as the basis of a genuinely revolutionary strategy for socialism in Ireland and the British Isles as a whole.

Marxismo, feminismo e a libertação da mulher

Marxismo, feminismo e a libertação da mulher

Artigo originalmente publicado em inglês na revista “1917” nº 19 (1997), pela então revolucionária Tendência Bolchevique Internacional. Tradução para o português realizada pelo Reagrupamento Revolucionário em agosto de 2016. Para uma crítica à forma sectária como tal organização utilizava o conceito de “feminismo”, ver o texto do Reagrupamento Revolucionário “Sobre Marxismo e Feminismo” (março de 2009).

Apesar de todas as conferências internacionais e “declarações universais” a favor da igualdade da mulher, a vida da maioria das mulheres em todas as partes do mundo segue marcada por preconceitos e opressão social. A forma pela qual a supremacia masculina se impõe varia consideravelmente de uma sociedade para outra (e dentro das diferentes camadas sociais de uma mesma sociedade), mas em todas as partes se ensina aos homens que se considerem superiores e às mulheres se ensina a aceitar isso. Poucas mulheres têm acesso ao poder e aos privilégios sem que seja por meio de sua conexão com algum homem. A maioria das mulheres na força de trabalho paga estão sujeitas à carga dupla da escravidão doméstica e assalariada. De acordo com as Nações Unidas, as mulheres realizam dois terços do trabalho de todo o planeta e produzem em torno de 45% da comida – mas recebem apenas 10% de toda a renda e são donas de apenas 1% das propriedades (citado por M. French em The war against Women, 1992).

Desde sua origem, o movimento marxista tem defendido a igualdade de direitos para as mulheres, enquanto considerou que a opressão das mulheres (assim como a opressão racial, nacional ou qualquer outra) não pode ser erradicada sem antes derrubar o sistema social capitalista que a alimenta e mantém. Os marxistas afirmam que a libertação da mulher está ligada à luta contra o capitalismo porque, em última análise, a opressão sexual serve aos interesses materiais da classe dominante.

Enquanto marxistas e feministas frequentemente se encontram do mesmo lado nas lutas pelos direitos das mulheres, eles têm duas visões de mundo fundamentalmente incompatíveis. Feminismo é uma ideologia que parte da premissa de que a divisão fundamental da sociedade humana é entre os sexos, não a de classes. Ideólogas feministas consequentemente veem a luta por igualdade feminina como separada da luta pelo socialismo, que muitas descartam como uma mera forma alternativa de “patriarcado”.

Nas últimas décadas, escritoras e acadêmicas feministas têm chamado atenção para a variedade e extensão das práticas de supremacia masculina na sociedade contemporânea. Elas descreveram os mecanismos pelos quais a subordinação das mulheres é inculcada, normalizada e reforçada por meio de tudo, desde contos de fada a anúncios de televisão. As feministas tomaram a dianteira ao expor as várias formas de manifestação patológica do machismo na vida privada: do assédio sexual e do estupro até a violência doméstica. Antes da ressurgência do movimento das mulheres no fim dos anos 1960, essas questões recebiam pouca atenção de críticos sociais, fossem eles liberais ou de esquerda. Feministas também têm sido bastante ativas em campanhas internacionais contra a mutilação genital feminina na África, infanticídio feminino na China e a imposição do véu no mundo islâmico. Ainda assim, enquanto a análise feminista é frequentemente útil para chamar atenção sobre a penetração do machismo na sociedade capitalista, ela geralmente não faz a conexão entre a supremacia masculina e o sistema de cominação de classe que está na sua base.

Marxistas sustentam que o conflito de classes é a força motriz da história e rejeitam a noção de que há diferenças irreconciliáveis entre os interesses de homens e mulheres. Mas nós não negamos que homens sejam agentes da opressão das mulheres ou que, no quadro das relações sociais existentes, os homens “se beneficiam” dela tanto em termos materiais quanto psicológicos. Mas os benefícios que a maioria dos homens obtém com a desigualdade das mulheres são pequenos, vazios e transitórios, e os custos que os acompanham são substanciais.

“Empregos de confiança” para excluir as mulheres, desvalorização de trabalhos tradicionalmente “femininos” e diferenças salariais com base no sexo, enquanto parecem beneficiar os homens que são mais bem pagos e têm mais segurança empregatícia, na verdade exercem pressão para baixar os salários de forma geral. Esse fenômeno foi explicado por Frieda Miller, diretora do Escritório de Mulheres do governo dos Estados Unidos, pouco depois da Segunda Guerra Mundial:

“É um axioma da teoria dos salários que quando um grande número de trabalhadores podem ser contratados por taxas salariais menores do que as correntes, a competição dessas pessoas por emprego resulta ou na demissão de trabalhadores mais bem pagos ou na aceitação de salários menores pelos mesmos. Ao longo de um período de tempo, essa pressão tende a baixar o nível de todos os salários. A não ser que esse curso normal seja desviado por alguma ação, ela resulta em um nível mais baixo de salário para todos, com efeitos na redução do poder de compra e dos padrões de vida. Em razão do seu treinamento e habilidades recentes, decorrentes da guerra, as mulheres estão mais do que nunca em uma posição de serem usadas pelos empregadores inescrupulosos como forma de cortar os salários”

— Boletim do Escritório de Mulheres dos Estados Unidos n. 224, 1948 (citado por Nancy Reeves em ‘Mulheres ao trabalho’, em American Labor Mid-Passage, 1959).

O mesmo se aplica à discriminação salarial contra imigrantes, jovens e minorias raciais, ou qualquer outro setor da força de trabalho. Além de baixar os salários, o machismo – assim como o racismo, nacionalismo, homofobia e outras formas de ideologias atrasadas – obscurece os mecanismos de controle social e coloca os de baixo uns contra os outros, fornecendo um bastião para um sistema social hierárquico e intrinsecamente opressivo.

A estratégia marxista para unir todos os explorados e oprimidos pelo capitalismo é nitidamente contraposta à utopia reacionária de uma “sororidade” universal unindo mulheres independente de sua classe. Embora seja verdade que a opressão feminina é um fenômeno que perpassa todas as classes e afeta todas as mulheres, não apenas as que são pobres ou da classe trabalhadora, o nível de opressão e suas consequências são qualitativamente diferentes para membros de classes sociais distintas. Os privilégios e benefícios materiais desfrutados pelas mulheres da classe dominante fazem com que tenham um forte interesse em preservar a ordem social existente. Sua existência privilegiada é paga pela superexploração das suas “irmãs” nas fábricas do Terceiro Mundo. A única forma pela qual unidade feminina pode ser construída cruzando linhas de classe é subordinando os interesses das mulheres pobres, negras e da classe trabalhadora aos das suas “irmãs” burguesas.

Origens da ‘Segunda Onda’ do Feminismo

As feministas de hoje frequentemente afirmam pertencer à “segunda onda”. A “primeira onda” do feminismo foi aquela que lutou pelo acesso à educação superior, por direitos iguais de propriedade e pelo direito ao voto até a Primeira Guerra Mundial. A “segunda onda” do feminismo frequentemente é datada a partir da publicação de A Mística Feminina, o best-seller de 1963 de Betty Friedan, que contrastou a ideologia da “feminilidade” com a realidade de vida das mulheres. Em 1966, Friedan fundou a Organização Nacional pelas Mulheres (NOW na sigla em inglês), uma organização liberal pelos direitos das mulheres, baseada em profissionais de carreira, comprometida a “trazer as mulheres à plena participação nos espaços da sociedade americana já… NOW segue sendo a maior organização feminista nos Estados Unidos, mas seu apelo está limitado ao seu papel como grupo de pressão e auxiliar não oficial do Partido Democrata.

Outra tendência, mais radical, do feminismo contemporâneo, surgiu do Movimento de Libertação das Mulheres do fim dos anos 1960 nos Estados Unidos. Muitas líderes proeminentes do movimento de mulheres da Nova Esquerda (New Left) eram veteranas dos Movimentos pelos Direitos Civis contra a segregação racial nos estados do Sul. Elas estavam entre as milhares de jovens idealistas que tinham ido para o sul participar dos “verões da liberdade” de meados da década de 60, e se radicalizaram por meio da exposição às brutais realidades do capitalismo americano.

No fim dos anos 1960, muitas mulheres da Nova Esquerda começaram a questionar que a defesa retórica dos seus camaradas homens de libertação, igualdade e solidariedade contrastava agudamente com suas experiências no movimento. Esses sentimentos foram articulados por Marlene Dixon, uma jovem e radical professora de sociologia:

“Jovens mulheres têm se rebelado crescentemente não apenas contra a passividade e dependência de seus relacionamentos, mas também contra a noção de que devem funcionar como objetos sexuais, sendo definidas em termos puramente sexuais, em vez de humanos, e sendo forçadas a se empacotar e se vender como mercadorias no mercado sexual.”

“Os próprios estereótipos que expressam a crença social na inferioridade biológica da mulher lembram as imagens usadas para justificar a opressão dos negros. A natureza das mulheres, como a dos escravos, é retratada como dependente, incapaz de pensamento racional, infantil em sua simplicidade e carinho, martirizada e mística no papel de parceira sexual. Em sua forma benevolente, a posição inferior da mulher resulta em paternalismo; em sua forma malévola, numa tirania doméstica que por ser inacreditavelmente brutal.

— “Why women’s Liberation?”, Ramparts, dezembro de 1969.

Gloria Steinem: Sororidade e CIA

Nos primeiros dias do Movimento de Libertação das Mulheres, surgiu uma divisão entre aquelas que viam a luta pela igualdade feminina como parte de uma luta mais ampla contra a opressão e aqueles que enfatizavam a solidariedade feminina e a necessidade de permanecer organizativamente e politicamente “autônomas” de outras forças sociais.

Enquanto muitas líderes da “segunda onda” haviam tido sua primeira experiência política no Movimento pelos Direitos Civis e na Nova Esquerda, outras tinham passados menos honráveis. Gloria Steinem, a primeira editora de “Ms.”, a revista feminista de maior circulação nos Estados Unidos, tinha trabalhado com a CIA nos anos 1950. Ela estava envolvida na operação de uma frente “que financiava a presença de americanas em festivais juvenis amplamente dominados pela União Soviética”. De acordo com Sheila Tobias, uma participante descontente de uma dessas viagens (que depois ensinou estudos femininos na Cornell University), a CIA:

“Estava interessada em espionar os delegados americanos para descobrir quem nos Estados Unidos era trotskista ou comunista. Então, no fim das contas, éramos uma frente operativa”.

— Marcia Cohen, The Sisterhood, 1988.

Quando o passado de Steinem finalmente veio à luz, ela escolheu trata-lo de forma desavergonhada:

“Quando o financiamento pela CIA da agência que Gloria tinha cofundado no fim dos anos cinquenta foi exposto na imprensa, ela admitiu que a organização recebia fundos da CIA, negou ser uma agente e desconsiderou aquelas conferências em Helsinki como ‘o melhor momento da CIA’”.

— Idem.

Só as feministas mais combativas, como as da organização Redstockings de Boston (cuja fundadora Roxanne Dunbar era uma veterana do Movimento pelos Direitos Civis) denunciou Steinem pelo seu envolvimento com a CIA. Em sua maior parte, a sua conexão com a agência principal da contrarrevolução imperialista foi ignorada, ou considerada irrelevante, pela maior parte das feministas. Isso por si só diz muito sobre a política da “sororidade”.

O Feminismo Radical e o Determinismo Biológico

 

Outra feminista que começou sua carreira política no Movimento pelos Direitos Civis foi Shulamith  Firestone. No seu livro de 1970, A dialética do sexo, ela buscou construir a base teórica para o feminismo radical argumentando que a subordinação das mulheres era biológica, não social, em sua origem. A divisão sexual da humanidade em “duas classes biológicas distintas” era, argumentava ela, a origem de todas as outras divisões sociais. Parafraseando Marx, ela escreveu:

“A organização sexual reprodutiva da sociedade sempre forja a base real, a partir da qual nós podemos construir a explicação última de toda a superestrutura das instituições econômicas, jurídicas e políticas, assim como das ideias religiosas, filosóficas e outras de determinado período histórico”.

Se a raiz da opressão das mulheres está na anatomia, raciocinou Firestone, então a solução deve estar na tecnologia – o controle cada vez maior sobre a contracepção e, em última análise, gestação fora do útero. Firestone insistiu que sua análise era “materialista” Era um tipo de materialismo, certamente, mas de um tipo grosseiramente biológico. Enquanto ela buscou uma resolução histórica para a opressão masculina, as soluções oferecidas foram utópicas e mesmo apolíticas. Seu livro permaneceu influente – talvez porque ela tenha sido a primeira a adotar a visão feminista radical de que a biologia é determinante a uma conclusão lógica.

Enquanto não endossava as soluções de Firestone, o “Manifesto Redstockings” de 1970 concordava com a afirmação de que as mulheres são uma classe:

“As mulheres são uma classe oprimida… Nós identificamos os agentes da nossa opressão nos homens. A supremacia masculina é a forma de dominação mais antiga, mais básica. Todas as outras formas de exploração e opressão (racismo, capitalismo, imperialismo) são extensões da supremacia masculina: homens dominam mulheres, um punhado de homens domina a todos. Todas as estruturas de poder ao longo da história foram dominadas e orientadas por homens. Os homens controlaram todas as instituições políticas, econômicas e culturais e mantiveram esse controle por força física. Eles usaram o seu poder para manter as mulheres em uma posição inferior. Todos os homens recebem benefícios econômicos, sexuais e psicológicos da supremacia masculina. Todos os homens já oprimiram mulheres… Nós não vamos perguntar o que é ‘revolucionário’ ou ‘reformista’, só o que é melhor para as mulheres.”

— “Redstockings Manifesto”, em Sisterhood is Powerful, 1970

Os argumentos do feminismo radical são paralelos aos dos sociobiólogos reacionários que afirmam que a desigualdade social está “em nossos genes” e, portanto, tentar lutar contra ela é inútil. As feministas radicais frequentemente exigem separação e algumas vão tão longe a ponto de sugerir que mulheres que continuem “dormindo com o inimigo” devem ser consideradas suspeitas. Em Lesbian Nation: the Feminist Solution [Nação Lésbica: a Solução Feminista] (1973), Jill Johnson afirmou que:

“A satisfação sexual da mulher independentemente do homem é um sine qua non da revolução feminista…. Até que todas as mulheres sejam lésbicas, não haverá revolução política verdadeira.”

Socialismo e Sexismo

Em um artigo de 1970 intitulado “O Principal Inimigo”, Christine Delphy apresentou uma versão de “feminismo radical baseado em princípios marxistas” na qual os homens (e não o capitalismo) eram identificados como o principal inimigo. Delphy argumentou que, sem uma revolução independente das mulheres, mesmo em um Estado operário pós-capitalista os homens ainda teriam um interesse material em ver as mulheres realizarem o grosso das tarefas domésticas.

A noção de que a opressão à mulher continuaria sendo uma característica da vida no socialismo parecia óbvia para os radicais da Nova Esquerda, já que viam os Estados operários deformados da China, Vietnã do Norte, Cuba, Coreia do Norte e Albânia, economicamente atrasados e isolados nacionalmente, como sociedades socialistas. Embora as mulheres tenham obtido importantes ganhos nos lugares onde o capitalismo foi derrubado (um fato relembrado dramaticamente pelos efeitos devastadores sobre as mulheres após a contrarrevolução capitalista no bloco soviético), a burocracia dominante parasítica (e esmagadoramente masculina) nesses regimes policiais estalinistas promovia o papel “natural” da mulher como progenitora, mãe e dona de casa. Leon Trotsky destacou em “A Revolução Traída” que o aparato estalinista era um obstáculo para o desenvolvimento do socialismo e criticou “o interesse social do estrato dominante no aprofundamento da lei burguesa” relacionado às suas tentativas de fortalecer a família “socialista”.

O pessimismo feminista com relação às perspectivas para as mulheres no socialismo (em oposição ao estalinismo) refletem a inabilidade de compreender as origens históricas da opressão à mulher. Também revela o fracasso em apreciar as imensas possibilidades do reordenamento de prioridades sociais, de transformar cada aspecto das relações humanas que o socialismo abriria com a eliminação da escassez material. A expropriação revolucionária das forças produtivas e o estabelecimento de uma economia global planejada garantiria a maior parte das condições básicas de existência (comida, moradia, emprego, educação e saúde básica) para todas as pessoas do planeta.

Dentro de algumas gerações, a socialização da produção poderia oferecer a todos os cidadãos uma qualidade de vida e um nível de independência econômica desfrutado hoje apenas pela elite. Acesso a casas de veraneio, acampamentos de verão, instalações esportivas, culturais e educativas, que atualmente estão além dos meios da maior parte das pessoas, enriqueceriam imensamente as vidas da maioria da população. Conforme a sociedade se afastar da tirania do mercado, que só promove atividades que geram lucro privado, as pessoas terão um crescente leque de escolhas sobre como organizar suas vidas. O trabalho doméstico poderia ser reduzido substancialmente por meio de provisão social de creches, restaurantes e lavanderias de qualidade. Com o passar do tempo, a competitividade, ansiedade e insegurança da vida no capitalismo ficarão num passado distante e a conduta social se transformará.

A provisão de condições materiais para uma vida pessoal satisfatória, impossível sob a lei da maximização do lucro, seria simplesmente uma escolha racional para uma economia planejada. Assim como investir em programas de vacinação e sistemas de esgoto com subsídio público beneficiam todos os membros da sociedade, a garantia de uma existência produtiva e segura para cada indivíduo vai aumentar a qualidade de vida para todos, eliminando muitas das causas de comportamentos antissociais, doenças e distúrbios mentais.

Pode-se objetar que mesmo em meio à elite dominante, que já desfruta de abundância material, homens oprimem mulheres. Os marxistas reconhecem que embora reflita em última análise os interesses materiais de classes sociais particulares, ideologias também tem certa autonomia relativa. A condição geral das mulheres como cuidadoras não-pagas de filhos e trabalhadoras domésticas só pode ser justificada dentro dos limites de uma visão de mundo sexista que afete negativamente todas as mulheres, incluindo as da classe capitalista.

Os efeitos dessas ideias e práticas sociais não vão desaparecer imediata ou automaticamente quando as condições que lhes deram origem forem derrubadas. Será necessária uma luta ideológica e cultural contra o legado de atraso e ignorância herdado do passado. Mas enquanto a sociedade de classes reforça e promove a supremacia masculina, o racismo etc. a cada momento, em um mundo igualitário em que todos têm uma existência confortável e segura, a erradicação dos preconceitos será finalmente um projeto realizável.

Feminismo Socialista: Posição Intermediária Efêmera

O feminismo radical de Firestone, Redstockings e Delphy representava uma ala dos Movimento de Libertação das Mulheres no começo dos anos 1970. No outro extremo do espectro, centenas das melhores militantes entraram em várias organizações que reivindicavam o marxismo. Aquelas que ficaram em algum lugar no meio do caminho frequentemente se identificavam como “feministas socialistas”. Essa corrente, que provou ser uma posição intermediária efêmera, foi influente ao longo dos anos 1970, particularmente na Grã-Bretanha. Rejeitando o determinismo biológico do feminismo radical, as feministas socialistas tentaram desenvolver um modelo de “sistema dual”, que trata o capitalismo e o “patriarcado” como obstáculos separados, mas iguais.

O desejo de uma análise de “sistemas duais” foi amplamente aceita pelas feministas socialistas, mas surgem dificuldades para criar uma explicação plausível de como exatamente esses sistemas supostamente separados, mas paralelos, de opressão interagem. Outro problema complicado é de que forma uma análise do racismo, preconceito contra os mais velhos e várias outras formas de opressão social poderiam ser integradas no modelo dual capitalismo/patriarcado.

Nem puderam as feministas socialistas concordar sobre como exatamente o sistema do “patriarcado” deveria ser definido, ou o que o causava: brutalidade masculina? Ciúme? Inveja do útero e consequente obsessão masculina em manter o controle rígido sobre as funções reprodutivas das mulheres? Linguagem? Estruturas psicossexuais? Privilégios materiais? A lista é extensa e diferentes teóricas do patriarcado sublinharam ou combinaram todas as causas mencionadas acima e outras.

A atividade política das feministas socialistas, onde existiu, geralmente tinha uma orientação mais voltada para a classe trabalhadora do que a das feministas radicais, mas nas outras questões era amplamente similar. Os marxistas tradicionalmente têm favorecido a criação de organizações de mulheres, ligadas à classe trabalhadora e outros movimentos dos oprimidos pela ação de um partido revolucionário composto pelos mais dedicados e conscientes militantes de cada setor. Tal movimento de mulheres seria “autônomo” dos reformistas, capitalistas e burocratas sindicais traidores, mas seria organizativa e politicamente ligado à vanguarda comunista. As feministas socialistas, em contraste, compartilham com as feministas radicais a insistência de que apenas um movimento de mulheres autônomo (ou seja, inteiramente separado de organizações que incluam homens) poderia travar uma luta séria pela libertação feminina.

Mas isso também apresentou problemas quando aplicado ao mundo real. É impossível conceber um movimento que tente lançar uma luta séria contra o domínio capitalista sem mobilizar o apoio de cada elemento explorado e oprimido possível. Excluir metade da população, de cara, simplesmente com base no sexo, é uma garantia de derrota. Além disso, se alguém busca distinguir amigos de inimigos primariamente com base no sexo, então que atitude deve ser tomada com relação a mulheres que fazem parte de movimentos de direita, ou que se alistam como policiais ou fura-greves? E quanto às próprias mulheres da classe dominante? Dificilmente elas seriam aliadas naturais na luta pelo socialismo feminista.

Algumas feministas radicais buscaram “resolver” tais problemas declarando simplesmente que as mulheres que agem como homens (ou seja, agindo de forma autoritária) não são mulheres de verdade. Mas essa não era uma opção para feministas socialistas, que aspiravam a desenvolver uma visão de mundo mais científica. Uma década depois do colapso do movimento feminista-socialista, Lise Vogel, um dos seus expoentes de pensamento mais profundo, republicou um artigo que tinha sido originalmente publicado em 1981, intitulado “Marxismo e Feminismo: Casamento infeliz, separação conflituosa ou algo mais? ”. Na versão original, Vogel tinha evitado a questão espinhosa de como tratar inimigas de classe, mas na versão de 1995 ela não titubeou:

“As feministas socialistas mantêm, contra algumas opiniões na esquerda, que as mulheres podem se organizar de forma bem-sucedida, e enfatizam a necessidade de organizações que incluam mulheres de todos os setores da sociedade…. É precisamente o caráter específico da situação das mulheres que exige a sua organização em separado. Aqui, as feministas socialistas frequentemente se encontram em oposição à maior parte da tradição da teoria e prática socialista. A teoria feminista-socialista toma a tarefa essencial de desenvolver um quadro para guiar o processo de organização das mulheres de diferentes classes e setores em um movimento autônomo de mulheres. ”

― Lise Vogel, Women Questions: Essays for a Materialist Feminism, 1995.

Com isso, Vogel (uma filha de militantes que 30 anos antes tinha ido para o Sul como militante dos Direitos Civis) praticamente admitiu que é impossível reconciliar “feminismo” e “socialismo” – duas visões de mundo fundamentalmente contrapostas – com um hífen.

Enquanto marxistas compreendem as implicações colaboracionistas de classe do chamado das feministas-socialistas por “unidade” das mulheres cruzando os limites de classe, as feministas radicais as atacaram desde o outro lado, como “políticas identificadas com os homens”. Catharine Mackinnon, uma proeminente teórica feminista radical nos Estados Unidos e colaboradora de Andrea Dworkin, colocou o dedo na contradição política fundamental do feminismo socialista:

“Tentativas de criar uma síntese entre o marxismo e o feminismo, chamadas de feminismo-socialista, não reconheceram nem a integridade separada de cada teoria e nem a profundidade do antagonismo entre elas. ”

Towards a Feminist Theory of the State, 1989

O feminismo socialista entrou em decomposição como movimento político porque a incoerência dos seus postulados impedia os seus seguidores de desenvolver fosse um programa ou uma organização capaz de realizar lutas sociais sérias. No mundo real, simplesmente não há espaço político entre o programa da solidariedade feminina cruzando linhas de classe e o da solidariedade proletária cruzando as linhas de gênero. Por exemplo, as feministas socialistas concordariam que as mulheres trabalhadoras carregam a maior parte do fardo dos cortes nos programas sociais. Governos capitalistas de todos os tipos afirmam que o Estado não pode mais arcar com os custos de cuidar de crianças, dos idosos e dos doentes; em vez disso, esses devem ser responsabilidade da “família”, ou seja, principalmente das mulheres. Então quem seriam os principais interessados em lutar contra esses cortes? As mulheres burguesas geralmente apoiam medidas de austeridade governamental e a consequente redistribuição da riqueza. Sua principal preocupação é não sobrecarregar a acumulação privada de capital com o fundo público de necessidades sociais. Por outro lado, homens da classe trabalhadora são aliados naturais na luta contra os cortes aos subsídios de creches, aposentadorias e auxílio médico e outros, porque são programas que também os beneficiam.

Entre os acadêmicos com tendência de esquerda, analisar a supremacia masculina por meio de uma perspectiva materialista é passado; o marxismo é frequentemente considerado irrelevante, e seu lugar foi ocupado pelo “pós-modernismo” de Jacques Derrida, Julia Kisteva, Luce Irigaray, Michel Foucault e Jean Baudrillard. Enquanto, por vezes, identificados vagamente com a esquerda política, os pós-modernos de fato representam um retorno ao pessimismo histórico reacionário de Friedrich Nietzsche, a quem Jurgen Habermas caracterizou astutamente como “dialético do Contra-Iluminismo”. O pós-modernismo forneceu o pano de fundo pseudoteórico para uma nova tendência de conservadorismo apolítico na esquerda, que rejeita a ideia, central tanto para o Iluminismo quanto para o marxismo, de que a sociedade pode ser reconstruída com base na razão humana: uma noção “humanista” falida, na opinião dos pós-estruturalistas e pós-modernos! Michèle Barrett, outrora uma influente defensora britânica do “feminismo socialista” é um exemplo dessa “queda no discurso”. Na introdução da reedição de 1988 do seu livro de 1980, Women’s Opression Today [A Opressão das Mulheres Hoje], ela escreveu que:

“O discurso do pós-modernismo tem como premissa uma negação explícita e argumentada dos grandes projetos políticos, o que ambos o ‘socialismo’ e o ‘feminismo’ são por definição… Os argumentos do pós-modernismo já representam, penso eu, uma posição-chave em torno da qual o trabalho teórico feminista provavelmente vai girar no futuro. Sem dúvida, o livro começaria por aí se eu o escrevesse hoje.”

Feminismo Cultural’ e a Rejeição da Política

Muitas feministas nos países imperialistas foram em direção a uma tentativa de escapar do sexismo da sociedade em geral por meio da criação de uma contracultura feminina envolvendo teatro, música, “herstory” (histórias contadas pelos olhos de personagens femininas) e literatura. O crescimento do “feminismo cultural” no fim dos anos 1970 se refletiu na crescente popularidade de escritoras que contrastavam os valores supostamente femininos de caridade, partilha e emotividade com as características “masculinas” de ambição, agressividade, ego e luxúria. Ao contrário do Movimento de Libertação das Mulheres dos anos 1960 – que trouxe muitos aspectos da opressão das mulheres da vida privada para a discussão pública pela primeira vez – as sacerdotisas do feminismo cultural dos anos 1990 invocam “A Deusa” para reempacotar noções tradicionais de essência feminina, a qual elas vendem com um discurso de “empoderamento”: A indústria da “herstory” fornece um exemplo dessa regressão política. Em 1970, quando uma revista importante do movimento de mulheres nos Estados Unidos publicou uma edição especial sobre “Mulheres na História”, sua capa proclamava:

“Nossa história foi roubada de nós. Nossas heroínas morreram ao dar à luz, de peritonite, excesso de trabalho, opressão e raiva contida. Nossos gênios não foram ensinados a ler ou escrever.”

Women: A Journal of Liberation, Primavera de 1970

“Herhistorians” (historiadoras do papel das mulheres na história), como Dale Spender, rejeitam isso e afirmam, contrariamente, que os historiadores homens excluíram da História importantes mulheres artistas, escritoras, cientistas e filósofas:

“Quando nós afirmamos que a razão para a ausência das mulheres [dos registros históricos] não são as mulheres, mas os homens, que não é que as mulheres não tenham contribuído, mas que os homens ‘controlaram os registros’, a realidade passa por uma mudança marcante.”

Women of Ideas and What Men Have Done to Them, 1982

Enquanto um estudo das contribuições das mulheres no passado pode certamente inspirar os que lutam hoje, a tentativa de embelezar uma triste verdade só pode secundarizar a urgência de derrubar a ordem social responsável pela perpetuação da opressão feminina. A relegação das mulheres à esfera da vida “privada” do trabalho doméstico significou sua exclusão, com a exceção de alguns poucos casos, da oportunidade de serem grandes participantes nos desenvolvimentos históricos de seu tempo. A ênfase na exclusão feminina nos livros de história serve apenas para trivializar a extensão do prejuízo.

As feministas culturais pregam a abstinência da atividade política em vez do engajamento, sob o argumento de que isso significa inevitavelmente entrar em um domínio masculino:

“O tokenismo – que é comumente apresentado falsamente como Igualdade de Direitos, e que proclama vitórias inócuas – desvia e cria curtos-circuitos na ginergia (energia feminina) para que o poder feminino, galvanizado sob slogans enganadores de irmandade feminina, seja engolido pela Fraternidade. O método de vampirizar o Eu Feminino suga as mulheres ao dar ilusões de sucesso parcial….”

“Assim, o tokenismo é traiçoeiramente destrutivo da irmandade feminina, pois destrói o aspecto guerreiro da ligação Amazona ao mesmo tempo aumentando-a e minimizando-a. Ele aumenta a importância de ‘lutar’ ao ponto em que ela devora a existência transcendental da irmandade feminina, reduzindo-a a uma cópia da camaradagem. Ao mesmo tempo, minimiza o aspecto guerreiro da Amazona ao contê-lo, desviando e causando curtos-circuitos na luta.”

― Mary Daly, Gyn/Ecology, 1978.

O próprio conceito de opressão, assim como a necessidade de lutar contra ela, são consideradas noções “masculinas” a serem transcendidas:

“A questão não é salvar a sociedade ou focar em escapismo (que é olhar para trás), mas libertar a Primavera do Ser…. Deixadas sem perturbação, nós somos livres para encontrar nossa própria concordância, ouvir nossa própria harmonia, a harmonia das esferas.”

― Idem.

Esse besteirol reacionário é uma repetição feminista da desmoralização política que empurrou milhares de jovens pequeno-burgueses desde a Nova Esquerda até a “Nova Era”.

Já que o progresso material das mulheres se interrompeu, as celebrantes feministas da passividade e da abstenção política prometem salvação em algum outro mundo que não aquele em que o sofrimento real acontece. Há certa lógica nisso, porque se a opressão das mulheres se deve a uma disparidade eterna e imutável entre a natureza dos sexos, há pouca razão para esperar qualquer mudança significativa o que quer que se faça. Então, em vez de participar na luta para transformar as instituições e relações sociais que determinam a consciência, as feministas da Nova Era exortam as mulheres a embarcar em uma jornada espiritual pessoal para um espaço interior. Mary Daly aconselha que a estrada para a realização psíquica pode ser encontrada através de discussões com outras mulheres nas quais a linguagem é “cooptada” e os “significados” masculinos são subvertidos:

“Quebrar os laços/barras da falocracia exige um rompimento rumo aos poderes radiantes das palavras, para que libertando as palavras, nós possamos libertar a nós mesmas.”

Pure Lust, 1984.

Enquanto se imaginam embarcando em uma ousada reflexão feminista sobre todo o curso da existência humana, as feministas culturais estão, na realidade, refletindo meramente as tendências conservadoras atualmente populares entre a intelectualidade burguesa. Esse novo feminismo aceita muitas das características principais do “pós-modernismo”, incluindo um foco idealista na linguagem e no “discurso”, e um menosprezo do significado da atividade política e econômica.

Trabalho de mulheres’

Mesmo as feministas que não desistiram inteiramente da atividade política abandonaram a retórica anticapitalista do começo dos anos 1970. Muitas estão engajadas em dirigir clínicas de aborto, centros de terapia pós-estupros e abrigos de mulheres. Certamente tais serviços são benéficos para as mulheres que podem ter acesso a eles, e dão aos que os oferecem a satisfação de fazer algo “prático”. Entretanto, eles respondem apenas a efeitos, não às raízes, da opressão às mulheres.

Algumas feministas também estão envolvidas em campanhas para aumentar a representação feminina em trabalhos não-tradicionais em ramos qualificados comerciais e corporativos. Enquanto isso cria oportunidade para algumas e ajuda a quebrar alguns estereótipos, tem pouco efeito sobre as condições enfrentadas pela maioria das mulheres, que permanecem presas em empregos tradicionalmente “femininos”.

Muito tem se falado de uma diminuição da disparidade salarial entre homens e mulheres nos Estados Unidos em anos recentes: entre 1955 e 1991, os salários de mulheres trabalhando em tempo integral subiu de 64% para 70% do de um homem. Mas isso é largamente resultado de um declínio nos salários dos homens devido à diminuição de empregos industriais sindicalizados. Os marxistas apoiam as lutas das mulheres por igualdade salarial e acesso igual a todas as categorias de trabalho, ao mesmo tempo em que reconhecem a resistência da discriminação sexual no processo de produção capitalista vai impedir as mulheres de atingirem uma igualdade plena.

Na maioria dos casos, não existe base objetiva para a designação de trabalhos como “de homem” ou “de mulher”. A única distinção importante entre os sexos em termos de sua capacidade de trabalho é que os homens são, em média, fisicamente mais fortes que as mulheres. No entanto, entre os homens, trabalho que exigem força física não são particularmente bem remunerados – habilidade, destreza, capacidade mental e organizativa contam muito mais. A razão pela qual os executivos empresariais, médicos e pilotos de avião sejam predominantemente homens, enquanto secretários, enfermeiros e comissários de voo sejam geralmente mulheres tem muito a ver com a atitude social sexista que prevalece, e nada a ver com disparidade em capacidade. Em seu artigo de 1959, Nancy Reeves forneceu um exemplo forte do caráter arbitrário da ideia de trabalhos masculinos e femininos:

“No Meio Oeste americano, os cortadores das folhas de milho são tradicionalmente mulheres, enquanto os recolhedores de grãos são quase sempre homens. No Extremo Oeste, ocorre o contrário.”

A orientação da sociedade capitalista para a supremacia masculina é tão pervasiva e tão flexível que mesmo quando as mulheres conseguem entrar em ocupações antes exclusivamente masculinas, novas barreiras, ambas abertas ou escondidas, logo aparecem:

“Em 1973, apenas 8% dos diplomas de direito nos Estados Unidos eram dados a mulheres. Em 1990, a porcentagem havia aumentado para 42%. Isso é uma significativa feminização de uma profissão de prestígio. As mulheres, entretanto, estão principalmente entre os empregos menos bem pagos do direito, tais quais em clínicas legais, e parecem não subir na carreira mesmo na área mais lucrativa das grandes firmas de direito.”

― Joyce P. Jacobsen, The Economics of Gender, 1994.

O mesmo fenômeno é observável nos negócios:

“Estudos das Universidades de Columbia e Stanford de mulheres com MBAs (Mestrado em Administração de Negócios) mostra que os salários iniciais são similares entre os sexos, mas que sete anos de serviço depois, as mulheres estão 40% atrás dos homens.”

― Idem.

Mesmo entre bibliotecários, uma das poucas profissões “femininas”, uma porcentagem desproporcional dos empregos mais altos (posições administrativas sênior em grandes bibliotecas de pesquisa) são mantidas por homens. Jacobsen nota que é:

“difícil encontrar um exemplo de uma ocupação verdadeiramente integrada, na qual a proporção de mulheres se aproxime da sua representação na força de trabalho, na qual a taxa de variação entre os sexos seja pequena, e na qual as mulheres não sejam segregadas.”

Profissões que passaram ao longo do tempo do controle de um sexo para outro dão mais uma indicação da natureza sistemática do problema. Um dos poucos empregos que mudou de “feminino” para “masculino” foi o de realizar partos. Em 1910, as parteiras faziam metade dos partos nos Estados Unidos, mas em 1970, esse número tinha caído para menos de 1%. Quando os nascimentos passaram a ocorrer nos hospitais, sob a supervisão de médicos (predominantemente homens), o status e remuneração desse serviço cresceu dramaticamente.

Ao contrário, quando empregos passam de homens para mulheres, o resultado é um declínio tanto em status quando em dinheiro:

“Embora praticamente não houvesse mulheres caixas de banco antes da Segunda Guerra Mundial, mas de 90% eram mulheres em 1980. Nesse meio tempo, os salários e possibilidades de avanço na carreira caíram precipitadamente. Profissões de escritório, em geral, eram predominantemente masculinas quando surgiram em grande escala, conforme a revolução industrial gerou mais necessidade de processadores de papéis: todas essas ocupações são agora dominadas por mulheres e geralmente são consideradas empregos reservados para mulheres.”

― Idem.

Um dos exemplos mais espetaculares de uma mulher rompendo as barreiras em um cargo tradicionalmente masculino foi a ascensão de Margaret Thatcher ao posto de Primeiro-Ministro do Reino Unido. Não há dúvida de que a “Dama de Ferro” galgou seu caminho para o topo superando seus competidores homens, mas também é um fato que durante seu governo o povo trabalhador e os pobres (que são, é claro, desproporcionalmente mulheres) enfrentaram ataques de brutalidade sem precedentes. O sucesso de Thatcher pode ter abalado várias premissas de superioridade masculina, e inspirou um punhado de meninas britânicas ambiciosas a buscar o topo, mas a verdadeira lição que a sua carreira ensina é que a base da opressão social das mulheres está na lógica interna do sistema capitalista, não no sexo que opera suas engrenagens.

Feministas Antipornografia

Entre as iniciativas mais diretamente políticas (e mais reacionárias) tomadas por feministas radicais nos anos recentes, está a campanha para banir material sexualmente explícito (veja “Pornografia, Capitalismo e Censura”, em 1917 n. 13). Apesar das negações ocasionais de que elas não compartilham do puritanismo dos setores direitistas que prezam pelos valores da família, as feministas antipornografia mostraram disposição em unir forças com os preconceituosos que querem criminalizar o aborto, perseguir homossexuais e proibir o ensino da Evolução e da educação sexual nas escolas. Em muitas jurisdições onde autoridades legais lançaram mão do argumento “pró-mulher” em defesa da censura estatal, os principais alvos dos ataques antipornografia tem sido a população de gays e lésbicas.

As feministas que defendem a censura argumentam que a opressão da mulher é um produto de uma constante identidade masculina centrada em uma sexualidade inerentemente violenta. Andrea Dworkin, a rainha das feministas pró-censura nos Estados Unidos, afirma que “sexo e assassinato estão intrincados na consciência masculina, de forma que um sem a imanente possibilidade do outro é impensável e impossível.” (“Taking Action” [“Entrando em Ação”], em Take Back the Night, 1980). Portanto, a pornografia devia ser banida como uma manifestação de “consciência masculina”.

Além de feministas pró-censura, também há feministas “pró-maternidade”, que se distinguem por sua obsessão contra o desenvolvimento de novas tecnologias reprodutivas. A “Rede Feminista Internacional de Resistência à Engenharia Genética e Reprodutiva”, lançada em 1984, sustenta que a questão central para as mulheres é a campanha contra os avanços na inseminação artificial e fertilização in vitro. Onde Shulamith Firestone imaginou que os avanços na tecnologia reprodutiva pavimentariam o caminho para a libertação feminina, essa posição paranoica vê o potencial para uma nova forma de escravidão:

“Assim como nos causa repulsa considerar um futuro devastado pela guerra nuclear, isso ocorre também ao pensar em um futuro no qual as crianças não sejam gestadas e nem nasçam, ou no qual as mulheres sejam forçadas a gestar apenas os filhos e a assassinar as suas filhas em estado fetal. As mulheres chinesas e indianas já estão transitando esse caminho. O futuro das mulheres como grupo está em risco e precisamos garantir que consideramos todas as possibilidades antes de aceitar uma tecnologia que poderia significar a morte das mulheres.”

― Robyn Rowland, em Man-Made Woman, 1987.

Assim como suas irmãs “antipornografia”, Rowland e outras defensoras da “pró-maternidade” não hesitaram em se juntar com a direita tradicional: “feministas podem ter de considerar alinhamentos com companheiros circunstanciais estranhos: talvez mulheres de direita” (idem.). Os “companheiros circunstanciais” de Rowland incluem o abertamente racista Enoch Powell. Em 1985, quando Powell introduziu sua malsucedida “Lei de Proteção às Crianças Não-nascidas”, para banir a pesquisa embrionária e restringir severamente a fertilização in vitro, Rowland falou em uma conferência de imprensa em seu apoio (veja “Breeding Conspiracies and the New Reproductive Technologies”, em Trouble and Strife, Verão de 1986).

A ‘Reação’ de Susan Faludi

 

O centro de gravidade dos meios feministas se movimentou para a direita desde os anos 1970, mas muitas feministas ainda se identificam como parte da esquerda, e muitas se opuseram duramente às cruzadas antipornografia e várias outras adaptações à direita. Um dos livros feministas mais influentes dos anos 1990, escrito por Susan Faludi, foi Blacklash: The Undeclared War Against Women [Reação: A Guerra Não-Declarada Contra as Mulheres] (1991), que documenta uma década de ataques “pró-família” contra as mulheres e questiona:

“Se as mulheres são hoje tão iguais, por que é muito mais provável que elas sejam pobres, especialmente ao se aposentarem? (…) Por que a mulher trabalhadora média, tanto nos Estado Unidos quanto no Reino Unido, ainda ganha apenas cerca de dois terços do que homens pelo mesmo trabalho?”

“Se as mulheres são tão ‘livres’, por que as suas liberdades reprodutivas estão mais em risco hoje do que há uma década? Por que as mulheres que querem postergar ter filhos tem hoje menos opções do que há 10 anos?”

Essas não são as perguntas que a mídia capitalista costuma responder, como aponta Faludi. Seu livro apresenta uma riqueza de exemplos de como a “opinião pública” é construída e manipulada com a intenção de isolar as mulheres que ousam aspirar à igualdade social.

Faludi é crítica das feministas que, em busca de “crescimento pessoal”, rejeitam a atividade política e ela claramente defende a perspectiva de ação coletiva. No entanto, ela não consegue explicar nem as origens dos desenvolvimentos reacionário que descreve e nem propõe um programa para resistir aos mesmos. Em vez disso, ela apresenta essa reação como algo lamentável, mas talvez inevitável, e parte de um grande ciclo de existência:

“Uma reação contra os direitos das mulheres não é algo novo. De fato, é um fenômeno recorrente: ele volta toda a vez que as mulheres começam a trilhar algum caminho rumo à igualdade, uma nevasca repentina aparentemente inevitável após o breve desabrochar do feminismo. ‘O progresso nos direitos das mulheres, ao contrário de todas as outras formas de ‘progresso’, tem sempre sido estranhamente reversível’, como observou a literata americana Ann Douglas.”

Os ganhos das mulheres nos anos 1960 e 1970 foram um produto direto da luta política. Mas concessões obtidas sob pressão das mobilizações políticas de massa são sempre sujeitas a reversão quando sobrevêm uma configuração distinta de forças sociais. A luta pela igualdade feminina, assim como a luta contra o racismo e outras formas de opressão social, não pode ser inteiramente vencida nos limites da sociedade capitalista, porque a manutenção do privilégio e da desigualdade é um corolário inevitável do predomínio da propriedade privada dos meios de produção.

A imperfeição mais clara do livro de Faludi é sua tendência em tratar a reação contra os direitos das mulheres de forma isolada. A campanha contra os direitos das mulheres nos Estados Unidos é apenas um dos frontes de um ataque reacionário em todas as direções. As técnicas de propaganda que Faludi descreve também tem sido empregadas rotineiramente contra outros alvos da classe dominante – desde aqueles que dependem de benefícios sociais, passando por sindicalistas e até o Iraque de Saddam Hussein.

Em uma nota de rodapé da sua descrição da resistência internacional contra os fanáticos antiaborto da “Operação Resgate”, Faludi nota que: “A Nova Zelândia viu confrontos em 1989 do lado de fora de uma clínica em Wellington, quando um esquadrão do Resgate chegou, mas encontrou lá 30 mulheres já posicionadas e dispostas a deixar outras mulheres entrarem”. Ao contrário da informação de Faludi, os defensores da clínica nesse dia incluíam ambos homens e mulheres (incluindo alguns dos nossos camaradas neozelandeses). Nossos membros prestaram um papel central em organizar a contínua defesa da clínica de Parkview através da “Choice” – uma rede militante ampla, de “resposta rápida” aberta a todos aqueles dispostos a defender clínicas de aborto sob ataque. Uma das lições desse trabalho foi a importância de traçar a linha da luta pelos direitos das mulheres politicamente, em vez de fazer isso com base no sexo.

Libertação das Mulheres por meio da Revolução Socialista!

A relegação das mulheres ao lar permitiu historicamente que muitas questões dos direitos das mulheres fossem desconsiderados sob o argumento de que eram preocupações “pessoais”. O Movimento de Libertação das Mulheres do fim dos anos 1960 assistiu a uma proliferação de “grupos de elevação de consciência”, que exploraram as várias maneiras com as quais as mulheres tinham internalizado sua opressão na forma de preocupações pessoais e até que ponto a sociedade trata a subordinação das mulheres como uma condição “natural” de existência.

Restrições legais e institucionais ao acesso ao aborto, controle de natalidade, saúde, creches e empregos são claramente questões inteiramente “políticas”. Mas a opressão das mulheres também envolve as atitudes e presunções sociais e psicológicas profundamente enraizadas como resultado de milhares de anos de dominação masculina. Meninas aprendem logo cedo na vida que elas não podem aspirar a tudo que os meninos podem. Presunções misóginas estão tão profundamente embutidas em nossa cultura que muitos aspectos da opressão às mulheres são virtualmente invisíveis, mesmo para pessoas comprometidas com a libertação das mulheres. Por exemplo, quando as feministas propuseram a introdução de uma linguagem neutra em questão de gênero (por exemplo, o uso no inglês de “chairperson” em vez de “chairman”, ou “Ms.” em vez de Miss e Mrs.) algumas publicações marxistas na esquerda se mostraram mais resistentes do que a imprensa burguesa.

As vidas de muitas mulheres são atrofiadas e deformadas pelo assédio sexual, estupro e violência doméstica pelas mãos de homens. Enquanto ocorre entre indivíduos, esse comportamento patológico, assim como outras manifestações de opressão às mulheres, são problemas sociais. Eles não podem ser eliminados até que o sistema social que os produz e, em certa medida, os encoraja, seja substituído por outro que crie condições materiais para o surgimento de uma cultura imbuída de valores fundamentalmente diferentes.

A libertação das mulheres não pode ser alcançada no terreno das vidas pessoais. Não é o suficiente dividir o trabalho doméstico de forma mais igual entre a família – o que é necessário é que creches, limpeza, refeições etc. sejam transformadas de responsabilidades individuais a responsabilidades sociais. Mas isso não é possível sem a total reconstrução da sociedade – a substituição da anarquia capitalista por uma economia socialista planejada administrada pelos próprios produtores.

Assim como a libertação das mulheres é inextrincavelmente associada aos resultados da luta de classes, também o destino de toda revolução social depende da participação e apoio das mulheres pobres e da classe trabalhadora. Como Karl Marx lembrou em uma carta para Ludwig Kugelmann em 12 de dezembro de 1868: “Qualquer um que saiba o mínimo de história sabe também que as grandes revoluções sociais são impossíveis sem o fermento feminino.” Os revolucionários devem participar ativamente em todas as lutas sociais para defender e avançar a igualdade feminina. Também é preciso promover o desenvolvimento de líderes mulheres no movimento socialista. Já que é apenas por meio da participação em uma luta para virar o mundo de ponta a cabeça que as mulheres podem abrir caminho para sua própria emancipação e criar as circunstâncias materiais para erradicar a fome, a exploração, a pobreza e os efeitos de milhares de anos de supremacia masculina. Esse é um objetivo pelo qual vale a pena lutar.

Opressão às mulheres – Não está em nossos genes

 

A opressão às mulheres, a forma de opressão mais universal e mais profundamente enraizada, é característica da sociedade capitalista, mas ao contrário da opressão racial, ela é anterior ao capitalismo. Em seu estudo pioneiro de 1884, A Origem da Família, da Propriedade Privada e do Estado, Frederick Engels observou que em sociedades baseadas predominantemente na caça e na coleta, na qual todos os membros da tribo trabalhavam e toda a propriedade era comunal, as mulheres não tinham status de segunda classe. Ele notou em seguida que a subordinação das mulheres surgiu com o desenvolvimento de classes sociais distintas baseadas na propriedade privada. A conclusão que Engels tirou disso é que a supremacia masculina, que de formas distintas tem caracterizado todas as civilizações conhecidas, não é o produto de distinções biológicas rígidas, mas sim um fenômeno historicamente determinado.

A capacidade única das mulheres de gestar e alimentar os filhos deu origem a uma divisão natural do trabalho em linhas sexuais na sociedade primitiva, mas essa diferença não se traduziu de forma automática em um status menor. Apenas com o advento da sociedade de classes as mulheres foram gradualmente excluídas da plena participação nas atividades políticas e econômicas maiores e relegadas ao espaço do lar. Enquanto a forma, extensão e intensidade da opressão às mulheres tenha variado entre diferentes sociedades, e em diferentes períodos históricos, ela sempre esteve intimamente associada ao papel das mulheres na reprodução da geração seguinte. Isso, por sua vez, esteve, em última instância, caracterizado pelas exigências do modo de produção predominante e da estrutura social que o acompanhava.

A subjugação das mulheres sob o “livre mercado” capitalista está enraizada no seu papel central na família, como provedoras não-pagas de serviços domésticos necessários para a manutenção da sociedade. Essas funções incluem a responsabilidade primária pela comida, vestimenta e limpeza; pelo cuidado com os mais jovens, os idosos e os doentes; e para responder a uma variedade de necessidades emocionais e psicológicas para todos os membros da casa. A família realiza esses serviços de forma mais barata para a classe dominante (tanto em termos econômicos quanto políticos) que qualquer outra opção. A necessidade de manter a família como unidade básica das sociedades divididas em classes constitui, assim, a base material para a subordinação das mulheres.

Enquanto Engels escrevia, a investigação das sociedades humanas antigas estava em sua infância, e o material empírico sobre o qual a sua análise se baseava era limitado e, em alguns aspectos importantes, errado. Mas isso não afetou a importância de sua observação de que a opressão às mulheres é uma criação social. Até uma data relativamente recente, a maioria dos cientistas sociais burgueses viam a dominação masculina como uma norma universal, e geralmente presumiam que ela tivesse uma base biológica. Entretanto, nas últimas décadas muitos antropólogos começaram a aceitar a ideia de que, por dezenas de milhares de anos, sociedades caçadoras-coletoras existiram de forma essencialmente igualitária entre os sexos.

Isso claramente tem implicações políticas de longo alcance, mas só raramente chega até a mídia de massas. Uma exceção foi o New York Times de 29 de março de 1994, que publicou um breve artigo intitulado “Igualdade entre sexos na Ilha do Mar Sul”, discutindo o trabalho da Dra. Maria Lepowsky, professora de antropologia na Universidade de Wisconsin. Em seu livro de 1993, Fruit of the Motherland, Lepowsky descreveu Vanatinai, uma ilha isolada ao sudeste da Nova Guiné, onde não há “ideologia de superioridade masculina e nem poder coercitivo masculino ou autoridade formal sobre as mulheres”. Em Vanatinai:

“Há uma grande quantidade de mistura entre os papéis e atividades de homens e mulheres, com mulheres ocupando postos públicos, geradores de prestígio. As mulheres compartilham o controle da produção e a distribuição de itens de valor e herdam sua propriedade. Mulheres participam tanto quanto homens na troca de bens de valor, organizam festivais, conduzem rituais importantes, tais quais os de plantação de inhame ou de cura, aconselham seus parentes, falam e são ouvidas em reuniões públicas, possuem um valoroso conhecimento mágico e trabalham lado a lado na maioria das atividades de subsistência.”

O papel proeminente desempenhado pelas mulheres na ilha é conhecido como “taubwaragha”, que é traduzido como “a maneira dos ancestrais”. Em Vanatinai, espera-se dos homens que ajudem no cuidado dos filhos e mesmo a linguagem é neutra em questão de gênero – não existem pronomes como “ele” ou “ela”. Na conclusão de seu livro, Lepowsky comenta:

“O exemplo de Vanatinai sugere que a igualdade sexual é facilitada por uma ética geral de respeito e igualdade de tratamento para todas as categorias de indivíduos, descentralização do poder político e inclusão de todas as categorias de pessoas (por exemplo, mulheres e minorias étnicas) em posições públicas de autoridade… O exemplo de Vanatinai mostra que a subjugação das mulheres pelos homens não é nem universal na humanidade e nem inevitável.”

Trotskyism vs. the ‘Third Camp’

Korea: the Forgotten War

[First printed in 1917 #16, 1995. Copied from http://www.bolshevik.org/1917/no16kor.pdf ]

The Korean War, which raged between 1950 and 1953, left over three million dead and a country divided. Many of the dead were victims of the massive, deliberate terror bombing of civilians by the forces of ‘‘Western Civilization,’’ under the flag of the United Nations. The war, which very nearly resulted in the second nuclear attack by the United States on an Asian nation, continues to echo in Korean politics today. Yet it is now remembered in the U.S. primarily as the backdrop for the sexual adventures and cynical witticisms of ‘‘Hawkeye’’ Pierce and his buddies in the anti-militarist 1970s American television series, M*A*S*H. Even most leftists know far less about the Korean ‘‘police action’’ than its Vietnamese sequel.

The Korean conflict illustrated how Washington’s Cold War strategy of ‘‘containing’’ and ‘‘rolling back’’ Communism meant intervening abroad to crush social revolution and national liberation struggles. Today, as liberals and various self-proclaimed leftists call for greater UN military involvement in world affairs, it is appropriate to recall that the United Nations’ first major military campaign was an attempt to strangle the Korean revolution. The Korean War also provided a test of the political character of the various supposedly Marxist currents of the early 1950s. Coming as it did a little over a year after Mao Zedong’s armies crushed the remnants of Chiang Kai Shek’s forces, the conflict in Korea appeared to many as the latest in the inexorable march of Moscow-inspired Communism. The various tendencies on the left reacted to this phenomenon in very different ways.

Most studies of the origins of the Korean War focus on the fundamentally uninteresting question of whose troops crossed the 38th parallel, the border between the Koreas, first on the morning of 25 June 1945 (the official start of the war). This focus is common to most Western historians, as well as the self-serving accounts inspired by both Korean regimes. This approach ignores the earlier massive social struggles in Korea, in which more than 100,000 people were killed or wounded, and which provides the only basis for understanding the partition of Korea and the subsequent civil war. New Left historian Bruce Cumings’ definitive two-volume work, The Origins of the Korean War (which was banned in South Korea) provides the most thorough and detailed examination of this history.

The international situation, primarily characterized by the U.S.-led global Cold War against Communism, provided the framework for the war. The intervention of the UN/imperialist forces on one side, and China on the other (with substantial material support from the USSR), determined the war’s outcome. But its roots were indigenous, and can be traced to the potentially revolutionary upheavals that followed the collapse of the Japanese Empire in 1945.

Until the beginning of this century, Korea was an essentially agrarian society, ruled by the Confucian Yi Dynasty, with the support of an elite of bureaucrat- landowners, the Yangban caste. As capitalism entered its imperialist stage, however, Korea, like the rest of the world, became an object of attention for rival Great Powers and the disruptive influence of world capitalism. When Japan defeated Czarist Russia in 1905, Korea came under its control. Five years later, it was officially annexed as the principal overseas colony of the Japanese Empire.

Korean society during the colonial period was a perfect example of what Leon Trotsky called ‘‘combined and uneven development.’’ The colonial regime instituted a land ‘‘registration’’ of Yangban and peasant holdings. Some land (mostly that of poor peasants) was lost when ‘‘undeclared’’ land became Japanese property. The purpose of the land registration was to allow the regime to extract more food from the Korean countryside. The Japanese allowed the indigenous elite to retain their land in return for their acceptance of and collaboration with colonial rule, while it forced many of the peasants off the land into the Imperial Army, or into the (mostly Japanese-owned) factories. Japanese concerns employed 1.3 million Koreans at the time of liberation in 1945. Hundreds of thousands of other Koreans relocated to Japan or Manchuria to find work.

During the forty years that Korea was occupied, the Stalinized Communist Party gained considerable support for its role in organizing strikes and anti-Japanese guerrilla operations. Japanese propaganda reinforced the popularity of the CP by attributing all anti-colonial activity to ‘‘Communist subversion.’’ The peasants longed to be free of their oppressive rents, and grew to despise the foreign overlords and their Korean Yangban collaborators. Capitalism, landlordism and foreign domination were inextricably mixed in colonial Korea.

With the Japanese defeat in 1945, the principal obstacle to social revolution was removed. The Korean elite was widely discredited by its decades of collaboration with the colonial government. The partial modernization carried out by the Japanese had destroyed the traditional society in which the Yangban had an organic role. A substantial section of the masses had become modern industrial workers, but, with a few individual exceptions, the members of the traditional elite had not transformed themselves into capitalists. On 9 August 1945, when the Japanese authorities handed over power to Yo Un Hyong, a bourgeois nationalist who formed the Provisional Committee for Korean Independence (PCKI), the situation in Seoul had many parallels with that in Moscow or Petrograd in February 1917. The PCKI was forced to rely on the leftist People’s Committees, which sprung up spontaneously from the political activity of workers and peasants. Under the banner of the Chon Pyong (the National Korean Labor Council), workers took control of industry across the peninsula. The Chon Pyong was predominantly under the influence of the Communist Party, but it also contained some social-democratic tendencies. According to Stewart Meacham, labor adviser to the American occupying forces, ‘‘virtually all of the larger factories’’ were taken over by workers’ unions (quoted in Cumings, The Origins of the Korean War). The Chon Nong (National Council of Korean Peasant Unions) was moving to dispossess the landlords. In short, the level of social struggle was comparable to that going on in Italy or Greece in the same period.

This was the situation that greeted the victorious Allied Powers. At Yalta, they had agreed that Korea would be administered under a joint trusteeship for a period of ten to thirty years. When the Soviet Army advanced into Korea after the USSR declared war on Japan on 8 August, the Americans quickly insisted that the Soviets not advance south of the 38th parallel (a line arbitrarily chosen by Dean Rusk, at the time a minor official in the U.S. War Department, in order to ensure that the American zone included Seoul). Stalin, anxious to preserve the wartime alliance, and relatively uninterested in Korea, immediately agreed, and Soviet forces withdrew to north of the line.

U.S. vs. Popular Movement

From the beginning, the Americans were chiefly concerned with halting the popular movement and suppressing what seemed to be an imminent social revolution. ‘‘General Order Number One,’’ issued by General Douglas MacArthur, the Supreme Commander of American Forces in the Pacific, commanded Koreans to obey Japanese authority until American troops arrived. When the Americans, under General John Hodge, did land at Inchon Bay on 8 September 1945, they refused to meet either with the PCKI or the People’s Committees, which went ahead and proclaimed the establishment of a ‘‘Korean People’s Republic’’ a week later. On 15 September, Merrell Benninghoff, chief political advisor to Hodge, reported that:

‘‘Southern Korea can best be described as a powder keg ready to explode at the application of a spark.

‘‘…[S]uch Koreans as have achieved high rank under the Japanese are considered pro-Japanese and are hated almost as much as their masters….

‘‘All groups seem to have the common ideas of seizing Japanese property, ejecting the Japanese from Korea, and achieving immediate independence….Korea is completely ripe for agitators.’’

—-Cumings, op cit.

However, all was not lost according to Benninghoff:

‘‘The most encouraging single factor in the political situation is the presence in Seoul of several hundred conservatives among the older and better educated Koreans. Although many of them have served with the Japanese, that stigma ought eventually to disappear.’’

He proposed that these ‘‘democrats’’ ought to be given material support and encouragement by the occupiers. In a later report, he noted approvingly that this grouping, now organized as the Korean Democratic Party (KDP), ‘‘have stated that they realize that their country must pass through a period of tutelage, and that they would prefer to be under American rather than Soviet guidance’’ (Ibid.). Dr. Synghman Rhee, who had spent most of his adult life in the United States,

, was the ideal head of the KDP. The Americans assisted the fledgling regime by ensuring the cooperation of the Japanese-trained security forces. All Japanese laws continued in effect, subject only to the overriding authority of Mac-Arthur’s military decrees. In December 1945, the Military Government officially banned the People’s Committees. General Hodge admitted that, ‘‘‘pro-American’ had become an epithet akin to ‘pro-Jap national traitor’’’ in the popular mind (quoted in S. Lone & G. McCormack, Korea Since 1850).

Not surprisingly, the Korean masses turned toward resistance. In the summer of 1946, the American occupiers initiated mass arrests of Communists and finally managed to suppress the People’s Committees. Spontaneous resistance    was no match for the Japanese-trained and Americanb acked security forces. In all 200 police were killed, along with thousands of workers and peasants. Mark Gayn of the Chicago Sun described the struggle as ‘‘a full-scale revolution’’ and reported that, ‘‘hundreds of thousands, if not millions of people’’ were involved (Ibid.).

Unlike the Americans who suppressed the popular movement, the Soviets sought to incorporate it. Stalin ordered that ‘‘anti-Japanese groups and democratic parties and their activity should be aided.’’ Of course, they were also to be controlled by the Kremlin oligarchs. In February 1946, the Soviets set up the Provisional People’s Committee for North Korea, which was to co-ordinate the local committees in the Soviet zone. At the head of this organization, selected by Stalin himself, was a young Communist named Kim Il Sung. Although he had played a creditable role in the anti-Japanese resistance with the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) and as a captain in the Soviet Army, he was by no means the preeminent leader of Korean Communism, as he would later claim. His chief qualification was his apparently unquestioning loyalty to Stalin (see: G. McCormack, New Left Review No. 198). After assuming control, Kim quickly moved to arrest his foremost rival for popular support, the bourgeois nationalist Cho Man Sik (who was apparently later executed).

The regime set up by the Soviets was a bureaucratic workers’ state closely modelled on the Soviet Union. While there was no element of direct political rule by the working class, it did carry out, in a bureaucratic, top-down manner, a social revolution. Women’s legal equality was decreed for the first time in Korean history. On 6 March 1946, the decree on land reform was published, which distributed all large estates to those who tilled them and provided compensation only to ‘‘patriotic’’ landlords. The distribution of the land to individual farmers was put under the control of the District People’s Committees. Decision Number 91 of the North Korean Interim People’s Committee, proclaimed on 6 October 1946, nationalized all industry owned by the Japanese or by collaborators. Again, in keeping with Stalinist policy, there was an attempt to exempt the so-called patriotic bourgeoisie from these strictures. However, this attempt at class collaboration failed, since almost all Northern business owners and their families moved into the American-occupied zone, where many went on to play significant roles in the South Korean right. As long-time Korean expert and Harvard professor, George McCune, wrote in 1950:

‘‘The mass of the Korean people in the north reacted favorably toward the Russian regime especially when it was accompanied by many of the revolutionary benefits of a socialist society. In South Korea, on the other hand, the so-called fundamental freedoms of democratic society were not much appreciated by the Korean people in view of the lack of social reform and because of the irregularity with which democracy was applied.’’

—-G. McCune, Korea Today

The ‘‘irregularities’’ were of course due to fears about the results. According to a U.S. intelligence report of February 1946, the left would overwhelmingly win any fair election called on the peninsula. To avoid this, the American authorities were compelled to be a bit ‘‘irregular’’ in their application.

The dramatic difference between the Soviet and American occupations is not explained by Stalin having a more benevolent disposition toward workers and peasants than Truman or Hodge. It was because Stalin’s regime rested on a very different form of social relations than Truman’s: the major means of production in the USSR were socially owned. In order to retain control of occupied areas, whether in Eastern Europe or North Korea, it was necessary for the Soviets to bring local social relations into line with those prevailing within the USSR itself. Since the demands of the workers and peasants could only be met within the framework of socialized property, there was a certain correspondence between the indigenous drive for social revolution and the aims of the Kremlin.

The fundamental incompatibility of the social system in the USSR with that of its capitalist ‘‘partners’’ meant that, despite Stalin’s best efforts, the wartime alliance could not long survive the defeat of Germany and Japan. This global polarization had an immediate effect in Korea. Korea was supposed to be administered under a joint U.S.-Soviet trusteeship; however, talks between the two broke down both in the spring of 1946 and then again in the fall of 1947. During the latter round of discussions, the Soviets proposed simultaneous withdrawal of Soviet and American troops. Worried that their client regime in Seoul, which had barely survived mass uprisings in 1946, might succumb without an American military presence, the U.S. unilaterally withdrew from the negotiations. The American strategy was to turn the issue over to the United Nations, which they dominated. A United Nations Temporary Commission on Korea (UNTCOK) was set up to administer Southern affairs until Korea could make the transition to a ‘‘democracy’’ to the West’s liking.

The 1948 Cheju Island Uprising

The formation of the Commission set off another cycle of grass-roots resistance in the South. The Stalinist South Korean Labor Party (SKLP) organized a three-day general strike beginning on 7 February 1948. In April, after UNTCOK announced that it would be conducting a separate election in the South, there was a guerrilla uprising on Cheju Island off the south coast of Korea, in which some rightists and military officials were killed. The central government reacted with a bloody crackdown. With U.S. naval and air support, they massacred between thirty and sixty thousand islanders (10 to 20 percent of the whole population) and forced tens of thousands of others to flee to Japan. The guerrillas fought on for months without any source of supplies, but were finally crushed. When elections were eventually held on Cheju, after the bloody ‘‘pacification’’ campaign, UNTCOK reported that they were ‘‘marked by quietness’’ (J. Merrill, ‘‘Internal Warfare in Korea,’’ in ed. B. Cumings, Child of Conflict).

UNTCOK’s decision to conduct separate elections in South Korea was not only unpopular on Cheju, it was opposed by all elements of Korean society—-with the exception of the far right and, of course, the puppet regime. Even Rhee’s bourgeois opponents (among them Kim Ku, who had been Rhee’s second-in-command in the Korean Provisional Government in exile) denounced the move as signifying the permanent division of the country. They met with representatives of the North Korean regime at conferences in Haeju and Pyongyang. All the opposition parties boycotted the election, but UNTCOK’s official report nonetheless blandly declared the elections ‘‘a valid expression of the free will of the electorate in those parts of Korea which were accessible to the Commission’’ (quoted in Lone & McCormack, op cit.).

On the basis of these elections, the Republic of Korea   (ROK) was declared in the South, with Rhee as president. It was quickly recognized by the United Nations General Assembly as the sole legal government in Korea. In response, the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea was declared in the North, and the division of the nation was formalized. In late 1948 there was a renewed wave of unrest in the South. Elements of the ROK military at Yosu and Sunchon mutinied rather than be sent to suppress the remnants of guerrilla resistance from the Cheju rebellion. The reestablishment of People’s Committees in Yosu created a political crisis for the regime on the mainland that was only contained with American assistance. As in Cheju, the rebels eventually retreated into the mountains to carry on a guerrilla struggle.

In 1949 both Soviet and American troops withdrew from the peninsula. Rhee was busy consolidating his police state, and even arrested some of the deputies put in place by the fraudulent National Assembly elections of the year before. He also arranged the assassination of Kim Ku, a right-wing bourgeois opponent. As the year progressed, war between the two halves of Korea seemed increasingly likely. Rhee could not eliminate the pro-North guerrillas, but they could not win without bringing Kim’s regime into the conflict. Border incidents escalated throughout the year.

Kim privately sought support from Stalin and Mao Zedong for an invasion of the ROK. They were both somewhat reluctant, but ultimately agreed, based on the assurances of Kim and SKLP leader Park Hon Yong that Communist support in the South was so extensive that the invasion would meet with quick success. Stalin no doubt saw Kim’s plan as a relatively cheap way to cause problems for his imperialist antagonists, but he was concerned above all with avoiding a general war, and thus was only prepared to give covert assistance to the People’s Army. Mao also gave his blessing, although his attention was concentrated on invading Taiwan to uproot the last remnants of Chiang Kai Shek’s Kuomintang government. All of this was denied in the official Soviet, Chinese and North Korean histories, which claimed that the North was simply attacked without provocation by the Rhee regime. Recent evidence from Soviet archives confirms that Kim planned an attack, and that Stalin and Mao knew about it (see S.N. Goncharov et al., Uncertain Partners: Stalin, Mao and the Korean War).

It is also clear that Rhee’s regime had aggressive intentions. Rhee publicly declared his desire to reunite the peninsula by force. In October 1949, he boasted that it would take him just three days to capture Pyongyang. General William Roberts, leader of the U.S. Korean Military Advisor Group (KMAG), the American military personnel who remained in the South to assist Rhee’s army after the general withdrawal, asserted:

‘‘KMAG is a living demonstration of how an intelligent and intensive investment of 500 combat-hardened American men and officers can train 100,000 guys to do the shooting for you…At this point we rather invite [an invasion from the North]. It will give us target practice.’’

—-B. Cumings and J. Halliday, Korea: The Unknown War

Gen. Roberts’ confidence was misplaced. In the first weeks of fighting, the People’s Army advanced quickly against the supposedly superior ROK forces. It turned out that the conscripted sons of workers and peasants felt no particular desire to fight for Syngman Rhee’s capitalist regime nor to ‘‘do the shooting’’ for his imperialist patrons. The South Korean Army melted away as the North advanced. In the wake of the People’s Army’s bayonets came the extension of the North’s deformed social revolution. In the three months when they occupied most of the South, the KPA redistributed land and confiscated the property of Rhee’s government and its cronies, Japanese corporations and other monopolists. The mass of the population appeared to welcome the ‘‘invaders.’’ U.S. General William F. Dean, writing at the height of the Cold War, observed: ‘‘To me, the civilian attitude [to the KPA occupation] seemed to vary between enthusiasm and passive acceptance’’ (W. Dean, General Dean’s Story, 1954).

The American government was not prepared to tolerate Korean reunification under Kim Il Sung. Earlier in the year, Secretary of State Dean Acheson had speculated that the U.S. would not get involved in an intra-Korean dispute, a statement which heartened Kim and outraged Rhee. However, when hostilities erupted, Washington intervened militarily to protect neo-colonialism in Asia. On 12 April 1950, President Harry Truman had received a confidential memo from the State Department (NSC 68) advocating a change of policy from ‘‘containment’’ of social revolution to ‘‘rollback.’’ The proponents of an Asian war in the so-called China Lobby were in the ascendant, and had the clear support of Douglas MacArthur, John Foster Dulles and other powerful civilian and military officials concerned with Far East policy.

Within hours of hearing of the North Korean advance, Truman decided in favor of intervention. On 29 June, UNTCOK determined that the war was caused by Northern aggression, and called for UN intervention. A U.S. motion was quickly passed in the Security Council, which the Soviet Union was boycotting to protest the refusal to seat Mao’s China. The UN army was made up of units from sixteen countries besides the U.S., including Britain, Canada, Australia and South Africa. The megalomaniacal MacArthur was placed in overall command. By mid-September, the KPA had the UN and ROK forces holed up behind the ‘‘Pusan Perimeter,’’ in the southeast corner of the peninsula and military defeat for Rhee’s forces loomed. But the imperialist coalition had control of the sea and air. On 15 September, MacArthur launched a massive amphibious assault at Inchon Bay, just to the west of Seoul, which was virtually unopposed. Within two weeks, the foreign expeditionary armies had chased the KPA back across the 38th parallel. The United Nations, its involvement ostensibly justified by concern for the sanctity of international borders, did not regard that line with undue sentimentality. MacArthur and Truman decided that this was a perfect opportunity to initiate the ‘‘rollback’’ of Communism they desired, and UN troops began their march to the Yalu River (the border between China and Korea).

UN Counterrevolutionary Terror

Counterrevolutionary terror is always vastly bloodier than social revolution, and the UN re-occupation of Korea was no exception. Unlike the KPA which had triumphed over ROK troops so easily because of its popular support in the South, the U.S.-led imperialist armies treated the entire population as enemies, whom they described in crude racist terms as ‘‘gooks in white pyjamas.’’ According to a Japanese estimate quoted by McCormack, over 100,000 people were executed during the UN ‘‘liberation.’’ This was to provide a model for the CIA’s notorious Phoenix Program of assassination during the Vietnam War. As in Vietnam, the imperialists used their superior air and sea power to inflict massive devastation. As his troops moved northward in November 1950, MacArthur ordered his psychopathic subordinate Curtis LeMay (who later became infamous for his call to bomb Vietnam ‘‘into the Stone Age’’) to bomb ‘‘every installation, factory, city and village’’ between the front and the Chinese border, (Cumings & Halliday, op cit.).The wanton, racist brutality of the U.S. assault derived from the nature of the war—-the Americans were not merely seeking to crush a hostile state, but to destroy a social revolution.

By November the imperialists clearly expected to reach the Chinese border without significant resistance. They howled with outrage when UN forces were counterattacked by 200,000 Chinese and 150,000 North Korean troops on 27 November. The entry of the People’s Republic of China threw the imperialists once more on to the defensive. The UN sanctimoniously condemned China for ‘‘aggression,’’ while Truman publicly stated that the use of the atomic bomb against China was ‘‘under consideration.’’ The racist perpetrators of Hiroshima and Nagasaki threatened to strike again.

As the UN troops retreated southwards, they were subject to guerrilla harassment, and MacArthur began to openly call for World War III. In early 1951, the CIA organized clandestine raids on the Chinese mainland, while MacArthur argued that he could only win the war by nuclear annihilation of major Chinese cities.

However, something important had happened since 1945: the Soviet Union had acquired the bomb. Truman might feel sanguine about the fact that the Soviets lacked the means to deliver it to the U.S. effectively, but his European allies were worried. British Prime Minister Clement Attlee flew to Washington to ask for assurances that nuclear weapons would not be used, and to demand that MacArthur be fired. This was not because he had any objections to the mass slaughter of Asians (Attlee had supported the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, and Britain was waging a bloody war of repression against leftist insurgents in Malaya at the time), but because he felt a little nervous about the prospect of Soviet bombers flying over London. Truman indicated he appreciated Attlee’s concerns, but refrained from making any commitments.

In fact, on 6 April 1951, Truman had signed an order granting MacArthur control of 26 atomic bombs, and it was only the fear of a total breakdown of the imperialist alliance that forced him to rescind his order and fire MacArthur five days later (Lone & McCormack, op cit.).Firing MacArthur did not end the consideration of a U.S. ‘‘nuclear option’’ in Korea. In 1953 Eisenhower publicly mused that nukes were ‘‘cheaper dollar-wise’’ than conventional weapons. There is no doubt that if it were not for the Soviet nuclear arsenal, the U.S. imperialists would have once again dropped nuclear bombs on Asian cities.

As it was, the USAF ‘‘conventional’’ bombing, which included 7.8 million gallons of napalm in the first three months alone, left North Korea a wasteland. Curtis LeMay recalled that, ‘‘over a period of three years or so…we burned down every town in North Korea and South Korea, too’’ (Ibid.). After the ground war reached a stalemate in the summer of 1951, the UN engaged primarily in aerial and naval bombardment of the Northern population. In addition to repeated attacks on cities, the USAF also launched a campaign in May 1953, just as the war was winding down, against irrigation dams in the North in a bid to destroy North Korean agriculture and starve the people into submission.

Talks opened up in July 1951, but despite the fact that it had become clear that neither side had the capacity to impose a military reunification, the war dragged on for a further two years. One key sticking point was the question of repatriation of POWs. Hoping to win a propaganda victory, the imperialists insisted on the principle of ‘‘voluntary repatriation,’’ according to which POWs would get to decide on which side of the ideological divide of Chinese and Korean society they wanted to align themselves. Naturally, this choice was not all that ‘‘voluntary.’’ While wishing to encourage North Korean and Chinese POWs to defect, the U.S. military took a hard line on those who refused the blandishments of their captors. As General Ridgway, Mac-Arthur’s successor, later recalled: ‘‘I was determined that if the Red POWs made any resistance, or attempted any delay in carrying out our demands, we would shoot, and I wanted the killing machinery on hand to do a thorough job of it’’ (Cumings & Halliday, op cit.).

Eventually an armistice was reached on 27 July 1953, and Korea was left divided, as it remains to this day. Some 3 million Koreans (over 10 percent of the population) were dead, along with as many as a million Chinese soldiers(Ibid.).There were also 33,500 U.S. soldiers killed. The end of the war led to a carnival of repression in the South. Rhee’s orchestrated ‘‘conspiracy trials’’ for his bourgeois rivals reached such a level that his colonial overlords toyed with the idea of overthrowing him (‘‘Operation Everready’’). In the North, Kim Il Sung’s party was purged of those thought not to be sufficiently loyal to the ‘‘Great Leader.’’ One victim of this purge was Park Hon Yong, the former SKLP leader, who was accused, among other things, of misleading Kim about the ease with which an invasion could be carried out. This accusation is strange on two counts: first, because the campaign did go smoothly, and secondly, because Kim’s regime always claimed that the war was started by a Southern attack.

Kim Il Sung headed the state created by the deformed social revolution that the Soviet Army had initiated for a further 41 years. North Korea is one of the most bizarre Stalinist dictatorships in history—-certainly Kim Il Sung’s personality cult was the most grotesque. But the social transformation North Korea experienced represented important gains for its citizens, particularly in terms of women’s rights and the provision of food and shelter, day-care, healthcare and education for the population. Today, isolated in a hostile world, particularly after the collapse of the USSR and its abandonment by Beijing, North Korea’s economy is contracting and living standards are falling.

Nonetheless, the gains of the social transformation North Korea experienced remain, and must be defended. Today it is the task of the Korean working class to complete the unfinished business left by the War through the revolutionary reunification of Korea—-proletarian political revolution to oust the Kim Jong Il regime in the North and social revolution to expropriate the capitalists in the South.

The Reaction of the International Left

The various currents in the workers’ movement reacted to the Korean War (which many took to be the opening round of World War III) in characteristic fashion. The Communist Parties opposed the war and expressed their solidarity with the North Korean regime; however, they did so on a pacifist basis, hoping to find a ‘‘progressive’’ wing of the bourgeoisie in their home countries that would oppose the Cold War. They emphasized Pyongyang’s claim that Southern armies attacked first, and confined their agitation to pleas for ‘‘peace’’ and a negotiated solution.

The social democrats, for example the British Labour Party, parroted the line of their rulers, and applauded the imperialist intervention. This was to be expected, as the social democrats were acting as the chief agency of the capitalists inside the workers’ movement, and had, throughout Europe, knowingly taken money from the CIA, and enthusiastically spearheaded anti-Communist witchhunts.

Only the Trotskyists took a revolutionary position on the war. Before World War II, Trotsky had identified the Soviet Union as a ‘‘degenerated workers’ state,’’ whose social foundations were fundamentally antagonistic toward capitalism and which, as a result, should be defended in wars with capitalist states. By the time of the Korean War, the majority of the parties of the Trotskyist Fourth International recognized that the states created by the extension of the Red Army after the World War, including North Korea, were qualitatively similar to the Soviet Union, and called them ‘‘deformed workers’ states.’’ As a result, they concluded that the international working class had a side in the war, and backed the North against the imperialists and their allies.

Michel Pablo was the leading figure in the Fourth International during this period. His developing notions about the imminence of a global War/Revolution were largely shaped by the events surrounding the Korean War. Pablo’s conclusions were profoundly revisionist—-he called for the dissolution of the Trotskyist cadres into the mass social-democratic and Stalinist parties. But while Pablo’s liquidationist impulses were based on a crudely objectivist view of historical development, manifested in this case as an overly optimistic assessment of the revolutionary capacities of the Stalinists, at the outbreak of the war he was still capable of projecting a revolutionary position. In an article published in the American Socialist Workers Party’s theoretical journal, Fourth International, in September 1950, Pablo wrote:

‘‘The only possible revolutionary attitude is to participate in this movement of the colonial masses and to struggle within it against its exploitation by the Soviet bureaucracy. But the primary condition for realizing this possibility is the unconditional defense of this movement against the native feudal-capitalists and above all against imperialism.’’

The leader of the Socialist Workers Party (at that time the leading section of the Fourth International), James P. Cannon, also took the right position in an open letter to Truman, published in The Militant on July 31, 1950:

‘‘This is more than a fight for unification and national liberation. It is a civil war. On the one side are the Korean workers, peasants and student youth. On the other are the Korean landlords, usurers, capitalists and their police and political agents. The impoverished and exploited working masses have risen up to drive out the native parasites as well as their foreign protectors.

‘‘Whatever the wishes of the Kremlin, a class war has been unfolding in Korea. The North Korean regime, desiring to mobilize popular support, has decreed land reforms and taken nationalization measures in the territories it has won. The establishment of people’s committees has been reported. These reforms, these promises of a better economic and social order have attracted the peasants and workers. This prospect of a new life is what has imbued a starving subject people with the will to fight to the death. This is the ‘secret weapon’ that has wrested two-thirds of South Korea from U.S. imperialism and its native agents and withstood the troops and bombing fleets of mighty Wall Street.’’

—-reprinted in James P. Cannon, Notebook of an Agitator

The British Workers Power organization, citing this letter, absurdly concludes that Cannon failed to take a defeatist position toward the imperialist assault: ‘‘While the SWP could not be justifiably criticised for not raising ‘defeat’ in every article, we are justified in castigating them for never doing so!’’ (Permanent Revolution, Spring 1988, emphasis in original). In his letter Cannon repeatedly emphasizes the fact that, ‘‘The whole of the Korean people—-save for the few bought-and-paid-for agents of the Rhee puppet regime—- are fighting the imperialist invaders.’’ He concludes:

‘‘The right in this struggle is all on the side of the Korean people. Like the colonial peoples everywhere in Asia, they want no part of U.S., or even UN ‘liberation’.’’

This is clearly a call for the defeat of the UN/imperialist armies. Yet while correct on the fundamental question of which side to support, the political weaknesses of the SWP’s aging cadre, exacerbated by the extreme pressures operating on American leftists at the height of the anti-communist witchhunt, were reflected in some serious political wobbles. Cannon’s open letters to Truman, widely publicized by the Militant as the SWP’s major popular statements on the war, contained pacifist and even patriotic passages. For instance, Cannon concluded his 4 December 1950 letter:

‘‘This great and good American people abhor militarism and war. They love the ways of peace and freedom. They are trying to tell you their will: STOP THE WAR NOW!’’

He even included an appeal to ‘‘the revolutionary and democratic tradition’’ of the American War of Independence! Their more propagandistic materials evidenced the political disorientation of the SWP (in common with the other sections of the international) over the potential of the Stalinist parties to act as blunted instruments of workers’ revolution. This confusion was to crystallize in Pablo’s objectivist theory of a ‘‘New World Reality’’ in which there was no role for Marxist cadres besides acting as auxiliaries to the mass reformist social-democratic and Stalinist parties. The latter would, according to Pablo’s theory, be compelled by the exigencies of history to outline a roughly revolutionary path.

The inroads that this revisionist methodology had made in the SWP can be seen in an article by J.B. Stuart (Sam Gordon), ‘‘Civil War in Korea,’’ published in the September-October 1950 issue of Fourth International, which, after making several insightful criticisms of the Stalinists, concludes by quoting Kim Il Sung about the importance of the leadership of the working class and declaring:

‘‘The force of the Asian revolution itself compels the native leaders to cast off their Stalinist miseducation and in contrast to Stalin’s policy for decades, to seek out, however hesitantly and confusedly, the great strategic oncepts of the October Revolution.’’

This tendency to believe that the objective situation alone could force Stalinists and other petty-bourgeois elements to become ‘‘confused’’ Trotskyists was first manifested in the Fourth International’s earlier short-lived embrace of the Titoite bureaucrats in Yugoslavia, and ultimately led to the SWP’s complete abandonment of Trotskyism when they opted a decade later to become uncritical publicists for Castro’s Cuba.

If the Fourth International was inconsistent in separating the necessity to defend the Stalinist-led movementsmilitarily against imperialism from the question of giving them any kind of political support, other currents, which also claimed affinity with the Trotskyist tradition, refused, under the pressure of the Cold War, to defend the Korean revolution against imperialism at all. A loose international bloc of groups, which came together to support a ‘‘Third Camp’’ position of ‘‘Neither Washington nor Moscow,’’ produced a steady stream of polemics against the Trotskyists for defending ‘‘Stalinist totalitarianism.’’ Most of these tendencies have long since disappeared, but one of them, Tony Cliff’s International Socialist tendency, has grown into a sizable group.

In the late 1940s, Cliff formed a faction within the British section of the Fourth International that held that the Soviet Union and the countries of Eastern Europe were ‘‘state capitalist,’’ despite the absence of private ownership of the means of production. Cliff asserted that the Soviet bloc regimes were capitalist because they accumulated means of production and engaged in ‘‘military competition’’ with the West. This theory was based on the elementary confusion between means of production, which exist in every society, and capital, which is a social relationship, as well as on the absurd assertion that military competition is specific to capitalism, when it is clearly a function of all states, regardless of social character. Cliff could never explain, for example, why the Soviet Union under Lenin and Trotsky should not also be considered ‘‘state capitalist,’’ as it too engaged, as best it could, in the accumulation of means of production, as well as vigourous military competition with the imperialist armies and their White allies from 1918 to 1921. Cliff’s notion about Soviet ‘‘State Capitalism’’ may have lacked theoretical rigor, but it had undeniable political advantages, as it removed the obligation to undertake the unpopular defense of the Soviet bloc during the height of the Cold War.

Cliff and his followers were expelled by the British Trotskyists when they broke discipline by publicly refusing to defend North Korea when war broke out. They remained in the Labour Party, where they published a journal calledSocialist Review, which advocated ‘‘the earliest possible return of a Labour Government’’ committed to ‘‘a foreign policy based on independence of both Washington and Moscow.’’ In the second issue of their journal, they published a statement from a Sri Lankan renegade from Trotskyism saying:

‘‘So long as the two governments [North and South Korea] are what they are, viz., puppets of the two big powers, the Korean socialists can give no support to their respective puppet governments.’’

—-V. Karalasingham, ‘‘The War in Korea’’, Socialist Review, January 1951

The invasion by the imperialist alliance, the murderous aerial bombardment, and the threats of nuclear attack did not change their minds:

‘‘Korea is merely the cockpit where the two power blocs are testing their respective strengths in readiness for World War III. Whoever defends either side in this war, no matter how well-intentioned, is rendering no service either to socialism or the Korean people.’’

—-‘‘Korea: End this ‘Liberating’!,’’ Socialist Review November 1952

Socialist Review avoided commenting on the pre-war class conflicts that had rocked Korean society, or the progressive measures implemented by the Northern government, except to dismiss them as irrelevant.

A decade after the end of the Korean War, the U.S. was becoming embroiled in another major conflict in Asia, this time in Vietnam. As in Korea, the imperialists sought to maintain the arbitrary division of Vietnam and refused to hold national elections when it became clear that their unpopular puppet regime would lose a free vote. Both wars began with popular insurgency in the capitalist half of the country, which led to conventional war. In both countries the conflict pitted a Stalinist regime supported by a mass based indigenous guerrilla movement, and backed by China and the USSR, against an unpopular neo-colonial client state supported by the U.S. and a coalition of its imperialist partners and vassals. In both cases, under the guise of defending freedom, the imperialists conducted a blatantly racist campaign of mass, indiscriminate extermination of people they regarded as sub-human ‘‘gooks.’’ In both cases the strategy of massive indiscriminate bombing was designed to inflict maximum damage on the ‘‘enemy’’ population, while minimizing imperialist casualties. In both wars the result was millions of civilian deaths.

The U.S. war came as a sequel to the struggle led by Ho Chi Minh’s Stalinist armies to defeat Vietnam’s French colonial masters. The January-February 1952 issue of Cliff’s Socialist Review reprinted an article that pointed to the similarity between the struggles then underway in Korea and Vietnam against foreign imperialists, and refused to support either of them:

‘‘In Vietnam likewise [i.e., to Korea], the war continues, and the people vomit with disgust at both Bao-Dai, the tool of the colonialists, and at Ho-Chi-Minh, the agent of Stalin.’’

An editorial note advised readers that Socialist Review ‘‘agree[s] entirely’’ with the article.

Yet fifteen years later, the Cliffites, who were then called the International Socialists (IS), and were operating outside the Labour Party, were actively building the Vietnam Solidarity Movement and supporting the victory of the Stalinists. In a retrospective published in the October 1993 issue of the new series of Socialist Review, Chris Harman reminisced:

‘‘The International Socialists, as the SWP was then called, had three or four hundred members at the beginning of 1968. I remember going on demonstrations when 2,000 people would march behind our banner saying ‘Victory to the NLF in Vietnam’, singing the Internationale—-something we’d never experienced before.’’

—-Socialist Review, October 1993

Why did the IS take such a different approach in Vietnam? The Cliffite zigzag cannot be explained by any difference in the character of the contending forces, because there was none. What had changed was the mood in the milieu from which they hoped to recruit. In the early 1950s, when anti-Communist hysteria was at its height, the Cliffites were buried in the Labour Party. In the 1984 edition of the Socialist Register Jon Halliday recounts how during the war the Labour cabinet held a:

‘‘discussion over whether or not to prosecute the Daily Worker—-for treason—-for publishing Alan Winnington’s pamphlet, I Saw the Truth in Korea (which simply exposed crimes by Rhee’s government, none of which had been disproved). There seems to be only one reason the cabinet decided not to prosecute—-because if the verdict was ‘guilty’ there was only one sentence possible: death, which was mandatory.’’

In the early 1950s the ‘‘Third Camp’’ was a nice safe place to be. But by the late 1960s things had changed—-there were tens of thousands of student radicals, and everyone to the left of Harold Wilson was for the victory of the NLF. Had the IS retained its ‘‘Third-Camp’’ position, it would have been isolated from the radical milieu. And so Tony Cliff & Co., never ones to let principles, even bad ones, get in the way of recruitment opportunities, hoisted the banner of Ho Chi Minh and the NLF.

We lay claim to a different tradition—-that of the Fourth Internationalists, who, despite terrible pressures, and considerable confusion and disorientation, attempted to apply the principles of Trotskyism to the world in which they found themselves, and at least had the courage to take a stand in defense of the North Korean deformed workers’ state against imperialism.

Getting Russia Right

Getting Russia Right

The following letter by Samuel Trachtenberg was distributed at a Partisan Defense Committee event in New York in December 1994. It was reprinted in 1917 #16. Originally posted online as a pdf file athttp://www.bolshevik.org/1917/no16sem.pdf

December 9, 1994

To the Workers Vanguard Editorial Board:

Dear Comrades,

The Spartacist League makes the point in a recent bulletin they published (Yugoslavia, East Europe, and the Fourth International: The Evolution of Pabloist Liquidationism by Jan Norden) that one of the historical precedents that led to the rise of Ernest Mandel’s revisionism was the inability of the Fourth International to understand the social transformations in post-war Eastern Europe. Yet, more than three years since August 1991, the SL still can’t say when the USSR ceased to exist as a workers’ state.

The SL writes that Yeltsin carried out a ‘‘piecemeal consolidation of a capitalist state’’ (WV No. 564). In practice that could mean that Russia was 80% a workers’ state and 20% a capitalist state, then 40% a workers’ state, 60% a capitalist state, etc. This is ridiculous! Revolution and counterrevolution are not piecemeal processes. To say they are goes against the Marxist teachings on the state. Only one class can hold state power at any one time, the working class or the capitalist class. The SL once understood all this: in ‘‘The Genesis of Pabloism’’ it wrote of Ernest Mandel’s theory of revolution that ‘‘the ‘revolution’ was implicitly redefined as a metaphysical process enduring continuously and progressing inevitably toward victory, rather than a sharp and necessarily time-limited confrontation over the question of state power, the outcome of which will shape the entire subsequent period’’ (Spartacist, No. 21, Fall 1972).

In the 1960s, Joseph Hansen and the Pabloites said that countries like Algeria had ‘‘Workers’ and Farmers’’’ governments presiding over bourgeois states, which would, they implied, gradually be transformed into proletarian dictatorships. In the 1980s the Socialist Workers Party used this phrase to describe Nicaragua. Years earlier, Jim Robertson correctly observed: ‘‘we should be clear what is meant by a workers government. It is nothing other than the dictatorship of the proletariat’’ (‘‘On the United Front,’’ Young Communist Bulletin No. 3, 1976). Is the SL now implying that, in a similar fashion, the USSR under Yeltsin was initially a workers’ state with a bourgeois government, which was gradually transformed into a bourgeois state at some unknown later point?

If, as the SL says, program generates theory, what program could have generated the theory of ‘‘piecemeal’’ counterrevolution in the USSR? Trotsky would have denounced this as ‘‘reformism in reverse.’’ The answer is in August 1991, when counterrevolution really triumphed, the SL abstained from the showdown between Yeltsin and the Stalinist coup makers, i.e., did not support either side militarily. Their theory tries to cover this up by denying the significance of Yeltsin’s victory, but they themselves wrote in their recent international conference document, ‘‘The August 1991 events (‘coup’ and ‘countercoup’) appear to have been decisive in the direction of developments in the SU,’’ adding, ‘‘but only those who are under the sway of capitalist ideology would have been hasty to draw this conclusion’’ (Spartacist No. 47-48, Winter 1992-93). That means that the SL knows it’s wrong but refuses to admit it. What makes it so difficult for the SL to admit to being wrong is the fact that one of their main competitors in the workers’ movement, the International Bolshevik Tendency, was right in siding with the Stalinist coup in defense of the gains of October, and recognizing its defeat as the death of the Soviet workers’ state. Trotsky called the SL’s position ‘‘prestige politics.’’ Any organization that puts the prestige of its leadership above telling the working class the truth has lost its revolutionary purpose.

What was the basis for this mistake? In the above-cited pamphlet on Yugoslavia and the Fourth International, Jan Norden makes the correct point that, while it was a strategic task for the Trotskyist movement to defend the USSR, its strategic line was world socialist revolution. The idea that the strategic line of the workers’ movement should be the defense of the USSR is a Pabloist or Stalinist conception. Yet this implicit two-worldist conception tended to color the SL’s view for much of the 1980s. From this they drew the conclusion, as was written in a recent issue ofSpartacist Canada (No. 100) that what you had was a ‘‘bipolar world—- polarized between the imperialist powers and the Soviet bloc.’’ That polarization, though, was only a reflection of the general class struggle between workers and capitalists, and did not replace it. The SL, though, started seeking revolutionary virtue in the Stalinist bureaucracy. This was shown when, for example, they proclaimed themselves the ‘‘Yuri Andropov Brigade’’ and then later wrote a eulogy for Yuri Andropov, butcher of the 1956 Hungarian Revolution, claiming, among other flattering things, that he made ‘‘no overt betrayals on behalf of imperialism’’ (WV No. 348, 17 February 1984).

While correctly recognizing the dual character of the Stalinist bureaucracy, and rejecting the view that it was counterrevolutionary through and through, the SL also in practice rejected Trotsky’s analysis that the Stalinist bureaucratic caste was ‘‘in essence representative of the tendency toward capitalist restoration’’ (‘‘Against Pabloist Revisionism,’’ as quoted in Norden’s ‘‘Yugoslavia and the Fourth International’’). The SL’s conception of the Stalinist bureaucracy was evolving toward seeing them as subjective communists with an insufficient program. In truth, they were for the most part a bunch of cynical careerists who defended the Soviet Union only to defend their privileges, not out of principled belief in an egalitarian, classless society. The SL’s strategy was oriented not so much to the working class, but to the ‘‘Reiss faction’’ within the Stalinist bureaucracy, which they thought would emerge spontaneously. Thus in the DDR (East Germany) they looked to a section of the Stalinist bureaucracy to lead a non-existent ‘‘political revolution,’’ raising the slogan of ‘‘unity with the SED.’’ When, rather than being a bulwark of Soviet defensism, the Stalinists all over Eastern Europe either participated in, or capitulated without a fight to, capitalist restoration, the SL felt burned. The Stalinists’ actions shouldn’t have come as a surprise to genuine Marxists; after all, Trotsky himself wrote that ‘‘a bourgeois restoration would probably have to clean out fewer people (from the state apparatus) than a revolutionary party’’ (quoted in How the Soviet Workers State Was Strangled). When, in August 1991, a section of the Stalinist bureaucracy finally did rise up in defense of their privileges, the SL abstained.

While I was in the Spartacus Youth Club, I was told by SL members, in response to some of my arguments, that ‘‘piecemeal consolidation’’ of state power was not meant to be a historical prognosis, but merely described what happened. One is reminded of those Trotskyists in the 1950s who had a theoretically incorrect description of Stalinism as being counterrevolutionary through and through. Under changed historical circumstances, they came down on the wrong side of the Cold War. Likewise, under changed historical circumstances, the SL’s theoretical error could lead them to start talking about ‘‘structural reforms,’’ just like Ernest Mandel. If uncorrected in the long run, bad theory leads to bad program.

Despite what Michel Pablo, Joseph Hansen and Ernest Mandel said, there are no unconscious Marxists. The crisis of mankind is the crisis of revolutionary leadership, but the ICL cannot be the basis for that leadership. As a former member of the Spartacus Youth Club, I now support the Bolshevik Tendency.

For the Rebirth of the Fourth International,

Semeon G. [Samuel Trachtenberg]

DDR Junked

First printed in ‘1917’ No.11 (3rd Quarter 1992). Copied from: http://www.bolshevik.org/1917/no11/no11ddr.html

First the Wall…Then the Factories

The following article is an edited report by a comrade of the Gruppe Spartakus (German section of the International Bolshevik Tendency) outlining the process of capitalist restoration in the former German Democratic Republic (DDR).

Capitalist restoration in the former DDR, now the eastern section of the Federal Republic of Germany (BRD), has been a social and economic disaster. Soon after the border went down, economic planning disappeared. Foreign trade was uncontrolled and the BRD’s deutsche mark (DM) simply took over. Hordes of people gathered at train stations and border crossings to try to exchange their DDR marks for BRD ones at 12 to 14 times the official rate.

The economic destabilization of the DDR accelerated in July 1990 when an ‘‘economic, social and monetary union’’ with the BRD was proclaimed. Historically, three-fourths of the DDR’s trade had been with the Soviet bloc. Suddenly all trade had to be conducted in hard currency. The DDR’s trading partners simply could not pay, so foreign trade largely collapsed. Meanwhile, capitalists from the BRD consumer goods sector moved east and voraciously bought up stores, warehouses and every link in the system of distribution. Once they controlled the retail network, the first thing they did was substitute their products for those manufactured in the DDR.

The takeover of retail marketing was particularly destructive for the DDR’s collective farms, which had been the most efficient of any in the Soviet bloc. The DDR had been able to meet most of its own domestic requirements for basic foods and still have some left for export. Farming and food production collapsed very rapidly once the BRD concerns destroyed the demand for their products. If you drive through the East today, you’ll see the villages and land sitting idle. Most of the collective farms have simply gone bankrupt. By January, according to Berlin’s Journal for Human Rights (JHR), only a quarter of the 800,000 people employed in agriculture in the DDR were still on the land. Half of those remaining are expected to be eliminated before the ‘‘rationalization’’ is complete.

The West German economy expanded by five percent in 1990. Most of that growth was due to increased sales of consumer goods in the East. These goods were largely purchased with unemployment insurance and other benefits paid to DDR citizens to smooth the path for reunification. BRD statistics indicate that the 1991 rate of growth fell to 3.2 percent and Kiel University’s World Economic Institute is projecting real growth of only one percent this year. The German central bank reported that this year net transfer payments from West to East are expected to increase almost 30 percent to DM180 billion. Some 6.5 percent of West Germany’s GNP will go east this year (Financial Times, 19 March). These ‘‘transfers’’ from the BRD treasury are ultimately paid for by the employed workers in the West.

Annual inflation in the East was over 25 percent last year—five times the rate in western Germany. This was largely a result of the removal of subsidies on transport, rent, communication and other basic necessities. In the DDR rents had been limited to between five and seven percent of a person’s income. When controls were removed last October rents soared by some 700 percent. Yet workers in the East lucky enough to have jobs earn only 30 to 40 percent as much as their colleagues in the former BRD.

Unemployment: Ex-DDR’s Growth Industry

The working class of the DDR was one of the most skilled and best educated in the former Soviet bloc. Ninety-five percent of all workers had an apprenticeship. Despite Stalinist promotion of the family and considerable cultural backwardness, women had more of the material prerequisites for real social equality than almost anywhere else in the world. The Stalinist regime made a priority of providing housing for single women with children, thus removing the economic compulsion for women to remain in relationships. The DDR also had one of the most extensive systems of childcare in the world. Most workplaces were required to provide child-care on the premises and to allow working mothers to visit their children during the work shift. With full access to job training and guaranteed employment, more than 90 percent of DDR women worked, compared to only 50 percent in the BRD.

Capitalist restoration has reversed many of these gains. Women workers have generally been the first laid off. The subsidized childcare system has now been almost entirely disbanded, with the intent of forcing women back into the home. Mothers unable to afford private childcare cannot claim unemployment insurance and are reduced to welfare. Last year Kurt Biedenkopf, Prime Minister of Saxony, estimated that two million DDR workers, mostly women, will never work again (Die Tageszeitung, 7 March 1991).

Officially, unemployment in the former DDR is reported at 16.5 percent, but this figure is the result of a variety of devices designed to hide the reality. Some 350,000 workers were enrolled in phony make-work schemes (which are now being wound up). In many cases they were put to work dismantling their old factories. Another technique used to juggle the figures was the creation of ‘‘short-time work.’’ These workers put on ‘‘short time’’ were officially classified as employed, and still drew about 80 percent of their wages, but rarely if ever set foot in their factories. Workers were told that being on ‘‘short time’’ meant that they still had jobs and, one day, if things picked up and the capitalist miracle took hold, they might go back to work. This is not how things have turned out, and most short-time workers have now been officially reclassified as unemployed.

According to the November-December 1991 issue of Intereconomics, four out of the ten million workers in the DDR in 1989 are out of work. Approximately a million of these workers were forced to retire early on reduced pensions. Officially, pensions in the East are about half of those in the West, but the JHR estimates that the three million pensioned workers in the East in fact only get about 30 percent of the benefits paid to Western retirees.

One of the little publicized features of the reunification treaty is Article 143 of the BRD Constitution, which effectively suspends elementary constitutional rights in the former DDR until 1993. Using this provision the government can ‘‘legally’’ reduce access to the social benefits to which citizens in the East are supposedly entitled.

Demolishing the DDR Economy

The DDR economy had serious problems, and most analysts doubted that many of its enterprises could successfully compete in the world market. Labor productivity was probably only half that of West Germany. Yet the DDR was generally considered to be among the fifteen largest economies in the world, and it was certainly the most advanced of the workers states.

In theory, when the German bourgeoisie took over the DDR, they could have continued to operate the state-owned economy and even retained some degree of planning. France and other Western European countries have functioned successfully with substantial state-owned sectors. The Ruhr, the industrial heartland of post-war Germany, was built with considerable state intervention.

Yet, unlike the former degenerated and deformed workers states, the nationalized industries in Western Europe were administered for the benefit of the private sector. French state intervention in steel and auto-mobile production was designed to maintain France as a major industrial power and strengthen the position of French capitalism in the world market. In the former DDR and the other deformed workers states, by contrast, all primary productive forces were collectivized and subjected to centralized state planning and administration.

From the beginning, the serious German bourgeois press was united in its absolute hatred of collectivized property. Even the most ‘‘left’’ sections of West German social democracy never seriously contemplated taking over and running the state-owned economy. In their minds, the DDR Kombinats could only be a source of unwanted competition.

One of the paradoxes of the capitalist Anschluss is that the workers in the East hardest hit by the economic ‘‘rationalization’’ are those employed in sectors considered the most competitive by world standards (machine tools, ship-building and optics, for example). While the German capitalists were initially very anxious to get access to the ex-DDR, they were soon worrying about ‘‘unnecessary production’’ from industry in the East cutting profit margins. Germany’s leading bourgeois newspaper, the Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung, began early on to talk about liquidating the chemical, textile, electronics and optical goods industries as well as the remaining large-scale farms.

The BRD capitalists complain that overemployment in the former DDR tends to put upward pressure on wages. They are also frightened by the potential volatility of this highly proletarian population. Capitalist social stability requires significant numbers of ‘‘middle-class’’ citizens, housewives, petty proprietors and others who are not direct participants in production to counterbalance the influence of the organized workers.

On 3 October 1990, the day that reunification was formally completed, the entire DDR economy was put under the control of a government agency, the Treuhand. This body was not a holding company in the usual capitalist sense, but a tool created by the German bourgeoisie to liquidate the entire DDR economy. It has not attempted to reorganize or salvage the firms the BRD inherited. In a scandal-ridden process (exemplified by the bargain basement sale of the East Berlin NARVA light bulb factory to a West German land speculator) the Treuhand had, by the end of 1991, sold off 4,777 firms with 6,000 remaining (Die Welt, 8 January).

Der Spiegel (23 March) reported that in the former DDR, as of November 1991, textile production had fallen 32 percent, machine-building had dropped 37 percent, electronics was down 54 percent and optics 88 percent. Even the most ambitious West German move into the East, the Opel takeover of the Wartburg auto plant at Eisenach, involves slashing the workforce from 9,000 to 2,000. The most optimistic capitalist estimates of the future of the region project 40 percent of the labor force out of work by the turn of the century. Most commentators are closer to R. J. Barro and X. Salal-Martin (Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, l991, No. 1), who calculate that it will take 35 years to halve the income gap between East and West.

Why Did DDR Workers Succumb to Capitalism?

The DDR was a workers state in which proletarians were deprived of the right to organize, to discuss politics and to read and write what they wanted. They had no access to anything resembling Marxist analysis, and had learned to be suspicious of the lies of their Stalinist rulers. They lacked the tools to cut through the pro-capitalist propaganda barrage that preceded the Anschluss.

DDR workers had no objective interest in turning over their economy to the Frankfurt bankers. They did have an interest in breaking the political stranglehold of the Stalinists and running the planned economy through democratic workers councils. Under such a regime they could enjoy the political freedom that Honecker’s police state had denied them, while tapping the enormous creativity of the working masses to preserve and extend the gains of collectivized property. Most importantly, such a proletarian political revolution could have provided a powerful example for the rest of the Soviet bloc, while simultaneously exerting a powerful influence on workers in the BRD and the rest of Western Europe.

The DDR working class did not see this as an option. Events proved that their attachment to collectivized property was very shallow. In the first few weeks of the autumn 1989 political crisis, there was widespread sentiment for maintaining the DDR as a separate state. This reflected popular fears that a conversion to capitalism would mean a loss of social benefits and a drop in living standards. In only a few weeks the capitalist propaganda machine managed to undermine this sentiment. Collectivized property was equated with Stalinism, and DDR citizens were promised that once the border was down everyone would have a share of ‘‘democracy’’ and the good life they had seen on BRD television. Tragically, there were no forces with any roots or influence in the German workers movement that sought to organize opposition to reunification. The overwhelming majority of DDR workers believed the honeyed lies of the capitalists and their social-democratic lackeys, and opted for the free market.

Once convinced that capitalist reunification was a good thing, DDR workers bypassed the social-democratic middlemen and voted heavily for the political parties most closely connected to the big capitalists. After all, they were the ones who were going to be performing the market miracle.

German nationalist sentiments became increasingly powerful as reunification gained momentum. In the first days of the mass protests the crowds chanted ‘‘We are the people,’’ an assertion of democratic rights against the dictatorship of the Stalinist Socialist Unity Party (SED). This was soon replaced with the cry ‘‘We are one people’’—in other words, we are Germans. The extremely rapid shift to the right that took place in the DDR revealed that this once vigorous and politically cultured working class (which in 1953 spontaneously rose against the SED’s political monopoly and even attempted to spread their strike to workers in West Berlin) had gradually been suffocated by decades of Stalinist repression.

Strike Movement in the East

Shortly after voting for the pro-capitalist parties in the March 1990 elections, DDR workers launched a strike wave demanding BRD pay scales and contractual guarantees against layoffs. Simultaneously, DDR cooperative farmers blockaded the highways in an attempt to stop the flood of Western products that was destroying their market. Those leaders of the FDGB (the DDR trade-union federation) who had not deserted their posts tried to give some direction to the strike movement, and in many localities took the lead in organizing the protests.

This largely spontaneous working-class outburst panicked the BRD capitalists and social democrats. The Deutscher Gewerkschaftsbund (DGB—the main BRD trade-union federation) immediately dispatched thousands of organizers, with lots of hard currency and technical support, to the East to ‘‘reorganize’’ the unions on a class-collaborationist basis. Their first objective was to destroy the FDGB.

Using its money and powerful connections, the DGB had already gained control of a few FDGB unions and had them demand a conference. Amid an orgy of red-baiting, the DGB had its proxies put up a motion to disband the FDGB. When this passed, the next move was to incorporate the former FDGB unions into the equivalent social-democratic controlled industrial unions of the West. After that, the DGB lost no time cleaning out the old FDGB leadership, right down to the shop stewards. Thousands of new shop stewards and trade-union functionaries were enrolled in training courses to learn the class-collaborationist norms of the DGB. The labor lieutenants of capital thus successfully diffused and strangled this round of working-class defensive actions, and consolidated their political monopoly over the German unions.

The 1990 mass actions by workers and collective farmers scared the BRD government into pouring money into the East to soften the impact of the huge social dislocations of capitalist restoration. It also stiffened the resolve of the BRD capitalists to liquidate DDR industry and atomize this explosive working class. The German rulers recognized during the summer of 1990 that they had a potentially explosive situation in the DDR, and that they possessed no reliable instruments in the East to suppress growing proletarian resistance. So they moved up the date of the Anschluss.

From Stalinists to Social Democrats

One of the most striking features of the collapse of the DDR was the complete demoralization of the Stalinists. While SED leader Erich Honecker was bitterly rejecting Gorbachev’s market ‘‘reforms,’’ much of the cadre of his party had apparently already begun to adopt the perspectives of social democracy. In the 1980s, as the DDR was busy ‘‘normalizing’’ relations with the BRD, there was considerable sentiment within the SED bureaucracy for a political dialogue initiated by the Social Democratic Party (SPD). The result was an extensive series of political/ideological discussions, codified in Streit der Kultur (joint declaration of the SED/SPD, 1988).

While BRD rightists vilified the social democrats for playing footsie with the SED, these discussions helped undermine the morale of a significant layer of middle and upper-level Stalinist cadres. They gradually came to accept the social-democratic thesis that any system based upon collectivized property is incapable of sustained growth, and concluded that the only role for a workers party is to bargain over the terms and conditions of wage slavery.

The SPD’s Ostpolitik reinforced the effects of Gorbachev’s turn toward ‘‘market socialism.’’ The result was the ideological collapse in the ranks of what had appeared to be a monolithic Stalinist formation. In the summer of 1989, when Hungary opened its border with Austria, tens of thousands of the DDR’s best workers began fleeing to the West. This, combined with massive demonstrations in the autumn demanding freedom to travel and democratization, shook the morale of the regime. By late 1989 the Stalinist bureaucracy had lost confidence in its ability to rule. When the SED elected a new leadership in early 1990, the proto-social democrats within it moved into the top positions. The SED passively accepted capitalist reunification and reconstituted itself the Party of Democratic Socialism (PDS), a slightly left social-democratic formation. Relegated to the status of a minor opposition party in the DDR parliament after the March 1990 elections, the PDS limited its objectives to agitating for better conditions for DDR workers in a reunified Germany.

Armed Bodies Fail to Defend Collectivized Property

All the repressive organs of the DDR—the secret police, the army and the police—proved completely subservient to the Stalinist bureaucracy. The ‘‘armed bodies’’ remained passive, as the bureaucracy capitulated and collapsed. The fearsome Stasi (secret police) were told to remain in their barracks and not to bother anybody—and that is what they did.

By early 1990 the army had begun to dissolve. The DDR had what was probably the most highly trained and best equipped army in the Warsaw Pact, but suddenly the soldiers began to walk away from their posts and go home. In the six months after Honecker was deposed, the army shrunk from 173,000 to 90,000. Some lower-ranking officers tried to sign up with the BRD army. A few hundred were accepted. The higher ranks remained passive and most of the top-ranking officers were pensioned off. After reunification almost all who remained were discharged, although some noncommissioned officers were kept.

Even before reunification BRD officers had begun to take over DDR army units. They disbanded regiments and integrated the remnants into the BRD army. At no time did any DDR police or army units attempt to resist capitalist reunification. The only independent initiatives were the creation in early 1990 of a few scattered soldiers’ committees. But these committees limited themselves to demands for better housing, wages and working conditions.

The DDR police were also incorporated without difficulty. While the tops were replaced by police officials from the West, most rank-and-file cops in the East today are holdovers from the DDR. Former SED members and current PDS members are being weeded out, but the police in the East are still not considered entirely trustworthy by their new bosses.

Most of the top civil bureaucracy was dismissed, particularly in the fields of law, education and state administration. Bonn sent large numbers of administrators east to take their place. A partial exception to this pattern is in industry, where some old SED bureaucrats have been allowed to stay for a while. This is because, within the SED, the section of the bureaucracy charged with administering industry was the first, in its majority, to go over to capitalism.

The State of the Left

SED/PDS cadres and most former SED members are being subjected to a continuing massive witchhunt, spearheaded by the social democrats. At every step, instead of resisting, the PDS has capitulated. It has only very timidly attempted to give any leadership to the spontaneous defensive actions of the embattled working class. PDS groups in the workplaces have been disbanded, and PDS members in the trade unions are instructed not to run for even the most minor office, including shop steward. The PDS now has very little influence in the working class, nor for that matter, does any other ostensibly socialist group.

The German left has been badly disoriented by the momentous events of the past several years. Among the ostensible Trotskyist formations, the German followers of James Robertson’s American-based political obedience cult (currently known as the Spartakist Arbeiter-partei Deutschlands—SpAD) initially aimed at ‘‘unity with the SED,’’ and mistook the counterrevolution sweeping the DDR for a ‘‘proletarian political revolution.’’ (For more on the SpAD’s peculiar Stalinophilic performance during the last months of the DDR, see ‘‘Robertsonites in Wonderland,’’ 1917 No. 10).

Most of the rest of the supposedly Trotskyist left were so deeply Stalinophobic, and so hypnotized by the ‘‘mass movement’’ against the SED dictatorship, that they closed their eyes to reality and hailed each step toward capitalist restoration as a progressive development. The same ingrained Stalinophobia has led some of them to support the witchhunt against the PDS.

Lessons of 1991 Strike Wave

In the spring of 1991 there was another round of massive working-class resistance in the East. By this time the reality of life under capitalism had dispelled many earlier illusions. Strikes, led by shop stewards’ bodies, broke out in industries slated for liquidation. An alarmed DGB leadership moved in to grab control of the demonstrations, call off the strikes and divert the protests into an endless series of pointless meetings, assemblies, rallies and marches. Top DGB leaders from the West monopolized the stage at every event, while the shop stewards leading the struggles were not allowed to speak. The boring bureaucratic speechifying eventually demoralized the strikers and dissipated the energy of the protests. The immediate danger passed.

Militants within the shop stewards’ bodies who wanted to escape the control of the DGB apparatus should have attempted to set up a representative body to coordinate the protests and to provide the organizational framework to push the struggle forward. This would have meant a political fight against the class collaborationism of the social-democratic tops. Our comrades in the Gruppe Spartakus intervened with a program that showed the way out of the impasse (see box).

One key factor in the defeat of the 1991 upsurge was the failure of the workers in the West to respond to the rebellion in the East. In the West, the main struggle of the workers has been to resist getting stuck with the bill for the Anschluss. Thus far the DGB has successfully resisted the ‘‘reunification’’ of the workers movement across the old border. For example, the DGB tops negotiate separate contracts, naturally with different expiry dates, for workers on each side. In April 1991, at the height of the strikes, the DGB called a meeting in East Berlin for metal workers from the East to protest the collapse of their industry and the loss of jobs. Workers flocked from every corner of the former DDR. Yet this massive meeting was scheduled for a weekday, during working hours, to ensure that metal workers from West Berlin could not attend.

Workers in the DDR grew up in a society where rent, food, clothing, childcare, transportation and even furniture were all subsidized. Today they are experiencing capitalist social Darwinism first hand. As prices soar and unemployment benefits run out, as more firms go bankrupt and jobs disappear, life for many workers has become a struggle to survive. There is a growing gap between the attitudes of workers in the West, whose real standard of living remains among the world’s highest, and the mood of the workers in the East, who are rapidly becoming bitter, atomized and demoralized. The crime rate is rising; domestic violence, alcoholism, drug abuse and prostitution are increasing dramatically; serious psychoses are on the increase and the suicide rate has doubled.

In recent months a new wave of plant occupations against the destruction of jobs has swept the steel mills, factories, mines and shipyards in the East. These actions have had very little economic weight since the Treuhand does not really care if the enterprises go bankrupt. Although these strikes often demand no more than ‘‘socially acceptable’’ privatization, some of them have won partial concessions because of the capitalists’ fear of social unrest.

Attacks on West German Workers

Reeling under the combined pressures of the enormous costs of reunification, an international economic downturn and sharpening global competition, German capitalism has stepped up its attacks on the working class. Bonn ran the national debt up to DM1.1 trillion in l991. This represents 3.7 percent of the Gross Social Product, compared to 3.5 percent for the U.S. According to Lothar Mueller, President of the Bavarian Central State Bank, the national debt will hit DM2 trillion in 3 years (Der Spiegel, 23 March).

In the West the attacks on living standards which began last year are increasing. Wage settlements in l991 averaged about 7 percent, but this was well behind the increase in the cost of living. Income, insurance, tobacco and many hidden taxes went up. The tax on gasoline alone went up 55 cents per gallon. The British Financial Times reported on l9 February that, ‘‘Net wages dropped between 1.1 and 3.3 percent between October l990 and October l992.’’ Apprenticeship training programs have been cut back; spending on education is down; health care cuts introduced in l989 reduced the medical budget 9.5 percent in the first year alone. Pensions have been ‘‘adjusted’’—to keep people working longer. Chancellor Kohl was reported to have approved an increase of only 2.7 percent in state pensions, well below even the ludicrously low 4.2 percent official annual rate of inflation. Some bourgeois experts have suggested that workers would need wage increases of l2 percent just to catch up.

The bourgeois media is full of stories from the capitalists and their flunkies accusing the workers of wrecking the economy. Economics Minister J. Moellemann is demanding a statutory limit of 5 percent on pay rises for civil servants and calling for breaking the traditional system of national wage agreements in favor of increasing disparities from one region to another, especially between East and West. He is also demanding ‘‘greater flexibility of working times,’’ i.e., a longer working week.

Saddled with the openly pro-capitalist DGB bureaucracy, the workers in the West have generally been slow to react, but they are beginning to show signs of restiveness. Der Spiegel (24 February) reported a survey indicating that 78 percent of West Germans have reached the limit of their willingness to shoulder the costs of reunification. Workers in the declining steel industry settled this spring for a 6.4 percent pay increase, but other large unions such as the OTV (which represents 4.67 million public workers) and the powerful metalworkers union are demanding pay rises closer to 10 percent.

The difference in material circumstances between workers in the East and West has naturally produced differences in consciousness that are compounded by the cultural differences that arose over the past four decades. Workers in the East see those of the old BRD as arrogant and unsympathetic, while workers in the West see those from the former DDR as lazy, passive and easily manipulated.

The Way Forward

When workers in the former DDR, acting alone, occupy the idle factories, they are only sitting on properties that the Treuhand is planning to liquidate anyway. Only by connecting their desperate plight to the struggle against the capitalists’ attacks on the workers of the West can the workers of the ex-DDR put up an effective resistance. Workers in both sections of Germany have a common enemy in the German ruling class and their agents who control the DGB. The Trotskyists of the Gruppe Spartakus advocate demonstrations, strikes and factory occupations against the capitalist assault. We also call for workers in the East to organize sizeable delegations to go directly to workers in the West—especially in the highly industrialized Ruhr—to appeal for solidarity strikes and other forms of support.

The more politically conscious layers of the Western working class already know that what is taking place in the East poses a serious threat to their living standards. The German bourgeoisie intends to make the working class pay for reunification. To do that it must further slash living standards and social benefits and rip up the decades-old social contract.

The DGB tops’ control of the unions, which the capitalists exchange for guaranteed labor peace, can be broken by a militant response from the base to the capitalist offensive. The inability and unwillingness of the official leadership to resist creates the possibility of a political realignment within the unions and the explosive growth of a militant left wing. This in turn poses the question of leadership and program. While participating in every struggle of the workers to defend their past gains and win new concessions, it is the duty of class-conscious militants to struggle within the unions for a program that addresses more than just the immediate issues facing one or another section of the class. It is necessary to connect these struggles to the fundamental question of which class shall rule.

The German bourgeoisie is driven by the logic of global competition with Japanese and North American imperialism to step up its attacks on German workers. In this situation effective defensive struggles can ultimately pose the question of power. This is a question that can only be answered by a revolutionary leadership with roots in the working class. Such an organization, standing in the tradition of the Bolshevik Party of Lenin and Trotsky, must possess both the programmatic capacity and the political will to struggle for the overturn of the whole system of capitalist exploitation, with a perspective of forging a workers Germany as part of the Socialist States of Europe.

The ‘X’ That Won’t Go Away

[First printed in 1917 West #3 December 1992 http://www.bolshevik.org/1917/West/1917%20West%20%233.html

A phenomenon has swept large parts of the United States. There has been a proliferation of people wearing the letter X, the symbol of Malcolm X, on pants, shoes, shirts, caps, etc. Many celebrities, including Michael Jordan, Magic Johnson and even Arsenio Hall have appeared on national television with the X on their baseball caps. Something is definitely going on when Hall, who once shamelessly bragged about having told a friend to “put his Malcolm X tapes away,” now proclaims in an interview with Denzel Washington that people should read the Autobiography of Malcolm X! Many People are wondering if this is just a fad.

While it is true that many people are walking around with the X on their clothing but little of Malcolm’s story or ideas inside their heads, there is evidence that this is more than a fad. Fads generally do not enjoy four or five years of rising popular interest; the increased sales of Malcolm X books and speeches reveal the interest in Malcolm is beyond the visible fashion image. On a recent tour with Attallah Shabazz, Malcolm X’s daughter, Yolanda King, Martin Luther King’s daughter said on national television she was more in agreement with Malcolm X’s philosophy than that of her father.

Why has there been such a resurgence of interest in a man who has been dead for almost twenty-eight years and who was vilified by the bourgeois media during his lifetime? Perhaps the most important reason is the realization by black people that the struggle for liberation in the U.S., which began the slave rebellions of the last century, is not finished. Malcolm, a key figure in the 1960s, made many important statements, observations, and predictions that are still relevant today. For instance his prediction that the mainstream civil rights organizations’ strategy of seeking to integrate black Americans into the existing social order would fail has been powerfully vindicated, and even many of Malcolm’s detractors, like Louis Lomax, have had to concede this.

Although the bourgeois media ignored or slandered Malcolm X during his lifetime, and was much more favorably disposed toward Dr. King because of his preaching of nonviolence and belief in the system, large numbers of black people, for good reason, looked upon Malcolm as an honestly committed man to be respected and revered for his fiery drive for black liberation. Black people know that these qualities are necessary for a successful liberation struggle and, as long as the need to struggle exists, Malcolm X will not fade away.

Great Man

By being sincere and dedicated to the ordinary black people who comprised his audience, Malcolm X built up a trust with his followers that neither the U.S. government nor his detractors were able to take away. He was a brilliant, eloquent and charismatic man who could break down and communicate his ideas on important issues to his audience. He harnessed these abilities and worked to enhance them. For instance, he learned to speed read, which enabled him to expand his knowledge more quickly. His prison transformation from “Detroit Red,” hustler, to Malcolm X, fiery orator, should be an inspiration to all.

With a burning desire, fearless spirit, and tireless energy he played a major role in building the Elijah Muhammad’s Nation of Islam (NOI—or “Black Muslims”) from about 5,000 members nationwide to 100,000 between 1954 and 1960. Although the Muslims played no significant role in the political and social struggles against racial oppression that were building during this period, their appeal—as a black-separatist self-help organization—lay not in their apolitical religious cultism but rather in their strident denunciation of the racist reality of American society.

Differences With Elijah Muhammad

For most of his time in the NOI Malcolm was a loyal and uncomplaining follower of Elijah Muhammad. After Malcolm had gained considerable notoriety for the NOI through his columns in Harlem’s Amsterdam News and the Los Angeles Herald-Dispatch, he did not object when these columns were appropriated by Elijah Muhammad. Nor did he complain when Muhammad Speaks, which he had started from his own basement in New York, containing mostly his own copy, was taken from him and placed under the administration of John Ali in Chicago.

As the NOI grew, a layer of members centered in Chicago around Elijah Muhammad’s family developed a vested interest in the considerable real estate holdings and commercial enterprises which had been financed by the contributions of the membership. Although the enterprises were owned by the NOI, which was tax-exempt because of its status as a religious organization, it was common knowledge that most of them benefitted Elijah Muhammad’s immediate family and their business partners. At the time of his death Elijah Muhammad had amassed a fortune of $25 million (Emerge, April 1992). Elijah Muhammad and his inner circle felt threatened by Malcolm X and his attempts to politicize their organization.

There was an uproar in the black community of Los Angeles when the cops shot down several unarmed Muslims, killing one and paralyzing another, on 27 April 1962. Malcolm saw this as the moment to “go out there now and do what I’ve been preaching all this time,” which was to organize the NOI with all black people against this barbaric attack. He also had strong support from local churches, community activists, and the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP) in what was to be mass protest action. Elijah Muhammad stopped all the protest campaigns. According to Louis Lomax, “Malcolm began to smart under charges from militant blacks that he and his group were all talk and no action” (To Kill a Black Man). The fact that no legal assistance was provided by the NOI to the four Black Muslims that went to prison as a result of this incident made matters worse.

Louis Lomax pointed out that:

“Malcolm was consistently pressing Elijah Muhammad for permission to become involved in demonstrations. Each time Malcolm received a flat and unequivocal ‘No!’ It finally came to the point that Elijah ordered Malcolm not to raise the matter again. Malcolm obeyed.”

Black Nationalism Makes Strange Bedfellows

There was a perverted logic in the NOI’s self-satisfied desire to maintain the status quo. Malcolm X explained that in December 1960:

“I was in the home of Jeremiah, the [NOI] minister in Atlanta, Georgia. I’m ashamed to say it, but I’m going to tell you the truth. I sat at the table myself with the heads of the Ku Klux Klan, who at that time were trying to negotiate with Elijah Muhammad so that they could make available to him a large area of land in Georgia or I think it was South Carolina. They had some very responsible persons in the government who were involved in it and who were willing to go along with it. They wanted to make this land available to him so that his program of separation would sound more feasible to Negroes and therefore lessen the pressure that the integrationists were putting upon the white man. I sat there I negotiated it. I listened to their offer. And I was the one who went back to Chicago and told Elijah Muhammad what they had offered.”

—Malcolm X: The Last Speeches

Malcolm X concluded: “From that day onward the Klan never interfered with the Black Muslim movement in the South.”

This was not the first time that black nationalists, who claimed they were acting on behalf of the persecuted black masses, have made common cause with the most deadly enemies of black people. Marcus Garvey created an uproar in his Universal Negro Improvement Association, when he visited the Ku Klux Klan in June of 1922. In 1985 Louis Farrakhan, Elijah Muhammad’s successor, personally invited Tom Metzger, former grand dragon of the California KKK, to a rally in Los Angeles at which Metzger donated $100 as “a gesture of understanding;” and today in South Africa we witness the grotesque alliance between Gatsha Buthelezi’s Inkatha and the fascist Afrikaner Resistance Movement (AWB).

How can these black nationalist misleaders justify fraternizing with the avowed enemies of black people? If they really believe all white people are devils, or some equivalent, that means there are no significant political differences between whites, at least as regards blacks. The logic of this is that a marriage of convenience with white fascists is no worse than an alliance with any other whites. White racism, which justifies and advocates systematic oppression, should not be equated with black nationalism, which is a response to that oppression. There is nevertheless a strange symmetry between the objectives of black nationalists, who want a separate black “nation” and white supremacists pushing segregation.

The FBI and Malcolm X

As chief spokesperson for the NOI, Malcolm had attracted the attention of the FBI. He and many others were aware of the FBI’s surveillance of him and the NOI, but few people are aware of the extent of that surveillance (over 3,600 pages)! Clayborne Carson has contributed a useful and informative service to the public by gathering and compressing a selection of documents from Malcolm X’s enormous FBI file.

In a report dated January 10, 1955 the FBI interviewed Malcolm X and asked him if he would defend the U.S. in the event of a foreign attack. Malcolm X declined to answer. He also declined to answer whether of not he considered himself a citizen of the U.S. (Malcolm X—The FBI File). In contrast to the belly-crawling, flag-waving official leadership of the civil rights movement, Malcolm X was no flag-waving patriot of U.S. imperialism.

In a July 2, 1958 account the FBI, which recognized Malcolm X’s desire to play a leading role in the black movement, designated him a key figure in the NOI (Ibid, p 149). Later that year it had noticed that older members of the NOI were fearful of Malcolm’s radicalism. They even went so far to claim in a statement dated November 17, 1960 that Malcolm X was forming a nucleus within the NOI to take it over.

Elijah had declared that any NOI member that participated in the 1963 civil rights march on Washington would be suspended for 90 days. Malcolm went further: he denounced the march as the “farce on Washington,” taking King and other liberal civil rights leaders to task for making sure that the march was a tame event, in no way hostile to the Kennedy administration. When Malcolm responded to the assassination of John F. Kennedy by noting that it was a case of “chickens coming home to roost,” Elijah Muhammad suspended him from the NOI.

Exit From the Nation of Islam

During his time in the NOI Malcolm tried to close his eyes to the contradiction between the need to struggle against racist injustice and the passive acceptance of the status quo preached by Elijah Muhammad. Malcolm X, to his credit, finally recognized that if he was going to play a leading role in the black liberation struggle it would have to be outside the NOI.

Initially his break with the Muslims was cloudy. At the March 1964 press conference he called to announce his departure from Elijah Muhammad’s organization he said: “I still believe that Mr. Muhammad’s analysis of the [race] problem is the most realistic, and that his solution is the best one.” He did not go into the reasons that compelled him to leave the NOI, and expressed reluctance at having to make the move. In an interview with Les Crane on December 12, 1964 he said that he didn’t think he would “contribute anything constructive to go into what caused the split.” Far from encouraging other members to follow his example, he explicitly stated: “my advice to all Muslims is that they stay in the Nation of Islam under the spiritual guidance of the Honorable Elijah Muhammad. It is not my desire to encourage any of them to follow me,” (Malcolm—The Life of a Man Who Changed Black America, Bruce Perry).

Such statements could only confuse and disorient people who may have looked to Malcolm X for leadership. The rebellious black urban youth who knew of and respected Malcolm X were not about to join any religious sect. They wanted a fighting organization.

But Malcolm X at this time had not developed an understanding of the importance of a clear revolutionary program to attract and organize the most conscious layers of the black liberation movement. This was clearly revealed in his assertion that:

“I for one believe that if you give people a thorough understanding of what confronts them and the basic causes that produce it, they’ll create their own program, and when the people create a program, you get action.”

    —Malcolm X: A Man and His Time

Build a Workers Party!

After leaving the Muslims, Malcolm made a pilgrimage to Mecca and toured various newly independent African states. While he was in Africa he commented that:

“The U.S. Peace Corps members are all espionage agents and have a special assignment to perform. They are spies of the American government, missionaries of colonialism and neo-colonialism.”

    —Malcolm X: The FBI File

It was statements like this, along with his attempts to enlist the support of African heads of state to denounce the U.S. government in the United Nations for its mistreatment of American blacks, that led to the FBI’s push for the use of the Logan Act to put Malcolm X behind bars—again. Unfortunately, while Malcolm was correct in situating the black struggle in the U.S. in an international context, he also displayed a certain amount of disorientation on this issue. His faith in the UN, which at the time was seeing an influx of black African states, was totally unjustified. It should have been obvious that the UN was dominated by world imperialism and could take no decisive action against the interests of the U.S. ruling class. Likewise he overestimated the ability of the petty-bourgeois leaders of the new African states to influence or oppose U.S. policy. Despite their claims to independence and even “socialism,” these regimes were never really able to escape the control of the imperialist powers.

Probably the most significant result of Malcolm’s trip to Mecca was the recognition that he had been mistaken to assume that all whites were necessarily and automatically evil and racist. This discovery opened the door to redefining the struggle against racist oppression and, potentially, connecting it to struggle against the capitalist system which produces it. In the last year of his life Malcolm paid tribute to the great abolitionist fighter, John Brown, and stated his willingness to ally with whites like him.

Malcolm’s attempts to build a new organization after his break with the Muslims led Louis Farrakhan to threaten that, “Such a man as Malcolm is worthy of death.” But it was not just Elijah Muhammad’s followers who wanted Malcolm out of the picture. Once Malcolm was independent of the Muslims and their religious dogma, he was perceived as a much greater potential danger to the status quo.

For all his talents as a thinker and an inspirational orator, Malcolm X left very little in terms of a tangible political legacy. Because he was in political motion at the time of his death, the legacy of Malcolm X has been claimed by everyone from the ex-Trotskyist Socialist Workers Party to black conservatives such as Clarence Thomas.

Liberation for black people cannot come about within capitalist society, which needs and breeds racism as a mechanism of exploitation and control. Black capitalism, advocated by the likes of Farrakhan, is no alternative. Religion is a distraction from the struggle for equality. The creation of a society without racism and exploitation requires a force with the social weight to bring it about. No individual, no matter how serious or talented, can act effectively alone. Black nationalism, which can have a certain appeal in times of social reaction, offers no solutions for the oppressed black masses. Blacks in the United States are not a nation, but rather a color caste forcibly segregated at the bottom of this society. Only the working class which, because of its position in capitalist society as the creator of wealth, has both the social weight to overthrow capitalist rule and an objective interest in doing so.

The working class must have its own revolutionary party to accomplish its historic task through linking workers’ struggles to those of other people oppressed by capitalism, including blacks. Such a party must in turn be armed with the correct program, a road map pointing the way forward. As great an individual as V.I. Lenin was, he would not have led the overthrow of capitalism in czarist Russia if he were not part of a mass-based workers party, the Bolshevik Party, with a collective leadership and a program that answered the needs of the masses.

The Bolshevik Tendency, is committed to the task of building such a party, the American section of a reborn Fourth International, the party of world-wide socialist revolution. Our program for black liberation includes calls for a struggle against all manifestations of racism and all racial discrimination; for workers’ defense guards to stop racist violence and to smash the Nazis and Klan; for an end to unemployment through a fight for decent jobs for all; for special worker-run programs to upgrade the positions of women, blacks and other specially oppressed minorities; for open admissions to colleges and universities along with well-funded teacher-student-run programs to guarantee an education to everyone who wants one. As revolutionary socialists we call for a complete break with the Democratic and Republican Parties, the twin parties of capitalism; the expropriation without compensation of basic industry under workers control, and the establishment of a workers state with a democratically planned economy.

We urge all workers, blacks, women, youth and other oppressed peoples inspired by Malcolm X’s heroic fight for black liberation to consider seriously the political program and ideas put forward by the Bolshevik Tendency. Capitalism is in an international depression, and the U.S. economy, which is in a fairly advanced state of decay, is being hit particularly hard. The election of Bill Clinton, the governor of a “right-to-work” state, who interrupted his campaign for the Democratic nomination to preside over the execution of a brain-damaged black man, will not improve the lot of ordinary people in this country, regardless of color. Capitalism has long outlived its usefulness and can only offer oppression, environmental deterioration, racism, sexism, poverty, hunger and, eventually, world war. We are in complete solidarity with Karl Marx who said at the end of the Communist Manifesto, “Workers of the world unite. You have nothing to lose but your chains!”

Black Liberation Through Socialist Revolution!

Counterrevolution Triumphs in USSR

Defend Soviet Workers Against Yeltsin’s Attacks!

Counterrevolution Triumphs in USSR

September 1991 statement by the International Bolshevik Tendency, republished in 1917 #11, Third Quarter 1992. Originally posted online at http://www.bolshevik.org/1917/no11/no11crev.html

    

The aborted Moscow coup of 19-21 August was so ill-conceived and executed that it almost didn’t happen. Yet it will be remembered as one of the decisive events in the history of the 20th century. The victory of the openly pro-capitalist current around Boris Yeltsin after the coup collapsed shattered the state power created by the October 1917 revolution. This represents a catastrophic defeat not only for the Soviet working class, but for workers everywhere.

August’s events came as the culmination of recent power struggles within the Kremlin and the country as a whole. But, in a larger sense, they are the final act in the degeneration of the Stalinist bureaucracy, a privileged stratum that usurped political power within the Soviet workers state in the mid-1920s. In place of the democratically elected workers soviets of 1917, the Stalinists erected an authoritarian police state. For the proletarian internationalism of Lenin and Trotsky, they substituted the doctrine of ‘‘socialism in one country,’’ which justified betraying revolutions abroad to gain petty diplomatic advantage. Yet, for all its crimes, the Stalinist bureaucracy rested on the collectivized economy created by the October Revolution and, in its own distorted way, it frequently attempted to defend these economic foundations from imperialist pressure abroad and counterrevolution at home. The failure of the August coup ended the rule of this bureaucratic caste, and led to its replacement by a group of fledgling nationalist regimes committed to dismantling the state-owned economy and reimposing the rule of capital.

Over half a century ago, the leader of the Left Opposition, Leon Trotsky, warned that in the long run a social system based on collectivized property could neither be developed nor defended with bureaucratic police methods. The stagnation of the Soviet economy during the Brezhnev years represented a powerful confirmation of this prediction. In an attempt to reverse the USSR’s economic decline, Mikhail Gorbachev launched his celebrated market reforms. The economic and political chaos caused by perestroika polarized the Soviet bureaucracy, and the divisions within it became particularly acute during the past year. On one side a wing of the ruling elite—identified with former Moscow party boss, Boris Yeltsin—openly embraced capitalist restoration. On the other side an alliance of military men and party and state apparatchiks, the so-called hardliners, saw the drift toward the market and national disintegration as a threat to their power. Gorbachev acted as a middleman between these two factions, tilting alternately toward the ‘‘reformers’’ and the ‘‘hardliners.’’

Gorbachev’s Zig-Zags

Beginning in October 1990, the ‘‘hardliners’’ unleashed an offensive within the Soviet Communist Party. They forced Gorbachev to scrap Shatalin’s 500-day plan for the privatization of the economy. They sent ‘‘black beret’’ units to crack down on the pro-capitalist secessionist governments of the Baltic republics. They engineered a purge in the highest echelons of the party, compelling Gorbachev to remove ‘‘reformers’’ from key party and government posts and replace them with loyal servants of the apparat. These moves drove many leading ‘‘reformers’’—most notably Gorbachev’s foreign minister, Eduard Shevardnadze—into the Yeltsin camp, and caused widespread speculation in the Western media that Gorbachev had retreated from perestroika.

Yet, in the face of huge Yeltsinite demonstrations in Moscow early last spring, and the fear that the imperialists might be even less forthcoming with economic aid, Gorbachev backpedaled, and again tried to mend fences with the Yeltsin forces. He refused to carry the Baltic intervention to its logical conclusion and depose the governments there. He once more began pushing marketization. Most ominously of all from the ‘‘hardline’’ point of view, he accepted the ‘‘nine plus one’’ agreement that would have transferred most governmental powers to the USSR’s fifteen constituent republics. Gorbachev’s attempts at conciliation only emboldened Yeltsin, who responded with a series of decrees banning the Communist Party from the police force and the factories in the Russian Republic. The ‘‘hardliners’’ concluded that the middle ground occupied by Gorbachev was fast disappearing, and that they could no longer rely upon him to resist Yeltsin. This set the stage for the formation of the Emergency Committee and its arrest of the Soviet president on the morning of 19 August.

The Working Class Had a Side

In light of the coup’s abject failure, discussion of the positions of the rival factions may now seem a fruitless academic exercise. Yet only by adopting a correct orientation to past events can the working class arm itself for future struggles. The August coup attempt was a confrontation in which the working class had a side. A victory for the coup leaders would not have rescued the USSR from the economic impasse that Stalinism has led to, nor would it have removed the threat of capitalist restoration. It could, however, have slowed the restorationist momentum at least temporarily, and bought precious time for the Soviet working class. The collapse of the coup, on the other hand, led inevitably to the counterrevolution that is now in full flood. Without ceasing to expose the coup leaders’ political bankruptcy, it was the duty of revolutionary Marxists to side with them against Yeltsin and Gorbachev.

It comes as no surprise that most of the reformist and centrist left has cast its lot with Gorbachev and Yeltsin. These pseudo-Marxists are so fearful of offending bourgeois liberal opinion that they can always be relied upon to take the side of ‘‘democracy,’’ even when democratic slogans are a camouflage for capitalist counterrevolution. Somewhat more baffling are the arguments of centrist groups who recognize Yeltsin for the restorationist that he is, admit that his triumph was a grave defeat for the working class, but nevertheless refuse to take sides in the coup. The proponents of this ‘‘plague-on-both-your-houses’’ position include the U.S. Spartacist League and their overseas satellites in the International Communist League, who for years touted themselves as the staunchest defenders of the Soviet Union.

The advocates of neutrality contend that the coup leaders were no less committed to capitalist restoration than Gorbachev and Yeltsin. Some point to passages in the principal declaration of the Emergency Committee in which its leaders promised to honor existing treaties with imperialism and respect the rights of private enterprise in the USSR. Trotskyists, however, have never based their political attitude on the official pronouncements of the Stalinists, but rather on the inner logic of events. Anyone claiming that there was no essential difference between the contending factions would be hard put to explain why the coup leaders decided on such a desperate gamble in the first place. When one faction of the bureaucracy arrests the president, attempts to suppress the leading capitalist restorationists and sends tanks into the streets; when leading members of that faction carry out suicide pacts with their wives and hang themselves when they fail, it is abundantly clear that more is involved than a quibble over tactics.

The reasons for the coup leaders’ actions are obvious. They represented the Stalinist faction that had the most to lose from a return to capitalism. They saw the aggressiveness of Yeltsin, the growing power of the pro-capitalist nationalists and Gorbachev’s prostration before these forces as a mortal danger to the centralized apparatus upon which their privileges and prestige depended. They acted, if only half-heartedly and at the eleventh hour, to stem the tide.

There can be no doubt that the ‘‘hardliners’’ were thoroughly demoralized: they had lost faith in a socialist future of any kind, harbored many of the same pro-capitalist notions as their adversaries, and were only too willing to stoop to Great Russian chauvinism and even anti-Semitism to protect their political monopoly. But the Trotskyist position of unconditional defense of the Soviet Union always meant defense of the system of collectivized property against restorationist threats regardless of the consciousness or subjective intentions of the bureaucrats. The status quo the ‘‘hardliners’’ sought to protect, however incompetently, included the state ownership of the means of production—an objective barrier to the return of capitalist wage slavery. The collapse of the central state authority cleared the way for the juggernaut of reaction that is now rolling over the territory of the former USSR. To halt the advance of that juggernaut revolutionists had to be prepared to make a tactical military alliance with any section of the bureaucracy that, for whatever reason, was standing in front of its wheels.

Defeat the Counterrevolution!

All is by no means lost for the working class of the Soviet Union. The pro-capitalist governments that have hoisted themselves into the saddle are still extremely fragile, and have not yet consolidated their own repressive state apparatuses. Most of the economy remains in state hands, and the Yeltsinites face the formidable task of restoring capitalism without the support of an indigenous capitalist class. Workers resistance to the impending attacks on their rights and welfare will therefore involve a defense of large elements of the social/economic status quo. The embryonic bourgeois regimes now forming in the ex-USSR can be swept aside much more easily than mature capitalist states.

None of this, however, can change the fact that the workers will now be forced to fight on a terrain fundamentally altered to their disadvantage. They have not yet constituted themselves as an independent political force, and remain extremely disoriented. The Stalinist apparatus—which had an objective interest in maintaining collectivized property—has been shattered. Further resistance by the Stalinists is unlikely, since they have already failed a decisive political test, and those cadre who attempted to resist are now in forced retirement, in jail or dead. In short, the major organized obstacle to the consolidation of a bourgeois state has been effectively removed. Before the coup, massive working-class resistance to privatization would have split the Stalinist bureaucracy and their armed defenders. Now workers struggling to reverse the restorationist drive will face ‘‘bodies of armed men’’ dedicated to the objectives of Western capitalists and their internal allies. This incipient state power must be disarmed and destroyed by the workers.

The transition from a degenerated workers state to a full-fledged bourgeois state is not something which can take place in a month or a year. In 1937 Trotsky predicted that:

‘‘Should a bourgeois counterrevolution succeed in the USSR, the new government for a lengthy period would have to base itself upon the nationalized economy. But what does such a type of temporary conflict between the economy and the state mean? It means a revolution or a counterrevolution. The victory of one class over another signifies that it will reconstruct the economy in the interests of the victors.’’

    —‘‘Not a Workers’ and Not a Bourgeois State?’’

It was clear to him, as it is to us, that such a transformation can only occur as the result of a process in which the workers state is undermined by degrees. The task of analysis is to locate the decisive point in this transformation, i.e., the point beyond which prevailing trends cannot be reversed without the destruction of the state power. The momentum toward capitalist restoration had been building in the Soviet Union for the past several years. All available evidence leads us to conclude that the defeat of the coup and the ascension to power of the elements committed to reconstructing the economy on a capitalist basis constituted a qualitative turning point.

Revolutionary activity cannot be undertaken on the basis of pleasant fictions. The fight for the socialist future requires the ability to face reality squarely and ‘‘speak the truth to the masses, no matter how bitter it may be.’’ The victory of the Yeltsinites is a huge defeat for the working class. The attempt to reimpose capitalism in the Soviet Union will involve attacks on the most basic interests of tens of millions of working people. Yet in resisting these attacks, Soviet workers can rediscover their own heroic traditions. The revolutionary ideas of Bolshevism, which alone correspond to the necessity of historical progress for humanity, can overcome any obstacle. But these ideas only become a factor in history through the agency of a party of the sort which lead the revolution in 1917—a party educated in the irreconcilable revolutionary spirit of Lenin and Trotsky. The struggle for such a party, a reborn Fourth International, remains the central task of our time.

Cops, Crime & Capitalism

Cops, Crime & Capitalism

First printed as 1917 West #2,October 1992. Copied from http://www.bolshevik.org/1917/West/1917%20West%20%232.html

  

Crime is an explosive issue in the United States. Bourgeois politicians win votes by promising to be “tough on crime” and to restore respect for “law and order.” Penalties have been increasing for those convicted of criminal activity, including harsher prison sentences and wider application of the death penalty. In 1988 George Bush sounded like a backwoods county sheriff during his presidential campaign, and this year we had the disgusting spectacle of Bill Clinton interrupting his presidential campaign to return home to Arkansas to preside over the execution of a brain damaged black man.

The prisons are overflowing in the “land of the free.” In fact the U.S. has the world’s highest per capita prison population, more than either the former USSR or South Africa. The U.S. is also the only major Western industrialized country which retains the death penalty. Despite the repression the U.S. also has one of the world’s highest rates of violent crime. According to Interpol, in the year 1983-84 there were 7.9 murders per hundred thousand people, 35.7 rapes, and 205.4 robberies. Between 1970 and 1987 the population increased by twenty percent while murder, rape, robbery, assault, burglary, larceny and auto theft increased 143 percent (The Justice Juggernaut, Diana Gordon, p. 207).

Fear of crime has created widespread willingness to trade civil liberties for the futile hope of physical safety; hence the mass passivity towards the increasingly right-wing Supreme Court’s decade-long assault upon habeas corpus and the Bill of Rights (especially Fourth-Amendment protections against unreasonable search and seizure). Popular “solutions” to crime involve variations on the “more police with more power” theme.

Working people, blacks and other oppressed layers are ambivalent about crime. Black people, for example, are the most frequent victims of crime, and many want more police protection for their neighborhoods. On the other hand, they are also the most likely victims of police brutality and misconduct. Blacks, especially young males, have been so uniformly stereotyped as criminals that much of the bourgeois rhetoric about law and order is racist code for “get the blacks.” It is estimated that a black male is almost six times as likely as a white male to do time in a state prison during his lifetime (Ibid, p. 40).

The link between fear of crime and the race question creates a formidable barrier to working-class unity. The political and economic status quo is secure as long as the working class, and other victims of the system, are divided against themselves. Capitalism needs racism and breeds racism—because it keeps the working class divided.

Police brutality is an integral part of the crime problem. In one week in early 1990 New York City police killed three teenagers, two of them Latinos and the other black. And the beating of Rodney King in Los Angeles represents standard operating procedure for police departments across the country.

Even if some cops are not subjectively racist, they all live by a “code of silence” which protects the racism of the others. The conditions in which the police perform their function of controlling people who live in brutally dehumanizing conditions on the margins of society, require and reproduce police forces which are brutal and racist institutions. As the armed fist of the ruling class they reflect, in a concentrated form, the essence of this inhuman social order.

Capitalism Cannot Eliminate Crime

The Bolshevik Tendency (BT) believes that citizens have a right to security of their persons and their personal possessions. However Marxists look beyond the surface manifestations for the material basis of the problem. Poverty, oppression, social inequality, and the dehumanization and brutalization they engender are the major causes of the burglaries, robberies, assaults and other crimes which cause so much fear among Americans. Pervasive oppression leads people to seek relief from intolerable circumstances in mind-and mood-altering drugs, and poverty leads a portion to engage in trade to supply those drugs. Government reports show that even in the most drug infested inner city areas only a very small percentage of youth are involved in drug trafficking, and those who do are mostly street-level dealers who make very little profit. But there is no doubt that this trade is one of the few avenues for enrichment (or even survival) for those at the bottom of the pile in this steadily decaying capitalist society. The laws against these substances are largely responsible for the violence and criminality associated with their sale and use, and the “war on drugs” is used as a further pretext for police oppression of black youth.

The capitalist state attempts to control, but not eliminate, organized crime. Recent disclosures of substantial interpenetration of organized crime and the ruling party in Japan are a reflection of the universal character of the relationship between the traditional sectors of the ruling class and the parvenu upstarts on its fringe who control drugs, prostitution and other illegal economic activities. The capitalists have often used the services of gangsters against militant trade unionists and leftists. The CIA and the Mafia have been cooperating for years in efforts directed at overthrowing Fidel Castro and reversing the Cuban revolution.

In capitalist America both the number of people living in poverty, and the gap between them and the rich has dramatically increased over the past two decades. There are few societies in which the contrast in living standards is so extreme, and in which wealth is so conspicuous. Americans are daily subjected to depictions of the super-rich flaunting their booty, and the glorification of those who accumulate vast amounts of money. Donald Trump maintains his Taj Mahal, a luxurious hotel and gambling casino, while legions of homeless roam the streets. Corporate executives grab multi-million dollar “golden-parachutes” while millions of hard-working people are thrown out onto the street with nothing. Real wages have fallen, the tax structure hits middle-income and working class people harder, and social services have been reduced and eliminated.

Poor and working class children of all colors face an economy increasingly incapable of providing them with meaningful futures. They are forced to attend schools in which even dedicated teachers can do little more than supervise day-time holding pens.

The American ruling class and its government present a picture of moral bankruptcy, violence, greed and corruption. From the gutting of industry, to insider trading on Wall Street and the looting of the savings and loans outfits, to the viciously racist slaughters in the Persian Gulf and Panama, the bourgeoisie shows its rottenness. It is inevitable that some of the dispossessed will turn to crime to survive, all the more so in a climate of massive social and economic crisis and decay.

Crime has been endemic to capitalism since it began, and crime will not be eliminated as capitalism continues to decay. In the wake of the social counterrevolutions which swept Eastern Europe and the former USSR there has been the explosive growth of criminal syndicates. In the U.S. the institution of a police state might at least in the short term, substantially reduce crime but it would require huge (and economically irrational) investments in the machinery of repression which would further erode the competitive position of American capitalism. Ultimately criminal activity (both civilian and police) can only be eliminated through a social revolution that brings the proletariat to power and lays the material basis for eliminating poverty.

Who Are the Police?

The state is the mechanism which guarantees the supremacy of the ruling class. The capitalists (or bourgeoisie) control science, education, culture and all the levers of social power. This allows them to run things for their own benefit and appropriate the lion’s share of social wealth. To maintain their rule the bourgeoisie requires a monopoly of armed power with which it can exert violence against those who might resist. The police are the institution charged with the day-to-day exercise of that power to coerce and suppress other classes when the preferred means of persuasion do not work.

The police are not part of the working class, and their “unions” are not part of the workers movement. They should be thrown out of all trade union federations and other working class organizations. The police serve as the first line of defense of capitalist property and safeguard the dictatorship of the capitalist class over society. As an arm of the state, the police are not neutral in any dispute between the powerless and the powerful, workers and bosses, tenants and landlords or oppressed and oppressor. Cops enforce a capitalist law and order which places the interests of property, wealth and social privilege above all else.

The police occasionally do useful things, of course, such as directing traffic, comforting children and even risking their lives to rescue victims of disasters. Sometimes they even apprehend real criminals or take action against some element of the bourgeoisie itself. But all the movies and television programs notwithstanding, anything socially useful they do is little more than a cover for their real role as the defenders of an unjust society.

Reforms and Crime

The liberal pretence is that these secondary “good” things that the police do can be expanded, and that effective controls can be put in place to prevent police “excesses.” But the police cannot be “reformed” out of their oppressive role, because that is their core function.

There are a variety of measures proposed by liberals to address the problems of crime and the police. Some demands are for more black police and for black or liberal police chiefs. More black police will not change the nature or role of the police, and neither will changing the color or political philosophy of the police chief. Berkeley’s black police chief, Dash Butler, is currently implicated in a lawsuit which charges that the BPD Internal Affairs division “routinely fails to sustain citizen complaints against members of the BPD….” Richard Hongisto, the quintessential liberal cop, presided over the San Francisco police at the time of the protests against the Simi Valley verdict. They arrested and charged 105 people with felonies, 90 percent of whom were black!

Equally futile are calls for “sensitivity training” for police or the propaganda about “community policing.” Community policing is essentially a public relations campaign for the police, covering their real role and activities with the image of smiling cops finding lost children. Sometimes presented in the form of Neighborhood Watch programs, the intent of this is to divide neighborhoods (often along racial lines) into those who are asked to cooperate with the cops and the “criminal element” who are informed upon.

In some cases these programs may result in removing a crime problem to some other part of the city. However, it ties working class residents of the neighborhood more closely to the police, their enemy, and tends to perpetuate the myth of the police as crime-fighters.

Calls for “community control” of the police are often proposed as the solution to police crime and brutality. But the “community” is composed of different classes. In capitalist society the police cannot be “controlled” for the benefit of anyone but the ruling class.

Civilian police review boards are also frequently suggested as a means of controlling police behavior, but they have been and will continue to be largely impotent in dealing with police misconduct. Norman Siegel of the New York Civil Liberties Union, an advocate of civilian review boards as a means of avoiding the urban rebellions of the 1960s, captured what these boards are all about when he said, “There’s a percolating anger out there and if you don’t have a safety valve, I think it’s going to blow up” (New York Times, 3 March 1991). The liberals are mostly interested in containing the anger and explosiveness of the populace.

Where police review boards exist they should be used to achieve whatever amelioration of conditions is possible, and the BT has assisted in presenting individual cases of police misconduct before the Berkeley Police Review Commission. It is one of the most independent police review boards in the country, but it is virtually useless in reviewing the worst police abuses in that city. In any case its rulings against BPD officers are regularly overruled by City Manager Michael Brown.

We support any measure which limits the power and independence of the police, without in any way encouraging illusions that these measures will substantially alter the system. These commissions do allow some small level of public scrutiny of the police, and they may require them to give up information which may be useful to citizens in legal actions against the police. So, depending on the political composition and effective powers given to it, establishing a civilian police review board with a real measure of independence from the cops is a demand which Marxists can support. But in practice these review boards are usually ineffective. Some of them exist only to whitewash even the most clear-cut incidents of cop brutality.

We also support requirements that police wear their badge numbers or prohibitions on the choke-hold and various other dangerous practices. Such checks on the oppressive powers of the police can have a real, if limited, value.

However one liberal measure which must be opposed strenuously is the cry for gun control. Gun control speaks to widespread concerns about random acts of violence, but it also poses serious problems for workers and the oppressed. Ordinary people must have the right to self-defense. More importantly, it is the right of the oppressed to bear arms, and the bourgeois state should not be given an absolute monopoly on weapons. We say no to gun control!

In the United States the police generally have a level of independence from political authorities which amounts to semi-bonapartism; they operate with freedom from most restraints, as long as they do not attack members of the ruling class or have their activities recorded on video or audio tape. Many city charters are written in such a way as to make it virtually impossible to fire police chiefs or individual officers. Police chief Daryl Gates successfully defied the Los Angeles city council in the wake of the Rodney King beating. In the Bay Area the Alameda city manager professed not to have the power to fire city police officers who put explicitly racist messages onto police computers.

What Can Be Done?

In many cities throughout the United States there are organizations which seek to monitor the police and defend their victims. We support such work, because it can act as a check on some of the worst police excesses. In supporting measures to reduce abusive police behavior toward citizens, it is important not to feed illusions that such abuses can be eliminated under capitalism.

In Berkeley we participate in “Copwatch.” We believe citizens have a democratic right to be free of police harassment and brutality, and we support Copwatch’s overall perspective of reporting on police misconduct. Copwatch is an organization including people with a wide spectrum of views, many of which we do not agree with. Our Marxist analysis of a class-divided community has at times been a point of debate within Copwatch.

It is vitally important to link the activities of organizations which monitor the police and defend victims of the police to the organizations of the working class. The same cops who hassle homeless people and black youth also escort scabs through picket lines and beat picketers while breaking strikes. The history of the class struggle teaches that at some point there will be social upheaval and massive fightbacks by workers and the oppressed. When this occurs the capitalist state will use the draconian criminal laws against the working class.

Only the proletariat has the social power and the objective interest to eliminate the causes of crime. A strong workers movement which established integrated workers defense guards could take a big step toward defending workers and the oppressed from both crime and police brutality. Workers defense guards would have nothing in common with the Guardian Angels (or equivalent community policing scams) who work with the police, nor with vigilantes who are often racist, ethnically-based gangs defending “their turf” against “outsiders.”

To be effective workers defense guards should be integrated to cut through the racism which so divides the working class. They would generally be initiated in response to attacks upon workers’ picket lines by the capitalist state, its fascist allies or the private goons of individual employers. Once engaged in class struggle, workers will quickly see the usefulness of defense guards in protecting workers and the oppressed in other areas of their social life, including the fight to be free of crime and police harassment. This perspective is not simply pie-in-the-sky theorizing. St. Petersburg under the Czar had both a large dangerous criminal class (the “dark people”) and a large and brutal police force. After the February revolution in 1917 both the criminal class and the police disappeared from the workers’ districts. Armed workers’ militias created the most “crime free” period in modern Russian history up to that time.

A class-conscious workers movement would fight for full employment, through a sliding scale of wages and hours that would lead to a shorter work week with no loss in pay. If everyone in society who wanted a job had one and was able to feel they had a future, much of the material basis for crime would be removed. That’s not such a huge thing …but impossible short of socialist revolution. The workers movement must call for the decriminalization of all drugs and the repeal of other victimless criminal statutes; it is the illegality of drugs and prostitution which make them so lucrative for criminal elements. At the same time the workers movement must call for education programs administered under its control and inspired by neither moralism nor political expediency, for the dissemination of scientific information on the effects of various drugs.

The workers movement must defend the homeless. Among them are women and children who have escaped from abusive home environments, and people with HIV or who are in need of psychiatric care and who have been kicked out of their homes or institutions. Many are truly unable to cope with social life. If prolonged, homelessness often has a devastating, negative impact, both physically and psychologically, and tends to make its victims less socially acceptable. So wherever there are homeless people there is a body of citizens who seek a stronger police presence, and the homeless become the objects of police harassment—even in “progressive” cities such as Berkeley.

Across the country the police harass, jail and attack the homeless, steal their meager belongings and push them out of sight. They do not arrest the corporate big-wigs, landlords, bankers, speculators, developers or anyone else responsible for unemployment, low wages and obscenely high housing prices, nor do they force property owners to make unused buildings available to the homeless.

The working class must fight homelessness by utilizing its power to prevent landlords and sheriffs from evicting tenants. It must support the homeless when they take possession of abandoned housing. There must be a fight for low-cost affordable housing for all; and the workers movement must wage an uncompromising fight against racism, sexism, homophobia and all other forms of chauvinism. The working class must also fight for adequate support services for women and children such as free 24 hour childcare and decent refuge from abusive situations. The demand for free quality health care for all must include the placing of a high priority on AIDS research, care for people with HIV, and good psychiatric services. And above all, the fight against homelessness is the fight for jobs for all. Thirty hours work for forty hours pay!

Toward a Workers State

In order to carry out its historic mission of world revolution, the working class must have its general staff, a party, to link the struggles of the working class to the struggles of the victims of special oppression: blacks, hispanics, other national minorities, women and gays, and unite with the desperate struggles of the poor. There must be a complete and irrevocable break with the Democratic and Republican parties, the twin parties of capitalist rule, who will never act in the interests of the oppressed.

Incorporating the program outlined above, a workers party would fight for the expropriation of basic industry under workers’ control and for the establishment of a workers state with a democratically-planned economy in which production would be for human need and not for private profit.

The Bolshevik Tendency is dedicated to the task of building such a party as the American section of a future Fourth International, the world-wide party of international proletarian revolution.

The human race is facing enormous challenges at this time. Capitalism has given us wars, racism, sexism, poverty, hunger, economic depression and ecological degradation. U.S. capitalism has created one of the most violent and irrational societies on earth. Yet capitalism has revolutionized the means of production to such an extent that the technology exists to produce abundance for all people on this planet. The private ownership of the means of production for private profit acts as a brake on further human progress, and capitalism has long since outlived its usefulness. Workers power is the only choice!

Black Liberation Through Socialist Revolution!

Black Liberation Through Socialist Revolution!

LA: Days of Rage

[Reposted from http://www.bolshevik.org/Leaflets/1917%20supp%20May%201992%20Days%20of%20Rage.html]

Supplement to 1917, May 1992

With the “end of communism” America’s rulers dreamed of a “new world order” in which the oppressed would meekly submit to their oppressors. The fires that swept Los Angeles in the wake of the Rodney King verdict proclaimed that such an order is not to be. In the greatest explosion of anger since the ghetto upheavals of the 1960s, tens of thousands of blacks and Latinos took to the streets of the country’s second largest city to serve notice that they would no longer endure deepening poverty and rampant racist terror without fighting back.

In most respects the incident that ignited the LA explosion–the near-fatal beating of an unarmed and defenseless black man–was nothing new. Escalating police violence and lethal force against inner-city blacks and other minorities–from Philadelphia to New York to Miami–has been the calling-card of the Reagan-Bush era. The badges and batons of the LAPD, which pioneered the choke hold and the doctrine of massive police “response,” have long been symbols of racist terror on the streets [of] the South-Central and East-Side ghettos. The assault on Rodney King was different only because it was captured in agonizing detail on videotape and broadcast continually on TV screens throughout the country for over a year before the trial. So clear-cut, in fact, was the case against the police, that the LA judiciary and District Attorney–part of the same repressive apparatus as the LAPD–probably feared that any inner-city jury would make too harsh an example of the four uniformed marauders. It was no doubt to prevent such an outcome that the presiding judge transferred the venue of the trial to Simi Valley, a prosperous white suburban enclave which is home to the Ronald Reagan Presidential Library, as well as 2000 of the 8300-member LA police force.

But the tactic backfired. It was widely expected that even the most right-wing jury, confronted with the irrefutable evidence of their senses, would at least try to maintain the outward appearance of justice by imposing light prison terms on one or two of the indicted cops. However, in the racist climate of the 1990s, the overwhelmingly white jury was not concerned with appearances. Their verdict merely affirmed explicitly what Bush, the Supreme Court and the U.S. Congress have been saying implicitly for years: that blacks are less human than whites; that the kind of treatment meted out to Rodney King is not only to be winked at, but commended; that thousands of victims of police terror can expect more of the same without hope of redress in the courts; that batons and bullets, overcrowded prison cells and lethal injections are a degenerate system’s only answer to the despair of America’s impoverished urban ghettoes. As revolutionary Marxists, we share the rage of South-Central Los Angeles.

LA: “City of the Future”

The conditions that led to the South-Central upheaval are not confined to Los Angeles; they are endemic to all major urban centers in the U.S. But Los Angeles, more than any other American metropolis, is widely perceived as the “city of the future”–the most concentrated expression of major trends in national life. And, indeed, the city’s social geography reveals in a starker form the contrasts typical of the country as a whole: on the one hand, fortified suburban islands of affluence, where the rich and well-off indulge in narcissistic life styles; on the other hand, an increasingly desolate urban core–populated by blacks, Hispanics and Asian immigrants–whose streets resemble third-world battle zones.

The “future” revealed by LA’s ghettos is grim. As is to be expected in this profoundly racist society, it is blacks who suffer most acutely from U.S. capitalism’s economic decline. The statistics speak for themselves: almost half the black families in central LA fall below the official poverty line, while unemployment among black youth has remained steady at almost 50 percent since the 1970s. The few decently paid blue-collar jobs that were available have been steadily disappearing, as those industries that have not moved their operations abroad or folded entirely, flee the inner city for outlying industrial parks. Most of the jobs that remain are in the low-wage sweatshops that have mushroomed in recent years.

The effects of this economic erosion are compounded by a government policy of “malign neglect.” The “anti-poverty” programs initiated to help put a lid back on the ghettos after the 1960s rebellions have been all but eliminated. The Neighborhood Youth Corps was dismantled under the Nixon administration, and Reagan followed suit by terminating the Comprehensive Employment and Training Act (CETA). Public school classrooms in central LA, the country’s second largest school district, are today more crowded than those in Mississippi; high schools have a 30-50 percent dropout rate.

In the face of hopeless unemployment and poverty, it is hardly surprising that inner-city youth have turned in large numbers to the only available source of income: the underground drug economy. In the mid-1980s LA became the main U.S. pipeline for a new, highly concentrated form of cocaine–rock cocaine or crack–shipped in by drug cartels. Many members of LA’s biggest street gangs, the Crips and Bloods, together with hundreds of smaller gangs, plugged into this deadly traffic to become street-level pushers.

So long as the violence of the crack trade was confined to the ghetto, municipal authorities were content to maintain police repression at “normal” levels. But as ever larger amounts of drug money hit the streets, gangs required more sophisticated weaponry to protect their investments. When gun battles, often waged with Uzi submachine guns, escalated and began to spill over into adjoining white neighborhoods, stopping “gang violence” became a media crusade and a favorite hobby horse for local pols. The city administration responded with what is becoming the capitalist state’s preferred method of solving inner-city problems: police terror on a quasi-military scale.

In 1988, LA police chief Daryl Gates launched “Operation HAMMER,” a massive, indiscriminate police sweep of South-Central for the ostensible purpose of curbing drug traffic. This was not the first time the area had been subjected to Gates’ hammer-blows. The LAPD, long infamous as a gang of trigger-happy rednecks, had recently mounted nine smaller dragnet operations there. South-Central also remembers Eulia Love, a 39-year-old black widow gunned down in a 1979 dispute with police over unpaid gas bills. Moreover, in 1982 Chief Gates responded to criticisms concerning the choke-hold deaths of young black men in custody by saying that the “veins and arteries [of blacks] do not open up as fast as they do on normal people.”

But “Operation HAMMER” surpassed all previous LAPD thrusts. Billed as the “D-Day of law enforcement,” it was probably the single largest application of force in a black ghetto since the Philadelphia MOVE massacre of 1985 (which Gates has publicly praised). In the first phase, over a thousand cops, backed by elite tactical squads, swooped down upon ten square miles of central LA, arresting nearly 1500 black youths. In the months that followed: an unarmed teenager was shot and killed by police because he was alleged to be reaching suspiciously into his trousers; an 81-year-old retiree died after being pumped full of buckshot when police mistook his residence for a “crack house”; a group of apartments was attacked by almost 90 shotgun and sledgehammer-brandishing police, who shouted racist epithets, and proceeded to spray-paint walls, smash furniture and appliances, and force residents to run a gauntlet of fists and flashlights.

By 1990, the LAPD and sheriffs of adjacent municipalities had rounded up a total of 50,000 “suspects.” There are only 100,000 black youths in Los Angeles! One member of the district attorney’s office, commented that “Operation HAMMER” was “Vietnam here.” It has been officially discontinued only to be replaced by permanent, institutionalized police sweeps.

The beating of Rodney King must be understood in this context: as a minor episode in the transformation of South-Central into a “free-fire zone.” Such developments are by no means unique to Los Angeles. King was at least lucky enough to escape with his life–unlike many other innocent victims of heightened police brutality from coast to coast. Yet Los Angeles has led the way in investing that brutality with a military dimension, thus showing the entire ruling class how to handle “surplus populations” in a period of economic contraction, and once again living up to its reputation as the “city of the future.”

BEOs, Democrats and Black Capitalism: No Answer

The Los Angeles events again demonstrate the utter folly of attempting to fight racism and police brutality by putting black elected officials (BEOs) or more Democrats in office. LA has had a black mayor–Tom Bradley–for the last 17 years. After capturing office on a program of “social activism,” Bradley presided over drastic reductions in city budget allocations for South-Central in favor of greater spending for LA’s affluent Westside residential neighborhood and the downtown business district. Bradley has been almost as zealous in proving his loyalty to the ruling class as his East-Coast counterpart, Wilson Goode, who, as Philadelphia’s first black mayor, ordered the 1985 terror-bombing of the MOVE compound. Until the King tapes were broadcast, Bradley backed Daryl Gates and his “law-and-order” grandstanding.

The infamy of a Republican like Gates does not change the fact that LA has for decades been in the hands of a Democratic municipal administration. According to Mike Davis (whose 1990 book, City of Quartz, provides a compelling portrait of contemporary LA) Democratic District Attorney James Hahn, the immediate predecessor of the present DA, “probably traveled further than any metropolitan law enforcement official in the country towards establishing the legal infrastructure of an American police state.” Hahn’s legal strategy aimed at extending criminal liability for drug-related offenses from individual perpetrators to those who supposedly aid and abet them. By criminalizing whole groups of people, Hahn created the legal framework for super-sweeps like “Operation HAMMER.” Such measures, concludes Davis:

“imply a ‘West Bank’ towards the troubled neighborhoods of Southcentral LA. The ‘terrorism’ metaphor has metastasized as Hahn and Reiner have criminalized successive strata of the community: ‘gang members,’ then ‘gang parents,’ followed by whole ‘gang families,’ ‘gang neighborhoods,’ and perhaps even a ‘gang generation.”’

In LA as in Peru, the “war on drugs” functions as a camouflage for the repression needed to maintain capitalist law and order among the most oppressed and desperate social layers. And this class warfare by the bourgeoisie, on the home front and abroad, is, as ever, a truly “bipartisan” affair.

Just as futile as electing BEOs is the notion of “black capitalism”–the solution to the plight of the ghetto advocated by everyone from George Bush and his housing secretary, Jack Kemp, to Jesse Jackson and Louis Farrakhan. Capitalist America is not the society of hardworking, prosperous small businessmen conjured up in Frank Capra films. It is a highly polarized class society, where a permanent underclass of unemployed and semi-employed act as a brake upon the wages of employed workers. Blacks have always comprised a disproportionate part of this economically marginal population. It is simply a petty-bourgeois pipe-dream to think that the government or the banks are going to underwrite the creation of new black businesses when many white-owned businesses are going to the wall and millions of people who only yesterday considered themselves “middle class” can no longer pay their mortgages or afford to visit a hospital.

The crack trade now thriving on the streets of South Central LA is the only kind of “black capitalism” available to a whole generation of lumpenized street youth; because it is illegal, drug trafficking is one of the few forms of commerce not monopolized by “legitimate” capitalists. And repression is the only answer of the capitalist state for millions of black, Hispanic and other minority youth who can no longer survive by living within the rules of the larger society. Not “black capitalism,” but socialism–a society in which production is based on human need instead of profit–is the answer to the desperation of South-Central and inner-city ghettos throughout the land. The fight against racism and police brutality must be a central part of the struggle to forge the multi-racial party of the working class necessary to break the power of the capitalist state and lay the foundations for a socialist future. It is in light of these goals that we assess the Los Angeles upheaval.

Black Liberation Through Socialist Revolution!

In the wake of the LA events, bourgeois media and politicians are quick to remind us that “rioting accomplishes nothing.” This may be true in the long term, but it is also true that every paltry reform or gesture toward racial justice that the capitalist state has made in the past has been in direct response to anger in the streets. LBJ’s “War on Poverty” in the 1960s was aimed at keeping social peace in the wake of nationwide ghetto explosions. When things settled down, the “Great Society” spigot was almost entirely turned off. The only reason that one of Rodney King’s club-wielding assailants, Laurence Powell, will stand trial a second time (unfortunately not before an all-black and Hispanic jury) is because of the South-Central eruption. Voting for BEOs and Democrats, on the other hand, has only led to a deepening of black poverty and an escalation of police brutality.

The bourgeois media is full of admonishments that all citizens must “respect the law.” But since when has the American legal system ever treated blacks as equals? The response to the beating of the white truck driver, Reginald Denny, exposes the “neutrality” of the state when dealing with the rage of poor black ghetto residents. Four black men, identified from videotape as participants in the beating and robbing of Denny, were immediately arrested (one by Chief Gates himself), and dragged into court wearing prison overalls. The four cops who beat King, by comparison, were allowed to turn themselves in and immediately posted bond. Further, while the LAPD thugs were charged with assault and “using excessive force,” three of the four arrested for assaulting Denny were charged with attempted murder–which carries an almost guaranteed life sentence in California.

Marxists can have nothing but contempt for the hypocritical condemnations of “violence” and “lawlessness” now gushing forth from newsrooms, pulpits and capitalist presidential aspirants. Yet serious militants must also recognize that racism, poverty and the violence of the capitalist state will not be ended by unorganized explosions of black and minority rage, however justified. Because the black masses lack the program and the leadership to fight for a real social revolution, their spontaneous anger often strikes at the wrong targets, and leaves their real exploiters and oppressors untouched. The burning and looting of the stores of petty capitalists in the ghetto does nothing to break the stranglehold of the multi-billion-dollar banks and corporations who own the major means of producing and distributing wealth, and who are the real power behind the small-time frontmen. Attacks upon Korean businesses and a few white people who happen to pass through only punish other powerless individuals and families, many of whom are also victims of the current ruling-class offensive against workers and the poor. Such senseless and indefensible acts are partially explained by the fact that many black youth, in the isolation of inner-city wastelands, are inclined to misperceive local non-black businessmen, landlords and whites in general as representatives of a malignant and incomprehensible power structure bent upon destroying them with drugs, AIDS and police bullets. But part of the responsibility must also be laid at the door to black demagogues like Sharpton and Farrakhan, who trade on the fears of the ghetto by spewing forth anti-Semitic and anti-white poison.

The key to black emancipation lies not in spontaneous ghetto upheavals, “black capitalism” or “community control,” but in the fight for socialist revolution. Such a revolution requires that the outrage of the black ghetto masses be linked to the struggles of the only force with both the social power and objective interest in uprooting the existing social order–the integrated American working class, and especially its organized, trade-union component.

Many blacks believe that the white working class, blinded by the racism that runs so deep in this country’s history, has more in common with the white capitalist ruling class than the beleaguered residents of Harlem, South-Side Chicago or South-Central LA. The more backward white workers believe the same thing. The LA events will undoubtedly drive some of them deeper into the arms of open racists like David Duke and Pat Buchanan. George Bush is busy blaming the LA explosion on 1960s social programs in a disgusting attempt to parlay the “white backlash” into four more years in the White House.

But the Los Angeles upheaval could also be a forerunner of another, potentially much larger “backlash”: the “backlash” of ordinary people–black, brown, yellow and white–against the unrelenting attacks by the ruling class upon their standard of living over the past 20 years. While blacks and minorities have been hit hardest by these attacks, millions of whites have also been forced to pay the price of American capitalism’s economic decline. Union busting, obscene tax breaks for the rich, longer working hours for lower pay, speed-up, drastic cuts in social services and soaring health-care costs–these are the bitter fruits of the capitalist offensive on the home front, begun under Democrat Jimmy Carter and intensified during the Reagan-Bush years. Looting on the streets of LA is trifling by comparison to the $500-billion Savings and Loan bailout, which is correctly understood by most citizens as the massive looting of public coffers by the rich.

Revulsion against the class arrogance of this country’s rulers is not limited to blacks and minorities. It is reflected in a disillusionment with the twin parties of capitalism so widespread that even Democratic hacks like Jerry Brown and billionaires like Ross Perot feel compelled to pander to it, cynically posing as “political outsiders.” It is registered in polls which show that 76 percent of whites disapprove of the Rodney King verdict and that 54 percent of whites are not happy with the way Bush is handling race relations (New York Times, 11 May). It is confirmed by the fact that many white youths joined with blacks in demonstrating their outrage over the King verdict on the streets of LA. These are strong indications that the only effective response to years of capitalist attacks–integrated class struggle–is a real possibility today.

Blacks and minorities form a large percentage of the industrial working class in the U.S. They are also concentrated in the unions that maintain the nation’s cities. These workers run the buses and trains, collect the garbage, sweep the streets and staff the hospitals. They can provide the necessary link between the ghetto and the organized working class. A single general strike against police brutality could bring cities like LA to a halt, and would prove an infinitely more potent weapon than a hundred ghetto upheavals. Such strikes could open the way for a powerful working-class counteroffensive against racism and capitalist austerity. But this requires a militant, class-struggle leadership committed to breaking the stranglehold of trade-union bureaucrats and Democratic Party BEOs. The Bolshevik Tendency is dedicated to the task of forging such a leadership in the struggle for a socialist society, which can alone deliver justice to Rodney King and countless other victims of the “new world order.”

Only Socialism Can Bring Freedom to Lesbians and Gays!

Only Socialism Can Bring Freedom to Lesbians and Gays!

[First printed in 1917 West #1 Spring 1992]

Almost twenty-three years after the heroic Stonewall Rebellion in New York City against police harassment, the oppression of gays and lesbians remains a daily reality. The rebellion caused many individuals to affirm openly their sexual identity, and thousands celebrate it in yearly observations all over the country. In the intervening years homosexuals have made notable strides forward in many respects in some major cities. In San Francisco, gays are an important component of the local political scene, with bourgeois politicians vying to take part in the Gay Freedom Day Parade, one of the biggest annual political events. There has even been some legal recognition of gay and lesbian domestic relationships.

Meanwhile there has been an ugly anti-gay backlash that has been fueled by hysteria over the deadly AIDS epidemic and by the rightist shift in the bourgeois political agenda over the past period. This has led to an alarming increase in homophobic activity ranging from murderous gay-bashing in San Francisco to the repeal of gay rights ordinances in suburban Concord, California. Racist right-wing demagogue Jesse Helms, a Republican senator from North Carolina, pushed for Congress to require that recipients of grants from the National Endowment for the Arts sign oaths declaring their art to be free from “homoeroticism.” He also prevented the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) from funding educational programs that might promote homosexual activity (Nation, 5 November 1990). From many pulpits present-day Billy Sundays thunder condemnations of “the gay lifestyle” under the guise of promoting “traditional values.” California Governor Pete Wilson got into the act by vetoing AB 101, which would have protected gays from job discrimination.

ACT UP, QUEER NATION & HIV

Many individual gays striving for liberation have become involved with high-intensity activist groups such as ACT UP or Queer Nation. The gross negligence of the capitalist ruling class in combating AIDS as well as in caring for those who are struck down by the HIV virus is an outrage. We share with ACT UP supporters the sense of urgency about the necessity to do much more. We also respect the courage of these activists in confronting the medical establishment and the state. But it is vitally important to the success of such confrontations that the campaign be popularized, and the Bolshevik Tendency, to the extent of its capacity, would seek to win the support of deeper social layers, particularly among workers and the oppressed. This is essentially a political struggle, and the isolation of the more militant elements can in the long run lead only to demoralization.

Queer Nation conducts ostentatious displays of gay affection in non-traditional settings with the intention of shocking heterosexuals into re-examining and changing their consciousness. We are not puritans and we consider that gays have the same right to be open about their sexual orientation as heterosexuals. However, such activities are limited in impact, and tend to presuppose that the roots of homophobia lie in the consciousness of individuals rather than in the material circumstances created by class society.

The gay movement, especially since Stonewall, has encouraged homosexuals to “come out,” to be open about their sexuality, despite the oppressiveness of this society. Coming out is considered by most gay people as a step toward self-esteem and personal adjustment, but it is a choice which can be made only by the person concerned, depending on their circumstances. The physical violence against gay men and lesbians, hysteria about AIDS, and other forms of oppression so prevalent in this period leads many homosexuals to fear exposure. These people value their right to privacy, and do not wish to come out. Most are just ordinary people, afraid of the consequences of being openly homosexual in an oppressive society, and it would be indefensible to force them out of the closet. But some homosexuals who stay in the closet may become prominent functionaries of the bourgeoisie, and may even come to represent the worst kind of homophobic politics.

Outing” is a political tactic adopted by some gay activists, which involves publicly revealing the sexual identities of such prominent right-wing closeted homosexuals. Although we share the gay liberationists’ disgust with the targets of outing, and their sense of frustration with the lack of progress in gay rights, we are opposed to this tactic as doing little toward improving the conditions of gay men and lesbians in today’s society. It merely adds to the fears of exposure which burden the ordinary inoffensive closeted homosexual, and creates a climate for the worst kind of muckraking homophobic journalism.

The Material Basis for Gay and Lesbian Oppression

Marxists fully support the right of gays and lesbians to be themselves and to participate fully in all that society has to offer, wherever they may be. Gays and lesbians should not be forced into their own ghettoes in a few liberal cities. And we favor the passage of legislation to ease the burdens of lesbians and gays—and all other oppressed groups. But we also realize that whatever gains are made by reforming the present system are incomplete and transitory. The continued oppression of lesbians and gays in this society is linked to the existence of capitalism and its basic social unit, the nuclear family. In bourgeois society individuals are isolated into families, which reproduce, rear and socialize the next generation. The nuclear family provides some stability for capitalism by providing a convenient outlet for the frustrations of oppressed workers. While a male worker may be powerless vis-a-vis the boss, he is the “master” in his home, wielding power over the wife and children. At the same time the man’s “mastery’ of his home creates an enormous pressure on him to submit to the dictates of bourgeois society and tends to reduce his willingness to engage in militant labor activity such as strikes. This is true even in the age of two-income households as most families rely primarily on the husband’s income, since discrimination against women means that the wife usually makes less money.

While the burden of cooking, cleaning, child rearing and maintaining the family falls most heavily upon women, gays are also negatively affected by the nuclear family; for the various purveyors of bourgeois ideology—churches, popular media and the educational establishment—create social prejudice against relationships which show there are alternatives to the present social norm. Under capitalism sexual impulses must be restrained and channeled toward the needs of the bourgeoisie, hence the incessant attempts by the church and the bourgeois state to enforce “morality.” As long as capitalism exists, there will be prejudice against “nonstandard” sexuality.

However there is nothing inherently revolutionary about homosexuality. There are gay areas in “liberal” cities such as San Francisco and New York; and gays and lesbians themselves debate assimilation versus liberation. Homosexuals are not a social class and they span the political spectrum from the far left to the far right.

The overturn of capitalist property relations will not automatically liberate gays and lesbians from oppression, but it will create the conditions in which oppression can be brought to an end. After the Russian Revolution in October of 1917, the Bolsheviks repealed all laws against homosexuality; and for one brief shining moment the world saw the beginnings of the freest society in human history. However, the Soviet Union’s isolation and backwardness, intensified by the imperialist blockade and military intervention, and the triumph of the counterrevolutionary Stalinist clique caused many of these gains to be reversed, although the collectivized property forms remained. In all other countries where capitalism was overthrown, such as Cuba and China, homosexuals were persecuted from the beginning. These new states were modeled on the degenerated Soviet workers state which, in the interests of consolidating the rule of the privileged bureaucratic social layer, also sought to prop up the nuclear family.

The liberation of gays and lesbians can only be achieved through the working class, led by its revolutionary vanguard, taking power and developing the productive forces to such a high level that it will be possible to eliminate poverty, ignorance and social inequality once and for all. In a socialist society the state, along with the nuclear family, will start to wither away and be replaced by freer, voluntary forms of human association. So the best contribution to the struggle for lesbian and gay rights is to work toward the building of a revolutionary party of the working class.

Workers Must Defend Lesbian and Gay Rights

 Building a revolutionary party requires transitional organizations to focus on the various struggles against different forms of special oppression, such as the oppression of women, of blacks, and of gays and lesbians. An organization actually capable of fighting against the oppression of gays and lesbians must be based on a program that locates the origins of oppression in class society, and that works for the end of oppression through the power of the working class. Such an organization will be part of a common movement with a revolutionary party which leads the movement as a whole.

Although there are many similarities, the issue of gay and lesbian liberation is not totally analogous to the black or woman question. Gays are not concentrated in the working class like blacks. Women, who like homosexuals, are members of all social classes, are the primary target and main victim of the necessity to force human relations into the straight-jacket of the nuclear family. In this sense the oppression of gays can be seen as linked to, and derived from, the oppression of women. Moreover, unlike a person’s color or gender, one’s sexual preference is a private matter that is not readily apparent in most circumstances. Indeed much of the oppression of lesbians and gays involves their being forced to hide their sexual identities.

It is the duty of all class-conscious workers, whatever their sexual orientation, to fight against anti-gay discrimination, not only because socialists believe that everyone has the right to their own sexuality but also because curtailing the rights of gay men and women inevitably leads to diminished rights for the working class and all the oppressed. Homophobic attitudes undercut the capacity of the class to understand its own historic interests in uniting all the oppressed. The bourgeois offensive against lesbians and gays is an attack against the working class at one of its weakest points, i.e., on a group which many workers, because of social conditioning, might be reluctant to defend. As we stated in an article in 1917 #2:

“The retributive moralists of the right have a larger agenda, however. They are trying to use the widespread fear of AIDS to promote a campaign of anti-science and anti-sex (particularly gay sex). These are the same people who want to ban Playboy, Penthouse, Darwin, rock videos and other examples of what they characterize as ‘secular humanism.”

The Trap of Sectoralism

While many groups such as the Freedom Socialist Party (FSP) and the Revolutionary Workers League (RWL) agree that the overthrow of capitalism is necessary for gay and lesbian liberation, their politics are flawed by their sectoralist approach, i.e., they tend to see gays, women, blacks, etc. as sectors of society co-equal with the working class in the fight for socialism.

There are only two social classes capable of running a modern society: the bourgeoisie, which is the present ruling class, and the proletariat, which is the class that produces the wealth. In this era of capitalist decay and all-out attacks on personal liberty, the working class must stand as the defender of democratic rights.

Marxists recognize the importance of the fight against special oppression. But we also insist that the inequality of class society is at the root of all forms of social oppression whether of gays, women or blacks. Therefore while it is necessary to struggle against particular forms of oppression, and in favor of particular reforms, the roots of social oppression can only be attacked through linking the struggles of the oppressed to the class question, i.e., the necessity for the working class to rule. But this class-based approach, which does not lose sight of the fact that the working class as a class is the decisive force for social change is fundamentally different than “sectoralism.” Attempts to organize gays as gays, women as women or blacks as blacks will lead to multi-class formations and eventual failure.

Marxists seek to intersect and recruit the most militant women, blacks and gays to participate in the struggle for workers power, through winning them to understand that this is the only way to end, once and for all, sexism, racism, and homophobia. Class struggle and the fight for social and economic justice can overcome homophobia and unite gays and lesbians with other layers of oppressed people in a common cause. When the class struggle intensifies, the more conscious layers of the working class, who lead the class as a whole, will tend to rally behind its best fighters regardless of sexual preference, gender or color.

Break with the Democrats! For a Workers Party!

A major political obstacle in the fight for gay liberation (as for women’s liberation and black liberation) is the Democratic Party. In San Francisco this bourgeois party exerts influence on gays through such organizations as the Harvey Milk Gay Democratic Club, and openly gay politicians such as Harry Britt have been active in Democratic Party politics for years. Since the 1970s, starting with the late Harvey Milk, open gays have served on the San Francisco Board of Supervisors. However the Democratic Party, despite its occasional rhetoric about concern for the “little people” or its criticisms of the brutal policies of the Republican Party, is not a vehicle for social change. The Democrats are just as committed to the rule of capital as the Republicans. The Democrats were in control of the United States Congress during most of the Reagan years and were accomplices in the all-out assault by government and big business on the working class, minorities and women. It was a Democratic Congress that confirmed all the right-wingers on the Supreme Court. Democratic mayors such as David Dinkins in New York, Wilson Goode in Philadelphia and Coleman Young in Detroit have helped administer draconian cuts in social programs. The role of the Democrats is to head off potential social protest movements, channel them back into the system, and render them impotent. Witness the way in which the local Democrats dissipated the justified popular anger at the brutal police beating of United Farm Workers (UFW) leader Dolores Huerta and allowed the cop involved to get off with only minor punishment.

The only way forward is a complete break with the Democratic Party (and its twin the Republican Party) through the formation of a workers party based on the trade unions and the organizations of the oppressed. This party would be a tribune for the oppressed and would lead the fight for a workers government. Such a party would fight for full democratic rights for lesbians and gays and for the repeal of the sodomy laws and all other laws regulating sexual activity among consenting individuals. It would organize workers defense guards to defend against anti-gay violence and would advocate free, quality medical care for all, including appropriation on a Star Wars scale for research in the fight against AIDS.

The Bolshevik Tendency is committed to the fight for such a mass revolutionary workers party. We base ourselves on the Transitional Program which was developed by Leon Trotsky and his co-thinkers for this era of capitalist decay, and we look forward to the re-creation of the Fourth International as the party of world-wide proletarian revolution. While George Bush and the American bourgeoisie celebrate the “death of communism” and prattle on about the coming of “freedom” to Eastern Europe, the new pro-bourgeois leaders institute rule by decree, while workers go hungry and fascist scum run wild terrorizing ethnic minorities. The world capitalist system is wracked with crisis and has no positive future to offer the vast majority of the human race. There is only one way out. The proletariat, armed with the Marxist program, can rise up and again continue toward the fulfilment of its historic mission to lead humanity to a socialist future of freedom, equality and abundance for all—a future in which we will all be free to be truly human.

Soviet Rubicon & the Left

Three Days in August

Soviet Rubicon & the Left

[First Printed in 1917 #11, Third Quarter 1992. Originally posted online athttp://www.bolshevik.org/1917/no11/no11ussr.html ]

In the weeks following the failed coup attempt of 1921 August, the International Bolshevik Tendency was virtually alone among self-proclaimed Trotskyists in recognizing that this event marked the end of the Soviet workers state. Every major political development has since confirmed our view. A few days after the coup, Gorbachev, at Boris Yeltsin’s instruction, proclaimed the dissolution of the Soviet Communist Party. The Congress of Peoples’ Deputies voted to self-destruct. In December Yeltsin announced the dissolution of the Soviet Union and the formation of the so-called Commonwealth of Independent States. He did this without even bothering to consult Gorbachev, whose subsequent attempts to maintain some semblance of all-union government were simply ignored. On Christmas Day Gorbachev resigned as Soviet president. The Soviet flag was lowered over the Kremlin and replaced by the czarist emblem the same evening. Yeltsin moved into the Soviet president’s office before Gorbachev could even pack his bags.

The major political institutions of the Soviet state could be dismantled without armed resistance because the fate of the USSR had already been decided. The post-coup developments were a mere epilogue to the three days in August when the demoralized defenders of the old Stalinist apparatus made and lost their last desperate gamble.

Yeltsin wasted no time in launching a full assault on the already disintegrating state economy. At the beginning of January he withdrew state subsidies for foodstuffs and many other items, raising most prices several fold. This was just the first of a series of measures designed to replace centralized planning with market anarchy. Stirrings of popular protest quickly followed. As Yeltsin toured the country to gauge public reaction, he was confronted by angry crowds. Food riots erupted in the Uzbek capital of Tashkent, claiming the lives of several students; workers, military men and members of the old party apparatus demonstrated against the new regime in Red Square on Revolution Day; 5,000 army officers gathered in the Kremlin to protest Yeltsin’s plans to carve up the army along national lines. In February, 50,000 people poured into the streets of Moscow in the largest demonstration against the government to date. The anti-Yeltsin protests are extremely heterogeneous. While some demonstrators carried red flags and pictures of Lenin and Stalin, the ultra-rightist Liberal-Democratic Party and other monarchist and anti-Semitic elements were also prominent. As the Caucasus region is racked with communal slaughter, and Yeltsin continues to wrangle with the Ukraine’s new nationalist regime over the Black Sea Fleet, it is clear that the road back to capitalism in the former Soviet Union will not be a smooth one.

Yeltsin’s ‘‘price reforms’’ were introduced on the advice of Jeffrey Sachs, golden boy of the Harvard Business School, who spent the past few years acquainting Polish workers with free-market misery. The purpose of the reforms is to reduce the Russian state budget deficit and stabilize the ruble. Under the old planning system the prices of commodities were determined not by market forces, but by the social and economic decisions of state planners. The ruble functioned more as a labor ration ticket than as a measure of value. To establish a regime of generalized commodity production, and to open the economy of the ex-USSR to the world market, it is first necessary, according to the Harvard school, to have some sort of universal equivalent that establishes the ratios in which various goods can be traded.

On what terms will Russia and the other republics join the imperialist ‘‘family of nations’’? The productivity of Soviet labor has always lagged far behind that of advanced capitalist countries. The products of Soviet industry simply can’t compete in price or quality with Western goods. Western capitalists are reluctant to invest even in Poland and the former DDR, whose industrial plant is more advanced than Russia’s. Russian and Ukrainian industries are even less likely to find foreign buyers. Aspiring Russian ‘‘entrepreneurs’’ cannot simply take over existing state industries and start making money. To become competitive internationally, most Soviet enterprises would require massive retooling and upgrading, and that can only be financed from abroad. The imperialist giants, locked in ever intensifying economic rivalries with one another, are not about to underwrite the development of a major new competitor. The total ‘‘aid’’ earmarked for the former Soviet Union so far is only a fraction of what the imperialists spent each year preparing to wage war on the ‘‘evil empire.’’ The assistance they are providing is only enough to help Yeltsin keep a lid on his unruly population. There will be no latter-day Marshall Plan.

The lands that once made up the USSR are not without value to the predators of Wall Street and the Frankfurt bourse. The former Soviet Union was the world’s number-one producer of oil and timber, and its territories are also rich in minerals, metals and grain. The population is well educated even by Western standards, and is thus a huge potential market and reserve of exploitable labor. But the imperialists see the former Soviet Union chiefly as a producer of raw materials and agricultural products and a consumer of the finished goods of the U.S., Europe and Japan. The deindustrialization which will accompany capitalist restoration will lock the various republics into a pattern of economic dependency and backwardness more typical of third-world countries than the developed capitalist world.

The former Soviet Union, however, is no third-world country. The Bolshevik Revolution of 1917 tore the former czarist empire out of the imperialist orbit and laid the foundations for transforming it from a backward, largely peasant nation into a major industrial power. At the time of the revolution, over 80 percent of the Soviet population lived in the countryside; today, more than 60 percent are city dwellers.

The reintegration of the Soviet Union into the international capitalist division of labor will mean the ruin of entire economic sectors: steel, machinery, military hardware and consumer goods and the destitution of many of the tens of millions of workers whose livelihoods depend upon industry.

The states emerging from the breakup of the USSR are not likely to be reduced to third-world status without explosions of popular anger. As mass indignation at free-market ‘‘shock therapy’’ continues to mount, Yeltsin could easily fall. He has already been forced to modify some of the harsher aspects of his economic package. Yet none of Yeltsin’s would-be successors is any less committed than he to capitalist restoration; they differ only over tactics and timing.

For Workers Revolution To Smash Counterrevolution!

The one force that can turn back the tide—the working class—is confused and demoralized by years of Stalinist betrayal. Yeltsin’s regime remains extremely fragile and vulnerable to an upsurge from below. Revolutionists in the former USSR must attempt to turn popular hostility to price-gougers and food speculators into a weapon against the whole privatization scheme. By forming representative committees in each work-place and working-class neighborhood, workers could come together to recreate the soviets of 1905 and 1917. Such organs of popular power could ensure that the necessary food supplies are fairly distributed. They could also block the wholesale looting and theft of publicly-owned enterprises and counter layoffs with a campaign for a sliding scale of wages and hours, and constitute the organizational framework for a reborn workers state.

Mass hostility to Yeltsin’s austerity measures is being exploited by a host of right-wing nationalist demagogues and anti-Semitic descendents of the Black Hundreds. The demonstrations against Yeltsin in recent months have brought together ‘‘patriotic’’ Stalinists with Russian-nationalist fascists. Capitalist restoration has unleashed an explosion of reactionary nationalist blood-letting throughout the Caucasus region, in Moldava and elsewhere in the former USSR. Marxists uphold the right of all nations to self-determination and oppose the Great Russian chauvinism of Yeltsin’s Kremlin. At the same time, socialists champion the voluntary union of the peoples of the former USSR in a renewed socialist federation.

To avert disaster, the working class urgently requires revolutionary leadership. A revolutionary party would seek to mobilize the proletariat to drive Yeltsin and other nationalist potentates from power, reverse privatization programs and return the birthplace of the world’s first workers state to the revolutionary internationalist road of Lenin and Trotsky.

Any group aspiring to revolutionary leadership must be able to recognize reality and tell the truth. Political reality today is shaped by the fact that the victory of the counterrevolution in August 1991 destroyed the Soviet workers state. Most of the economy is still formally the property of the state, as in Poland, Czechoslovakia and the rest of Eastern Europe. But those wielding the monopoly of force in society are committed to dismantling, not maintaining, state ownership of the means of production. The class that brought collectivized property into being and had the greatest interest in its survival—the proletariat—was excluded from direct political power with the rise of Stalin in the 1920s. Yet the Stalinist bureaucracy, for all its crimes against the working class, derived its social power from its role as administrator of the state-owned economy. It was episodically compelled to defend workers property forms from capitalist restoration and to repress pro-capitalist elements within its own ranks in order to safeguard its privileges. With the failure of the August coup, the deeply divided and thoroughly demoralized Stalinist apparatus collapsed, as forces openly pledged to destroy the economic foundations laid by the October Revolution seized power.

The success of the coup plotters would have represented an obstacle, however temporary and insubstantial, to the victory of the restorationists now in power. It was therefore the duty of those who defended the Soviet Union against capitalist restoration to side with the coup leaders against Yeltsin, without offering them any political support. Yet, to our knowledge, every other tendency purporting to be Trotskyist failed this last test of Soviet defensism. Most sided with the forces gathered around Yeltsin in the name of democracy. Others were neutral. To excuse their failure, many of these groups now find it expedient to play down the significance of Yeltsin’s August victory. We shall examine the responses to the coup by three pseudo-Trotskyist organizations: the United Secretariat of the Fourth International, Workers Power and the Spartacists.

USec: ‘Nobody Here But Us Democrats’

For the past forty years, the United Secretariat of the Fourth International (USec), led by Ernest Mandel, has specialized in distorting and abridging Trotsky’s revolutionary program to adapt to the latest leftist political fad. Their search for a cheap ticket to ‘‘mass influence’’ has led them from support to insurrectionary Stalinists like Castro and Ho Chi Minh in the late 1960s, to unstinted praise for the anti-communists of Poland’s Solidarnosc a decade later. As the prevailing political winds shifted rightward during the past decade and a half, the USec has been trying to find a niche on the fringes of social democracy. It is hardly surprising, then, that during the August coup Mandel and his followers sided with the few thousand capitalist-restorationist liberals and black-marketeers who rallied to Yeltsin’s White House. Along with the entire international bourgeoisie, the USec applauded the Russian president’s victory over the Emergency Committee as a triumph for ‘‘democracy.’’ One American USec affiliate, the Fourth Internationalist Tendency, wrote, ‘‘The defeat of the coup was a genuine victory for the Soviet peoples’’ (Bulletin in Defense of Marxism, October 1991). Another American USec outfit saw in the Yeltsinite crowds a ‘‘popular uprising’’ with ‘‘few precedents since the time of the Russian Revolution of 1917, led by V.I. Lenin and Leon Trotsky’’ (Socialist Action, September 1991). Mandel himself wrote:

‘‘The…putschists wanted to severely limit or even suppress the democratic liberties that existed in reality….This is why the putsch had to be opposed by all means available. And this is why the failure of the putsch should be hailed.’’

    —International Viewpoint, 3 February

Like every good Kautskyite, Mandel’s highest criterion is abstract ‘‘democracy.’’ The counterrevolutionaries in the Kremlin and their international backers in the IMF are not so worried about such ‘‘liberties.’’ The brutal austerity measures required for capitalist restoration will be imposed on the Soviet masses with bayonets, not stump speeches or election-day handshakes.

Marxists know that bourgeois democracy has a class content. The real social inequality between bourgeois and proletarians, between the homeless beggar and the president of General Motors, is not eliminated, but rather concealed, by formal equality of rights. Parliamentary institutions play an important part in legitimating the rule of the bourgeoisie by concealing the class policies of capitalist governments behind a facade of popular consent. The working class must defend democratic liberties in capitalist society against all attempts to curtail or suspend them. Yet, the conquests of the October Revolution weighed far heavier than bourgeois democracy in the scales of human progress. The abolition of private property over one sixth of the earth’s surface and the replacement of market anarchy by economic planning were social foundations upon which democracy could become real for the millions who do not own factories, banks or media empires. The hypocritical ‘‘democratic’’ imperialists hated the Stalinists not because they disenfranchised the Soviet workers, but because their rule depended on the survival of the gains won by the Russian proletariat in 1917. In Trotsky’s words:

‘‘We must not lose sight for a single moment of the fact that the question of overthrowing the Soviet bureaucracy is for us subordinate to the question of preserving state property in the means of production in the USSR…’’

    —In Defense of Marxism 

USec on the Wrong Side of the Barricades

The barricades of August formed a dividing line between those bent on bringing back capitalism and those who wanted to slow down the market reforms and preserve, at least for a time, the social and economic status quo. Social democrats, liberals and all those who openly favored capitalist restoration had little difficulty in grasping the significance of the coup and its defeat. Pseudo-Trotskyists, however, must falsify reality to justify shirking Soviet defensism and prostrating themselves before left-liberal public opinion. It is therefore extremely important for the USec to ‘‘prove’’ that there were no fundamental differences between the coup plotters and the Yeltsinites. Nat Weinstein, writing in the September 1991 issue of Socialist Action, opined:

‘‘To the extent there are divisions among those in governmental and state power—from Gorbachev, to the organizers of the coup, to Boris Shevardnadze—it is not between those supporting a market-based capitalist democracy, on the one side, and ‘hardline communists defending socialism,’ on the other.’’

The coup leaders were certainly not ‘‘communists defending socialism;’’ they were Stalinist bureaucrats attempting to hang on to the power and prerogatives of the central apparatus, which depended on the existence of a state-owned economy, against forces that had openly declared for capitalism. If the coup did not pit restorationists against those resisting restoration, what, according to Weinstein, were the rival factions fighting about? He continues:

‘‘All major currents in the state apparatus…support the reintroduction of capitalism.

‘‘The fundamental difference between them was whether it was possible to continue the process of capitalist restoration by political means, or whether an iron-fisted dictatorship was necessary to impose the anti-working-class measures this policy requires.’’

It is not hard to see where this reasoning leads. If the Yeltsinites and the coup leaders were equally in favor of capitalism, and differed only over the political means, the working class should favor the victory of the faction that sought to restore capitalism by less repressive methods. This, as we shall see, is the only logical argument offered by any of the so-called Trotskyists who refused to block with the coup leaders. Only its major premise—that the aims of the coupists and their adversaries were the same—is false.

Ernest Mandel agrees with Weinstein that Yeltsin represents a wing of the Soviet bureaucracy, but doubts that either the Russian president or the coup leaders would or could restore capitalism:

‘‘The Soviet bureaucracy is too vast, its social networks too strong, the web of inertia, routine, obstruction and sabotage on which it rests too dense for it to be decisively weakened by actions from above. . . .

‘‘Yeltsin, just as much, if not more than Gorbachev, represents a faction in the top levels of the nomenklatura. Yeltsin, by his whole past and education, is a man of the apparatus. His gifts as a populist demagogue do not permit the modification of this judgement….

‘‘People will say that, unlike Gorbachev, who continued in some vague fashion to call himself a socialist, Yeltsin has come out openly for the restoration of capitalism. This is true. But professions of faith are not enough for us to form an assessment of politicians. We have to look at what happens in practice and what social interests they serve. ‘‘From this point of view, Yeltsin and his allies in the liquidation of the USSR…represent a faction of the nomenklatura distinct from the bourgeois forces properly so-called…although they can overlap at the margins.’’

    —International Viewpoint, 3 February

Thus Weinstein, on the one hand, argues that the entire Soviet bureaucracy was bent on restoring capitalism, while Mandel, on the other, is skeptical as to whether any wing of the bureaucracy, including its most rightist Yeltsinite elements, has the will or power to do so. These two assessments of the Soviet bureaucracy are diametrically opposed, and would give rise to heated contention in any organization that took such questions seriously. If, in fact, Weinstein and Mandel continue to live happily together under the same political tent, it is only because their apparent differences conceal a much more significant common denominator.

Mandel and Weinstein agree that the August coup and its denouement did not pose the question of the survival of the Soviet workers state. They concur that Yeltsin’s main political difference with the Emergency Committee was that he wanted to preserve democratic liberties. Thus, from opposite assumptions concerning the nature and direction of the Soviet bureaucracy, Weinstein and Mandel arrive at the same bottom line: support to the ‘‘democratic’’ Yeltsin camp. And by a happy coincidence, this practical conclusion situates the USec on the fair-weather side of liberal-left and social-democratic opinion. For opportunists, analysis of objective reality functions not as a guide to action, but as a rationale for cutting programmatic corners. Which rationale one chooses is a minor matter as long as the cash value is the same.

Yeltsinites and Coupists: Conflict of Interest

Like all rationales those of Weinstein and Mandel contain elements of truth emphasized to falsify the larger picture. It is true, as Weinstein would point out, that the Emergency Committee, unlike Soviet Stalinists in the past, did not seek to justify its actions with the rhetoric of socialism. Nor can it be denied that the attitude toward collectivized property expressed in their public statements was ambiguous: on the one hand, they voiced concern about the growing peril to the ‘‘integral national economic mechanism that has been shaping for decades,’’ and the offensive that is ‘‘underway on the rights of working people….to work, education, health, housing and leisure’’ (New York Times, 19 August 1991). Yet on the other hand, they pledged themselves to respect the different forms of property that had grown up in the Soviet Union, including private property, and to continue down the path of perestroika.

This equivocation is explained by the fact that the coup plotters were bereft of any positive historical outlook. Very few of them, in all likelihood, believed in the superiority of socialized property, let alone in ‘‘socialism.’’ Writing in the early 1930s, Trotsky described the Stalinist bureaucracy as a mixed bag: it ran the gamut from utterly cynical time-servers who would betray the Soviet state at the first opportunity, to sincere socialist revolutionaries; from fascists like Butenko to proletarian internationalists like Ignace Reiss. The Brezhnev years, however, saw the erosion of whatever socialist conviction the bureaucracy retained. As the Soviet economy lost its forward momentum, complacency, cynicism and corruption pervaded the apparatus at all levels. This corrosion was personified by Brezhnev himself, with his notorious fondness for accumulating fancy dachas and foreign sports cars. The only ideological conviction that motivated the ‘‘hardliners’’ was Soviet patriotism: a commitment to maintain the USSR’s standing as a world power. This ‘‘patriotism’’ explains the undeniably heterogeneous character of the opposition to Yeltsin, and the curious affinity between old-guard apparatchiks and czarist anti-Semites: for both, maintaining a strong Russian state is far more important than the property relations that support it.

But a Marxist analysis of the Soviet ruling caste is not primarily based on what the bureaucrats think, much less what they say in public. The key to explaining the political behavior of different social classes and strata lies in their objective social position and the material interests that derive from it. Unlike the bourgeoisie, the Soviet bureaucracy was never a property-owning group. In August 1991, as at the height of Stalin’s power, its privileges derived from its role as custodian of the centrally administered, state-owned economy. As the power of the center came under mounting attack from rebellious nationalities, breakaway bureaucrats and free marketeers, it was natural that some sections of the central state and party apparatus would attempt to reassert their prerogatives. This was the significance of the power struggle within the party that preceded the August coup, and of the coup attempt itself (see IBT September 1991 statement).

What requires explanation is not the fact that a section of the Stalinist bureaucracy offered resistance, but that it allowed itself to be overthrown unresistingly in most of Eastern Europe, and that the attempted counterblow of the Soviet nomenklatura, when it finally came, was so belated, irresolute and pathetic. The sclerosis of Stalinism was indeed far more advanced than had been thought prior to 1989.

The status quo, which the ‘‘gang of eight’’ sought to preserve, included something more valuable to Soviet workers and the workers of the world than a thousand constitutions or parliaments: public ownership of the means of production. No one could have known on the morning of 19 August that the barricades erected in defense of the status quo would prove as ephemeral as they did. But as we wrote before the coup:

‘‘It is possible that leading sections of the bureaucracy may attempt at some future point to arrest the process of capitalist restoration. If that happened, it would be our duty to side militarily with the ‘conservatives’ against the Yeltsinites. The Stalinist caste is incapable of solving the problems which gave rise to the ‘reforms’ in the first place, but slamming on the brakes could at least buy some time.’’

    —1917, No. 10

Ernest Mandel, who complacently assures us that the Stalinist bureaucracy is still in power, also buttresses his argument with certain fragments of truth. Yeltsin was indeed a creature of the apparatus, first gaining national notoriety as a party boss in the city of Sverdlovsk (now, as in czarist times, Yekaterinburg), and then going on to become Moscow party chief. A brash man with a very high opinion of himself, Yeltsin chafed at the autocratic party discipline imposed by Gorbachev, and publicly criticized the Party Chairman for not taking glasnost and perestroika far enough. Yeltsin’s rupture with Gorbachev eventually led to his dismissal as head of the Moscow party and his expulsion from the Politburo. He subsequently repudiated the Communist Party altogether.

Yeltsin survived politically only because his reputation as Gorbachev’s most prominent critic allowed him to become a spokesperson for forces outside the party. Yeltsin was elected president of the Russian Republic against the party as a champion of those elements, in Russia and the USSR as a whole, that sought to destroy the CPSU’s political monopoly. When he stood on a tank outside his White House to confront the coup makers, he spoke as a representative of foreign capital, national separatists and Moscow’s pimps, currency speculators and other ‘‘entrepreneurs’’ who, along with their private security guards, comprised the bulk of the crowd that rallied to his support. Mandel can paint Yeltsin as a ‘‘man of the apparatus’’ only by ignoring his defection to the camp of the class enemy.

‘‘Spontaneous Privatization’’ and the Nomenklatura

Mandel’s assertion that the bureaucracy remains in power contains an element of truth as well. The millions of individuals who constituted the nomenklatura have not disappeared and many of them have not even lost their jobs. The Ukrainian president, Leonid Kravchuk, and his Khazak counterpart, Nursultan Nazarbayev, were Stalinist party chiefs who became fervent nationalists only after August. It is no surprise that holdovers from the old regime, and the lower bureaucratic echelons on which they lean, are scrambling for positions of influence in the new political and economic order. If a fully developed capitalist class, armed with a legal code and a repressive state apparatus to protect private property, were a precondition for capitalist restoration, capitalism could never be reestablished in any collectivized economy.

The 27 December 1991 New York Times quoted Graham Allison, a Harvard Sovietologist, on the new role played by many directors of state firms:

‘‘‘You are the manager of a state enterprise, say an aircraft company with 10,000 employees, and you begin to imagine there is no one above you,’ You don’t he said. ‘ get any orders, and the ministry you reported to disappears. You begin to imagine that the property is yours, and since you aren’t getting any supplies you have to look out for yourself and your employees. Sometimes you get a foreigner to buy half of the operation in a joint venture. That is spontaneous privatization.’’’

The USec’s International Viewpoint (20 January) contains a remarkable interview with Yuri Marenich, academician and delegate to the Moscow Council (Soviet) of Peoples’ Deputies. Marenich describes the process by which local Yeltsinite officials appropriated large chunks of real estate and other public property:

‘‘They ran their electoral campaigns under the slogan: ‘having won power, we will demonopolize property and manage the economy through the market.’ But once they got the power to manage the public’s property, they found themselves facing a tremendous temptation to grab this property for themselves. This was made easy by the possibility of combining jobs in government institutions with posts in private firms dealing with the government. ‘‘Briefly, those in charge of supervising privatization simply transferred the district’s property to companies they themselves head.

‘‘All the members of the soviet’s executive committee set up private companies that they headed. One firm took over the soviet’s information services; another its legal services, a third took over all the real estate, its sale and leasing rights on the territory of the district….

‘‘It’s quite simple. Since the 1930s, we’ve had a system of transferring property without payment. But it was all state property and the transfer was from one state agency or enterprise to another. All the parties were acting in the name of a single owner, the state. Now, however, we also have private owners. But they have used the same procedure to transfer real estate from the district soviet, a state body, to a private company….’’

Marenich speculates that a similar pattern is being replicated throughout the country. Many of the old nomenklatura are likely to find a place as members of a new post-Soviet capitalist class. Those who replace the Stalinist apparatchiks will no doubt for some time continue to operate the mechanisms of public ownership.

Reimposition of capitalism must obviously come about as the result of a process in which elements of continuity with previous modes of social and economic life will survive, as an indigenous bourgeoisie is formed from fragments of other classes and strata. Powerful centrifugal forces were at work in the Soviet economy years before Yeltsin’s triumph in August. But Mandel’s stress on the elements of continuity obscures the fact that the defeat of the coup marked a qualitative change. As long as the center in Moscow could exert administrative control over the economy, regional and local bureaucrats were obliged to work within (or around) the framework laid down from above; their appetite for the prerogatives of property owners ran into an objective constraint. Only after the central power was definitively broken in August were they free to embark on the path of ‘‘spontaneous privatization.’’ The August events sounded the death knell of the Soviet workers state. All of Mandel’s and Weinstein’s assurances that nothing fundamental has changed are, in the end, little more than elaborate attempts to avoid responsibility for having sided with the counterrevolution.

Workers Power: Defensists in Word, Yeltsinites in Deed

The ostensible Trotskyists of Workers Power (Britain) and its partners in the League for a Revolutionary Communist International (LRCI) are a good deal more candid than the USec in acknowledging the significance of the aborted coup. Reluctant at first to admit that the Soviet workers state met its end in August, they initially described the post-coup situation as one of ‘‘dual power,’’ in which Gorbachev, representing the bureaucracy, continued to vie for state authority with the Yeltsinite restorationists. When, however, the ‘‘Gorbachev pole’’ capsized with a tap of Yeltsin’s little finger in December, Workers Power finally recognized reality and conceded that, ‘‘The Soviet Union is dead. The spectre that haunted the capitalists for over seventy years has been laid to rest.’’ (Workers Power, January).

Workers Power also sees the connection between the death of the Soviet workers state and Yeltsin’s August victory over the coup. A September 1991 statement by the LRCI International Secretariat asserts that the bureaucratic faction represented by the Emergency Committee ‘‘hoped by their actions on 19 August to defend their privileges on the basis of post capitalist property relations’’ (Workers Power, September 1991, emphasis added). The statement goes on to describe the Yeltsin forces in the following terms:

‘‘The former layer of [democratic and nationalist] oppositionists…lost almost all belief in reforming ‘really existing socialism’ and were oriented to western democracy and a market economy as ideals. The latter—the ex-Gorbachevites—became disillusioned with Gorbachev’s utopian project of ‘market socialism’, outraged by their leader’s vacillations and compromises with the conservatives and attracted into the service of imperialism as the restorers of capitalism in the USSR.

‘‘What does the Yeltsin-headed coalition of forces politically represent? Yeltsin, Shevardnadze, and indeed the whole military and political entourage of the Russian President, represent a faction of the bureaucracy that has abandoned the defence of its caste privileges and their source—a degenerate workers’ state—in favour of becoming key members of a new bourgeois ruling class.’’

Thus, according to the LRCI, the identity of the contending forces in the August confrontation is clear: on the one side, a section of the Soviet bureaucracy which, if only to maintain its privileges, sought to defend the Soviet workers state; on the other side, a coalition of nationalists, ‘‘democratic’’ intelligentsia and bureaucrats that sought to destroy the workers state and restore capitalism. In this confrontation, Workers Power did not hesitate to choose sides…with those who sought to destroy the workers state! The same issue of Workers Power proclaimed, ‘‘we had to stand with, and indeed take the front ranks in, the fight to stop the coup.’’ To underscore this point, the same issue features an article entitled ‘‘Their song is over,’’ which lambastes ‘‘the Coup’s Left Supporters.’’ Lest anyone doubt the LRCI’s seriousness on this score, they recently broke relations with a small California group called the Revolutionary Trotskyist Tendency for refusing to support the Yeltsinites against the Emergency Committee.

By what miracles of ideological contortion can the LRCI square this position with its claims to be communist, Trotskyist and Soviet defensist? The LRCI International Secretariat statement continues:

‘‘Major questions are posed by these events. Was the perspective of political revolution an unreal, a utopian perspective? Was the resistance to the conservative coup in itself counter-revolutionary? Would a successful bureaucratic clamp-down have given the working class a breathing space? The answer to all of these questions is no!

‘‘In what sense could it be said that SCSE [the Emergency Committee] ‘defended the planned property relations’? Only in this: that it resisted their abolition to the extent that they were the ‘host’ off which it was parasitic. However, this massive social parasite was the principle [sic] cause of the sickness unto death of the bureaucratic centrally planned economy, of the consequent disillusion of the masses in it.

‘‘Through their totalitarian dictatorship the Stalinists were also an absolute bloc [sic] on the self-activity and self-consciousness of the proletariat and its ability to crystalise a new vanguard, which alone could have not merely preserved but renewed the ‘gains of October’.’’

    —Workers Power, September 1991

It is axiomatic for Trotskyists that the Stalinists were an obstacle to the self-activity of the working class and acted as a parasite on the planned economy, which they ruined through their mismanagement, and ultimately proved incapable of defending. This is why a political revolution was necessary in the USSR: to oust the Stalinists and preserve the planned economy.

What Was To Be Done?

Even a relatively small revolutionary grouping could have made a great impact during those critical August days, when the weak and vacillating coupists faced Yeltsin’s motley rabble. The weakness and disorganization evident on both sides presented an opportunity for a Trotskyist group committed to preserving nationalized property under the direction of democratic organs of workers power. The immediate tactical objective in those first days would have been to organize an assault to disperse the few hundred lightly armed Yeltsinites in and around the Russian White House.

A determined initiative against the counterrevolutionaries would have won wide support in the working class, who were fed up with perestroika. It would also have been viewed sympathetically by a considerable section of the armed forces, and could have galvanized active support from pro-socialist elements. The floundering grey men running the coup would have had little choice but to accept this ‘‘help’’ even though, carried out in the name of workers power, it would in the end have threatened their interests too. The scattering of the Yeltsinites could have been followed up by a call for representatives from every factory, barracks and working-class housing estate to gather at the White House to create a real, democratic Moscow soviet.

The success of such an initiative could have sparked mass workers struggles throughout the USSR to rout the capitalist restorationists. It would also have further weakened the grip of the CPSU apparat. A military bloc with the coupists against Yeltsin was not counterposed to the struggle for soviet democracy. Just as Lenin’s bloc with Kerensky against General Kornilov in August 1917 prepared the overthrow of the bourgeois Provisional Government, a struggle against Yeltsin in which independent working-class formations pointed their guns the same way as the coupists would have strengthened the forces favoring political revolution, and blocked efforts by Yanayev, Pugo et al to resurrect their system of political repression.

There is no way to guarantee in advance that an assault on Yeltsin would have succeeded. Yet even bloody defeat would have been preferable to succumbing without a struggle. Millions of workers would have been exposed to the program of Trotskyism. The attempt to defeat capitalist restoration and to fight for direct workers power would remain as an example and as an important focus of debate in the developing consciousness of the Russian working class. But in the actual circumstances, defeat was by no means inevitable. The intervention of a small, but cohesive group armed with a correct political orientation might well have tipped the balance against the counterrevolution.

Unfortunately the Soviet working class did not play any independent political role. The struggle for power was between the Stalinist parasites who sought to preserve their host and the Yeltsinite restorationists who sought to destroy it. Workers Power complains that the Stalinists defend collectivized property ‘‘only’’ as a parasite. But the little word ‘‘only’’ obscures a convergence of interests that, during those three August days, was a matter of life and death for the Soviet workers state. A parasite cannot exist without its host, and therefore has a distinct interest in preserving it. If, at the hour of mortal danger, the parasite is armed and the host is not, the host’s survival depends on the parasite’s victory. That the Stalinists ruined the planned economy and could not be counted on to defend it in the future does not alter the fact that, in trying to preserve the status quo, their aims, for that moment, coincided with the interests of the working class. When Trotsky spoke of the unconditional defense of the Soviet Union, he did not mean that the Fourth International should defend the USSR only if the Stalinists ceased to rule, or became more competent or purer in heart.

Yeltsin Was the Greater Danger

Workers Power blocked with the Yeltsinites because it considered the Stalinists a greater enemy of the working class than the capitalist restorationists. This is spelled out in the September issue of Workers Power:

‘‘the only force capable of defending state property…is the working class. And it cannot act when its strikes are banned, when it is subject to curfews, censorship and political bans. It is far better that the fledgling workers’ organisations of the USSR learn to swim against the stream of bureaucratic restorationism than be huddled in the ‘breathing space’ of the prison cell.’’

The ‘‘democratic’’ breathing space which Workers Power values so highly is not likely to last long under Yeltsin, as WP admits: ‘‘Once installed in power and seeking to crystalise a new class of exploiters even full and consistent bourgeois democratic rights for the masses will become intolerable’’ (Ibid.). So the sole difference between the Stalinists and the Yeltsinites with regard to democratic liberties is in the time required to abolish them. The Stalinists, had they prevailed, would have had an already existing police state to use against the workers. The Yeltsinites, on the other hand, need more time to consolidate a repressive apparatus and cannot yet get rid of many democratic freedoms.

Workers Power concedes that capitalism will mean, ‘‘poverty, high prices, unemployment, back breaking work, social oppression and the threat of war’’ (Workers Power, January), and ‘‘a historically unprecedented expropriation of the rural and urban workers of the ‘fruits of their labour’’’ (Workers Power, December 1991). Is Stalinist political repression more harmful to the working class as a fighting force than the social chaos and mass destitution of capitalist restoration? To justify its decision to back Yeltsin against the coup plotters Workers Power must answer in the affirmative. But such an answer would fly in the face of the whole body of Trotsky’s writings on the Russian question. Trotsky insisted that the struggle to oust the Stalinist oligarchs was not counterposed to, but rather based on (and ultimately subordinate to), the defense of collectivized property. This is why Workers Power, which poses as an orthodox Trotskyist tendency, cannot openly state its real position: that the defense of the social gains of the Russian Revolution was subordinate to the overthrow of the Stalinist bureaucracy. But its position on the August events will permit of no other conclusion.

Trotsky defined centrism as revolutionary in word and reformist in deed. Workers Power provides a chemically pure example of this phenomenon. While they frequently analyze events and political forces accurately, their opportunist impulse to tailor their politics to radical/social-democratic public opinion prevents them from translating that analysis into a program of action, and often forces them to practical conclusions that contradict their own reasoning. They have yet to learn from Ernest Mandel and the USec that the gap between opportunist theory and practice can only be mediated by false representations of reality. To bridge that gap the USec asserts that there were no differences between the Yeltsinites and the Emergency Committee over property forms—only over whether to use democratic or authoritarian methods. Workers Power, by contrast, allows that the two rival camps did objectively represent opposing property forms, but throws in its lot with Yeltsin nonetheless, and attempts to paper over this contradiction with a series of ‘‘orthodox’’ non sequiturs.

The Spartacists: ‘Neither the Coup Committee Nor Yeltsin’

James Robertson’s Spartacist League/U.S. and its overseas appendages in the International Communist League (ICL) have long claimed that, alone of all the so-called Trotskyist groupings on the planet, only they truly defend the Soviet Union. Yet this posture contrasts with their utter confusion over the victory of Yeltsin’s counterrevolution. The January/February issue of Workers Hammer, the publication of the ICL’s British affiliate, contains an exchange with Gerry Downing of the Revolutionary Internationalist League (RIL) entitled ‘‘RIL: neither the coup committee nor Yeltsin,’’ which castigates the RIL for remaining neutral in the coup:

‘‘for RIL there is no difference between a wing of the bureaucracy on the one hand and a wing of world imperialism and capitalist restorationism on the other. And of course if Stalinism is equated with imperialism, then the possibility of a military bloc with a section of the bureaucracy against capitalist restorationists is necessarily precluded, since by their lights this would boil down to a bloc against capitalist restoration with ‘capitalist restorationists’.’’

One would hardly suspect that the ICL, like the centrists they upbraid, also refused to take sides in the coup. IfWorkers Hammer wishes to take anyone to task for neutrality, we suggest that it begin with its American sister publication, Workers Vanguard (WV), which responded to the coup in its 30 August issue as follows:

 ‘‘Even up to the coup, many of the most advanced workers, who opposed Yeltsin’s plans for wholesale privatization and Gorbachev’s market reforms, looked to the so-called hardline ‘patriotic’ wing of the bureaucracy.There is no room anymore for such illusions.

    …

‘‘[The] avowed program [of the coupists] was martial law to keep the USSR from breaking apart, which comes down to perestroika minus glasnost: the introduction of the market but not so fast, and shut up. . . .

‘‘During the coup, the Moscow workers council…issued a call to: ‘Form workers militias for the preservation of socialized property, for the preservation of social order on the streets of our cities, for the control of the carrying out of the orders and instructions of the State Committee on the Emergency Situation.’ There was not one word of criticism of the GKChP [Emergency Committee]. A call for workers militias to smash the counterrevolutionary Yeltsinite demonstrations was certainly in order. But if the Emergency Committee had consolidated power, it would have attempted to disband any such workers militias, which would otherwise have inevitably and rapidly escaped its political control.’’

Prodigies of exegesis would be required to interpret the above passages as suggesting anything other than ‘‘neither the coup committee nor Yeltsin.’’ And no amount of bombast can cover up the fact that the Spartacists’ arguments closely resemble those of the Mandelites, viz that there was no essential conflict between Yeltsin and the Emergency Committee. Like Mandel, the Spartacists seek to rationalize their failure to take a side by claiming that the coup left the class character of the state unchanged. For the ICL, the Soviet state still exists and Boris Yeltsin even now presides over a degenerated workers state.

Yet, unlike Mandel, the Spartacists cannot simply advocate a plague-on-both-your-houses position. Until August 1991 they had often endured the opprobrium of the entire mainstream left for advocating a military bloc with Stalinists against restorationist forces. The Spartacists correctly sided with the Jaruzelski regime in its 1981 confrontation with the counterrevolutionaries of Solidarnosc and gave military support to Soviet troops battling the reactionary, imperialist-backed insurgency in Afghanistan. The Spartacists were, in fact, so enthusiastic about siding with the Stalinists that they began to blur the line between military and political support. Their neutrality in August thus represents a radical departure from the noisy claims to be the last, best Soviet defensists.

Neutrality with a Bad Conscience

Because this turn has no real programmatic basis, the Spartacist leadership has been reluctant to acknowledge that a major political line shift has taken place. Hence, they insist, in defiance of all logic and contrary to their own written pronouncements, that they were not neutral. They present their stand as perfectly consistent with past positions, and hedge it with a variety of qualifications, ambiguous formulations and distortions of fact. To obscure the striking resemblance between many of their arguments and those of other centrist and reformist pseudo-Trotskyists, the Spartacists must turn up the volume of their polemics. But increased volume only makes more audible the discordant sounds emanating from the Robertsonite headquarters in New York.

To the extent that the Spartacists advance any coherent arguments at all, they revolve around the highly dubious claim that the Emergency Committee made no attempt to disperse the counterrevolutionary rabble that gathered to defend Yeltsin’s White House. Assuming for the sake of argument that this claim is true, it would mean either that the coup leaders were not really in conflict with Yeltsin, or that they did oppose Yeltsin, but were too weak and indecisive to move against him. The Spartacists are never quite clear about which of these assessments they favor. Their repeated claim that the Emergency Committee’s power bid represented a ‘‘perestroika coup’’ points to the former. Their characterization of the coup as ‘‘pathetic,’’ and of its leaders as ‘‘the gang of eight that couldn’t shoot straight,’’ on the other hand, lean toward the latter. Either conclusion, however, leads to a hopeless tangle of contradictions.

How, for instance, can the claim that both Yeltsin and the Emergency Committee were equally in favor of marketization be squared with the assertion in the same article that, ‘‘The working people of the Soviet Union, and indeed the workers of the world, have suffered an unparalleled disaster,’’ and that the coup’s failure ‘‘unleashed a counterrevolutionary tide across the land of the October Revolution’’ (WV, 30 August)? How could a counterrevolutionary tide have been unleashed unless some major obstacle to it had been removed? Were the forces that the coup leaders represented such an obstacle? Or would they have unleashed a similar counter-revolutionary tide had they won? In that case, why was their defeat an ‘‘unparalleled disaster’’ for the working class?Workers Vanguard can not answer these questions.

Workers Vanguard’s assertion that the Emergency Committee stood for ‘‘perestroika minus glasnost’’ echoes the arguments of Weinstein and Mandel. They all agree that Yeltsin and the coup leaders differed only over the question of democratic rights, with the latter wanting to impose capitalism by means of an ‘‘iron-fisted dictatorship.’’ A thoughtful Robertsonite might wonder if the Soviet workers would not be in a better position to organize against restoration with glasnost than without it. Of course, this soon leads to support for the ‘‘democratic’’ Yeltsin camp. Unlike the USec, Workers Vanguard stops short of pursuing this argument to its logical conclusion.

Then there is the second set of excuses for neutrality: that the Emergency Committee did in fact represent those elements of the bureaucracy with interests that conflicted fundamentally with those of the Yeltsin camp, but that they were too half-hearted and inept to stop the Yeltsinites. First, it should be noted that this judgment was made with the invaluable benefit of hindsight: the events unfolded so swiftly that WV’s first article on the coup was published some days after its fate had already been decided. Do the Spartacists claim to have known in advance that the coup would fail so miserably? It was long evident that Soviet Stalinism had reached the end of its tether, and could not have restored the pre-Gorbachev status quo in any event. But this general assessment was not sufficient to gauge the exact correlation of forces on 19 August. This could be tested only in action. Even if a victory by the coup leaders would only have temporarily slowed the momentum of capitalist restoration, this alone was adequate grounds for a military bloc. Trotskyists do not choose sides according to the resolve, tactical finesse or strength of opposing camps, but on the basis of their political character. The coupists either had an interest in stopping Yeltsin or they didn’t. But the Spartacists want it both ways: they simultaneously claim that the Emergency Committee never intended to stop Yeltsin in the first place and criticize them for bungling the job.

The Robertsonites’ criticisms of the Emergency Committee take an even more bizarre twist when they condemn the ‘‘gang of eight’’ for failing to mobilize the working class against Yeltsin:

‘‘The ‘gang of eight’ not only did not mobilise the proletariat, they ordered everyone to stay at work.

‘‘The ‘gang of eight’ was incapable of sweeping away Yeltsin in its pathetic excuse for a putsch because this was a ‘perestroika coup’; the coupists didn’t want to unleash the forces that could have defeated the more extreme counterrevolutionaries for that could have led to a civil war if theYeltsinites really fought back. ’’

    —Workers Hammer, January/February

The same article proudly recalled the Spartacist position on Solidarnosc a decade earlier:

‘‘Poland in 1981 posed the same question as the Soviet Union today, but in the earlier instance the Stalinists didtake measures to temporarily suppress counterrevolution. In the face of this confrontation it was impossible to waffle….’’

In the Soviet case, the Spartacists are turning waffling into a fine art. But the comparison with Poland in 1981 is an apt one. We do not recall Jaruzelski mobilizing the Polish working class against Walesa. The Spartacists seem to forget that Stalinists in power rarely mobilize the working class politically because the very existence of the bureaucratic caste is predicated upon monopolizing political power. To make military support to Stalinists fighting capitalist restorationists conditional on their mobilizing the working class is tantamount to demanding that they cease to be Stalinists.

Elsewhere in the same polemic Workers Hammer implies that it would have supported any measures the ‘gang of eight’ had taken against Yeltsin:

‘‘Calling for workers to sweep away Yeltsin’s barricades would have meant a military bloc with any of the coup forces that moved to crush the counterrevolutionary rabble….Against RIL’s Third Campism in the August events we wrote: ‘in an armed struggle pitting outright restorationists against recalcitrant elements of the bureaucracy, defence of the collectivised economy would have been placed on the agenda whatever the Stalinists’ intentions.   Trotskyists would have entered a military bloc with ‘‘the Thermidorian section of the bureaucracy against open attack by capitalist counterrevolution’’, as Trotsky postulated in the 1938 Transitional Programme’.’’

Jaruzelski’s 1981 crackdown involved no armed struggle because Solidarnosc offered no armed resistance. Martial law was imposed through a series of police measures. The Spartacists here seem to be suggesting that they would have blocked with the Emergency Committee had it moved more decisively to enforce martial law. By this logic, military support becomes contingent upon the firmness and skill of Stalinist tactics as opposed to the Stalinists’ social character, political aims or the objective consequences of their victory or defeat. Or, more precisely, the Spartacists judge the political aims and social character of the Stalinist ‘‘hardliners’’ by their behavior in the coup.

The argument has a circular quality: the Emergency Committee did not take adequate measures against Yeltsin because they had no fundamental differences with him. How do we know they had no fundamental differences? Because they took no adequate measures. In other words, forget the fact that the majority of the bureaucracy had an objective interest in preserving the state from which they derived their privileges and prestige; forget as well the whole inner-party struggle that preceded the coup attempt, in which Gorbachev came under increasing attack for giving too much ground to Yeltsin and nationalist schismatics; forget, in short, that the coup attempt itself was a blow directed against the Yeltsinite restorationists. The Spartacists treat the Stalinists’ motives as opaque, and the coup as an event without context or background.

Did the Coupists Go After Yeltsin?

The effectiveness of the coup leaders’ tactics are a question of secondary import. But did the Emergency Committee in fact attempt to move against Yeltsin? In the days following the coup’s defeat, reports began to surface that the KGB’s elite commando division, known as the Alpha Group (the same unit that assassinated the Afghan president, Hafizullah Amin, in 1979), was ordered to assault Yeltsin’s White House, but refused to obey the order. This version of events was first reported by Yeltsin himself, and later confirmed by the officers of the Alpha Group. The Spartacists have gone to great lengths to debunk these reports. Workers Vanguard of 6 December contains an article entitled ‘‘Why They Didn’t Go After Yeltsin—Soviet Union: X-Ray of a Coup.’’ The article quotes a piece by Robert Cullen in the 4 November 1991 New Yorker to discount the version of events given by the officers involved: ‘‘The Alpha Group’s post-coup interviews, in fact, have only one thing in common: in each case, the officer doing the talking tries to take credit for being the hero whose refusal to obey orders foiled the coup.’’ Workers Vanguard’s ‘‘X-Ray’’ relies heavily on excerpts from the interrogations of the coup plotters after their arrest, published by Der Spiegel, in which they all deny having issued orders to attack Yeltsin’s White House. It is peculiar that Workers Vanguard should be so skeptical of the claims of the Alpha Group officers yet so credulous of the denials by the coup plotters, as they prepare to go on trial for their lives.

Workers Vanguard, moreover, quotes very selectively from Cullen’s New Yorker piece. Cullen reports at least one attempt by the Alpha Group, supported by paratroop units, to advance on the White House. The first attempt, according to Cullen, was foiled when Yeltsinite crowds surrounded the armored personnel carriers moving into position, and a pro-Yeltsin military man, General Constantine Kobets, met with the paratroop commander and persuaded him not to attack. Cullen reports that this setback did not deter the Emergency Committee from trying to mount a second assault:

‘‘The leaks coming in to the White House suggested that the conspirators were trying desperately to find units both capable of seizing the building and willing to follow an order to do so….‘I know that there was a small group meeting at the Ministry of Defense concerning the realization of the plan for taking the building,’ Kobets told me.’’

The second attack never materialized. Cullen adds:

‘‘In the aftermath of this final, conclusive failure, various sources offered various explanations for the conspirators’ impotence….All the explanations, however self-serving and however contradictory, had a common thread: the Soviet Army had refused to shed blood on behalf of the conspiracy.’’

So, in fact, the Spartacists’ claim that the Emergency Committee attempted no concrete measures against the Yeltsinites is belied by the one credible source they cite to support it.

Yeltsin’s Victory: Counterrevolutionary Triumph

The details of what happened during the coup are still somewhat murky. But it would be a mistake to counter-pose the plotters’ timidity and incompetence to the refusal of their subordinates to obey orders. The two explanations are complementary, not mutually exclusive. The men of the Emergency Committee were not Stalinists of the 1930s mould. Their will to act was compromised by the fact that they were demoralized enough to accept the inevitability of loosening central controls and giving market forces a wider scope. Their difference with Yeltsin was that they favored market ‘‘reforms’’ within the overall framework of bureaucratic rule. By the time they decided to strike in defense of the beleaguered central state apparatus, it was already in such an advanced state of decay that it no longer commanded the unquestioned allegiance of the armed forces. These factors fed into each other, leading to the August debacle. The Spartacists emphasize the obvious affinities between the Emergency Committee and Yeltsin in order to obscure the fact that their conflict boiled down to a struggle over the fate of Soviet state power.

The Stalinist apparat, which was the backbone of bureaucratic rule, was shattered forever with the defeat of the coup. The Spartacists, who refused to block with the Stalinists in their last-ditch attempt to keep the ‘‘floodgates of counterrevolution’’ closed, now seek to rationalize this lapse of judgment by arguing that the former Soviet Union is still a (severely weakened and gravely endangered) workers state. This recalls the assurances given by the pet-shop owner of Monty Python fame to a customer whose recently purchased parrot lies supine and lifeless at the bottom of its cage. When the customer demands a refund, the store owner insists that the parrot isn’t dead, only resting, taking a nap, in a state of suspended animation, etc.

The Robertsonites have merely asserted their position that the ex-USSR remains a workers state without seriously attempting to argue for it. At public forums and in person they provide a range of, sometimes contradictory, explanations.

First, they point to the fact that most of the ex-Soviet economy has not yet been privatized and remains formally in state hands. Capitalism cannot be restored by government decree. Its restoration involves undoing structures, organizational forms and habits of life built up over the last seventy years. In November 1937 Trotsky remarked that:

‘‘In the first months of Soviet rule the proletariat reigned on the basis of a bourgeois economy….Should a bourgeois counterrevolution succeed in the USSR, the new government for a lengthy period would have to base itself upon the nationalized economy.’’

The victory of Yeltsin, Kravchuk, etc. was a triumph for the forces of counterrevolution because it signified that henceforth political power would be exercised by those unambiguously committed to the restoration of private property in the means of production.

Confronted with these arguments, the Spartacists retreat to a fall-back position. Yeltsin, they contend, heads a pro-capitalist government, but has not yet consolidated his hold over the state apparatus. At a Spartacist forum in New York City in February, much was made of the January gathering of 5,000 military officers in the Kremlin to protest the dismemberment of the old Soviet armed forces. A big offensive by the working class, the Spartacist League argued, could split the officer corps, with a sizeable segment going over to the workers. Such a development, say the Spartacists, would amount to a workers political revolution, which they still call for in their propaganda.

Such arguments trade on the inevitable ambiguities of the transition now taking place. The regimes that have emerged from the breakup of the USSR do not preside over consolidated capitalist states, any more than Russia, the Ukraine, etc. are full-fledged capitalist societies. Yeltsin’s hold on power is fragile, but this does not change the fact that Yeltsin and his republican counterparts are using their newly acquired power to unleash a social counterrevolution. Imperialism, perestroika millionaires and the black-market mafia now call the shots in the Kremlin. Many former Stalinist bureaucrats are appropriating huge chunks of state property. Yeltsin’s men hold the top military positions. As Workers Vanguard itself reported, the Moscow police did not hesitate to shed the blood of demonstrators calling for a return of the Soviet Union in March. A year ago Gosplan was still issuing planning directives and joint military-police patrols were on the streets harassing black-market speculators, and arresting and confiscating the property of perestroika profiteers. Now Gosplan is no more and profiteers and millionaires are in the saddle.

The social counterrevolution is far from fully consolidated, but it is victorious. A resurgent proletariat struggling for power would face far less resistance today in Russia than it would in a mature capitalist state. But a proletarian revolution would have to mop up the black-market mafia, suppress the Yeltsinites in the military and police, reverse the privatization drive and restore centralized state planning. With the passing of each month, the tasks confronting the proletariat become more and more those of a social, as opposed to a political, revolution.

The Spartacists say we claim the Soviet workers state is dead in order to wash our hands of responsibility for defending it. This argument is ludicrous on its face. The imperialist bourgeoisie is acting with the knowledge that the Soviet workers state no longer exists. Marxists too must recognize this bitter truth. Workers struggling to turn back the tide of counterrevolution in the ex-USSR will want to know when state power passed into the hands of their exploiters. They will also want to know where the various self-styled Trotskyist groups who aspire to lead them stood at that fateful moment.

‘‘Yuri Andropov Brigade’’—Long Ago and Far Away

The Robertsonites have always prided themselves on their mastery of the Russian question and the politics of the deformed workers states. Yet they have been consistently wrong throughout the terminal crisis of Stalinism. When mass demonstrations erupted against the Stalinist regime of the German Democratic Republic (DDR) in late 1989, they proclaimed the beginning of a ‘‘workers political revolution.’’ They thought that the prospect of reunification would provoke sufficient working-class resistance to split the SED (the DDR’s ruling Stalinist party), with a large section of it going over to the side of the proletariat in defense of collectivized property. The ICL threw large amounts of cash and every available cadre into its intervention. In January 1990, when the SED accepted the Spartacists’ proposal for an anti-fascist mobilization in East Berlin’s Treptow Park, the Spartacists’ Peerless Leader, James Robertson, became so flushed with delusions of grandeur that he (unsuccessfully) attempted to arrange a meeting with Gregor Gysi, then head of the SED.

But the anticipated political revolution never materialized. Instead of resisting reunification, the Stalinists entered into a coalition with pro-capitalist parties to engineer the liquidation of the DDR. By the time elections were held for theVolkskammer (DDR parliament) in March, the fix for reunification was already in. Yet still the Spartacists clung stubbornly to the notion that a workers political revolution was in progress, that workers and soldiers were about to set up soviets, seize the factories and establish dual power in opposition to the weak pro-capitalist government. The ICL leadership expected that hundreds of thousands of workers would support their electoral campaign and that they would be precipitated into the leadership of an insurgent, pro-socialist working class. The results were an unmitigated disaster for the Spartacists, as their candidates finished far behind the German Beer Drinkers’ Union.

The German disaster was probably the most immediate cause of the political shift that led to the Spartacists’ neutrality in the August coup. It was the culmination of a period in which the Spartacists exhibited an unhealthy fondness for Stalinist regimes. Trotskyists have always sided with the Stalinists against imperialist attack and internal counterrevolution, while recognizing that the degenerated and deformed workers states could only be defended in the long run by a political revolution to oust the Stalinist parasites.

During the Reagan years, however, the Robertsonites all too often crossed the line between military defense and political support. In 1983 a contingent in a Washington anti-Klan demonstration was named the Yuri Andropov Brigade, after the then-Soviet party chief, who, in 1956, played a leading role in the suppression of the Hungarian workers revolution. When Andropov died, Workers Vanguard printed a laudatory obituary-poem on its front page. A picture of the Polish military strongman, General Jaruzelski, adorned the walls of the Spartacist League’s New York headquarters. And rather than simply calling for military victory to Soviet troops in Afghanistan, the Spartacists insisted on ‘‘hailing’’ the Kremlin’s intervention.

With the ignominious collapse of bureaucratic regimes throughout Eastern Europe in 1989, however, this pro-Stalinist tilt began to become a source of acute embarrassment. Months before the coup, Workers Vanguard was already steering a middle course between the Yeltsinites and the conservative faction of the bureaucracy (whom they simply referred to as ‘‘patriots’’):

‘‘Soviet working people must cut through the false division between ‘democrats’ and ‘patriots,’ both products of the terminal degeneration of the reactionary and parasitic Stalinist bureaucracy. Both are enemies and oppressors of the working class in the interests of world capitalism.’’

    —WV, 15 March 1991

Workers Vanguard never mentioned the possibility that this ‘‘false division’’ might lead to a confrontation in which it would be necessary for the workers to take a side. And when this confrontation did take place in August, the Spartacists swung from their previous tendency toward political support for Stalinist regimes, to abandoning the elementary Trotskyist tactic of a military bloc with Stalinists against the forces of open counterrevolution. The Robertsonites’ shameful neutrality in August, and their concomitant refusal to recognize the fact that the Soviet workers state is no more, demonstrates the hollowness of their pretentions to revolutionary leadership.

For the Rebirth of the Fourth International!

Over half a century ago, Trotsky wrote that the struggle for proletarian leadership is ultimately a struggle for the survival of human culture. The creation of a new revolutionary leadership for the working class depends above all on the conscious efforts of committed socialist militants. It is vitally important that every serious socialist absorb the lessons of the entire 74-year history of the Russian Revolution: its victory, degeneration and ultimate destruction. The forces of revolutionary Marxism today represent only an tiny minority. Yet through a combination of revolutionary determination and a willingness to struggle for programmatic clarity, the cadres will be assembled to shake the world once more. Revolutionary regroupment begins with the political exposure of the confusion, vacillation and treachery of the various reformists, centrists and charlatans who falsely claim the mantle of Trotskyism. Through hard political struggle, and a process of splits and fusions, the Fourth International, World Party of Socialist Revolution, will be reborn!

Yeltsin’s Counterrevolution Was the Greater Threat

 Our Position on the Soviet Coup:

Yeltsin’s Counterrevolution Was the Greater Threat

[First printed in 1917 West #1, Spring 1992]

EDITORIAL NOTE: The following article is based on our comrade’s presentation in a November 1991 debate with the Revolutionany Trotskyist Tendency.

The Bolshevik Tendency does not have any very unusual insights into the coup in the USSR and its aftermath. It is really rather obvious what has happened. What’s different about us is the political conclusions we reach on the basis of our analysis of the August events.

A critical part of our analysis is shared even by bourgeois commentators around the world who believe that there has been a change in the framework for the governing of the USSR. They correctly believe that certain obstacles to the redevelopment of capitalism have been removed there and, not surprisingly, they’re very happy about it.

We don’t like anything that helps strengthen the world capitalist system. The restoration of capitalism in the USSR would not only be a defeat for the working class of the USSR, it would also be a significant defeat for the world working class. To the extent that capitalism is restored in the USSR, capitalism is strengthened worldwide. New markets, new sources of raw materials, and new poois of cheap, skilled labor become available to imperialists around the world.

What we have seen in the aftermath of the August coup in Moscow is a qualitative step in a process of counterrevolution in the Soviet Union that began in the early 1920s with the rise of Stalinism.

Prior to this, when the working class took power in Russia in 1917, it had established the most democratic regime the world has ever seen. Contrary to bourgeois falsifications, proletarian democracy flourished, and there was even a rebirth of artistic expression that inspired much of the civilized world. The young workers government removed laws against abortion and homosexuality, established easy divorce, and began to make advances in resolving the national question.

But there were very definite limits as to how far toward socialism it was possible to go in Soviet Union. Lenin and Trotsky, who led the Russian Revolution, did not at first believe that the revolution could survive more than a few months unless it spread to Western Europe. For Marxists, you see, socialism can only be built on the material base developed through advanced capitalism, and it can only be developed if workers have political power internationally.

Many people are now saying that socialism has been tried and has been shown to be inadequate. In fact, except for that brief period in Russia, the world has only seen various deformed workers states and the degenerate workers state of the Soviet Union. But from our point of view, even these politically deformed states, under the control of bureaucratic Stalinist castes, have proven the superiority of a socialized means of production and distribution. Further, it is important to keep in mind that none of these so-called socialist states has ever had at its disposal the resources developed by advanced capitalism. Moreover, the working class, except for the brief period after the Russian Revolution, has never had political power in these countries, let alone held power on an international basis.

Marxism certainly hasn’t been given a fair test in the Eastern bloc. The main strategy of Lenin and Trotsky after the revolution was to stabilize power in the Soviet Union and build an international socialist movement that could spread the revolution internationally. But the new revolution faced a long and bitter civil war, with the counterrevolutionaries getting military aid from all the main imperialist countries. This led to the destruction of much of the Russian working class, through economic disruption and outright physical annihilation. Internationally, too, the Comintern met a series of defeats. What was left of the rather small Soviet working class became somewhat demoralized and very isolated. Thus the way was opened for the Stalinists to take power.

In taking power bureaucratically, the Stalinists dismantled the Marxist program that had guided the Soviet Union up to that point. The Marxist program is centrally concerned with organizing the working class to take political power as a class fully conscious of its historical aims. Critical to this task is the internationalization of the struggle.

The Stalinist counterrevolution was an act counterpoised to the democratic exercise of power by the working class. While remaining within the parameters of the collectivized property established by the 1917 revolution, the Stalinists politically expropriated the Soviet working class by taking the reins of power for themselves. They established themselves as a bureaucratic caste living off the privileges of their positions, and very soon developed the theory of socialism in one country to justify giving up on the spread of proletarian revolution internationally.

So the important thing here is that Stalinism was not socialism or Marxism. The question is, what was it?

Some people thought the Soviet Union under Stalin was capitalist. But really that doesn’t make much sense. You didn’t have the main economic institutions of society owned by a number of individuals who could buy or sell their interests. You didn’t have people able to bequeath their share of productive property to their children. You didn’t have economic decisions made on the basis of profit. The Soviet Union simply did not work like a capitalist society.

The main spokesperson for revolutionary proletarian opposition to Stalinism was Leon Trotsky. Trotsky’s view was that the Soviet Union under Stalinism could not survive for long. He believed that it had the form of property ownership and many of the economic institutions that, if they were under workers democratic control, could be the basis for moving toward socialism. But they were not under workers democratic control, they were under Stalinist bureaucratic control. So Trotsky called it a degenerated workers state, a designation that we have kept until the defeat of the coup this past August.

The Trotskyist view is that the relatively backward Soviet economy regulated through bureaucratic planning was able to make some spectacular advances for a time, but as it developed the contradiction between collectivized property and the narrowly based bureaucracy which controlled decision-making ultimately paralysed it. This contradiction could only be solved in one of two ways: either by a democratic workers political revolution, wherein the workers maintained the collectivized ownership of property and replaced the Stalinists with democratic organs of workers control, or by capitalist counterrevolution.

Well, it’s taken longer than we expected, but Trotsky has been proven right. One of the things that delayed a resolution of this question for so long was the outcome of the Second World War, which gave the degenerated workers state access to a great deal of resources, technology, and skills while vastly boosting the political authority of the victorious Stalinist regime. Another thing that delayed the resolution was the absence of the working class as a conscious factor, fighting for its interests which was to a large extent the result of the bloody massacre of the cadres who had made the revolution, and those who remained true to the banner of Leninism, in the course of the purge trials of the 1930s. A working class fighting for power independently would have been possible only through the leadership of a revolutionary party.

During this period in which the resolution of the contradictory role of the Stalinists was hanging in the balance, the Trotskyist view was that we defended the degenerated workers state against imperialist attack from abroad or capitalist restoration at home, while simultaneously calling for workers political revolution to overthrow the Stalinist bureaucracy and move forward toward socialism. So when the workers in Hungary rebelled in 1956 and attempted to put political control in the hands of the workers councils, we supported that uprising.

On the other hand, we have often opposed the efforts of the Stalinists to crush various forms of opposition that were not directly threatening collectivized property. For example, we opposed the 1968 Soviet invasion of Czechoslovakia to repress the liberal Stalinist reform movement. Similarly, when the Chinese Stalinists mowed down a democratic opposition movement in Tiananmen Square in 1989, we opposed that, too.

But when the opposition to Stalinism was integrated with a program of capitalist restorationism, then we advocated a military bloc with the Stalinists. What does this mean? It means that we side with the Stalinists however pitiful their efforts to resist capitalist counterrevolution, which is to say that we view the Stalinists as a lesser evil in comparison with the imperialists. Therefore, when Solidarnosc in Poland was trying to reestablish capitalism, we supported the suppression of Solidarnosc’s restorationist leadership and its counterrevolutionary followers. And last August, when these tired old Stalinists very belatedly, inadequately and half-heartedly opposed Yeltsin’s moves to establish capitalism in the USSR, we were on their side against him.

Now over the last few years there was a strong movement toward the resolution of the contradictions in the Soviet degenerated workers state in favor of capitalism. But there were also a number of serious obstacles to the reimposition of capitalism in the Soviet Union, the major obstacle being the fact that the privileges of the Stalinist bureaucracy were tied to the command economy and the system of centralized planning. In other words, their objective interests were opposed to the redevelopment of capitalism.

Now, what happened in the August coup was that these bastards actually, belatedly, started a fight to maintain their privileges. And because the people who were actively endangering their privileges at the moment were the capitalist restorationists around Yeltsin, the Stalinists started to fight against him and his followers. We would have wanted to point our guns at these restorationists just as the Stalinist bureaucrats were feebly attempting to do themselves.

Now, we have no illusions in these Stalinists. We know they are a murderous bunch who have always been our enemies. They have historically killed and imprisoned our comrades and worked overtime to derail working-class revolution around the world. Let there be no confusion between our position and any political support for the Stalinist swine. Just as Trotskyists called for the political overthrow of the Stalinists while fighting with them against fascism in World War II, we also would not for a moment have given up that call while militarily blocking with them this past August. The military bloc is a tactic. It is one application of the tactic of the united front, which does not deviate from the principle or strategy of independently organizing the working class and undercutting a mis leadership of the working class, in this case the Stalinists. This, after all, is what we mean when we say that only Trotskyism can defend the gains of October.

If the opposition to the restorationists had been successful, it would have allowed us the chance to present the Soviet working class a different path than either the maintenance of the bankrupt Stalinist regime or the reintroduction of capitalism. What is necessary is to put another choice before the workers of Russia, the choice of reentering the road to socialism through maintaining the property system of the Soviet Union and administering it under democratic organs of workers power.

If during the coup and its aftermath there had been a clear voice for socialist property forms and workers democratic power, then the outcome might have been very different. The coup came at a time when just a few people with a clear program had a real chance of speaking to the whole country and setting the agenda. If there had been a Trotskyist grouping in a military bloc with the coup that counterpoised itself to the relatively small number of Yeltsinites on those critical August days, we might very well be facing a different future today in Russia.

Now, of course, our call for a military bloc with the Stalinists flies in the face of international public opinion, which has been molded by the bourgeois media. Public opinion and the bourgeois media were on the side of Yeltsin. Their main argument is the argument of democracy. The enemies of socialism have been very successful at harping on the importance of democracy. Exactly what these democracy-mongers mean when they talk of democracy has recently been revealed by bourgeois praise for Yeltsin’s latest effort to grab dictatorial powers for himself and his call to prevent local and regional elections because he’s afraid the Stalinists will make a good showing for themselves.

As Marxists, we never talk about democracy without talking about what class it serves. We know all too well the difference between bourgeois democracy and a genuine proletarian democracy. Of course, we are in favor of maintaining as many democratic rights as possible, and will fight to do so. But when the conflict poses the question of the survival of collectivized property, we are on the side of the Stalinists against their capitalist attackers.

Capitalists frequently paint themselves as democratic, but it is a lie. Yeltsin is no democrat, and today the objective conditions in the former USSR dictate that a liberal bourgeois democracy is simply not in the cards. In a capitalist context, the prerequisite for the kind of widespread democratic rights we have in advanced capitalist countries is a strong bourgeoisie whose power is secure—something clearly lacking in any part of the former USSR.

The development of capital in the former USSR is in its very early beginning stages and the would-be capitalists cannot possibly afford democracy, given the likely resistance workers will exert against the measures taken to establish capitalism. That is why they have started out by banning the Communist Party. They have banned it because they fear that, just as in Poland today, the CP could be a vehicle for mass working-class opposition to capitalist austerity measures.

As capitalism attempts to stabilize itself and develop in Russia, we will see more and more limitations on democracy, as the nascent capitalist regime institutes massive austerity measures as a necessary part of the move toward capitalism. The resistance to these austerity measures will have to be smashed. Widespread democratic rights are an obstacle to the restorationists’ plans.

Having said this, however, we do not believe that capitalism has yet been fully established in the former USSR. What has happened as a result of the collapse of the Stalinist coup is that the state, that is, the army and the top structures of the governing apparatus, are no longer committed to collectivized property. The old network of Stalinist bureaucratic interests has fallen apart. There is an embryonic capitalist state power in Russia of which Yeltsin is the central representative and a number of other nascent capitalist states in the former republics, too. These new states have not been fully consolidated—quite the contrary. But the forces of capitalism are ascendant and these new regimes are in the process of gathering the beginnings of a coercive state force necessary to secure a capitalist society. Russia has taken a course, through the victory of Yeltsin’s counterrevolution, of prolonged instability, turmoil and material deprivation. The prospects are not pleasant.

So the first argument for being on Yeltsin’s side is the argument of democracy, and that is simply wrong. Yeltsin’s side is not going to provide democracy.

The second argument for being on Yeltsin’s side is the argument that it was the popular side, but since the RTT doesn’t make too much of that argument regarding the August coup, I won’t belabor it. Popularity, as most of us know, is no guarantee of correctness.

The RTT does, however, hang a lot on the issue of democratic rights, and this is a common theme that links its position on support of Polish Solidarnosc in its bid to restore capitalism in 1981 and its current rationale for not supporting a military bloc with the Russian coupists. In the RTT’s supplement dated October 24, 1991, it wrote that “The conservatives would have crushed not only Yeltsin and company, but also all the democratic gains that the working class had achieved in the last five years.”

Well, first of all, we think this kind of prediction of the outcome of armed conflict that approaches civil war is fraught with mistakes. While the coupists are not known for their democratic impulses, no one can really tell if democratic gains would have been increased or diminished had the coupists won. Why? Because it depends upon the scenario by which victory was obtained. One scenario, of course, is that the coupists could have won while the working class remained passive and then immediately moved to enact severe political restrictions on the Soviet masses.

However, another scenario is that given the evident lack of internal cohesion of the coupists and current crisis of Stalinism, the Soviet working class might actually have increased its democratic rights and advanced the march toward workers political revolution had it been independently mobilized in the struggle against capitalist counterrevolution.

The RTTs position, in effect, is that it would have refused to direct any workers militias it might have organized to point their guns in the same direction as the tank divisions that initially had pointed their turrets at the restorationist bandits holed up in the Russian White House. The RTT would have refused to cooperate with Soviet troops had they attempted to scatter the reactionary bands who rallied to Yeltsin’s side.

This position of the RTT runs directly counter to a cardinal tenet of Trotskyism, which assigns greater importance to property forms than on democratic rights when the former are under attack. We agree with Trotsky, who wrote in his book In Defense of Marxism that “The question of overthrowing the Soviet bureaucracy is for us subordinate to the question of preserving state property in the means of production in theUSSR.”

The RTT, at least, remains consistent with its position on Poland in its latest departure from Trotskyism. The unfortunate reality is that workers are capable of being duped into fighting in favor of capitalism, as happened in Poland in 1981. After nearly 70 years of Stalinist treachery, and in the absence of a Marxist vanguard party, the working class of Russia, too, is severely disoriented.

So with the victory of the counterrevolution in the aftermath of the coup we have suffered a world-historic defeat. And we say so quite openly. Only by openly acknowledging our defeats and with coolness calculating the effects of those defeats will we lay the conditions for the eventual victory of the working class internationally.

The counterrevolution, however, is not fully consolidated. It’s not a finished process. There are favorable conditions in the future for Russia. The thing that is most favorable is that it will be very unstable, it will be subject to rapid change, and there will be opportunities for the working class to intervene in defense of the gains it has made. There will be struggles in defense of jobs, in defense of welfare benefits, in defense of housing, and so on. But there is nothing automatic about these struggles occurring. Still less is there anything automatic about these struggles opening the way to socialist revolution. Only with the building of a Leninist vanguard party is a victory possible

Counterrevolution Triumphs in USSR

 Defend Soviet Workers Against Yeltsin’s Attacks!

Counterrevolution Triumphs in USSR

September 1991 statement by the International Bolshevik Tendency, republished in 1917 #11, Third Quarter 1992. Originally posted online at http://www.bolshevik.org/1917/no11/no11crev.html

    

The aborted Moscow coup of 19-21 August was so ill-conceived and executed that it almost didn’t happen. Yet it will be remembered as one of the decisive events in the history of the 20th century. The victory of the openly pro-capitalist current around Boris Yeltsin after the coup collapsed shattered the state power created by the October 1917 revolution. This represents a catastrophic defeat not only for the Soviet working class, but for workers everywhere.

August’s events came as the culmination of recent power struggles within the Kremlin and the country as a whole. But, in a larger sense, they are the final act in the degeneration of the Stalinist bureaucracy, a privileged stratum that usurped political power within the Soviet workers state in the mid-1920s. In place of the democratically elected workers soviets of 1917, the Stalinists erected an authoritarian police state. For the proletarian internationalism of Lenin and Trotsky, they substituted the doctrine of ‘‘socialism in one country,’’ which justified betraying revolutions abroad to gain petty diplomatic advantage. Yet, for all its crimes, the Stalinist bureaucracy rested on the collectivized economy created by the October Revolution and, in its own distorted way, it frequently attempted to defend these economic foundations from imperialist pressure abroad and counterrevolution at home. The failure of the August coup ended the rule of this bureaucratic caste, and led to its replacement by a group of fledgling nationalist regimes committed to dismantling the state-owned economy and reimposing the rule of capital.

Over half a century ago, the leader of the Left Opposition, Leon Trotsky, warned that in the long run a social system based on collectivized property could neither be developed nor defended with bureaucratic police methods. The stagnation of the Soviet economy during the Brezhnev years represented a powerful confirmation of this prediction. In an attempt to reverse the USSR’s economic decline, Mikhail Gorbachev launched his celebrated market reforms. The economic and political chaos caused by perestroika polarized the Soviet bureaucracy, and the divisions within it became particularly acute during the past year. On one side a wing of the ruling elite—identified with former Moscow party boss, Boris Yeltsin—openly embraced capitalist restoration. On the other side an alliance of military men and party and state apparatchiks, the so-called hardliners, saw the drift toward the market and national disintegration as a threat to their power. Gorbachev acted as a middleman between these two factions, tilting alternately toward the ‘‘reformers’’ and the ‘‘hardliners.’’

Gorbachev’s Zig-Zags

Beginning in October 1990, the ‘‘hardliners’’ unleashed an offensive within the Soviet Communist Party. They forced Gorbachev to scrap Shatalin’s 500-day plan for the privatization of the economy. They sent ‘‘black beret’’ units to crack down on the pro-capitalist secessionist governments of the Baltic republics. They engineered a purge in the highest echelons of the party, compelling Gorbachev to remove ‘‘reformers’’ from key party and government posts and replace them with loyal servants of the apparat. These moves drove many leading ‘‘reformers’’—most notably Gorbachev’s foreign minister, Eduard Shevardnadze—into the Yeltsin camp, and caused widespread speculation in the Western media that Gorbachev had retreated from perestroika.

Yet, in the face of huge Yeltsinite demonstrations in Moscow early last spring, and the fear that the imperialists might be even less forthcoming with economic aid, Gorbachev backpedaled, and again tried to mend fences with the Yeltsin forces. He refused to carry the Baltic intervention to its logical conclusion and depose the governments there. He once more began pushing marketization. Most ominously of all from the ‘‘hardline’’ point of view, he accepted the ‘‘nine plus one’’ agreement that would have transferred most governmental powers to the USSR’s fifteen constituent republics. Gorbachev’s attempts at conciliation only emboldened Yeltsin, who responded with a series of decrees banning the Communist Party from the police force and the factories in the Russian Republic. The ‘‘hardliners’’ concluded that the middle ground occupied by Gorbachev was fast disappearing, and that they could no longer rely upon him to resist Yeltsin. This set the stage for the formation of the Emergency Committee and its arrest of the Soviet president on the morning of 19 August.

The Working Class Had a Side

In light of the coup’s abject failure, discussion of the positions of the rival factions may now seem a fruitless academic exercise. Yet only by adopting a correct orientation to past events can the working class arm itself for future struggles. The August coup attempt was a confrontation in which the working class had a side. A victory for the coup leaders would not have rescued the USSR from the economic impasse that Stalinism has led to, nor would it have removed the threat of capitalist restoration. It could, however, have slowed the restorationist momentum at least temporarily, and bought precious time for the Soviet working class. The collapse of the coup, on the other hand, led inevitably to the counterrevolution that is now in full flood. Without ceasing to expose the coup leaders’ political bankruptcy, it was the duty of revolutionary Marxists to side with them against Yeltsin and Gorbachev.

It comes as no surprise that most of the reformist and centrist left has cast its lot with Gorbachev and Yeltsin. These pseudo-Marxists are so fearful of offending bourgeois liberal opinion that they can always be relied upon to take the side of ‘‘democracy,’’ even when democratic slogans are a camouflage for capitalist counterrevolution. Somewhat more baffling are the arguments of centrist groups who recognize Yeltsin for the restorationist that he is, admit that his triumph was a grave defeat for the working class, but nevertheless refuse to take sides in the coup. The proponents of this ‘‘plague-on-both-your-houses’’ position include the U.S. Spartacist League and their overseas satellites in the International Communist League, who for years touted themselves as the staunchest defenders of the Soviet Union.

The advocates of neutrality contend that the coup leaders were no less committed to capitalist restoration than Gorbachev and Yeltsin. Some point to passages in the principal declaration of the Emergency Committee in which its leaders promised to honor existing treaties with imperialism and respect the rights of private enterprise in the USSR. Trotskyists, however, have never based their political attitude on the official pronouncements of the Stalinists, but rather on the inner logic of events. Anyone claiming that there was no essential difference between the contending factions would be hard put to explain why the coup leaders decided on such a desperate gamble in the first place. When one faction of the bureaucracy arrests the president, attempts to suppress the leading capitalist restorationists and sends tanks into the streets; when leading members of that faction carry out suicide pacts with their wives and hang themselves when they fail, it is abundantly clear that more is involved than a quibble over tactics.

The reasons for the coup leaders’ actions are obvious. They represented the Stalinist faction that had the most to lose from a return to capitalism. They saw the aggressiveness of Yeltsin, the growing power of the pro-capitalist nationalists and Gorbachev’s prostration before these forces as a mortal danger to the centralized apparatus upon which their privileges and prestige depended. They acted, if only half-heartedly and at the eleventh hour, to stem the tide.

There can be no doubt that the ‘‘hardliners’’ were thoroughly demoralized: they had lost faith in a socialist future of any kind, harbored many of the same pro-capitalist notions as their adversaries, and were only too willing to stoop to Great Russian chauvinism and even anti-Semitism to protect their political monopoly. But the Trotskyist position of unconditional defense of the Soviet Union always meant defense of the system of collectivized property against restorationist threats regardless of the consciousness or subjective intentions of the bureaucrats. The status quo the ‘‘hardliners’’ sought to protect, however incompetently, included the state ownership of the means of production—an objective barrier to the return of capitalist wage slavery. The collapse of the central state authority cleared the way for the juggernaut of reaction that is now rolling over the territory of the former USSR. To halt the advance of that juggernaut revolutionists had to be prepared to make a tactical military alliance with any section of the bureaucracy that, for whatever reason, was standing in front of its wheels.

Defeat the Counterrevolution!

All is by no means lost for the working class of the Soviet Union. The pro-capitalist governments that have hoisted themselves into the saddle are still extremely fragile, and have not yet consolidated their own repressive state apparatuses. Most of the economy remains in state hands, and the Yeltsinites face the formidable task of restoring capitalism without the support of an indigenous capitalist class. Workers resistance to the impending attacks on their rights and welfare will therefore involve a defense of large elements of the social/economic status quo. The embryonic bourgeois regimes now forming in the ex-USSR can be swept aside much more easily than mature capitalist states.

None of this, however, can change the fact that the workers will now be forced to fight on a terrain fundamentally altered to their disadvantage. They have not yet constituted themselves as an independent political force, and remain extremely disoriented. The Stalinist apparatus—which had an objective interest in maintaining collectivized property—has been shattered. Further resistance by the Stalinists is unlikely, since they have already failed a decisive political test, and those cadre who attempted to resist are now in forced retirement, in jail or dead. In short, the major organized obstacle to the consolidation of a bourgeois state has been effectively removed. Before the coup, massive working-class resistance to privatization would have split the Stalinist bureaucracy and their armed defenders. Now workers struggling to reverse the restorationist drive will face ‘‘bodies of armed men’’ dedicated to the objectives of Western capitalists and their internal allies. This incipient state power must be disarmed and destroyed by the workers.

The transition from a degenerated workers state to a full-fledged bourgeois state is not something which can take place in a month or a year. In 1937 Trotsky predicted that:

‘‘Should a bourgeois counterrevolution succeed in the USSR, the new government for a lengthy period would have to base itself upon the nationalized economy. But what does such a type of temporary conflict between the economy and the state mean? It means a revolution or a counterrevolution. The victory of one class over another signifies that it will reconstruct the economy in the interests of the victors.’’

    —‘‘Not a Workers’ and Not a Bourgeois State?’’

It was clear to him, as it is to us, that such a transformation can only occur as the result of a process in which the workers state is undermined by degrees. The task of analysis is to locate the decisive point in this transformation, i.e., the point beyond which prevailing trends cannot be reversed without the destruction of the state power. The momentum toward capitalist restoration had been building in the Soviet Union for the past several years. All available evidence leads us to conclude that the defeat of the coup and the ascension to power of the elements committed to reconstructing the economy on a capitalist basis constituted a qualitative turning point.

Revolutionary activity cannot be undertaken on the basis of pleasant fictions. The fight for the socialist future requires the ability to face reality squarely and ‘‘speak the truth to the masses, no matter how bitter it may be.’’ The victory of the Yeltsinites is a huge defeat for the working class. The attempt to reimpose capitalism in the Soviet Union will involve attacks on the most basic interests of tens of millions of working people. Yet in resisting these attacks, Soviet workers can rediscover their own heroic traditions. The revolutionary ideas of Bolshevism, which alone correspond to the necessity of historical progress for humanity, can overcome any obstacle. But these ideas only become a factor in history through the agency of a party of the sort which lead the revolution in 1917—a party educated in the irreconcilable revolutionary spirit of Lenin and Trotsky. The struggle for such a party, a reborn Fourth International, remains the central task of our time.

RDA Sucateada

Primeiro o Muro… Depois as Fábricas

RDA Sucateada

[O artigo a seguir é um relato feito por um membro do Gruppe Spartakus (seção alemã da então revolucionária Tendência Bolchevique Internacional) descrevendo o processo de restauração capitalista na antiga República Democrática Alemã (RDA). Ele foi originalmente publicado em 1917 No. 11, no terceiro trimestre de 1992. A tradução para o português foi realizada pelo Reagrupamento Revolucionário]

A restauração capitalista na antiga RDA, agora região oriental da República Federal Alemã (RFA) foi um desastre socioeconômico. Logo depois que a fronteira caiu, o planejamento econômico desapareceu. O comércio externo ficou descontrolado e o marco alemão (DM) da RFA simplesmente dominou. Hordas de pessoas se reuniam em estações de trem e nas fronteiras para tentar trocar sua moeda da RDA por 12 ou 14 vezes menos que a taxa oficial.

A desestabilização econômica da RDA se acelerou em julho de 1990 quando uma “união econômica, social e monetária” com a RFA foi proclamada. Historicamente, três quartos do comércio da RDA foram com o bloco soviético. De repente, todo comércio tinha que ser conduzido em moeda forte. Os parceiros comerciais da RDA simplesmente não podiam pagar, e então o comércio exterior praticamente entrou em colapso. Enquanto isso, os capitalistas do setor de bens de consumo da RFA se mudaram para o leste e vorazmente compraram lojas, armazéns e cada acesso ao sistema de distribuição. Uma vez controlando a rede de varejo, a primeira coisa que fizeram foi colocar seus produtos no lugar daqueles produzidos na RDA.

A tomada do mercado de varejo foi particularmente destrutiva para as fazendas coletivas da RDA, que eram mais produtivas que quaisquer outras no bloco soviético. A RDA era capaz de satisfazer a maior parte das suas necessidades domésticas de alimentos básicos e ainda restava para exportação. A agricultura e a produção alimentícia entraram em colapso muito rapidamente uma vez que os interesses da RFA acabaram com a demanda pelos seus produtos. Se você dirigir pelo Leste hoje em dia, você vai ver os vilarejos e as terras ociosos. A maioria das fazendas coletivas simplesmente foi à bancarrota. Por volta de janeiro, de acordo com a Revista pelos Direitos Humanos (JHR) de Berlim, apenas um quarto das 800 mil pessoas empregadas na agricultura da RDA ainda estavam em suas terras. A previsão é de que metade destes remanescentes será eliminada antes que a “racionalização” esteja completa.

A economia da Alemanha Ocidental expandiu cinco por cento em 1990. A maior parte desse crescimento se deveu ao aumento das vendas de bens de consumo no Leste. Esses produtos foram comprados largamente com o seguro-desemprego e outros benefícios pagos aos trabalhadores da RDA para suavizar o caminho da reunificação. As estatísticas da RFA indicam que a taxa de crescimento de 1991 caiu para 3,2 por cento e a o Instituto Econômico Mundial da Universidade de Kiel está projetando um crescimento real de apenas 1 por cento esse ano. O banco central alemão anunciou que esse ano é esperado um aumento de 30 por cento nas transferências líquidas do oeste para o leste, chagando a DM 180 bilhões. Cerca de 6,5 por cento do PNB [Produto Nacional Bruto] da Alemanha irá para o leste esse ano (Financial Times, 19 de março). Essas “transferências” do tesouro da RFA são, em última instância, pagas pelos trabalhadores empregados do lado ocidental.

A inflação anual no leste foi maior que 25 por cento no último ano – cinco vezes a taxa que se viu na Alemanha Ocidental. Isso foi um resultado principalmente da remoção dos subsídios ao transporte, aluguéis, comunicações e outras necessidades básicas. Na RDA os aluguéis haviam sido limitados entre cinco e sete por cento da renda de uma pessoa. Quando os controles foram removidos em outubro passado, os aluguéis saltaram cerca de 700 por cento. Entretanto, os trabalhadores no leste que tem sorte o suficiente para ter um emprego ganham apenas de 30 a 40 por cento do salário dos seus colegas na antiga RFA.

Desemprego: a indústria que mais cresce na ex-RDA

A classe trabalhadora na RDA era uma das mais qualificadas e mais bem educadas do antigo bloco soviético. Noventa e cinco por cento de todos os trabalhadores tinha um diploma. Apesar da promoção stalinista da família e de consideráveis atrasos culturais, as mulheres tinham mais pré-requisitos materiais para a uma verdadeira igualdade social do que na maior parte dos outros países do mundo. O regime stalinista tornou uma prioridade oferecer moradia para mulheres solteiras com filhos, removendo assim a compulsão para que as mulheres permanecessem em relacionamentos. A RDA também tinha um dos mais extensivos sistemas de creches do mundo. A maior parte dos locais de trabalho era obrigada a oferecer uma creche como uma premissa e de permitir que as mães trabalhadoras visitassem seus filhos durante seus intervalos. Com pleno acesso ao treinamento profissional e emprego garantido, mais de 90 por cento das mulheres da RDA trabalhavam, comparado com apenas 50 por cento na RDA.

A restauração capitalista reverteu muitos desses ganhos. Mulheres trabalhadoras geralmente foram as primeiras a serem demitidas. O sistema de creches subsidiadas foi agora quase completamente desmantelado com a intenção de forçar as mulheres de volta para os lares. As mães que não conseguem pagar creches privadas não podem reivindicar o seguro-desemprego e se sustentam com o auxílio público. No ano passado, Kurt Biedenkopf, Primeiro Ministro da Saxônia, estimou que dois milhões de trabalhadores da RDA, em sua maioria mulheres, nunca mais vão trabalhar (Die Tageszeitung, 7 de março de 1991).

Oficialmente, o desemprego na antiga RDA é calculado em 16,5 por cento, mas esse número é resultado de uma variedade de mecanismos orquestrados para esconder a realidade. Cerca de 350 mil trabalhadores foram cadastrados em fajutos esquemas de conseguir empregos (que agora estão sendo encerrados). Em muitos casos eles foram postos para trabalhar no desmonte das suas antigas fábricas. Outra técnica usada para alterar os números foi a criação de “trabalhos de curto prazo”. Esses trabalhadores “de curto prazo” eram oficialmente classificados como empregados, e ainda recebiam cerca de 80 por cento dos seus salários, mas raramente, se é que alguma vez, puseram os pés nas fábricas. Disseram aos trabalhadores que serem “de curto prazo” significava que eles ainda tinham empregos e, um dia, se as coisas melhorassem e o milagre capitalista engrenasse, eles poderiam voltar ao trabalho. Não foi assim que as coisas funcionaram, e a maioria dos trabalhadores de curto prazo foram agora oficialmente reclassificados como desempregados.

De acordo com a edição de novembro-dezembro de 1991 de Intereconomics, quatro dentre os dez milhões de trabalhadores na RDA em 1989 estão sem trabalho. Aproximadamente um milhão desses trabalhadores foram forçados a se aposentar cedo com pensões reduzidas. Oficialmente, pensões no leste são cerca de metade das do oeste, mas a JHR estima que os três milhões de trabalhadores pensionistas no leste de fato só ganham em torno de 30 por cento dos benefícios pagos aos aposentados do lado ocidental.

Um dos números menos divulgados do tratado de reunificação é o artigo 143 da Constituição da RFA, que efetivamente suspende os direitos constitucionais elementares na antiga RDA até 1993. Usando esse recurso, o governo pode “legalmente” reduzir o acesso aos benefícios sociais aos quais os cidadãos do leste supostamente têm direito.

Demolindo a economia da RDA

A economia da RDA teve sérios problemas, e a maioria dos analistas duvidavam que muitas das suas empresas pudessem competir com sucesso no mercado mundial. A produtividade do trabalho era provavelmente metade daquela na Alemanha Ocidental. Entretanto, a RDA era geralmente considerada entre as quinze maiores economias do mundo, e era certamente o mais avançado dos Estados operários.

Em teoria, quando a burguesia alemã chegou ao poder na RDA, ela poderia ter continuado a operar a economia estatal e mesmo ter retido algum grau de planejamento. A França e outros países da Europa Ocidental já funcionaram de maneira bem sucedida com substanciais setores estatais na economia. O Ruhr, o coração industrial da Alemanha no pós-guerra, foi construído com considerável intervenção estatal.

Porém, ao contrário dos antigos Estados operários deformados e degenerados, as indústrias nacionalizadas da Europa Ocidental eram administradas para o benefício do setor privado. A intervenção estatal francesa no setor do aço e da produção automotiva foi planejada para manter a França como maior poder industrial e fortalecer a posição do capitalismo francês no mercado mundial. Na antiga RDA e nos outros Estados operários deformados, em contraste, todas as forças produtivas primárias foram coletivizadas e sujeitas ao planejamento e administração estatal centralizada.

Desde o começo, a imprensa burguesa alemã séria esteve unida em seu absoluto ódio à propriedade coletivizada. Mesmo as seções mais “de esquerda” da socialdemocracia da Alemanha Ocidental nunca pensaram seriamente em tomar e administrar uma economia estatizada. Em suas cabeças, as Kombinats [grandes ramos da indústria estatal] da RDA só podiam ser uma fonte de competição indesejada.

Um dos paradoxos da Anschluss [Unificação] capitalista é que os trabalhadores do leste que são atingidos mais severamente pela “racionalização” econômica são aqueles empregados nos setores considerados mais competitivos por padrões mundiais (máquinas de ferramentas, construção naval e indústria ótica, por exemplo). Enquanto inicialmente os capitalistas alemães estavam muito ansiosos em ganhar acesso à ex-RDA, eles logo começaram a se preocupar com a “produção desnecessária” da indústria do leste poder diminuir as margens de lucro. O principal jornal burguês da Alemanha, o Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung, começou bem cedo a falar em liquidar as indústrias de produção têxtil, química, eletrônica e ótica, assim como as fazendas de grande produção remanescentes.

Os capitalistas da RFA reclamam que o taxa de emprego alta demais da antiga RDA tende a pressionar os salários para cima. Eles também estão assustados pela potencial volatilidade dessa população de alta concentração proletária. A estabilidade social capitalista requer uma quantidade significativa de cidadãos de “classe média”, donas de casa, pequenos proprietários e outros que não sejam participantes diretos na produção para contrabalancear a influência dos trabalhadores organizados.

Em 3 de outubro de 1990, no dia em que a reunificação foi formalmente completada, toda a economia da RDA foi posta sob controle de uma agência governamental, a Treuhand [“Confiança”]. Esse órgão não era uma agência reguladora no sentido capitalista usual, mas uma ferramenta criada para liquidar toda a economia da RDA. Ela não tentou reorganizar ou salvar as empresas que a RFA herdou. Em um processo dirigido de forma escandalosa (exemplificado pela venda a preço de banana da fábrica de lâmpadas NARVA, em Berlim Oriental, para um especulador de terras da Alemanha Ocidental), a Treuhand tinha, ao fim de 1991, vendido 4777 firmas, faltando ainda 6000 (Die Welt, 8 de janeiro).

Der Spiegel (23 de março) anunciou que na antiga RDA, até novembro de 1991, a produção têxtil havia caído 32 por cento, a produção de maquinário tinha diminuído em 37 por cento, a de eletrônicos 54 por cento e a produção ótica 88 por cento. Mesmo a mais ambiciosa aquisição da Alemanha Ocidental no leste, a compra da planta automotiva de Wartburg em Eisenach pela Opel, envolverá um corte de 9 mil para 2 mil na força de trabalho. As estimativas capitalistas mais otimistas do futuro da região projetam 40 por cento dos trabalhadores sem emprego na virada do século. A maioria dos comentaristas se aproxima de R.J. Barro e X. Salal-Martin, (Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, 1991, No. 1), que calculam que levará 35 anos para reduzir pela metade a distância de renda entre o leste e o oeste.

Por que os trabalhadores da RDA sucumbiram ao capitalismo?

A RDA era um Estado operário em que os trabalhadores haviam sido privados do direito de se organizar, discutir política e ler e escrever o que queriam. Eles não tinham acesso a nada parecido com uma análise marxista, e haviam aprendido a suspeitar das mentiras dos governantes stalinistas. Faltavam a eles as ferramentas para desmascarar a propaganda pró-capitalista que precedeu a Anschluss.

Os trabalhadores da RDA não tinham interesse objetivo em ceder sua economia para os banqueiros de Frankfurt. Eles tinham sim um interesse em quebrar a mordaça política dos stalinistas e dirigir a economia planificada através de democráticos conselhos de trabalhadores. Sob um regime desse tipo, eles poderiam desfrutar da liberdade política que o Estado policial de Honecker lhes havia negado, ao mesmo tempo em que deixariam fluir a enorme criatividade das massas trabalhadoras para preservar e estender os ganhos da economia coletivizada. Mais importante: tal revolução política proletária poderia ter oferecido um poderoso exemplo para o restante do bloco soviético, enquanto simultaneamente exercesse uma poderosa influência sobre os trabalhadores da RFA e o resto da Europa Ocidental.

A classe trabalhadora da RDA não enxergou isso como uma opção. Os eventos provaram que o seu apego à propriedade coletivizada era muito superficial. Nas primeiras semanas da crise política do outono de 1989, havia um sentimento bastante difundido de manter a RDA como um Estado separado. Isso refletiu o temor popular de que uma conversão ao capitalismo iria significar uma perda dos benefícios sociais e uma queda nos níveis de vida. Em apenas umas poucas semanas a máquina de propaganda capitalista conseguiu desbancar esse sentimento. A propriedade coletivizada foi igualada com o stalinismo, e foi prometido aos cidadãos da RDA que uma vez caída a fronteira, todos teriam seu pedaço de “democracia” e a boa vida que eles tinham assistido na televisão da RFA. Tragicamente, não havia forças quaisquer com raízes ou influência no movimento proletário alemão que buscasse organizar oposição à reunificação. A esmagadora maioria dos trabalhadores da RDA acreditava nas açucaradas mentiras dos capitalistas e de seus lacaios socialdemocratas, e optaram pelo livre mercado.

Uma vez convencidos de que a reunificação capitalista era uma coisa boa, os trabalhadores da RDA foram além dos intermediários socialdemocratas e votaram pesadamente nos partidos políticos mais próximos e conectados com os grandes capitalistas. Afinal, eram eles que iriam realizar o milagre do mercado.

Os sentimentos nacionalistas alemães tornaram-se cada vez mais poderosos conforme a reunificação ganhava força. Nos primeiros dias dos protestos de massas, a multidão cantava “Nós somos o povo”, uma afirmação de direitos democráticos contra a ditadura do Partido da Unidade Socialista (SED) stalinista. Isso logo foi substituído pelo canto de “Nós somos um povo” – em outras palavras, nós somos alemães. O giro extremamente rápido para a direita que aconteceu na RDA revelou que essa classe trabalhadora outrora vigorosa e politicamente educada (que em 1953 se levantou espontaneamente contra o monopólio político do SED e chegou a tentar expandir sua greve para os trabalhadores em Berlim Ocidental), havia sido gradualmente sufocada por décadas de repressão stalinista.

O movimento grevista no leste

Logo depois de votar pelos partidos pró-capitalistas nas eleições de março de 1990, os trabalhadores da RDA lançaram uma onda de greves exigindo os níveis salariais da RFA e garantias contratuais contra demissões. Simultaneamente, os agricultores cooperativos da RDA bloquearam as estradas em uma tentativa de interromper a afluência de produtos ocidentais que estavam destruindo seu mercado. Os líderes da FDGB (a federação sindical da RDA) que não tinham largado seus postos tentaram prover alguma direção ao movimento grevista, e em muitas localidades tomaram a liderança na organização dos protestos.

Essa explosão proletária largamente espontânea pôs em pânico os capitalistas da RFA e os socialdemocratas. A Federação Sindical Alemã (DGB – a principal federação sindical na RFA), imediatamente despachou milhares de organizadores, com as mãos cheias de moeda forte e apoio técnico, para o leste com o objetivo de “reorganizar” os sindicatos em uma base de colaboração de classes. O primeiro objetivo deles era destruir a FDGB.

Usando o seu dinheiro e suas poderosas conexões, a DGB já ganhou controle de alguns sindicatos da FDGB e exigiu que ela convocasse uma conferência. Em meio a uma orgia de perseguição aos comunistas, os capachos da DGB defenderam uma moção para dispersar a FDGB. Quando ela passou, o próximo passo foi incorporar os antigos sindicatos da FDGB aos sindicatos industriais equivalentes, controlados pelos socialdemocratas, no oeste. Depois disso, a DGB não perdeu tempo em varrer a antiga liderança da FDGB, do topo até os representantes por local de trabalho. Milhares de novos representantes sindicais e funcionários sindicais foram cadastrados em cursos de treinamento para aprender normas de colaboração de classes da DGB. Dessa forma, os capatazes dos capitalistas dentro do movimento sindical conseguiram confundir e estrangular essa rodada de ações defensivas da classe trabalhadora, e consolidar o seu monopólio político sobre os sindicatos alemães.

As ações de massa de 1990 dos trabalhadores e agricultores cooperativos assustou o governo da RFA a ponto de eles jogarem dinheiro no leste para suavizar o impacto dos enormes deslocamentos sociais da restauração capitalista. Elas também enrijeceram a decisão dos capitalistas da RFA de liquidar a indústria da RDA e atomizar sua explosiva classe trabalhadora. Os governantes alemães reconheceram durante o verão [europeu] de 1990 que eles tinham uma situação potencialmente explosiva na RDA, e que eles não possuíam nenhum instrumento confiável no leste para suprimir a crescente resistência proletária. Então eles mudaram a data da Anschluss.

Dos stalinistas aos socialdemocratas

Uma das características mais marcantes do colapso da RDA foi a completa desmoralização dos stalinistas. Enquanto o líder do SED Erich Honecker rejeitava amargamente as “reformas” de mercado de Gorbachev, a maioria dos quadros do seu partido aparentemente já tinha começado a adotar as perspectivas da socialdemocracia. Nos anos 1980, enquanto a RDA estava ocupada “normalizando” as relações com a RFA, havia considerável apreço dentro da burocracia do SED por um diálogo político iniciado pelo Partido Social Democrata (SPD). O resultado foi uma extensiva série de discussões político-ideológicas codificada em Streit der Kultur (declaração conjunta do SED/SPD, 1988).

Enquanto os direitistas da RFA vilificaram os socialdemocratas por dialogarem com o SED, essas discussões ajudaram a minar a moral de uma significativa camada de quadros stalinistas de alto e médio escalão. Eles passaram gradualmente a aceitar a tese socialdemocrata de que qualquer sistema baseado na propriedade coletivizada é incapaz de obter crescimento sustentado, e concluíram que o único papel de um partido dos trabalhadores é barganhar sobre os termos e condições da escravidão assalariada.

O Ostpolitik do SPD reforçou os efeitos do giro de Gorbachev em direção ao “socialismo de mercado”. O resultado foi o colapso ideológico das fileiras do que havia parecido ser uma formação stalinista monolítica. No verão de 1989, quando a Hungria abriu suas fronteiras com a Áustria, dezenas de milhares dos melhores trabalhadores da RDA começaram a fugir para o oeste. Isso, combinado com os massivos protestos no outono exigindo a liberdade de viajar e a democratização, abalou a moral do regime. Em fins de 1989, a burocracia stalinista tinha perdido a confiança em sua habilidade de governar. Quando o SED elegeu uma nova liderança no começo de 1990, os aspirantes a socialdemocratas dentro do partido subiram às posições mais altas. O SED aceitou passivamente a reunificação capitalista e se reconstituiu como o Partido do Socialismo Democrático (PDS), uma formação socialdemocrata levemente à esquerda. Relegada ao status de um partido de oposição minoritário no parlamento da RDA depois das eleições de março de 1990, o PDS limitou seus objetivos a agitação por melhores condições para os trabalhadores da RDA em uma Alemanha reunificada.

Os corpos armados falham em defender a propriedade coletivizada

Todos os órgãos repressivos da RDA – a polícia secreta, o exército e a polícia – provaram-se completamente subservientes à burocracia stalinista. Os “corpos armados” permaneceram passivos, conforme a burocracia capitulava e desmoronava. A temível Stasi (polícia secreta) recebeu ordens de permanecer em seus quartéis e não perturbar ninguém – e foi isso que fizeram.

No começo de 1990, o exército havia começado a se dissolver. A RDA tinha o que provavelmente era o exército melhor equipado e mais bem treinado do Pacto de Varsóvia, mas, de repente, os soldados começaram a sair de seus postos e ir para casa. Nos seis meses depois que Honecker foi deposto, o exército encolheu de 173 mil para 90 mil. Alguns oficiais de baixa patente tentaram se alistar no exército da RFA. Algumas centenas deles foram aceitos. As fileiras mais elevadas permaneceram passivas e a maior parte dos altos oficiais se aposentou. Depois da reunificação, quase todos que permaneceram perderam seus cargos, embora alguns oficiais não comissionados tenham sido mantidos.

Mesmo antes da reunificação, os oficiais da RFA começaram a tomar as unidades do exército da RDA. Eles dispersaram regimentos e integraram os remanescentes ao exército da RFA. Em nenhum momento qualquer unidade de polícia ou de exército da RDA tentou resistir à restauração capitalista. As únicas iniciativas independentes foram a criação, no começo de 1990, de alguns dispersos comitês de soldados. Mas esses comitês se limitaram a exigir melhores moradias, salários e condições de trabalho.

A polícia da RDA também foi incorporada sem dificuldade. Enquanto os chefes de polícia foram substituídos por oficiais do oeste, a maior parte das fileiras policiais no leste hoje em dia é remanescente da RDA. Antigos membros do SED e atuais membros do PDS estão sendo eliminados, mas a polícia no leste ainda não é considerada completamente confiável por seus novos chefes.

A maior parte do alto escalão da burocracia civil foi demitida, particularmente nas áreas da justiça, educação e administração estatal. A cidade de Bonn enviou grandes números de administradores para o leste para tomar o lugar deles. Uma exceção parcial desse padrão foi a indústria, onde alguns velhos burocratas do SED receberam permissão de permanecer por algum tempo. Isso porque, dentro do SED, a seção da burocracia encarregada de administrar a indústria foi a primeira, em sua maioria, a ir para o lado do capitalismo.

A situação da esquerda

Os quadros do SED/PDS e a maior parte dos antigos membros do SED estão sendo alvo de uma contínua e massiva caça-às-bruxas liderada pelos socialdemocratas. A cada passo, ao invés de resistir o PDS capitulou. Ele só tentou muito timidamente prover alguma liderança às ações defensivas espontâneas da classe trabalhadora em luta. Grupos do PDS nos locais de trabalho foram dispersos e membros do PDS nos sindicatos foram orientados a não concorrer nem mesmo aos menores postos, incluindo os de representante por local de trabalho. O PDS agora tem muito pouca influência na classe trabalhadora, e tampouco a tem qualquer outro grupo que se reivindique socialista.

A esquerda alemã tem estado brutalmente desorientada pelos graves eventos dos últimos anos. Dentre as correntes que se reivindicam trotskistas, os seguidores alemães da seita de obediência de James Robertson baseada nos Estados Unidos (atualmente conhecidos como Spartakist Arbeiterpartei Deutschlands [Partido Espartaquista dos Trabalhadores da Alemanha] – SpAD) inicialmente buscou “unidade com o SED” e confundiu a contrarrevolução que varria a RDA com uma “revolução política proletária”. (Para saber mais sobre o desempenho estalinofílico peculiar do SpAD durante os últimos meses da RDA, leia “Robertsonites in Wonderland”, 1917 No. 10).

Os outros grupos supostamente trotskistas na esquerda foram, em sua maioria, tão profundamente estalinofóbicos, e tão hipnotizados pelo “movimento de massas” contra a ditadura do SED, que fecharam os olhos para a realidade e apoiaram cada passo rumo à restauração capitalista como se fosse um desenvolvimento progressivo. A mesma estalinofobia arraigada levou alguns deles a apoiar a caça-às-bruxas contra o PDS.

Lições da onda de greves de 1991

Na primavera [europeia] de 1991, houve outra rodada de resistência operária massiva no leste. Dessa vez a realidade da vida sob o capitalismo tinha desfeito muitas antigas ilusões. Greves, lideradas por organismos das lideranças por locais de trabalho, irromperam nas indústrias marcadas para liquidação. Uma alarmada liderança da DGB se mexeu com o objetivo de manter o controle das manifestações, reverter os chamados de greve e desviar os protestos para uma interminável série de reuniões, assembleias, caminhadas e marchas sem propósito. Os líderes principais da DGB do oeste monopolizaram o palco em cada evento, enquanto os líderes sindicais que lideravam as lutas não tinham a permissão de falar. O chatíssimo discurso burocrático acabou desmoralizando as greves e dissipando a energia das manifestações. O perigo imediato passou.

Os militantes nos organismos de representação sindical que quisessem escapar ao controle do aparato de DGB deveriam ter tentado estabelecer um corpo representativo para coordenar os protestos e prover a estrutura organizativa para levar as lutas em frente. Isso teria significado uma luta política contra a colaboração de classes dos líderes socialdemocratas. Nossos camaradas do Gruppe Spartakus interviram com um programa que mostrou o caminho para acabar com o impasse [veja o apêndice].

Um fator chave na derrota do levante de 1991 foi o fracasso dos trabalhadores no oeste em responder à rebelião no leste. No oeste, a principal luta dos trabalhadores tem sido a resistência em pagar a conta da Anschluss. Até agora a DGB conseguiu resistir à “reunificação” do movimento dos trabalhadores através da velha fronteira. Por exemplo, os dirigentes da DGB negociam contratos separados, naturalmente com datas de término diferentes, para os trabalhadores de cada lado. Em abril de 1991, no auge das greves, a DGB chamou uma reunião em Berlim Oriental para que os metalúrgicos do leste protestassem contra o colapso de sua indústria e a perda de empregos. Os trabalhadores se deslocaram de cada canto da antiga RDA. Porém, essa massiva reunião foi marcada para um dia de semana, no horário de trabalho, para garantir que os metalúrgicos de Berlim Ocidental não pudessem comparecer.

Os trabalhadores da RDA foram criados em uma sociedade onde o aluguel, a comida, as roupas, o transporte e mesmo a mobília eram todos subsidiados. Hoje eles estão experimentando em primeira mão o darwinismo social capitalista. Conforme os preços sobem e os auxílios de desemprego acabam, enquanto cada vez mais firmas vão à falência e os empregos desaparecem, a vida para muitos trabalhadores se tornou uma luta pela sobrevivência. Há um crescente distanciamento entre as atitudes dos trabalhadores do oeste, cujos padrões de vida permanecem entre os mais altos do mundo, e o humor dos trabalhadores no leste, que rapidamente estão se tornando amargos, atomizados e desmoralizados. A taxa de crimes está subindo; a violência doméstica, o alcoolismo, o vício em drogas e a prostituição estão crescendo dramaticamente; psicoses sérias estão aumentando e a taxa de suicídio dobrou.

Nos meses recentes, uma nova onda de ocupações de fábrica contra as demissões tomou as usinas de aço, fábricas, minas e estaleiros no leste. Essas ações tiveram muito pouco peso econômico, porque para a Treuhand não importa realmente se as empresas forem ou não à falência. Embora essas greves comumente não exigissem mais do que uma privatização “socialmente aceitável”, algumas delas ganharam concessões parciais em razão do medo dos capitalistas de uma agitação social.

Ataques contra os trabalhadores da Alemanha Ocidental

Mergulhado nas pressões combinadas dos enormes custos da reunificação, de uma crise econômica internacional e aprofundamento da competição global, o capitalismo alemão aumentou seus ataques contra a classe trabalhadora. Bonn elevou a dívida nacional para DM 1,1 trilhão em 1991. Isso representa 3,7 por cento do PIB, comparado com 3,5 por cento nos Estados Unidos. De acordo com Lothar Mueller, presidente do Banco Central do Estado da Bavária, a dívida nacional vai atingir DM 2 trilhões em 3 anos (Der Spiegel, 23 de março).

No oeste, os ataques às condições de vida que começaram no ano passado estão se intensificando. Acordos salariais em 1991 tiveram média de 7 por cento, mas isso está muito atrás do crescimento do custo de vida. Imposto de renda, seguros, cigarros e muitos outros impostos invisíveis subiram. O imposto sobre a gasolina subiu sozinho 55 por cento por galão. O jornal britânico Financial Times apontou em 19 de fevereiro que “Os salários líquidos caíram entre 1,1 e 3,3 por cento entre outubro de 1990 e outubro de 1992”. Os programas de treinamento de aprendizes sofreram cortes; os gastos em educação estão em queda; cortes na área da saúde introduzidos em 1989 reduziram a verba médica em 9,5 por cento somente no primeiro ano. As pensões foram “ajustadas” – para fazer com que as pessoas trabalhem por mais tempo. Há relatos de que o chanceler Kohl aprovou um aumento de apenas 2,7 por cento nas pensões públicas, bem abaixo mesmo do ridículo número oficial de 4,2 por cento da taxa anual de inflação. Alguns especialistas burgueses sugeriram que os trabalhadores precisariam de aumentos salariais de 12 por cento apenas para equiparar a inflação.

A mídia burguesa está cheia de histórias dos capitalistas e seus lacaios acusando os trabalhadores de arruinarem a economia. O ministro da economia J. Moellemann está exigindo um limite estatutário de apenas 5 por cento de aumento salarial para os funcionários públicos e pedindo a quebra do tradicional sistema de acordos salariais em favor de um aumento das disparidades entre uma região e outra, especialmente entre o leste e o oeste. Ele também está exigindo “maior flexibilidade nas horas de trabalho”, ou seja, uma semana de trabalho mais longa.

Amarrados com a burocracia abertamente pró-capitalista da DGB, os trabalhadores do oeste tem sido lentos em reagir, mas eles estão começando a mostrar sinais de inquietação. Der Spiegel (24 de fevereiro) mostrou uma pesquisa indicando que 78 por cento dos habitantes da Alemanha Ocidental atingiram o limite de sua disposição em carregar nas costas os custos da reunificação. Os trabalhadores na decadente indústria do aço decidiram-se por um aumento salarial de 6,4 por cento nessa primavera, mas outros grandes sindicatos, tais quais a OTV (que representa 4,67 milhões de trabalhadores do setor público) e o poderoso sindicato dos trabalhadores metalúrgicos estão exigindo aumentos salariais próximos de 10 por cento.

A diferença de circunstâncias materiais entre os trabalhadores do leste e no oeste naturalmente produziu diferenças na consciência que são agravadas pelas diferenças culturais que surgiram com o passar das últimas quatro décadas. Os trabalhadores do leste vêem os da antiga RFA como arrogantes e frios, enquanto os trabalhadores no oeste vêem os da antiga RDA como preguiçosos, passivos e facilmente manipuláveis.

O caminho adiante

Quando os trabalhadores da antiga RDA, agindo por conta própria, ocupam fábricas ociosas, eles estão apenas ocupando propriedades que a Treuhand está planejando liquidar de uma forma ou de outra. Apenas conectando a sua condição desesperadora com a luta contra os ataques capitalistas contra os trabalhadores do oeste é que os trabalhadores da ex-RDA oferecem uma resistência efetiva. Os trabalhadores em ambas as regiões da Alemanha tem um inimigo comum na classe dominante alemã e seus agentes que controlam a DGB. Os trotskistas do Gruppe Spartakus reivindicam manifestações, greves e ocupações de fábrica contra o ataque capitalista. Nós também chamamos os trabalhadores no leste a organizar numerosas delegações para irem diretamente aos trabalhadores do oeste – especialmente na região altamente industrializada do Ruhr – para solicitar greves de solidariedade e outras formas de apoio.

As camadas mais politicamente conscientes da classe trabalhadora do lado ocidental já sabem que o que está acontecendo no leste oferece uma séria ameaça aos seus padrões de vida. A burguesia alemã pretende fazer a classe trabalhadora pagar pela reunificação. Para fazer isso ela precisa atacar ainda mais as condições de vida e os benefícios sociais e desfazer décadas de contrato social.

O controle dos dirigentes da DGB sobre os sindicatos, que garante aos capitalistas uma paz garantida na força de trabalho, pode ser quebrado por uma resposta combativa da base à ofensiva capitalista. A inabilidade e a falta de disposição da liderança oficial em resistir cria a possibilidade de um realinhamento político dentro dos sindicatos e o crescimento explosivo de uma ala de esquerda militante. Isso, por sua vez, coloca a questão da liderança e do programa. Enquanto participam de todas as lutas dos trabalhadores para defender suas conquistas antigas e ganhar novas concessões, é o dever dos militantes com consciência de classe lutar dentro dos sindicatos por um programa que lide com mais do que apenas as questões imediatas que afetam um ou outro setor da classe. É necessário conectar essas lutas à questão fundamental de qual classe deve ter o poder.

A burguesia alemã é movida pela lógica da competição global com o imperialismo norte-americano e japonês a aprofundar seus ataques sobre os trabalhadores alemães. Nessa situação, lutas defensivas efetivas podem, em última instância, colocar a questão do poder. Essa é uma questão que só pode ser respondida por uma liderança revolucionária com raízes na classe trabalhadora. Uma organização como essa, baseando-se na tradição do Partido Bolchevique de Lenin e Trotsky, deve possuir ambas a capacidade programática e a vontade política de lutar pela derrubada de todo o sistema capitalista de exploração, com uma perspectiva de forjar uma Alemanha dos trabalhadores como parte dos Estados socialistas da Europa.

***

APÊNDICE

Programa do Gruppe Spartakus para os Trabalhadores da Alemanha Oriental

[O documento a seguir é um extrato da declaração de 23 de abril de 1991 do Gruppe Spartakus, que tratou da onda de greves que acontecia na antiga RDA. Tal grupo era a seção alemã da então Tendência Bolchevique – predecessora da Tendência Bolchevique Internacional. Sua tradução para o português foi realizada pelo Reagrupamento Revolucionário em agosto de 2013, a partir da versão em inglês publicada em 1917 nº 21]

Salário igual para trabalho igual no leste e no oeste!

Não às demissões, não aos trabalhos de curto prazo, não à racionalização à custa dos trabalhadores!

Organização sindical dos desempregados!

Os desempregados, tanto no leste quanto no oeste devem ser reintegrados à produção.

Dividir o trabalho disponível entre todas as mãos com pagamento completo e igual no leste e oeste!

Se o capitalismo não pode satisfazer essas demandas que resultam dos males que ele próprio criou, então esse sistema deve ser extinto. Os trabalhadores não estão preocupados com o que é lucrativo para os capitalistas.

Fim da perseguição aos imigrantes!

Fascistas estão assassinando imigrantes no leste e organizando ataques contra cidadãos poloneses. Ataques de skinheads [de direita] estão aumentando no oeste. Por grupos de autodefesa organizados pelos sindicatos para esmagar a escória nazista! Plenos direitos de cidadania para todos os imigrantes!

Não à caça às bruxas contra antigos membros do SED!

Defender o PDS contra ataques do Estado! Não a Berufsverbote! [restrições aos direitos de ativistas de esquerda de ter empregos no setor público]

Ocupar as fábricas e espalhar as ocupações de fábricas para o oeste!

Os comitês de fábrica devem ser eleitos por todos os trabalhadores para garantir o controle dos trabalhadores sobre a produção. Com tais comitês, os trabalhadores no leste e no oeste podem conter os planos dos capitalistas e determinar o que é necessário para garantir condições de vida descentes para a classe trabalhadora.

Organizar a economia com base numa autoridade planejadora dos trabalhadores!

Acabar com o caos da competição capitalista! Expropriar os capitalistas sem indenização! Não ao planejamento burocrático-stalinista, mas sim uma participação efetiva dos trabalhadores em cada fase do desenvolvimento e da administração do plano econômico.

Por um governo proletário baseado em conselhos de trabalhadores!

Os comitês de fábrica, junto com os trabalhadores das LPG [cooperativas de produção agrícola], os trabalhadores administrativos, os trabalhadores temporários e os comitês de desempregados poderiam formar a base para um conselho nacional de trabalhadores que colocaria um fim à miséria capitalista e frustraria as tentativas do renascente imperialismo alemão de impor sua força militar crescente na arena internacional.

Uma questão de poder – não de novas eleições!

Muitos trabalhadores no leste têm a ilusão de que os planos de Bonn para a Abwicklung[liquidação] da antiga RDA só podem ser bloqueados realizando manifestações maiores e mais frequentes. É urgentemente necessário que os comitês de fábrica do leste enviem grandes delegações de trabalhadores para o oeste (incluindo a região do Ruhr, que tem sido abalada por demissões em massa) para solicitar diretamente aos trabalhadores nesses locais que realizem ações de solidariedade. Espalhar as greves e ocupações de fábrica do leste para o oeste pode estabelecer as bases para uma greve geral nacional. Em última análise, só há duas alternativas: ou avançar para a tomada do poder pela classe trabalhadora, ou ser empurrado para trás por novas derrotas!

O Gruppe Spartakus, seção alemã da Tendência Bolchevique Internacional, está lutando pela saída que avança. Com base em nosso programa, nós buscamos construir um partido trotskista enraizado no proletariado para defender consistentemente os interesses do povo trabalhador.

Abaixo o governo capitalista de Kohl!

Os socialdemocratas Vogel/Lafontaine/Engholm não são uma alternativa!

Defeat Desert Storm!

Defend Iraq Against Imperialist Attack!

Defeat Desert Storm!

[Feb. 1, 1991 statement. Copied from http://www.bolshevik.org/Leaflets/Iraq91.html ]

With the end of the Cold War, “free world” leaders proclaimed a new era of international peace and cooperation. On January 16, this “new world order” announced its arrival with a murderous rain of bombs and missiles on Baghdad. George Bush and his coalition partners claim that Operation Desert Storm is intended to defend the sanctity of international borders. Between the initial dispatch of American troops to “defend” Saudi Arabia and the initiation of hostilities four months later, the American people were subjected to an orchestrated media barrage by government officials, military officers, senators and congressmen, think-tank “experts” and servile journalistic hacks, promoting the idea that somehow the preservation of the House of Sabah, Kuwait’s reactionary feudalist ruling family, is essential to the American way of life. The only dispute among the various coalition partners, as between Republicans and Democrats in the U.S., was over tactics: the White House hawks favored bombing Iraq on Jan. 16, whereas the “doves” advocated giving sanctions more time to strangle Iraq.

Despite the near-unanimous support for the attack on Iraq among the world’s capitalist rulers, massive antiwar demonstrations in America and around the world show that millions do not believe George Bush or his accomplices. Washington’s professions of international morality are transparently hypocritical. The United States government is the butcher of Vietnam, the financier of the brutal Zionist occupation of the West Bank and Gaza, the instigator of a ten year contra war against Nicaragua, the paymaster of the death-squad regimes of El Salvador and Guatemala and the invader of Grenada and Panama.

In explaining Bush’s real motives in the Persian Gulf, we as Marxists are guided by a premise that sets us apart from liberals of every shade: the United States government, like every other capitalist government, acts not according to the general popular will, but rather in the interests of a tiny minority that owns the factories, banks and corporations. Elections and parliamentary institutions may at times constrain the capitalists but do not prevent them from exercising their class rule; they have at their disposal billions of dollars with which to bribe politicians and manipulate public opinion, and will not stop short of violence should these gentler methods fail. All appeals to patriotism and the “national interest,” not to mention the purely fictitious construct of international law, are nothing but ideological subterfuges to gain the acquiescence of the millions who are periodically called upon to sacrifice, fight and die for the sake of capitalist profits.

Oil: Fuel of Empire

What ruling class interests prompted George Bush to unleash the largest concentration of military might since World War II? In her 19 December New York Times column, Flora Lewis, who often reflects the thinking of the CIA, commented: “What provoked the Persian Gulf crisis is money, oil money. It is prudish to deny that…” The popular anti-war chant “No Blood for Oil!” reflects the widespread recognition that oil is an important motive for the war. Ever since the rise of Western imperialism in the latter part of the nineteenth century, the major capitalist powers have depended upon “underdeveloped” countries for markets, sources of cheap labor and raw materials. And oil, more than any other single commodity, is the fuel of empire.

Until World War I the Ottoman Empire controlled most of the Middle East. The 24 October New York Times noted, “with its defeat in World War I, Turkey lost its claim to the empire, and British administrators carved much of the Arabian Peninsula into the nations now known as Kuwait, Iraq and Saudi Arabia. That division left Iraq without a natural Persian Gulf port…” Iraq has traditionally rejected the legitimacy of the British decision regarding Kuwait.

The U.S. stepped into Britain’s imperial jackboots in the region after World War II. American dominance in the Arab world was cemented through a series of carefully-cultivated alliances. Foremost among Washington’s Middle Eastern clients is Israel; the state-of-the-art Zionist military machine, heavily subsidized by the U.S., serves as a powerful deterrent to Arab nationalist aspirations. The U.S. has also established a tight relationship with the oil-rich sheikdoms of Saudi Arabia, Kuwait and the United Arab Emirates, whose ruling families wear an anti-Zionist mask for home consumption, but are politically and militarily dependent on Washington. It was these three states that broke ranks with the OPEC cartel to cut the price of oil to the West. They also deposit billions in petrodollars (dollars earned from oil exports) every year in British and U.S. banks. When Ronald Reagan needed secret funding for the Nicaraguan contras, he turned to the Saudis. Saddam Hussein, on the other hand, heads a regime that has never been a close American ally. His takeover of Kuwait underscored Iraq’s long-declared ambition to lead the Arab world, while threatening American imperialism with the prospect that the oil and vital shipping lanes of the Persian Gulf might fall into less reliable hands.

Yet oil is only part of the picture. The U.S. imports only 11 percent of its petroleum from the Middle East, and this supply was never really threatened. As one Iraqi diplomat pointed out, his people can neither drink their oil nor irrigate their soil with it; it must be sold on the international market. Even if Iraq’s annexation of Kuwait had raised oil prices, it would not have cost the U.S. anything like the $l00 billion price tag on Operation Desert Storm.

Saddam Hussein, moreover, is no anti-imperialist fighter. Throughout the eight-year Iran/Iraq war, the U.S. tilted toward Iraq as a counterweight to the Islamic fundamentalist regime in Teheran, supplying bank credits and arms to Hussein. Saddled with an enormous war debt, Hussein had been leaning on Kuwait for almost a year without serious objections from the U.S. State Department. A week before the invasion, April Glaspie, the American ambassador to Baghdad, told Hussein: “We have no opinion on the Arab-Arab conflicts, like your border disagreements with Kuwait”(Village Voice,22 January). So when Hussein marched into Kuwait last August, he expected the U.S. to look the other way.

When Washington objected to the takeover, Iraq was willing to compromise. Noam Chomsky reported that in a 23 August approach to the U.S.:

“made public by Knut Royce in Newsday on October 29, [Iraq] offered to withdraw from Kuwait and allow foreigners to leave in return for the lifting of sanctions, guaranteed access to the Gulf, and full control of the Rumailah oil field ‘that extends slightly into Kuwaiti territory from Iraq.’ There was no demand that the U.S. withdraw from Saudi Arabia, or other preconditions.”

But Bush wasn’t interested in any deals. Saddam Hussein faced a choice between abject capitulation or a fight to the finish.

The fact that the Persian Gulf contains a major portion of the world’s oil supplies explains why the U.S. is not indifferent to Hussein’s power grab. Yet oil alone cannot account for such a high-stakes gamble by America’s rulers. They are well aware that Iraq is not Grenada or Panama. Why, with ample room left for the exertion of diplomatic and economic pressure, did Bush decide upon a step that could give rise to massive opposition at home, and ignite the entire Arab world in a firestorm of anti-American hatred? The answer lies in the shifting balance of power among the major imperialists.

Inter-Imperialist Rivalry and Bush’s “New World Order”

The United States emerged from World War II as the world’s hegemonic capitalist power. Over the past quarter century, however, American supremacy has steadily eroded. The turning point came with the humiliating defeat of the American war machine in Vietnam. Since then, the U.S. ruling class and its policy makers have been obsessed with overcoming the so-called Vietnam syndrome. One great obstacle stood in the way of this goal: the economic and military might of America’s chief global rival, the Soviet Union.

As Trotskyists, we are adamant opponents of the ruling Soviet bureaucracy, which expropriated the Soviet working class politically, and exterminated the original leaders of the October Revolution. The anti-working class Kremlin bureaucrats have undermined the USSR’s planned economy, and betrayed countless revolutionary and anti-colonial movements in pursuit of narrow diplomatic advantage. Yet, despite its treachery, the Stalinist ruling caste rests upon the non-capitalist economic foundations created by the revolution of 1917. For over seventy years the USSR has been the object of the unrelenting hostility of the capitalist world. This is not because the Soviet Union was “undemocratic,” but because capitalist exploitation was abolished within its borders. At times imperialist hostility compelled the Soviet bureaucracy to find points of support in revolutionary and national liberation movements around the world. The survival of the Cuban revolution, the victory of the Vietnamese masses, and the successful struggles against Portuguese colonial rule in Angola and Mozambique were helped by Soviet aid and/or the threat of Soviet military intervention. American aggression against Iraq, on the other hand, is facilitated by the process of capitalist restoration underway in Eastern Europe, and Mikhail Gorbachev’s wholesale capitulation to the U.S. in the international arena. The Kremlin’s craven support for U.S. policy throughout the Gulf crisis adds a new crime to the disgraceful annals of Stalinism.

U.S. “victory” in the Cold War is a product of the internal contradictions of the USSR—not renewed American strength. At the very moment the U.S. claims to have triumphed over its archenemy, the American economy is in the biggest shambles since the Great Depression of the 1930s. Once the world’s leading creditor nation, the U.S. now finds itself the largest debtor. As banks fail, unemployment lines lengthen and millions of homeless people roam the streets, the American Dream of universal prosperity, so mythologized around the world, is fading fast. The U.S. claims credit for victory over “communism,” but its German and Japanese capitalist competitors are best positioned to reap the spoils.

But the U.S. does not intend to relinquish its supremacy. The Pentagon still commands the most awesome arsenal of destruction on the planet. The more the position of the U.S. in the international economic order slips, the more America’s rulers feel driven to compensate by naked force. The more markets they lose for cars, computers and high-definition TVs, the more they are compelled to assert their superiority with B-52s and cruise missiles. This, as much as any immediate threat to oil supplies, explains the disproportionate ferocity of the U.S. response to Saddam Hussein.

Unlike the U.S., Germany and Japan import most of their oil from the Persian Gulf. Domination of the Gulf gives the U.S. considerable leverage in the intensifying economic struggle with its two principal capitalist rivals. The assault on Iraq simultaneously warns other neocolonial regimes of the blood-price to be paid for challenging the imperialist status quo.

In 1945 the U.S. proclaimed the American Century with the atomic bombing Hiroshima and Nagasaki. The present hail of death over Iraq serves notice to the world that U.S. imperialism is not about to abandon the number-one spot quietly.

Defend Iraq Against Imperialist Attack!

Through the smoke and fire of war in the Persian Gulf the outlines of Bush’s “new world order” are becoming clearer. Its broad contours resemble those of the old world order that existed between the two world wars: global capitalist economic contraction, heightened inter-imperialist rivalry, a frenzied grab for “spheres of influence” in the neocolonies and renewed militarism, this time multiplied by the immense destructive power of modern technology and nuclear weapons. The main victims of this “new order” in every imperialist country will be the working class. In the U.S. the effects will be felt especially by blacks and minorities who are called upon to die in disproportionate numbers for imperialism abroad, while sinking deeper into poverty at home. The impoverished masses of the Third World, from the shanty towns of Latin America to the sweatshops of the Philippines, will suffer more acutely than anyone else. As Marxist revolutionaries we oppose the masters of this new order, and side with its victims. And the chief victim in the current hostilities is Iraq. While the imperialist oppressors weep torrents of tears over the fate of Kuwait, we do not defend the sovereignty of this petty sheikdom (which one observer remarked was less a country than an “oil well with a flag”). Kuwait is not a nation—it is a creation of imperialism. Marxists are equally hostile to Kuwait’s emir and Baghdad’s Ba’thist rulers. But Kuwait is not the issue—the massive U.S. blitzkrieg mounted against Iraq poses the question of the defense of a neocolonial country against imperialism.

After the massive high-tech terror bombing of Baghdad commenced, Hussein replied with a few Scud missiles aimed at Tel Aviv and Riyadh. The pro-imperialist media, which dismisses Iraqi civilian casualties from U.S. bombing as the unavoidable byproduct of war, has shown great concern over the much smaller number of Saudi and Israeli casualties from the Scud attacks. The Western media has reported, without comment, the refusal of the racist Zionists to use the vaunted Patriot missiles to intercept Scuds headed toward the Palestinian population of the Israeli-occupied West Bank. Responsibility for all civilian, as well as military, casualties lies squarely with Bush, who launched this cruel war of aggression in the first place.

Iraq’s missile attacks are militarily insignificant, but could be potent politically. Besides boosting Iraqi morale, they are intended to draw Israel into the conflict, a development that could split the U.S.-led coalition. The Scuds scored a propaganda victory for Hussein by deflating American boasts that Iraq’s missile bases had been knocked out by the first wave of bombing. The television coverage by panicked correspondents in Riyadh and Tel Aviv of continuing Iraqi missile sightings doused expectations among the allied populations that a cheap, quick victory was at hand.

The attempt by the imperialist media to portray Hussein as another Hitler, bent on world conquest, is a lie worthy of Hitler himself. Saddam is a small regional capitalist despot in an area of the world repeatedly invaded, carved up and rendered dependent upon a single commodity (oil) by Western imperialism.

We defend Iraq without illusions regarding Saddam Hussein. He is a bloody tyrant whose path to power was paved with the corpses of thousands of Iraqi Communists and Kurds (an Iraqi national minority). We have no doubt that we would be among the first to face his torture chambers and firing squads if we were in Iraq today. Yet the fact remains that the U.S.-led attack on Iraq is a colonial war waged to preserve a grossly inequitable international economic hierarchy that funnels wealth from every corner of the planet into the pockets of a tiny stratum of millionaires. Marxists defend “Third World” nations and peoples against imperialist aggression regardless of the nature of the oppressed country’s political regime.

The small-time dictators of the Middle East (the Husseins, Qaddafis and Assads, along with the rest of the sheiks, emirs, mullahs and colonels) are oppressors who must be swept from power. This however, is a task for the working class and oppressed of the Middle East, not the U.S.-led imperialist coalition, which millions of Arabs correctly perceive as a far more dangerous enemy. U.S. aggression against Iraq strengthens rather than weakens the ties of the Iraqi masses to Saddam Hussein, who can now pose as the champion of the Arab and Muslim peoples against the imperialist invaders and their Zionist allies. A defeat for the American-led imperialist coalition would help lay the basis for the Arab workers and oppressed to settle accounts with their homegrown butchers.

For Labor Strikes Against the War!

During the Reagan years in America the rich became richer while the middle layers were pinched and real income for poor and working people fell dramatically. The imperialist war against Iraq will only intensify attacks on working-class living standards. The entire U.S. financial system is in a precarious state. The massive government bail-out of the looted American savings and loan institutions, combined with a soaring national debt and a growing trade deficit, is aggravating the effects of the current economic downturn.

Bush hopes to pay for his Gulf War by leaning on his imperialist partners/rivals as well as extorting billions from America’s Saudi and Kuwaiti clients. But the bulk of the money will come from savage cuts in domestic social expenditures and higher taxes on the working class. Waging war on Iraq means opening a “second front” against the poor and working people at home. It also means increased government repression. The capitalist media have accepted wholesale military censorship with barely a whimper. If the war drags on and opposition mounts, the American and allied governments—which have already begun the harassment of Palestinian, Iraqi and other Arab nationals—may initiate a generalized assault on democratic rights in an attempt to quash protest and dissent.

The immediate material interests of American workers are inextricably bound up with a struggle against the imperialist war in the Gulf. To defend its own living standards the working class must intervene against the war. The corrupt pro-imperialist parasites who lead the American labor movement have repeatedly demonstrated their incapacity and unwillingness to initiate any serious struggles to protect their base. Instead of resisting the assaults of the bosses, they preach reliance on the Democratic Party of racism and imperialist war. Despite a few tactical quibbles, the Democrats have backed Bush at every stage in his criminal assault against the Iraqi people.

Class-conscious trade unionists must seek to connect defensive struggles over wages and working conditions to political initiatives against the war. The outbreak of labor strikes against the war in the U.S. and its imperialist allies could bring the murderous crusade against Iraq to a grinding halt and kick off a wave of struggles to regain the ground lost in the past two decades. In the U.S., such a perspective requires a clear commitment to the political independence of the working class from the twin parties of American capitalism. In the other imperialist countries, the call for labor strikes cuts against the nationalism of the social-democrats and labor bureaucrats whose opposition to the war is permeated with anti-American chauvinism and a desire to see their own rulers pursue a more “independent” foreign policy.

Hundreds of thousands of demonstrators have filled the streets of the cities of the imperialist coalition in recent weeks to oppose the war on Iraq and demand peace. Revolutionaries also oppose this war, but we know that wars of aggression will continue as long as the resources of the world remain in the hands of a tiny minority of exploiters. That is why we are committed to building an international party of workers revolution, dedicated to freeing the productive capacity of humanity from the irrationality of capitalist competition and the endless struggle for division and redivision of spheres of influence. By establishing a rational global division of labor based on production for human need, not private profit, socialism will use the technical and material capacity of civilization to eradicate hunger, poverty, social oppression and war.

This may seem a distant goal amid the thunder of imperialist guns. Yet the oppressed and exploited of the earth have accomplished monumental tasks in the not-so-distant past. Hitler’s thousand-year Third Reich was buried in the snows of Stalingrad; the American military machine came apart in the jungles of Vietnam. All who want to see a just and equitable future for humanity must spare no effort to ensure that Bush’s “new world order” meets a similar fate in the sands of the Arabian desert.

The National Question in the USSR

The National Question in the USSR

[First published in 1917 #10, 3rd Quarter 1991. Copied from http://www.bolshevik.org/1917/no10/no10nat.pdf ]

The national question has been a central issue in Soviet politics since the time of Lenin. By guaranteeing the peoples held captive in the Tsarist empire the right to separate and form their own states if they wished, the Bolsheviks gained important allies in the civil war that erupted after the revolution.

All the non-Russian peoples of the USSR have suffered national oppression under Stalinism. The 1979 Soviet census listed 102 nationalities, 22 of which numbered over a million. Fifteen of these have their own republics, 20 others have the lesser status of autonomous republics, and 18 more reside in autonomous regions and national areas.

The Kremlin oligarchy, saturated with Russian chauvinism, has for decades attempted to extinguish the national cultures and languages of minority nations in the USSR. Sometimes the Stalinists resorted to jailings, deportations and police repression, but a variety of more subtle techniques were also used to promote Russification. Russians make up only 50 percent of the population of the Soviet Union, yet more than 80 percent of books and newspapers are printed in Russian. Access to many branches of higher education is effectively restricted to Russian-speakers.

Faced with a resurgence of separatist sentiment across the USSR, Gorbachev has sought a ‘‘resolution’’ of the national question that retains all 15 republics within a unitary state. Unlike the chauvinist Soviet bureaucrats, Trotskyists are internationalists. As such we are indifferent to the question of state boundaries. Lenin made this clear in 1917:

“They tell us that Russia will be partitioned, will fall apart into separate republics, but we have no reason to fear this. However many independent republics there may be, we shall not be afraid. What is important for us is not where the state frontier passes, but that the union of workers of all nations shall be preserved for the struggle with the bourgeoisie of whatever nation.’’

Free and equal development for the peoples of the Soviet Union depends ultimately on the extension of the world revolution. For only through an internationally planned economy, based on workers democracy, can the material basis be laid for abolishing scarcity, which lies at the root of every form of oppression. In the USSR the international extension of the revolution is inextricably linked to the overthrow of the Russian-chauvinist Kremlin bureaucrats through proletarian political revolution. A key element in the program of such a revolution must be the intransigent defense of the equality of all nationalities and, in particular, the right of oppressed nations to self-determination.

Yet, in upholding the general democratic right of nations to self-determination, Marxists do not automatically support the demands of all nationalist currents. Separatist movements that lure the oppressed nationalities to embrace capitalist restoration can only result in the brutal subordination of those peoples to imperialism. It is the duty of Leninists to say so forthrightly, and to oppose such movements. This vital distinction is ignored by most of the ostensibly Trotskyist left. Instead, they have hailed the growth of nationalist movements in the USSR, regardless of the latter’s attitude toward capitalist restoration.

Trotsky rejected the arguments of those ‘‘socialists’’ in his day who, in the name of ‘‘democracy,’’ made national self-determination their ultimate criterion:

‘‘The national problem separate and apart from class correlations is a fiction, a lie, a strangler’s noose for the proletariat.

‘‘…it frequently happens with formalistic thinkers that while denying the whole, they reverently grovel before apart. National self-determination is one of the elements of democracy. The struggle for national self-determination, like the struggle for democracy in general, plays an enormous role in the lives of the peoples, particularly in the life of the proletariat. He is a poor revolutionist who does not know how to utilize democratic institutions and forms, including parliamentarianism, in the interests of the proletariat. But from the proletarian standpoint, neither democracy as a whole nor national self-determination as an integral part of it stands above the classes; nor does either of them supply the highest criterion of revolutionary policy.’’

—‘‘Defense of the Soviet Republic and the Opposition,’’ 1929

Addressing the resurgence of Ukrainian nationalism in the 1930s, Trotsky proposed that the call for an ‘‘Independent Soviet Ukraine’’ could drive a wedge between those who stood for capitalist restoration and those who simply opposed the Kremlin oligarchy’s chauvinist attempts to Russify the Ukraine. This slogan was a clear statement of opposition to capitalist counterrevolution, even when it wore a cloak of resistance to national oppression. It also served to link the struggle against national oppression to the struggle against the parasitic Stalinist ruling caste.

Lithuania: Nationalism and Social Counterrevolution

Today within the Soviet Union the national question is posed most sharply in the Baltics. In March 1990, Lithuania declared its independence from the Soviet Union. The bourgeois-nationalist Lithuanian Sajudis government is openly committed to regaining the republic’s prewar status as an imperialist satellite on the edge of the USSR. The imperialists, in turn, have loudly proclaimed their support for Lithuanian self-determination.

Chronic economic mismanagement and corruption, overlaid with bureaucratic and national oppression, have, in the absence of an organized socialist opposition, turned the nationalist movements throughout the USSR into vehicles for the generalized hostility toward Stalinism. One striking result of the referendum endorsing independence held in Lithuania last February was that ‘‘more than half the Russians, Poles, and other minorities in the Soviet republic had voted with them [the separatists]’’ (Manchester Guardian Weekly, 17 February). This is a significant indication of the level of frustration with Moscow felt by wide layers of the Soviet population as the country slides into economic chaos. Tragically, this sentiment has translated into widespread resignation to the ‘‘inevitability’’ of capitalist restoration as the only way out of the present morass.

Faced with this situation, the centrist League for a Revolutionary Communist International (LRCI) argues that revolutionaries must go along with the pro-capitalist independence movement because the majority of Lithuanian workers want it. In a polemic with our comrades, the LRCI’s German section wrote:

‘‘We say: for an independent workers state, let the masses go through their own experience with these false leaders. If we stay neutral, let alone support the attempts of the central government to maintain their rule, we will push the masses much more into the hands of radical right-wing elements. Of course there is the immediate danger of capitalist counterrevolution. But we can fight it best by cutting the ground from under the feet of the bourgeois forces….’’

—‘‘Kritik und Phrase’’

This is a typical example of centrist confusionism. The call for ‘‘an independent workers state’’ serves as a left cover for the LRCI’s capitulation to the ‘‘false [i.e., pro-capitalist] leaders.’’ The LRCI backs the bourgeois restorationists because it fears that neutrality would ‘‘push the masses’’ further to the right! It would never occur to these centrists to oppose the counterrevolutionary Sajudis.

The LRCI’s leading section (the British Workers Power grouping) is no better. They admit that a victory for the restorationist Lithuanian nationalists would mean disaster for the workers who, ‘‘would suffer as Lithuania fell into semi-colonial servitude’’ (’’Let Lithuania Go!’’ Workers Power, April 1990). Despite this, they flatly maintain that if it came to blows: ‘‘Within Lithuania a revolutionary Trotskyist party…would bloc with the nationalists in their confrontation with Moscow, including fighting Soviet troops sent in to crush the independent republic.’’ Again, there is an attempt to camouflage this capitulation to the bourgeois nationalists. This time, it is a worthless promise of a ‘‘determined struggle against the nationalists if and when they move to dismantle the state owned property relations and restore capitalism.’’ This ignores the fact that for the pro-capitalist Sajudis government, secession from the USSR is a crucial and indispensable step toward dismantling state-owned property.

When Gorbachev responded to the secessionists by economically blockading Lithuania, Workers Power urged the imperialists to break the Soviet blockade. In May 1990 Workers Power advised: ‘‘We should demand that the British government recognises Lithuania and supplies goods requested by Lithuania without conditions.’’ They denounced the imperialists for offering only token support to the Baltic counterrevolutionaries.

The fight to defend proletarian property forms against capitalist counterrevolution is not counterposed to, but intimately connected with, the struggle for the right of each nation in the USSR to establish an independent socialist republic. The struggle against the Great Russian chauvinism of the Stalinist bureaucracy will be a vital factor in mobilizing for workers political revolution. Trotskyists oppose all forms of national oppression: political, economic and cultural. We also oppose the straitjacket ‘‘union’’ run by the Kremlin bureaucrats. In advocating the voluntary unification of the peoples of the USSR on the basis of socialist republics, revolutionists simultaneously support the right to national self-determination, i.e., the right of nations such as Lithuania to secede. This does not mean the right to establish an independent bourgeois  state. For the Lithuanian working class, as for those of the other oppressed nationalities in the USSR, independence won through capitalist restoration would be a profound defeat. The job of Marxists is not to indulge in wishful thinking, or attempt to prettify reactionary forces, but ‘‘to speak the truth to the masses, no matter how bitter it may be.’’ For only by understanding reality is it possible to change it.

Women’s Liberation Through Socialist Revolution!

Smash Anti-Abortion Reaction!

[First printed in 1917 #7, Winter 1990. Originally posted online at http://www.bolshevik.org/1917/no7/no07abor.html . We are also including the box Women and the Russian Revolution originaly appended to this article and an undated Bolshevik Tendency leaflet produced from the late 80’s titled No More Wire Hangers]. 

The right of American women to choose whether or not to have children is under siege. The reactionary July 3rd United States Supreme Court ruling which upheld a Missouri law prohibiting the performance of abortions in publicly-funded medical facilities, represents an ominous step toward outlawing abortion altogether in the U.S. The Webster v. Reproductive Health Services decision did not overturn the historic 1973 Roe v. Wade ruling which upheld the right to abortion, but, as Justice Harry Blackmun noted in his dissent:

 ‘‘The plurality opinion is filled with winks and nods and knowing glances to those who would do away with Roe explicitly, but turns a stone face to anyone in search of what the plurality conceives as the scope of a woman’s right under the due process clause to terminate a pregnancy free from the coercive and brooding influence of the State…

‘‘…the signs are evident and very ominous.’’

The Webster decision is only one point on the Reaganite Supreme Court majority’s right-wing agenda. The ruling was accompanied by a series of decisions effectively removing the right of women and minorities to legal protection against racial or sexual discrimination. At the same time, the court upheld the ‘‘right’’ of white males to seek redress for so-called reverse discrimination where women or blacks got jobs through affirmative action programs.

In Canada last summer there were two well publicized cases where men obtained temporary court injunctions to deny their former lovers abortions. In July, Barbara Dodd was denied an abortion for a week on these grounds, before an appeals court overturned the original injunction. (In a pathetic postscript, Dodd was reconciled to her boyfriend and renounced her decision at a press conference organized by the anti-abortion fanatics.) The other case involved a heroic Quebec woman, Chantal Daigle, who was dragged through the courts for a month in a legal wrangle with her former boyfriend over her right to an abortion. Eventually the Supreme Court of Canada ruled in her favor; however, before they did, Daigle publicly announced that she had already obtained an abortion. Daigle’s courage and dignity throughout the whole humiliating ordeal inspired a groundswell of popular support for her which prevented the judiciary from citing her with contempt.

In the U.S., the Supreme Court is expected to broaden its attack on women’s rights with rulings on the constitutionality of compulsory parental notification before minors can have abortions. Last year there were over a million teenage pregnancies in the U.S.—including some 30,000 amongst youths 14 or younger.

Anyone old enough to get pregnant is old enough to decide whether or not to consult her parents about an abortion. Young women who consulted their parents about having intercourse in the first place will presumably continue to take them into their confidence. Parental notification legislation is aimed at restricting the right of young people to be sexually active. It represents a gross infringement on their right to privacy in medical treatment—not just to terminate pregnancy, but also to have access to birth control and treatment of sexually transmitted disease.

Access to abortion is already severely limited. The Alan Guttmacher Institute, which studies abortion statistics, recently reported that 82 percent of the 3,116 counties in the United States now have no doctors, clinics or hospitals that perform abortions, an increase of 4 percent since 1980. There are only about a half-dozen doctors in the entire state of Montana that still perform abortions and, in Duluth, in Northern Minnesota, there is only one clinic to serve 24 surrounding counties—and the doctor must be flown in from Minneapolis because no Duluth doctor will do the procedure.

The decision to let each state determine the availability of abortion virtually guarantees that in many states women who can not afford private medical treatment will not be able to obtain abortions. Yet the Supreme Court ruling has galvanized pro-choice sentiment against the reactionary anti-abortion offensive. This was reflected by the 11 October vote of the House of Representatives to restore federal funding for abortion in cases of rape or incest (subsequently vetoed by George Bush). That same week, Florida Governor Bob Martinez’s attempts to introduce new restrictions on the availability of abortion were rebuffed. ‘‘Lawmakers said their action reflected what they were hearing from their constituents: a growing backlash against the recent United States Supreme Court ruling that opened the way for stricter abortion laws’’ (New York Times, 12 October).

Safe abortions will always be available for those who can pay; but for teenagers, poor and working-class women who cannot afford the high fees charged by private doctors, the denial of access to abortion can be a matter of life and death. It would mean a return to the dangerous back-alley abortions of the past.

‘Right-to-Lifers’: Anti-Choice Reaction In the Service of Capital

The anti-abortion campaign is part of a larger reactionary bourgeois offensive to take back rights won by working people and the oppressed over the past five decades. The Republicans, who led this drive, recognized the importance of establishing an electoral base among lower income voters, many of whom were Catholic and traditionally voted Democrat. The imperialist jingoism of the Reagan White House had a certain appeal to this constituency; but it was opposition to ‘‘secular humanism,’’ and the defense of ‘‘traditional family values’’ which cemented the alliance between the Republican right and the religious fundamentalists.

Like most movements of social reaction, the revival of the religious right did not originate with the bourgeoisie. It had its roots in the hysterical reaction of the most ignorant and backward elements of the petty bourgeoisie and the white working class to the social changes of the past quarter century. Yet regardless of their origins, such movements can be extremely useful to the ruling class. Every form of false consciousness, every bigoted notion and obscurantist prejudice which inhibits a rational understanding of society, ultimately serves as a prop for the existing social order. Workers who believe that their increasing difficulty in making ends meet is all part of god’s master plan, and that the local abortion clinic is the work of the devil, are far less dangerous to their bosses—and to the state—than those who understand that their declining standard of living is a product of an irrational economic system which puts profit ahead of human need.

In the vanguard of the ‘‘pro-family’’ forces’ most recent attacks is ‘‘Operation Rescue,’’ an organization devoted to putting obstacles in the path of women seeking abortion. This sinister collection of bible-thumping bigots gained national attention when it staged a series of attempts during the 1988 Democratic National Convention to block access to abortion clinics. The movement of ‘‘family’’-oriented social reaction not only wants to outlaw abortion, it also opposes equal rights for women, gay rights, sex education, birth control for teenagers, and publication of sexually-explicit materials (’’pornography’’). For the twisted moralists of the religious right, all sexual activity is sinful unless it occurs between married adults and is intended to beget children. Marxists, by contrast, believe that people have the right to do what they want in their personal/sexual lives and oppose all attempts by the state to regulate sexual morality. The right to the ‘‘pursuit of happiness’’ must include the individual’s right to engage in the sexual activities of his/her choice, subject only to the informed consent of the other party(ies).

Naturally, the anti-abortion movement overlaps significantly with those who advocate school prayer and the teaching of so-called ‘‘creation science.’’ ‘‘Pro-lifers’’ instinctively recognize that they have a natural enemy in scientific and medical progress. This is dramatically confirmed in their frenzied—and unfortunately so far effective—opposition to the RU 486 pill, developed in France, which enables women to terminate their pregnancies in the privacy of their own homes. Some 2,000 French women use this pill every month. If it were available in America, it could make abortion clinics virtually obsolete.

Roussel-Uclaf, the French company distributing the pill, has not attempted to retail the drug outside France. Its North American affiliate, Hoechst-Roussel, in deference to the clout of the anti-abortion constituency, as well as pressure from the federal government, has refused to even seek regulatory approval. For the moment, North American women only have access to the drug on the black market.

The Erosion of the Nuclear Family

The high-sounding talk about the ‘‘sanctity of life’’ spouted by the anti-choice bigots is only a religious/ideological disguise for what is really at issue: the erosion of the nuclear family over the past several decades. For much of this century, it was possible for ascendant American imperialism to preserve the ‘‘traditional’’ nuclear family: dad went to work, while mom stayed home and raised the kids. In the proletariat the man was a wage slave and the woman was, as Frederick Engels said, ‘‘the slave of a slave,’’ doubly oppressed—first as a member of the working class, and then as a woman.

Trapped and isolated at home, the wife/mother in the traditional nuclear family is responsible for providing psychological and emotional support for the alienated male wage laborer, and a secure and loving environment for their children. But for most women, the home is a prison, not a haven. Marxists have always encouraged female participation in the work force. As housewives, proletarian women are part of the working class, but they are atomized and powerless. Only insofar as they participate in production do they participate directly in the class struggle—the only means by which the fundamental conditions of their lives can be changed.

The dilemma of many contemporary working households is that while wage levels have declined to the point that the single-income working-class family is a thing of the past, capitalist society has not provided any replacement for the nuclear family or its traditional division of labor. More and more women today hold permanent, full-time jobs. Freed from the isolation of the home and their dependency on a husband-breadwinner, many women have at least been able to escape oppressive or unhappy marriages. This is reflected in an increase in the rate of divorce. Moreover, for educated, professional women, it is no longer necessary to get married; the wide-spread use of contraception and access to abortion have made it possible for greater numbers of women to pursue careers.

This loosening of women’s dependency on men has provoked a frightened reaction by a resurgent religious right which intuitively understands that the patterns of authority and obedience instilled in the family are essential to the preservation of the larger social hierarchy. Hysteria about the demise of the family is the basis for the campaign waged since the mid-1970s by the right-wing fundamentalists in Jerry Falwell’s Moral Majority, and similar movements, to turn back the tide—to get women out of the workplace and back into the home.

In this society, the woman question also intersects that of race. Black (and other minority) working-class women are triply oppressed—as workers, as blacks and as women. Lack of equal educational opportunity and discriminatory hiring practices have meant generations of chronic unemployment in black neighborhoods, and the resultant poverty has greatly accelerated the breakdown of the black family. Black children are growing up in one-parent, poverty-stricken homes in unprecedented numbers. In 1950, nine percent of black homes were headed by one parent; in 1970 it had risen to a third. Today half of all black families with children are headed by a single parent, usually the mother. The culture of poverty at the bottom of racist America, into which ever greater numbers of black children are born, is a vicious trap with no way out except for a lucky few.

Bourgeois Feminism and the Fake-Left

Last April, the National Organization for Women (NOW), a bourgeois women’s organization, sponsored a huge march in Washington in defense of abortion rights. Since the march, NOW’s membership has jumped by 40,000 and is now over 200,000. This has caught the attention of various opportunist left organizations, who are always looking for new bandwagons to climb onto. In an article headlined ‘‘Will NOW fritter away this opportunity?’’ in the August issue of Socialist Worker, the International Socialist Organization (ISO) declared that: ‘‘Socialists and other supporters of abortion rights should welcome the news of NOW’s surging membership….’’ The supposedly Marxist ISO sees its role as nudging NOW to the left, and is thus offering helpful recommendations like, ‘‘If alliances are to be made, they should be made with anti-racists and with trade unionists’’ rather than the bourgeois politicians and ecology freaks NOW is currently pursuing.

Socialist Action (SA), an ostensibly Trotskyist paper published by a group of the same name, has for some months been featuring speeches and interviews with various bourgeois feminists (including NOW leaders) who are blandly described as ‘‘leaders of the women’s movement.’’ Indeed Socialist Action members have been joining NOW in an attempt to pressure it from inside. They report that some women in NOW are ‘‘suspicious’’ of their motives and ask, ‘‘‘If you don’t think that we can get equality anyway, what are you doing in a group like the National Organization for Women (NOW), which is fighting for equality within the system?’’’ (SA, July 1989). SA responds that, ‘‘We need mass independent feminist organizations like the National Organization for Women,’’ and claims that SA has ‘‘an important contribution to make to the abortion rights movement and to the National Organization for Women’’! At the same time, SA timidly ventures that NOW’s ‘‘single-issue focus in the electoral arena’’ is a ‘‘dangerous flaw.’’

Despite the wishful thinking of the opportunist left, NOW is not the reincarnation of the radical women’s movement of the late 1960s. NOW’s whole purpose is to channel women’s anger into bourgeois electoralism and pressure politics. NOW is a bourgeois organization, with an explicitly pro-capitalist ideology and leadership. The opportunists of SA and ISO, who hope to win members and influence among women in the pro-choice movement by adaptation to NOW’s program and leadership, cannot admit this simple truth.

While it is perfectly principled for socialists to join demonstrations initiated by NOW against reactionary attacks on the right to abortion, it is something else to promote illusions in its bourgeois leadership. The job of Leninists in the women’s movement is to help the working class and the oppressed to understand that their real interests arecounterposed to those of the capitalist class. Proletarian women do not need NOW, or any other vehicles of the racist, sexist Democratic Party—they need a movement committed to fight for their interests: a communist women’s movement, linked to a revolutionary workers party.

NOW is an organization with a history of explicit anti-communism. In 1977, after years of thankless donkey-work as the ‘‘best builders’’ for Steinem et al, the reformist Socialist Workers Party, (SWP—from which SA is descended) was red-baited out of NOW at its tenth national convention with the following motion:

‘‘…this conference protests attempts by the SWP to use NOW as a vehicle to place before the public the agenda of their organization and to exploit the feminist movement. We bitterly resent and will not tolerate any group’s attempt to deflect us from the pursuit of our feminist goals.’’

The SWP women were reportedly horrified when their bourgeois ‘‘sisters’’ gave them the boot. In the unlikely event that SA or the ISO make any headway retailing their brand of ‘‘socialism’’ in NOW, they can expect similar treatment.

NOW and the Politics of Women’s Liberation

These days, NOW’s leadership is concentrating on prospects in the bourgeois electoral arena. In a column in the July issue of Ms., Gloria Steinem wrote: ‘‘now is the time to translate pro-choice energy into votes and voter turnout…there is a lot of free-floating anger out there, and it should be channeled into political action.’’ By ‘‘political action’’ Steinem and NOW president Molly Yard mean electing more liberal Democrats to Congress and state legislatures. But the Webster decision itself underscores the futility of this approach. The Democratic Party has controlled both houses of Congress for most of the past two decades—yet every one of the conservative justices who ruled in Webster was confirmed in this period. Moreover, it was the last Democratic administration, under Jimmy Carter, which took away Medicaid funding for abortion.

While the Republicans have been more forthright in the campaign against abortion rights, it is important for activists to remember that the Democrats and Republicans are partners in administering U.S. capitalism. They have no fundamental differences. Reliance on the Democrats to fight for the oppressed is a prescription for defeat. The only way that women, blacks or workers have ever won anything is through social struggle against the interests of capital—not by the grace of either of the twin parties of racism and imperialist war.

NOW’s leadership is currently pushing Malthusian environmentalism. NOW president Yard recently remarked: ‘‘There is a direct connection between the environment, population explosion and the need to stabilize population growth….We must have a two-child family worldwide, and to achieve it we must have family planning and birth control.’’ However, the problem is not that too many people are being born, but that the production and distribution of food and other necessities under capitalism is determined entirely by the profit motive.

NOW reflects the concerns of its college-educated, professional and semi-professional membership, paying little attention to the burning issues affecting working women. Working-class women in America need access to well-paid, dignified jobs; they need good, affordable housing; they need free, comprehensive health care which not only covers abortion but also pre-natal and post-natal care; birth control and all medical costs; and free, 24-hour child-care centers. Because it accepts the continued existence of racist, class-divided capitalist society, which is rooted in social inequality and oppression, NOW offers little to the majority of women.

Feminists, who limit their perspectives to trying to advance women’s interests within capitalist society, inevitably come up with the wrong answers for many of the problems they seek to address. For example, the ‘‘take back the night’’ mobilizations (an attempt to deal with the very real dangers to women walking down American streets) end up demanding more cops. But increasing the number of racist, trigger-happy thugs for the bourgeoisie on the streets is no solution. Marxists understand that only by tackling the problem at its root—the dog-eat-dog system which creates a permanent under-class with nothing to look forward to and nothing to lose—can the growing social pathology within American society be eliminated.

Or take the question of child support. Both feminists and Marxists favor making divorce easier to obtain, but most feminists have also supported draconian legislation for police enforcement of child-support court decrees. This can be traced to an acceptance of the inevitability of the nuclear family as the basic social unit. Marxists uphold the socialist principle that the care and feeding of the next generation must be seen as a social responsibility; and we therefore advocate that the costs of child support should be borne by the state.

Feminism and the Family

While the bourgeois state attempts to promote the family both ideologically and through state intervention, the workings of the market tend to undermine it by driving down the family wage to the level of an individual subsistence wage. When survival requires two wage-earners, the working-class family faces a host of problems to which those of the professional petty-bourgeoisie are largely immune. Meals are not prepared, domestic chores are left undone, and children cannot be cared for after school. Juvenile crime and family tensions increase. Right-wing demagogues seek to tap this anxiety by preaching a return to traditional ‘‘family values’’ and directing this inchoate anger against ‘‘women’s liberation’’ in general, and abortion clinics in particular.

Middle-class feminists who see marriage and child-rearing as a personal rather than a social and economic matter, cannot understand why the issue of the family is so volatile in the working class. As long as the cause of women’s emancipation is associated in the public mind with the aspirations of relatively privileged career women like Gloria Steinem and Betty Friedan, the religious right will continue to be the principal benefactor of the current crisis of the family. Some liberal feminists sense this and have sought to address it with talk of a ‘family agenda,’’ to assure working-class women that feminism is no enemy of the nuclear family.

Marxism versus Feminism

The oppression of women cannot be combated by pragmatic adaptations to the current political mood. Marxists, guided by a historical materialist understanding, have always argued that the question of the family stands at the heart of women’s oppression in capitalist society. The sexual division of labor within the family, which confines the woman to a subordinate role, is undeniably much older than capitalist society. But the modern nuclear family (which replaced the older extended family with the rise of the bourgeoisie), preserved the essential male and female roles upon which all family forms are based.

While the economic changes of the last several decades have seriously eroded the nuclear family, capitalism has not and cannot create the conditions for its replacement. The family can only be transcended through socialization of the functions now carried on within the domestic orbit—principally housework and child-raising. Only on a secure material foundation can decisions about sexual partners and/or child-bearing become a matter of choice for all, not just for a privileged minority. But an economic system driven by the necessity to maximize private profit is organicallyincapable of allocating sufficient material resources to provide these services for everyone.

The pervasive sexism of capitalist society places real obstacles in the path of every woman, including aspiring career women. Resistance to the idea of female equality may be more hypocritically concealed in corporate boardrooms or academic departments than it is on the factory floor, but it remains very real. Legal guarantees against job discrimination, programs to promote hiring of women, and legislation enforcing equal pay for equal work, are therefore of great importance for the upwardly mobile woman.

These issues, which have been paramount on the NOW agenda for the last fifteen years, were highlighted in the (unsuccessful) campaign for the passage of the Equal Rights Amendment (ERA). As advocates of sexual equality, Marxists support passage of legislation like the ERA, while warning against the illusion that it is possible to end women’s oppression without overturning capitalist property relations.

It is the class struggle, and not any ‘‘battle between the sexes,’’ which will ultimately determine the future of humanity. And only the working class, with its diverse sexual and racial composition, has both the social power and the objective interest to eliminate the material basis of all forms of social oppression through the socialist reconstruction of society.

The fight for women’s emancipation therefore cannot be separated from the struggle for a new social order governed not by private profit, but by human need—that is, the struggle for socialism. Such a struggle is incompatible with the fundamental premise of feminism in both its liberal and radical varieties, namely, that the emancipation of women is essentially the task of ‘‘women themselves.’’ Women belong to different social classes, and thus have different social interests. The more privileged strata lack not only the social power—but also the objective interest—in a radical transformation of the existing social order.

Women workers have a special interest in combating the poison of male chauvinism which pervades society. The working class cannot fight for the socialist future without championing the interests of women and all the oppressed, and it is within the context of the class struggle that the fight for women’s equality acquires its full power and scope.

The U.S. Supreme Court’s green light to the anti-abortion bigots brings to the forefront the defense of abortion rights. The main arena in which this struggle must be fought is not the courtroom or legislature, but the streets. Mobilizing the power of organized labor is key to winning this battle. The organization and deployment of union defense guards, backed by the power of the workers movement at the point of production, could soon send Operation Rescue and the rest of the ‘‘right-to-life’’ fanatics scurrying back to the safety of their bible classes. This requires a struggle for a new, class-struggle leadership in the unions, committed to rallying the workers and oppressed for the defensive struggles of today, and in so doing, cutting across existing racial, sexual and ethnic divisions, thus laying the basis for the revolutionary offensives of tomorrow.

Free abortion on demand! For union defense guards to protect abortion clinics!

Free quality health care for all! Free birth control on demand! Free quality 24-hour child-care facilities!

Immediate divorce on the request of either partner—full, state-funded child support!

Government out of the bedrooms! Full democratic rights for gays! No state intervention in sexual relations between consenting individuals! Decriminalize prostitution!

For a state stipend available to all young people, to allow them economic independence from the family!Women’s liberation through socialist revolution!

Women and the Russian Revolution

[Originally posted online at http://www.bolshevik.org/1917/no7/no07wmru.html, ]

Lenin’s Bolshevik Party, which in October 1917 led the only successful proletarian revolution in history, understood that Soviet women would never achieve political and social equality unless they were allowed out of the stultifying isolation of the home and into the workplace. Even in the midst of a civil war and foreign invasion, the early Soviet government did what it could to socialize ‘‘women’s work’’ while instituting, for the first time in history, full legal and political equality for women. Free abortion was available on demand; dining halls, laundries and day-care centers were established, and the new regime sought to ensure equality of economic opportunity in the civil service, in industry, in the party and in the armed forces. In his 1936 book, The Revolution Betrayed, Leon Trotsky explained the aims of the early Soviet workers state in relation to women and the family:

‘‘The revolution made a heroic effort to destroy the so-called ‘family hearth’—that archaic, stuffy and stagnant institution in which the woman of the toiling classes performs galley labor from childhood to death. The place of the family as a shut-in petty enterprise was to be occupied, according to the plans, by a finished system of social care and accommodation: maternity houses, creches, kindergartens, schools, social dining rooms, social laundries, first-aid stations, hospitals, sanatoria, athletic organizations, moving-picture theaters, etc. The complete absorption of the house-keeping functions of the family by institutions of the socialist society, uniting all generations in solidarity and mutual aid, was to bring to woman, and thereby to the loving couple, a real liberation from the thousand-year-old fetters.’’

Eventually the revolution succumbed to international isolation and the social backwardness of peasant dominated Russia; a conservative, parasitic bureaucracy, headed by Joseph Stalin, emerged and usurped the political power of the working class. Under the banner of ‘‘building socialism in one country,’’ the newly-privileged bureaucracy acted as the arbiter of a system of generalized want. Many of the gains for women established in the early years of the revolution were reversed. In 1934 homosexuality, which had been legalized after the revolution, was once again criminalized, and in 1936 legal access to abortion was restricted. In the course of the Stalinist political counterrevolution, women were once again relegated to the nuclear family and the provision of free domestic labor and child care:

 ‘‘It proved impossible to take the old family by storm—not because the will was lacking, and not because the family was so firmly rooted in men’s hearts. On the contrary, after a short period of distrust of the government and its creches, kindergartens and like institutions, the working women, and after them the more advanced peasants, appreciated the immeasurable advantages of the collective care of children as well as the socialization of the whole family economy. Unfortunately society proved too poor and little cultured. The real resources of the state did not correspond to the plans and intentions of the Communist Party. You cannot ‘abolish’ the family; you have to replace it. The actual liberation of women is unrealizable on the basis of ‘generalized want.’ Experience soon proved this austere truth which Marx had formulated eighty years before.’’

    —Ibid. 

Despite the legacy of sixty-five years of Stalinist rule, the early years of the Soviet state still stand as a guide-post to the future for women’s liberation.

No More Wire Hangers!

The “Right to Life” in the United States has come to mean the “right” of right-wing religious bigots to run your life! The struggle for reproductive freedom in this country has been a long and bitter one. While the powers that be have granted women the legal right to abortion they did so only after mass protest forced the issue into the light of day and out from the back alleys. Like all gains granted by capitalism the right of abortion is only a hard won concession from the state that is always subject to repeal and for which we must always be prepared to fight again and again.

Now the legions of fundamentalist theocrats in the misnamed Operation Rescue are trying to prevent women from exercising that right and ultimately seek to abolish it entirely. And, of course, denying a woman’s right to an abortion is only the first target of these bible-thumping, contra-loving reactionaries who see anyone who isn’t praying as the enemy. The Bolshevik Tendency is one-hundred percent in favor of womens’ right to abortion and will defend it unceasingly and unconditionally!

Demonstrations such as the one today amount to a referendum on the abortion question and the BT believes it is important to stand with those who defend a woman’s right to choose. But we believe that it is necessary to mobilize the power of the trade unions in this country to mount political strikes to defend and extend democratic rights. A key component of this strategy is the formation of labor defense guards to physically stop these fundamentalist creeps from accomplishing their dirty work. Ultimately only a politically conscious working class that is willing and able to strike for such rights can defend them and win others.

Reproductive freedom is not simply a gender issue, it is a class issue. Under capitalism, members of the ruling class are nearly always above the law. Simply put, money talks and before abortions were legal in this country, women still had them. Wealthy women, of course, went to doctors who were willing to perform them illegally for an exorbitant , price and usually in a medically safe manner. Working women, on the other hand, were forced by economic circumstance to perform high risk acts of self-butchery, such as the now infamous wire hanger method or suffer humiliation, mutilation and frequently death at the hands of the back-alley abortionist.

The economic factors which lead to such desperate acts effect men as well as women. In Reagan’s America it is no longer possible for a family to live on one income. And yet, a man who is unable to support a family is considered a failure. The physical suffenng and social destabilization caused by unemployment or underemployment many times leads to abandonment of pregnant women. The women in these cases are left with only three choices: the desperate struggle of single-parenthood, the gut-wrenching pain of giving their children to adoption agencies or abortion. In the perpetual battle for food, housing, jobs and medicine, women are pitted against men, racial minorities against whites and youth against older people all with the effect of distracting the workers from the true enemy, the capitalist system itself. Given the discrimination facing working class women on the job and in education, many times abortion is their only realistic option. For black women this is doubly true.

Feminists who draw the mistaken conclusion from the oppression of women that men are the “enemy” draw a sex line as the main axis of oppression in this society. This mistaken idea is encouraged by the capitalists, who like nothing better than to see the workers fighting among themselves. Whether it goes by the name of feminism or “socialist-feminism” the logic of this analysis is sex war just as surely as the logic of Marxism is class war. Abortion is primarily a working class issue. If abortion is banned again the white, rich and middle-class women will still be able to get one! Working class women will once again become the victim of the coat hanger abortion or be forced to become the breeding stock for another imperialist war.

Ultimately, only a workers’ revolution, led by a Leninist/Trotskyist party, will free working women and men from the economic chains which bind them under capitalism. Only then will abortion, birth control and sex education be free and available on demand. Only then will food, jobs, housing, education and medicine be available to all, regardless of gender, race, sexual proclivity or physical handicap. Only then will the artificial barriers which divide humanity be smashed, allowing us, finally, to live as true equals. We call for a true workers’ democracy, not the phoney “democracy” of capitalism where only the rich are represented.

The ultimate goal of the workers’ movement must be workers’ power–the dictatorship of the proletariat. Not bureaucratic Stalinist rule but the rule of workers through democratically elected and recallable representatives. This is why the Bolshevik Tendency advocates the establishment of a world party of socialist revolution and the rebirth of the Fourth International.

For a Woman’s Right to Abortion-Free Abortion on Demand!
For Free, Quality Medical Care, Under Workers Control!
For a Workers’ Party and a Workers’ Government!
For the Rebirth of the Fourth International!

Stalinowcy/Solidarność/MFW atakują robotników: Polska beczka prochu

W tym roku minęło 30 lat od pierwszych „wolnych wyborów” w powojennej Polsce 4 czerwca 1989 r., w których sukces odniosła antykomunistyczna opozycja wobec stalinowskiej PZPR- wydarzenie które wyznacza początek restauracji kapitalizmu w tym kraju jak i szeregu innych kontrrewolucji w pozostałych krajach Europy Wschodniej i w samym ZSRR. Doprowadziło to do społecznej katastrofy- ogromnej inflacji, masowego bezrobocia, drakońskiej restrykcji prawa do aborcji, brutalnego ucisku kobiet i mniejszości seksualnych, klerykalizacji życia publicznego, rosnącego antysemityzmu i odrodzenia się faszyzmu, a dziś- autorytarnego, reakcyjnego reżimu Kaczyńskiego-Morawieckiego-Ziobry, który za nic ma normy nawet burżuazyjnej demokracji parlamentarnej ustanowionej w 1989-90.

Historia potwierdziła tezę Trockiego, że “albo biurokrata zje państwo robotnicze, albo robotnicy pozbędą się biurokraty”, niestety w sensie negatywnym. Zadała też kłam w gruncie rzeczy antymarksistowskim teoriom o biurokacji jako odrębnej klasie panującej (jaką w Polsce obecnie wyznaje np. Pracownicza Demokracja). Poza wyjątkami jak ZSRR w 1991 r., gdzie doszło do zbrojnej konfrontacji i nieudanego biurokratycznego puczu Janajewa, niemal we wszystkich krajach bloku wschodniego stalinowcy, a wraz z nimi zdezorientowana i zdemoralizowana przez nich klasa robotnicza, oddali władzę walkowerem. „Jeśli armia kapituluje przed wrogiem w krytycznej sytuacji bez walki, to ta kapitulacja całkowicie zastępuje„ decydującą bitwę ”w polityce, podobnie jak w wojnie” (L. Trocki, „Trzecia Międzynarodówka po Leninie”).

Ale to, że wbrew dewastacji ostatnich 30 lat polskiej „wolności” kapitalizm polski wciąż stoi pewnie na nogach nie jest winą tylko ich. Wszystkie istniejące w Polsce lewicowe organizacje odwołujące się w mniejszym lub większym stopniu do dziedzictwa Lwa Trockiego są częścią problemu. Brytyjska Militant Tendency, prekursorka CWI do której należy dzisiaj Alternatywa Socjalistyczna, w 1981 r. zajęła stronę Solidarności, która już wtedy przyjęła program restauracji kapitalizmu i miała powiązania z zachodnimi imperialistami i koścołem katolickim (patrz broszura „Solidarność: próba ogniowa dla trockistów”, której tłumaczenie jest dostępne na stronie Przegrupowania Rewolucyjnego) przeciw reżimowi Jaruzelskiego, który niestety był jedyną siłą jaka stała wtedy na drodze nieudanej kontrrewolucji; później w 1991 r. jej kadry w Moskwie udzieliły wsparcia dla zwolenników herszta „demokratycznej” kontrrewolucji Jelcyna przeciw Janajewowi. Pracownicza Demokracja jest częścią międzynarodowej tendencji założonej przez Tony’ego Cliffa, który ze swoją teorią „kapitalizmu państwowego” otwarcie odrzucił stanowisko bezwarunkowej militarnej obrony zdegenerowanych i zdeformowanych państw robotniczych. Brytyjska cliffowska Socjalistyczna Partia Robotnicza jeszcze bardziej skapitulowała przed każdą siłą, jaka walczyła ze stalinistami, nieważne jak reakcyjna by nie była, a w sierpniu 1991 r. ogłosiła: „Komunizm upadł. Każdy socjalista powinien się z tego faktu cieszyć”. (Socialist Worker, 31 sierpnia 1991 r.)

Nie są to kwestie interesujące wyłącznie dla historyków. “Tradycje wszystkich zmarłych pokoleń ciążą jak zmora na umysłach żywych”- co pokazują choćby działacze KOD i inni „obrońcy demokracji” z pokolenia Solidarności, którzy w walce z PiS chcą przeżyć drugą młodość i „walkę z komuną”. Młodzi ludzie, którzy nie pamiętają tych czasów a są przeciwni zarówno PiS jak i PO z lewicowych/lewicujących pozycji, muszą wiedzieć, że rząd PiS jest naturalną konsekwencją “wielkiego zwycięstwa demokracji”, solidarnościowej kontrrewolucji 1989 r. I zadać sobie pytanie- czy należy ufać organizacjom, które zajęły wtedy niewłaściwą stronę barykady, że dziś zapewnią odpowiednie przywództwo pracownikom i uciskanym? “Ci, którzy nie są w stanie obronić istniejących pozycji nie są w stanie zdobyć nowych”. Niniejszy artykuł pochodzi z “1917”, pisma wówczas rewolucyjnej i trockistowskiej Międzynarodowej Tendencji Bolszewickiej, nr 7, zima 1990.

(„1917”, nr 7, zima 1990)

19 sierpnia, polski reżim stalinowski przekazał odpowiedzialność rządową swoim notorycznym wrogom z Solidarności, inaugurując pierwszy niestalinowski rząd w bloku radzieckim od początku zimnej wojny. Wydarzenie było powitane we wszystkich imperialistycznych stolicach jako początek końca „komunizmu” w Europie Wschodniej. W wywiadzie z 22 sierpnia z włoską gazetą Il Messaggero,  Lech Wałęsa szczerze opisał głównie zadania nowego rządu jako zabranie kraju: „z komunistycznego systemu posiadania do kapitalizmu. Nikt jeszcze wcześniej nie przeszedł drogi jaka prowadzi z socjalizmu do kapitalizmu. I zabieramy się by zrobić właśnie to, powrócić do sytuacji przedwojennej gdy Polska była krajem kapitalistycznym” (New York Times, 24 sierpnia).

Ale droga do restauracji kapitalizmu nie będzie gładka. Robotnicy posmakowali rynkowej „racjonalizacji” w sierpniu gdy reżim Jaruzelskiego, w swoim ostatnim znaczącym akcie przed abdykacją, zniósł kontrolę cen żywności. Koszt mleka, mięsa i sera natychmiast wzrósł nawet o 500%. Od Gdańska na północy po Kraków na południe, robotnicy odpowiedzieli strajkami ostrzegawczymi i alarmami strajkowymi. Tylko powściągliwa ręka kierownictwa Solidarności, które wciąż cieszy się ogromnym autorytetem między polskimi robotnikami jak na razie zapobiegła społecznej eksplozji. Ale autorytet organizacji oddanej narzuceniu kapitalistycznego zaciskania pasa nie może wytrwać długo.

Popieranie przez Solidarność przywrócenia kapitalizmu nie jest nowe. Na swoim krajowym kongresie w 1981 r., przyjęła ona program którzy otwarcie zadeklarował: „Konieczne jest usunąć biurokratyczne bariery które uniemożliwiają działanie rynku.” Co zmieniło się w polskim równaniu od 1981 to fakt wzięcia w objęcia przez stalinowską biurokrację „wolnego rynku” jako rozwiązania dla wyraźnie nieuleczalnego kryzysu gospodarczego Polski. Gospodarka Polski dziś jest katastrofą. Dług zagraniczny 39 milionów dolarowych jest pięciokrotnie większy od całkowitych rocznych dochodów w twardej gotówce. W ciągu ostatniej dekady, rzeczywisty dochód na głowę spadł o ćwierć, a dziś inflacja sięga 1000 %.

Biurokracja radziecka, która w ogóle wyniosła Polską Zjednoczoną Partię Robotniczą (PZPR) do władzy i pozostaje jest ostatecznym gwarantem, sama jest zakochana w „cudach rynkowych”. Będąc mniej chętny niż kiedykolwiek by ręczyć za polską gospodarkę, Kreml dał Jaruzelskiemu zielone światło by sprywatyzować środki produkcji i porzucić scentralizowane planowanie gospodarcze. Lecz wszyscy wiedzą, że Solidarność jest o wiele lepiej usytuowana by poprowadzić Polskę w kierunku kapitalistycznym niż dogłębnie zdyskredytowany reżim stalinowski. Gdy polscy wyborcy masowo odrzucili PZPR na rzecz Solidarności w wyborach w zeszłym czerwcu, ustawiona została scena dla rundy parlamentarnych walk, które skończyły się wyznaczeniem wieloletniego działacza katolickiego, Tadeusza Mazowieckiego, jako premiera rządu koalicyjnego pod wodzą Solidarności.

Dziś Jacek Kuroń, Adam Michnik, i inne prominentne figury Solidarności, uwięzieni gdy PZPR narzuciła stan wojenny w 1981 r., siedzą obok swoich byłych strażników więziennych w parlamencie, podczas gdy ministrowie PZPR siedzą w gabinecie Solidarności. Ale zbliżenie stalinowsko-solidarnościowe jest głęboko niestabilne, i już zaostrza napięcia wewnątrz i między każdą warstwą polskiego społeczeństwa. W PZPR, podziały między przewodnim skrzydłem „reform” Jaruzelskiego-Kiszczaka-Rakowskiego a bardziej konserwatywnymi czy „twardogłowymi” elementami biurokracji pogłębiają się. Konserwatyści, skupieni w pośrednich i niższych szeregach partyjnej biurokracji, mają swoją bazę w dziesiątkach tysięcy kierowników którzy mają klienckie posady w fabrykach przeznaczonych do zamknięcia. Cieszą się też znacznym poparciem wewnątrz państwowego aparatu bezpieczeństwa.

„Reformy” rynkowe koniecznie nastawią robotników w Solidarności przeciwko ich dotychczasowym chłopskim sojusznikom w Solidarności Rolników Indywidualnych, którzy  skorzystają kosztem robotników z deregulacji cen rolnych. Co najważniejsze, podwyżki cen, bezrobocie, przyspieszenia tempa pracy i cięcia usług społecznych jakie muszą towarzyszyć wprowadzeniem gospodarki zorientowanej na rynek, wbiją klin między szychami Solidarności wokół Lecha Wałęsy a proletariacką bazę organizacji. Pomimo ich złudzeń co do kościoła katolickiego i zachodniej „demokracji”, polscy robotnicy wkrótce odkryją że są głównymi celami gospodarczej restrukturyzacji popieranej przez nieświętą trójcę PZPR, Solidarności i Międzynarodowego Funduszu Walutowego (MFW).

O odrodzenie marksizmu polskiego!

Dziesięć lat klerykalno-nacjonalistycznego fałszywego przywództwa Solidarności zostawiło polską klasę robotniczą politycznie rozbrojoną w obliczu tego ataku. Podczas gdy chaos się pogłębia, a dawniej stałe punkty na polskiej mapie politycznej zaczynają się rozkładać, stanie się coraz jaśniejszym sekcjom polskiego proletariatu że żadna zorganizowana siła w kraju nie reprezentuje dziś jego interesów klasowych. To daje sposobność rewolucjonistom by wskazać, że jest w polskiej historii tradycja inna niż ta sprzedajnej i skorumpowanej stalinowskiej biurokracji, której pretensje do miana komunizmu polscy robotnicy biorą dziś za pewnik; bądź faszyzującego międzywojennego dyktatora, Józefa Piłsudskiego, którego dziedzictwo robotnicy biorą w objęcia jako jedyną alternatywę dla „komunizmu” którzy poznali i znienawidzili. Polską rewolucyjną tradycję socjalistyczną reprezentują bohaterskie figury Róży Luksemburg i Leona Jogichesa, którzy założyli Socjaldemokrację Królestwa Polskiego i Litwy (SDKPiL), i walczyli po stronie polskich robotników przeciwko caratowi podczas rewolucji roku 1905. SKDPiL aktywnie wsparła bolszewicką rewolucję robotniczą 1917 r., i utworzyła rdzeń pierwotnej polskiej sekcji Międzynarodówki Komunistycznej gdy Lenin i Trocki stali na czele państwa radzieckiego.

Partia oparta na rewolucyjnej tradycji polskiego proletariatu byłaby gotowa odrzucić dług wobec zachodnich bankierów, jednocześnie bezwarunkowo broniąc kolektywizacji środków produkcji. Byłaby za zniesieniem „prawa” do wyzysku siły roboczej w mieście lub na wsi. Dążyłaby do powiązania walk polskich robotników z ich klasowymi braćmi i siostrami w ZSSR, którzy niedawno zamknęli kopalnie na zachodniej Syberii i Ukrainie by zaprotestować przeciw próbom narzucenia dyscypliny rynkowej swojego rządu.

Organizacja marksistowska w Polsce agresywnie promowałaby walkę o wyzwolenie kobiet i potępiłaby wszelkie próby ograniczenia lub zakazania aborcji przez hierarchię duchowną. Opowiadałaby się także za zdławieniem faszyzujących antysemickich nacjonalistów z Konfederacji Polski Niepodległej (KPN) i potępiłaby zjadliwie antysemickie prowokacje kardynała Glempa. Partia taka koniecznie przyjęłaby imię i program Lwa Trockiego, który dążył do ocalenia rewolucyjnych tradycji bolszewizmu z rąk ich stalinowskich fałszerzy. Obecna niedola polskiej klasy robotniczej demonstruje, że nie może być zamiennika dla partii bolszewicko-leninowskiej.

Fala strajkowa roku 1988: punkt zwrotny

Obecny rozdział polskiego dramatu rozpoczął się od dwóch fal strajków wiosną i latem 1988 roku. Letnia erupcja rozpoczęła się w południowym regionie górniczym Polski na Górnym Śląsku i wkrótce rozprzestrzeniła się na bałtyckie miasta portowe Szczecin i Gdańsk, główne warownie Solidarności . Dekrety rządowe podwyżki cen detalicznych zapewniły natychmiastową iskrę zapalną do przerwania pracy; wkrótce jednak stało się jasne, że kierownictwo Solidarności, przy poparciu większości strajkujących robotników, zamierzało wykorzystać wybuch niezadowolenia do celów politycznych, a nie tylko ekonomicznych. Strategia Wałęsy, którą głosił od początku strajków, miała na celu wywarcie nacisku na rząd Jaruzelskiego w celu zalegalizowania Solidarności, zakazanej od 1981 roku.

Po dwutygodniowym wstrzymaniu strategia przyniosła rezultaty. Szereg pośrednich kontaktów między przywódcami Solidarności i szefami partii komunistycznej, pośredniczonych przez Kościół katolicki, szybko doprowadził do spotkania Lecha Wałęsy z generałem Czesławem Kiszczakiem, ministrem spraw wewnętrznych i głównym żandarmem, który osobiście podpisał rozkaz aresztowania Wałęsy w 1981 r. Wałęsa otrzymał od Kiszczaka zobowiązanie do zainicjowania serii „okrągłostołowych” dyskusji między reżimem a „wszystkimi ważnymi siłami społecznymi” (tj. Solidarnością) w celu rozwiązania kryzysu politycznego i gospodarczego w Polsce.

Z tym zwycięstwem w kieszeni Wałęsa popędził do doków i zagłębia węglowego, by przekonać strajkujących do powrotu do pracy. Napotkał gorzki sprzeciw ze strony bardziej nieprzejednanych robotników, którzy uważali za głupie odwoływać strajki w zamian za zwykłe obietnice. Ale przewodniczący Solidarności zwyciężył. W zamian za współpracę Wałęsy z zakończeniem strajków Jaruzelski i jego kohorty zademonstrowali swoją zdolność do ograniczenia twardogłowych z PZPR, którzy próbowali sabotować proponowane petraktacje.

Kiedy rozmowy zakończyły się w kwietniu zeszłego roku, Solidarność odzyskała status prawny i zyskała również prawo kandydowania do parlamentu jako pierwsza bona fide obopozycja w najnowszej historii bloku radzieckiego. W Sejmie (parlamencie) zezwolono na ubieganie się o 161 na 460 miejsc. Pozostałe miejsca były zarezerwowane dla PZPR i jego rzekomych sojuszników. Reżim zgodził się także na ożywienie dawno nieistniejącego Senatu i zezwolenie Solidarności na kandydowanie na wszystkie jego 100 miejsc. Senat ma prawo zawetowania ustaw zainicjowanych w Sejmie. Kiedy liczono głosy po czerwcowych wyborach, Solidarność zdobyła przytłaczający mandat, przyjmując wszystkie miejsca, które kwestionowała w Sejmie i wszystkie oprócz jednego w Senacie.

Solidarność tworzy rząd

Od tamtej pory wydarzenia rozwijały się z szybkością, która zaskoczyła zarówno zwycięzców, jak i przegranych. Do kryzysu rządowego w połowie sierpnia przywódcy Solidarności realizowali strategię stopniową. Porozumienia przy okrągłym stole z kwietnia miały na celu umożliwienie Solidarności jedynie ograniczonej roli legislacyjnej, przy jednoczesnym zapewnieniu, że większość parlamentarna, rząd i prezydencja pozostaną w rękach PZPR. Solidarność nie miała być w stanie wygrać większości parlamentarnej i utworzyć rządu do wyborów zaplanowanych na 1993 rok.

To powolne podejście nie było jednak zgodne z nastrojami politycznymi, które ogarnęły kraj po wyborach. Głosowanie było powszechnie postrzegane jako głośne odrzucenie Jaruzelskiego i PZPR. Wraz z wydłużaniem się kolejek po chleb i gwałtownym strajkiem przeciwko podwyżkom cen, wkrótce okazało się, że tylko gruntowna zmiana rządu może zapobiec politycznemu wstrząsowi. W tym momencie Zjednoczone Stronnictwo Ludowe i Stronnictwo Demokratyczne (tradycyjni „sojusznicy” PZPR) zmieniły stronę, dając Solidarności większość w Sejmie. W ramach tej umowy Solidarność zgodziła się pozostawić aparat przymusu państwa (wojsko i milicja) w rękach PZPR i zezwolić generałowi Jaruzelskiemu na utrzymanie urzędu prezydenta z uprawnieniami do zawetowania ustawodawstwa i rozwiązania parlamentu.

W tym „historycznym kompromisie” między dawnymi antagonistami znalazło się kilka rozważań. Doświadczenie stanu wojennego ochłodziło żar Wałęsy do bezpośredniej konfrontacji z reżimem. Ta niechęć była podzielana przez większość zwolenników Solidarności, którzy byli wystarczająco starzy, by pamiętać klęskę z 1981 r. Strajki z 1988 r. mie zdołały osiągnąć zasięgu walk, które doprowadziły do ​​narodzin Solidarności osiem lat wcześniej, ponieważ aktywny udział był w dużej mierze ograniczony do robotników w późnych latach nastolatków i wczesnych dwudziestolatków, którzy byli niedotknięci wcześniejszą klęską.

Ale strajki z 1988 r., przeprowadzone pod hasłem „nie ma wolności bez Solidarności”, pokazały, trwającą lojalność robotników wobec Wałęsy, a także ich zdolność do zakłócania schorowanej gospodarki. Solidarność nie była wystarczająco silna, aby kwestionować władzę państwową, ale PZPR nie mogła sprawić, by gospodarka działała. Ten impas zmusił obie strony do porozumienia, ponieważ Jaruzelski niechętnie doszedł do wniosku, że nie można już skutecznie rządzić krajem bez udziału opozycji.

Solidarność i Kreml

Porozumienie stalinowsko-solidarnościowe było również kształtowane przez zmiany polityczne w Związku Radzieckim od czasu dojścia do władzy Gorbaczowa. Reżim PZPR został narzucony Polsce przez Stalina po II wojnie światowej w odpowiedzi na zainicjowaną przez USA zimną wojnę. I jako antagoniści w zimnej wojnie – z Solidarnością jako orędownikiem „demokracji”, „wolnych związków zawodowych” i katolickiego antykomunizmu, w przeciwieństwie do Jaruzelskiego jako obrońcy politycznego i gospodarczego status quo – te dwie siły stanęły naprzeciw siebie w grudniu 1981 roku.

Ale dziś Kreml jest rządzony przez zwolennika pokoju klasowego, który jednostronnie oświadczył, że zimna wojna się skończyła, i dał dowód swojej szczerości, wycofując poparcie dla walk wyzwoleńczych Trzeciego Świata, wycofując wojska i rakiety z Europy Wschodniej, i obiecując zwolnienie rządzonych przez Rosję republik bałtyckich z planowania gospodarczego i monopolu handlu zagranicznego. Wałęsa nie był do końca nieusprawiedliwiony gdy zauważył, że wielkim nieszczęściem „Solidarności” było to, że „Breżniew zmarł dwa lata za późno”. Amerykański imperializm i jego sojusznicy nie przepuszczali ambicji odzyskania Europy Wschodniej; ale nie chcą też skorzystać z wyciągniętej ręki Gorbaczowa. Po pewnych wahaniach i wewnętrznych kłótniach, mocarstwa zachodnie, w tym Stany Zjednoczone, zdają się teraz kłaść mniejszy nacisk na postawę Reagana maksymalnego nacisku militarnego na Związek Radziecki i Europę Wschodnią na rzecz zachodnioniemieckiej strategii Ostpolitik – odzyskania ziemie na wschód od Łaby poprzez stopniową penetrację gospodarczą. I nie trudno zrozumieć, dlaczego Polska, która historycznie była najsłabszym ogniwem w moskiewskim łańcuchu stanów buforowych Układu Warszawskiego, powinna polecić się jako wrażliwy punkt wejścia dla tego znaku i doprowadzenia dolara „na wschód”. Stalin kiedyś zażartował, że narzucenie swojej marki „komunizmu” na Polskę było jak nałożenie siodła na krowę. Polska jest jedynym krajem w bloku radzieckim, w którym rolnictwo nigdy nie było szeroko skolektywizowane. Ponadto ostro antykomunistyczny kościół katolicki zachował specjalny status, z kapelanami w armii i prawem do nauczania religii w szkołach.

Przez prawie dwadzieścia lat PZPR próbowała uniknąć konsekwencji powtarzających się niepowodzeń gospodarczych, zastawiając kraj kredytobiorcom z Wall Street i frankfurckiej giełdy. Nic więc dziwnego, że polscy staliniści dziś znajdują się w „awangardzie” władców Układu Warszawskiego pogrążającym się w chaosie wolnorynkowym.

PZPR: zaloty wobec kułaków, duchownych i MFW

Pomimo zbliżenia między polskim stalinizmem i Solidarnością, PZPR jest nadal niezbędna dla Kremla jako gwarant przynależności Polski do Układu Warszawskiego. Przynajmniej na razie mocarstwa kapitalistyczne wydają się być zadowolone że pozwolą Polsce pozostać w rosyjskiej orbicie wojskowej, dopóki „reformy” gospodarcze i polityczne będą postępować w szybkim tempie. Wałęsa dołączył do Busha, Kohla i Thatcher, zapewniając Gorbaczowa, że ​​nie ma zamiaru wykorzystywać obecnego kryzysu dla przewagi militarnej. Gorbaczow, którego łatwowierność dotycząca dobrych intencji imperializmu wydaje się bezgraniczna, wydaje się akceptować te zapewnienia według wartości nominalnej. W związku z kwestią czasowej lojalności wojskowej Polski różnice polityczne między stalinistami a Solidarnością stały się coraz trudniejsze do dostrzeżenia w ostatnich latach.

Solidarność została częściowo zainspirowana wyniesieniem kardynała Karola Wojtyły na papieża i zawsze ściśle współpracowała z tym wędrownym apostołem reakcji. Ale Jaruzelski i polscy staliniści okazali się niemal tak samo zainteresowani zacieśnieniem Stolicy Apostolskiej. W październiku ubiegłego roku polski rząd zaoferował Watykanowi pełną swobodę działania w Polsce, jeśli papież zgodzi się uczynić Warszawę pierwszym reżimem w Europie Wschodniej oficjalnie uznanym przez Kościół.

Od 1981 r. Solidarność opowiada się za przystąpieniem do Międzynarodowego Funduszu Walutowego, głównej agencji finansowej światowego imperializmu. W 1986 r. Polska, z inicjatywy Jaruzelskiego, zrobiła dokładnie to. Dziś zarówno Solidarność, jak i staliniści zgadzają się, że jedynym wyjściem z obecnego kryzysu gospodarczego kraju jest pożyczenie jeszcze więcej pieniędzy z Zachodu.

PZPR dołączyła również do Solidarności w promowaniu szerszej roli kapitalistów wiejskich. Prywatni rolnicy w Polsce, którzy kontrolują 75 procent gruntów ornych, zawsze byli zmorą stalinowskich planistów gospodarczych. Podczas gdy reżim nigdy nie próbował poważnie skolektywizować rolnictwa, był w stanie, we wczesnych latach, chronić klasę robotniczą przed ostrzejszymi skutkami „wolnej przedsiębiorczości” wiejskiej, sprawując kontrolę państwa nad handlem między wsią a miastami. Państwo podjęło próbę zapewnienia, że ​​podstawowe artykuły żywnościowe pozostaną przystępne, ustalając ceny, które zapłaciłby prywatnym rolnikom. Jednak niskie ceny nie stanowiły zachęty do zwiększenia produkcji. Próbując zwiększyć produkcję rolną bez wywołania oporu w klasie robotniczej poprzez podwyżki cen, stalinowscy rządzący zaczęli dostarczać chłopom ogromne dotacje, płacąc rolnikom więcej za produkty rolne niż wymagało od konsumentów. Z kolei subsydia cenowe finansowane były z pożyczek z zachodnich banków.

To krótkowzroczne dostosowanie do wymagań antysocjalistycznych drobnych właścicieli przyczyniło się znacząco do obecnego impasu gospodarczego polskiej gospodarki. Podczas gdy wiejski standard życia wzrastał szybciej niż w jakimkolwiek innym sektorze polskiego społeczeństwa, chłopi nigdy nie zaakceptowali reżimu stalinowskiego. Obawiając się uzależnienia od państwa w zakresie dostaw nasion, nawozów i maszyn, wykazali swoje niezadowolenie poprzez ograniczenie produkcji i odmowę inwestowania w poprawę kapitału.

Starania PZPR o obniżenie dopłat do żywności, dostosowując ceny do kosztów, były główną przyczyną fali strajkowej, która doprowadziła do powstania Solidarności w 1980 r. W swoim programie z 1981 r. Solidarność zaproponowała rozwiązanie tego problemu poprzez całkowite wyeliminowanie kontroli cen, pozostawienie robotników całkowicie na łasce bogatych chłopów. W sierpniu tego roku reżim Jaruzelskiego przyjął ten punkt z platformy Solidarności, znosząc kontrole cen żywności i pozwalając rolnikom na pobieranie jakichkolwiek opłat jakie cyrkulacja by zniosła.

Pozostaje kwestia polskiej infrastruktury przemysłowej: kopalń węgla, stoczni i fabryk, które wciąż pozostają w rękach państwa. Aby uczynić Polskę „prosperującym przedsiębiorstwem” dla międzynarodowej burżuazji, skolektywizowana własność musi zostać przekazana w prywatne ręce, co Solidarność od dawna popiera. Dzisiaj czołowa frakcja stalinowska wydaje się być gotowa do takiego kroku.

Niespełna dwa tygodnie po legalizacji Solidarności George Bush przedstawił pakiet pomocy gospodarczej specjalnie zaprojektowany, aby zachęcić prywatne inwestycje zagraniczne do polskiej gospodarki. Niemal natychmiast Barbara Piasecka Johnson, dziedziczka majątku farmaceutycznego  Johnson & Johnson polskiego pochodzenia, podpisała list intencyjny w sprawie zakupu 55 procent udziałów w Stoczni Lenina za 100 milionów dolarów. Obecnie przebywa w Polsce z legionem korporacyjnych lokajów, aby sfinalizować transakcję. Ta propozycja całkowitej sprzedaży ważnego majątku państwowego amerykańskiej kapitalistce jest przedstawiana jako jedyna nadzieja na uniemożliwienie rządowi kontynuowania planów zamknięcia stoczni w dniu 1 stycznia 1990 r. Zamknięcie to jest zgodne z Polityka PZPR polegająca na wycofywaniu przemysłu ciężkiego na rzecz lekkich, zorientowanych na konsumenta przedsiębiorstw, takich jak elektronika, usługi bankowe, przetwórstwo spożywcze i turystyka.

Historia z New York Times z 31 lipca wskazuje, jaką formę własności rozważają stalinowcy dla tych branż. Informuje, że Mieczysław Rakowski, nowy szef PZPR:

    „Wydaje się, że przekonał generała Jaruzelskiego, a przez niego Moskwę, że aby pozostać realną siłą, partia musi wykuć świeżą społeczność wśród menedżerów i pracowników przemysłów o obiecującej przyszłości”. Rakowski jest liderem ruchu wewnątrz partii na rzecz przeniesienia własności firm państwowych w tych sektorach na swoich nominowanych przez partię kierowników, co wydaje się być wysiłkiem, aby zrekompensować im utratę bezpieczeństwa i korzyści oraz zachować ich lojalność w nadchodzącej walce z Solidarnością. ”(podkreślenie dodane)
— „Uwłaszczenie nomenklatury”

Ta polityka przekształcania przedsiębiorstw państwowych w prywatną własność sekcji elit partyjnych, zwana „uwłaszczeniem nomenklatury”, nie rozpoczęła się dzień po triumfie wyborczym Solidarności; była ona realizowana przez polskich stalinistów przez ostatnie kilka lat i jest ściśle związana z próbami reżimu zwiększenia roli „wolnej przedsiębiorczości”. W 1986 r. Jaruzelski próbował wprowadzić własną odsłonę pierestrojki pod etykietą „odnowienia narodowego”. W rezultacie prywatne firmy w Polsce są prawnie uprawnione do równego traktowania z przedsiębiorstwami państwowymi. Ograniczenia dotyczące spółek akcyjnych z udziałem kapitału zagranicznego zostały wyeliminowane, a poszczególni przedsiębiorcy mają prawo do zatrudniania tyle siły roboczej, ile mogą.

Ale pomimo tych rozległych zmian prawnych, niewiele się zmieniło w praktyce. Zarządzający potężnymi monopolami państwowymi i planiści w centralnych ministerstwach byli wystarczająco silni, by marginalizować nowe prywatne firmy (które stanowiły mniej niż pięć procent gospodarki). Wersja pierestrojki Jaruzelskiego okazała się kolosalną porażką. Stworzenie garstki prywatnych przedsiębiorstw w biurokratycznie regulowanej gospodarce, z ponurym i niechętnym do współpracy proletariatem, tylko przyczyniło się do upadku.

Obecnie w Polsce istnieje około 100 prywatnych przedsiębiorstw akcyjnych z zagranicznymi kapitalistami, z których większość jest dość mała. Jednak w ramach PZPR obcokrajowcy nie byli w stanie prowadzić interesów w Polsce bez napotykania na masywne ograniczenia rządowe. Relacja w East European Reporter z jesieni 1988 r. wyjaśnia, w jaki sposób niektórzy z rzekomych strażników własności państwowej wykorzystywali swoje stanowiska, aby zostać raczkującymi przedsiębiorcami:

    „Polonijna firma podlega szantażowi od momentu jej powstania. Otrzymuje pozwolenie tylko, jeśli służba bezpieczeństwa nie ma zastrzeżeń wobec zagranicznych właścicieli lub ich polskich pełnomocników …. Tak więc zagraniczni właściciele często wolą oddać stanowisko pełnomocnika lub innego wysoko płatnego biura komuś, kto jest rekomendowany przez milicję. Innymi słowy zatrudniają osoby, które mają kontakty w tych instytucjach, od których zależą te firmy. ”

Wielu emerytowanych członków aparatu bezpieczeństwa, z pełnymi emeryturami państwowymi, zapoczątkowało małe przedsiębiorstwa: „Ci ludzie w jakiś sposób nie mają żadnych problemów z uzyskaniem ustępstw w sprawie korzystania z lokali i innych spraw, które dla normalnego polskiego prywatnego przedsiębiorcy zajęłyby więcej niż połowa jego energii i czasu. Proces„ uwłaszczenia ”nabrał rozpędu w lutym 1989 r., kiedy rozpoczęły się dyskusje przy okrągłym stole z Solidarnością. Sejm kontrolowany przez stalinistów uchwalił krajowy plan konsolidacji, zezwalający zarządom przedsiębiorstw na „eksperymentowanie” z prywatną własnością. Zazwyczaj kierownicy przedsiębiorstw państwowych, którzy często kończyli jako główni udziałowcy nowych prywatnych firm, przekazują lukratywne zamówienia od „przedsiębiorstwa ludowego”. W innych przypadkach „nowa” firma współdzieli przestrzeń, narzędzia a nawet personel z państwowym przedsiębiorstwem. Wariantem jest to, że sama spółka państwowa jest prywatyzowana, oferując akcje, z których wiele jest odbieranych przez istniejące kierownictwo ze znaczną zniżką.

PZPR: Samo-likwidująca się biurokracja?

W grudniu 1981 r. pomiędzy Solidarnością a państwem polskim militarnie poparliśmy reżim Jaruzelskiego przeciwko wyraźnie kapitalistycznemu przywództwu Solidarności z przywróceniem (patrz nasza broszura „Solidarność: próba ogniowa dla trockistów” [dostępna w tłumaczeniu polskim na stronie Przegrupowania Rewolucyjnego- przyp. tłum.]). W tej konfrontacji Jaruzelski działał jako obrońca status quo, które obejmowało państwową własność środków produkcji. Ale trajektoria polskich stalinistów w ciągu ośmiu lat stanowi nowe i nieuniknione pytania: czy reżim, który wprowadził kraj do MFW, dał wolną rękę prywatnym rolnikom w ustalaniu cen żywności, a teraz proponuje sprzedaż całych sektorów przemysłu państwowego fragmentarycznie dla zagranicznych kapitalistów, zamieniając inne przedsiębiorstwa w prywatną własność swoich członków, nadal może być uważany za obrońcę proletariackich form własności? Czy stalinowska biurokracja, która do tej pory opierała się na państwowej własności środków produkcji, może stopniowo przekształcić się w „nową burżuazję”, rządzącą w połączeniu z elementami kapitału rodzimego i zagranicznego? Te pytania mają głębokie znaczenie nie tylko dla Polski, ale dla kryzysu, który ogarnia cały niekapitalistyczny świat.

Odpowiadając na te pytania, należy najpierw rozważyć wewnętrzny skład biurokracji. Chociaż perspektywa prywatyzacji może rzeczywiście być atrakcyjna dla wielu kierowników fabryk i dyrektorów przedsiębiorstw państwowych, które odnoszą większe sukcesy, ta warstwa menedżerska nie stanowi najwyższego szczebla biurokracji. Trzon rządzącej kasty stalinowskiej składa się z warstwy aparatczyków partyjnych, którzy posiadają moc kierowania gospodarką jako całością, w tym mianowania i odwoływania menedżerów przedsiębiorstw i biurokratów niższego szczebla. Ta kontrola nad podejmowaniem decyzji gospodarczych i personelem stanowi główne źródło przywilejów stalinowskich, a zatem ich tożsamość jako grupy rządzącej. Nie mogą przekształcić gospodarki w prywatnych właścicieli, nie rezygnując z możliwości dawania klienckich posad i (dez)organizowania produkcji. Jest wysoce nieprawdopodobne, aby polscy staliniści, jako kasta, okazali się pierwszą grupą rządzącą w historii, która chętnie przewodzi własnej likwidacji.

Staliniści ustąpili pola Solidarności w ramach obronnej adaptacji do narastających nacisków wewnętrznych i zewnętrznych. Według Economist (12 sierpnia), „Pan Rakowski, premier Polski, powiedział ostatnio swojej partii, że musi oddać 40% swojej władzy, aby utrzymać pozostałe 60%. ”„ Kierownictwo PZPR może sobie wyobrazić, że zgadzając się na podział władzy z Wałęsą i prywatyzację bardziej rentownego przemysłu państwowego może w jakiś sposób umocnić swoją pozycję zarówno wobec własnych twardogłowych, jak i Solidarności. Jednak próba utrzymania coraz słabszej władzy PZPR przez pokonanie Solidarności w jej własnej grze restauratorskiej jest skazana na porażkę.

Solidarność nie może po prostu przejąć istniejącego aparatu państwowego – w szczególności „uzbrojonych grup ludzi”, które pozostają pod kontrolą Jaruzelskiego – i wykorzystać je do obrony systemu własności prywatnej w środkach produkcji. Aby skonsolidować kontr-rewolucję społeczną, którą proponują, Wałęsa i inni muszą zapewnić, że ich zaufani ludzie posiadają wszystkie kluczowe dźwignie władzy, szczególnie w armii i policji. Solidarność musi przełamać władzę PZPR:

    „Solidarność powiedziała, że ​​głównym celem legislacyjnym będzie demontaż tak zwanego systemu nomenklatury, w ramach którego partia komunistyczna zachowała prawo do wypełnienia praktycznie wszystkich pozycji politycznych, gospodarczych i społecznych narodu, od szefów władz lokalnych przez dowódcy armii do dyrektorów szpitali i szkół. ”Pan Geremek [przywódca parlamentarny Solidarności] powiedział: „Główny problem jest kwestią zasad, a jeśli ma powstać otwarty rząd, musi nastąpić koniec komunistycznego monopolu”.”
    —New York Times, 18 sierpnia

Staliniści nie mogą po prostu wynegocjować zakończenia swojej władzy w gospodarce i aparacie państwowym. Nie ma wątpliwości, że duża część biurokracji, w tym większość „uwłaszczonych”, chce realizować program Solidarności. Rzeczywiście, wielu indywidualnych członków PUWP już uciekło do Wałęsy. Inne elementy partii i aparatu państwowego, które mogą stracić wszystko, jeśli polityczny i gospodarczy monopol PZPR zostanie zerwany, z chęci zachowania własnych przywilejów w pewnym momencie spróbują oprzeć się proponowanym reformom. „Zadanie obrony proletariackich form własności nie może być pozostawione żadnemu skrzydłu skorumpowanej i zdyskredytowanej biurokracji PZPR. Jak Trocki zauważył 50 lat temu, materialne interesy pasożyta nie stanowią wystarczającej podstawy do obrony gospodarza (tj. skolektywizowanej własności). Polscy staliniści są całkowicie zdemoralizowani i pozbawieni nawet najsłabszej iskry moralnego, politycznego lub społecznego celu. W kampanii prowadzącej do czerwcowych wyborów tradycyjna komunistyczna czerwień została zastąpiona na plakatach kampanii PZPR bladym i anemicznym błękitem; kandydaci z PZPR nie działali pod własną nazwą, ale wybrali bardziej neutralne brzmienie „Listy narodowej”. Nawet sierp i młot zastąpiono symbolem bardziej pasującym do miękkiej linii partii: papierem toaletowym- rzadkim towarem,  którym kandydaci próbowali przekupić wyborców.

Ugłaskując swoich wrogów, stalinowscy biurokraci stali się niemal nie do odróżnienia od nich pod względem agendy społecznej i gospodarczej. Podważyło to ich zdolność do skutecznego oporu w przyszłości. Wszelki opór, jaki elementy PZPR mogą ostatecznie zaoferować Solidarności, będzie motywowany strachem przed utratą przywilejów biurokratycznych. Jednak zdolność PZPR do wpływania na wydarzenia kurczy się, gdy demoralizowany aparat rozpada się.

Solidarność: Wróg polskich robotników

Jednak dziś w Polsce stalinowcy nie są jedynymi w opałach. Dopóki PZPR monopolizował władzę polityczną, był zmuszony wziąć na siebie winę za sytuację gospodarczą kraju. W oczach mas Solidarność będzie odtąd współodpowiedzialna za katastrofalną sytuację gospodarczą. Wałęsa i reszta kierownictwa Solidarności wie o tym, a także wiedzą, że nowy rządowy program restauracji kapitalistycznej nie będzie popularny wśród robotników. Podczas majowej kampanii wyborczej kandydaci Solidarności celowo unikali wszelkich kwestii polityki gospodarczej.

Aby uniknąć osobistej odpowiedzialności za antyrobotnicze środki które leżą na drodze kapitalistycznej restauracji, Wałęsa odwrócił koronę urzędu tyłem dłoni. Wie, że aby mieć szansę na sprzedaż oszczędności narzuconych przez MFW w przyszłości, musi pozostać „czysty” w oczach robotników. Odmawiając przyjęcia bezpośredniej odpowiedzialności za władzę Solidarności, Wałęsa jest mądrzejszy niż zwolennicy różnych teorii „kapitalizmu państwowego”, którzy utrzymują, że nie ma zasadniczej różnicy między społeczeństwami na zachód i na wschód od Łaby. Elektryk ze Stoczni im. Lenina doskonale zdaje sobie sprawę z różnicy.

Pomimo swojej renomy wśród papieży i prezydentów, i mimo jego Nagrody Nobla, Wałęsa wie, że jego autorytet wywodzi się w ostatecznym rozrachunku od robotników, których pokierował przeciwko reżimowi w 1980 r., którzy wciąż stanowią trzon bazy społecznej Solidarności. Wie też, że zalecana przez MFW terapia szokowa proponowana przez rząd Mazowieckiego nie może być z powodzeniem narzucona klasie robotniczej wyłącznie poprzez papieskie inkantacje lub frazesy „demokratycznej” retoryki. Oznacza to atak na standard życia robotników o wiele bardziej masowy niż cokolwiek, co do tej pory ponieśli z rąk zbankrutowanego stalinowskiego reżimu, a to będzie wymagało represji na dużą skalę, które mogłyby osiągnąć poziom białego terroru.

Michael Mandelbaum z amerykańskiej Rady ds. Stosunków Zagranicznych bez ogródek podsumował dylemat nowego premiera: „Po pierwsze, będzie musiał dźgnąć swoich przeciwników, a następnie będzie musiał dźgnąć swoich zwolenników” (New York Times , 25 sierpnia). Oprócz ścigania nomenklatury stalinowskiej „będzie musiał zamknąć nieefektywne, nadnaturalne przedsiębiorstwa państwowe, takie jak stocznie gdańskie, w których zrodziła się Solidarność, niektóre kopalnie i huty, a to zrani jego podstawowy elektorat. ”„ Jeśli Solidarność z powodzeniem przeprowadzi kontr-rewolucję społeczną, którą popiera, polscy robotnicy dowiedzą się, że skolektywizowana własność reprezentuje realne zdobycze- prawo do pełnego zatrudnienia, edukacji, tanich mieszkań i bezpłatnej opieki medycznej.

Wałęsa ocenił, że: „Dla połowy polskich firm nic nie trzeba robić. Po prostu zmień organizację i możesz zarabiać pieniądze natychmiast. Jedna czwarta wymaga dodania pewnego kapitału, a jedna czwarta musi zostać rozwiązana ”(New York Times, 7 lipca). Wszyscy oczekują, że ci pracownicy obecnie zatrudnieni w przedsiębiorstwach, które Wałęsa proponuje rozwiązać, jak również inni pracujący ludzie, których poziom życia gwałtownie spadnie, gdy będą obserwować, jak garstka piratów się bogaci, prawdopodobnie wybuchną w gniewie. Po spotkaniu z Bushem w lipcu, Wałęsa niepokoił się: „Siedzę na beczce prochu i mam wątpliwości, czy będziemy w stanie to zrobić.” Wojna domowa mogłaby wyniknąć, powiedział, gdyby reformy wymagane od Polski przyniosły bezrobocie i zmniejszone dochody ”(New York Times, 12 lipca). W każdym takim przyszłym konflikcie rewolucjoniści muszą militarnie blokować się z dowolną kombinacją sił – w tym częściami stalinowskiego aparatu – które opierają się atakowi na klasę robotniczą i demontażowi systemu skolektywizowanej własności.

Imperialistyczni sympatycy i płatnicy Solidarności są całkiem świadomi pułapek, które czekają na każdy rząd dążący do ponownego nałożenia kapitalizmu na polską klasę robotniczą. Odkąd Solidarność uzyskała większość rządową, w burżuazyjnych kręgach politycznych wiele się mówiło o ogromnej zachodniej pomocy gospodarczej, nawet „nowym planie Marshalla” dla Polski. George Bush zaczął od zaoferowania marnego 161 milionów dolarów – zwykłej kropli w morzu potrzeb. Pod presją Kongresowych Demokratów mówi teraz o zwiększeniu pomocy USA, a także przekazywaniu większych kwot do Polski za pośrednictwem Międzynarodowego Funduszu Walutowego. Europejska Wspólnota Gospodarcza zadeklarowała dodatkowe 660 milionów USD dla Polski i Węgier, z możliwością dalszej pomocy w przyszłości dla złagodzenia przejścia do gospodarki rynkowej. Francja obiecała podobną kwotę, a Niemcy Zachodnie obiecały 1 miliard dolarów. Jednak dotychczasowa pomoc znacznie odbiega od 10 miliardów dolarów, o które prosiła Solidarność.

Niechęć potencjalnych nabywców Polski nie jest nieuzasadniona. Międzynarodowa burżuazja wie, że kapitalistyczna Polska jest w jej długoterminowych interesach, ale nie są filantropami. Mają dość rozsądku biznesowego, by zdawać sobie sprawę, że każdy rząd, który musi podjąć się rozbicia stalinowskiego aparatu państwowego i opanowania nieuniknionego oporu milionów robotników, jest ryzykowną krótkoterminową inwestycją. Według słów bezimiennego urzędnika wyższego szczebla Departamentu Stanu cytowanego w New York Times z 14 września: „Sytuacja gospodarcza wciąż jest tam bagnem. Związki rządowe starają się być bardziej bojowe niż Solidarność, uderzając w duże podwyżki płac. Nadal nie jest jasne, czy twardogłowi w partii komunistycznej są pogodzeni z nowym rządem i chcą, żeby mu się to udało. ”Polski proletariat daje imperialistom dobry powód do nerwowości. Od czasu czerwcowych wyborów wzrosła aktywność strajkowa, a w klasie robotniczej narasta nastrój sceptycyzmu wobec przywódców Solidarności. Podczas gdy Wałęsa apeluje o sześciomiesięczne moratorium na strajki, a rząd próbuje sprzedać polskich robotników o potrzebie więcej pracy i zarabiania mniej, stalinowskie związki, początkowo stworzone przez Jaruzelskiego, by konkurować z Solidarnością, przyjmują bardziej wojowniczą linię przeciw rządowym środkom oszczędnościowym, dzięki czemu zyskały pewną wiarygodność. Jednocześnie „Solidarność Walcząca”, prawicowy rozłam z Solidarności, który obejmuje członków faszyzującej KPN, również rośnie w siłę.

W ostatecznym rozrachunku jedyną siłą zdolną do obrony skolektywizowanej własności przed Solidarnością, zachodnimi bankierami i stalinowską biurokracją zamierzającą oddać sklep, jest polski proletariat, kierowany przez świadomą awangardę bolszewicką. Tylko popierając wyraźne i zdecydowane zerwanie z reakcyjną klerykalistyczną ideologią i przywództwem Solidarności, polscy marksiści mogą rozpocząć niezbędną polityczną reorientację klasy robotniczej. Aby koordynować walki z dyktowanymi przez MFW atakami, polscy robotnicy muszą tworzyć rady demokratycznie wybranych przedstawicieli z każdej fabryki, połączonych w sieć krajową. W takich ciałach rewolucjoniści staraliby się zmobilizować proletariat do walki rewolucyjnej, aby pokonać zarówno kapitalistycznych restauratorów Solidarności, jak i zdyskredytowanych stalinowskich pasożytów. Tylko na tej podstawie można uzyskać entuzjazm niezbędny do odmłodzenia centralnie planowanej gospodarki pod demokratyczną kontrolą pracowników.

Ale rewolucyjne przywództwo oddane takiej perspektywie nie może zostać skonstruowane przez bezkształtnych pseudo-lewicowców, którzy spędzili większość ostatnich dziesięciu lat, dostosowując się, przepraszając i wlekąc się otwarcie w ogonie prokapitalistów z Solidarności. Tylko ci, którzy opowiadają się za wyraźnym i zdecydowanym zerwaniem z przywództwem i programem ulubionego „związku” imperializmu, mają polityczną zdolność do kierowania robotnikami w walce o to, by system kapitalistycznego niewolnictwa płacowego nie wrócił do Polski.

Revolutionary Continuity & the Split in the Fourth International

Revolutionary Continuity & the Split in the Fourth International

[First printed in 1917 #8, Summer 1990. Originally posted online at http://www.bolshevik.org/1917/no8/no08icis.html ]

The following letter, which deals with the historic split of the Trotskyist movement in the early 1950s, was addressed to the German Gruppe IV. Internationale [GIVI]. Like the Bolshevik Tendency, GIVI was founded by former cadres of the international Spartacist tendency. The letter is a response to GIVI’s equation of the revisionist International Secretariat of the Fourth International (IS), headed by Michel Pablo and Ernest Mandel, with the forces organized as the International Committee of the Fourth International (IC), initiated by the American Socialist Workers Party (SWP). The 1963 ‘‘reunification’’ between the SWP and Pablo’s International Secretariat, which produced the United Secretariat (USec), was sealed by the expulsion of the SWP’s Revolutionary Tendency (forerunner of the Spartacist League—SL). The RT opposed the reunification and defended the original split with the Pablo current as ‘‘essential to the preservation of a principled revolutionary movement.’’

  

14 March 1989 Comrades:

We have discussed your document, Continuity or New Program—A False Alternative, and we find ourselves in sharp disagreement with your conclusion that the 1951-53 split was essentially politically inconsequential. In our view this represents a step away from the tradition from which both of our organizations derive.

Let us say at the outset that our knowledge of the political activity of the IC sections outside North America in the 1950s is limited. What we do know about their activity is not impressive, to say the least. We are somewhat more familiar with the record of the American Socialist Workers Party (SWP) in this period which shows consistent rightward motion, including the call on the U.S. imperialist army to act as an instrument of struggle against racism.

We consider ‘‘Genesis of Pabloism,’’ [Spartacist No. 21, Fall 1972], the Spartacist League’s major study of the crisis of postwar Trotskyism, to be a fine document. As you point out, it stops at 1954—and while it refers to the activity of the Healy grouping within the Labour Party as ‘‘arch-Pabloist…opportunism,’’ it omits mention of the IC’s craven political adaptation to Messali Hadj in Algeria, or Peron in Argentina. ‘‘Genesis of Pabloism’’ also ignores the Bolivian disaster in 1952 and the role of the Cannon leadership in covering up for the Menshevism of the POR’s [Partido Obrero Revolucionario] ‘‘critical support’’ to the bourgeois-nationalist MNR [Movimiento Nacionalista Revolucionario] government. This is a particularly significant omission because of the existence of a tendency within the SWP’s Los Angeles branch (the Vern-Ryan grouping) which explicitly criticized this policy at the time. The SL’s observation that a key to forging an authentic Trotskyist current internationally is ‘‘an understanding of the characteristics and causes of Pabloist revisionism and the flawed response of the anti-Pabloists who fought, too little and too late, on national terrain while in practice abandoning the world movement’’ is one with which we heartily agree. We make no excuses for the national parochialism of the Cannon leadership, nor its conception of a federated ‘‘international,’’ nor its abstention from criticism of the opportunism of its bloc partners. Nor do we agree with the Proletarian Military Policy, nor the positions taken on Yugoslavia and China.

At the same time, it is necessary to judge political currents in their totality, taking into account their history and the social reality which they confronted. The world after World War II was a very different place than Trotsky had projected. The SWP was socially isolated with an aging cadre under tremendous pressure from the domestic witchhunt. It was clearly badly disoriented by the postwar events and poorly equipped to understand or deal with them theoretically. The Cannon leadership largely shared, or at least acquiesced to, the ‘‘new world reality’’ impressionism of Pablo which led inexorably to the conclusion that many of the lessons of the ‘‘old Trotskyism’’ no longer applied. This is evidenced by the SWP’s support for the decisions of the 1951 Third World Congress.

But, as the fight with Cochran revealed, it would be a mistake to simply equate Cannon and Pablo. The SWP leadership, while it was slipping badly, was not definitively hardened around this revisionism. When confronted with the implications of the liquidationist course of the Pabloites on their own domestic terrain, the Cannon leadership resisted. In this fight we take a side, without endorsing the way the fight was conducted or even many of the arguments used by the majority—for example, Hansen’s defense of the proposition that Stalinism is always and everywhere ‘‘counterrevolutionary through and through.’’ While the direction of evolution of the Cochranites was sufficiently clear at the time of their suspension from the SWP, it became even more blatant when they set up shop for themselves. Six months after leaving the SWP they brazenly declared that in the postwar period:

‘‘…there has been a clear test of the ability of Trotskyism to create an independent movement on a program broadly confirmed by the new revolutionary developments…the old Trotskyist perspective has become outmoded. As before the war, the vanguard seeks to realize its revolutionary aspirations within the old parties, leaving no room for a new revolutionary mass organization. Thus the Trotskyist movement…was doomed to remain isolated. The test was made for a whole historic era, both in periods of reaction and revolution, and is therefore a decisive one.’’

    —’’Our Orientation,’’ reprinted in International Secretariat Documents 1951-54, Vol. 4

We think that the PCI [Parti Communiste Internationaliste] leadership was correct in voting against the main document of the IS leadership at the 1951 Congress. The fact that the SWP did not support them in this, or that the PCI leadership did not carry out this struggle to the end, does not negate the fact that there was a significant political differentiation which clearly had a left/right axis. You admit that, ‘‘in the document Where Is Comrade Pablo Going? written by Favre/Bleibtreu in June 1951, they tried to defend Trotskyism’’ but conclude that because they ‘‘capitulated to the bureaucratic maneuvers of the Pabloites within the PCI’’ and unfortunately retreated from their earlier opposition to the line adopted by the Third World Congress, they ‘‘sealed their fate.’’ While this maneuver obviously significantly weakened their political opposition to the new revisionism, the fact is that they did continue to oppose the Pablo leadership and their French adherents. The next year Bleibtreu agreed with Healy and a representative of the Swiss section to ‘‘undertake together the defense of Trotskyism against Pablist revisionism and the struggle against the liquidation of the Fourth International’’ at the upcoming Fourth World Congress (International Committee Documents1951-54, Vol. 2). Cannon and the SWP leadership apparently aborted this with their ‘‘Open Letter,’’ issued the next month.

It is quite correct to point to the inconsistencies and inadequacies of the PCI and SWP, and the passive and inadequate fashion in which they carried out the fight against the Pabloist leadership. ‘‘Genesis of Pabloism’’ is certainly not uncritical on this count:

‘‘Despite a considerable body of mythology to the contrary, both the PCI and SWP vacillated when revisionism manifested itself at the head of the Fourth International, balking only at applying it to their own sections. Both groups compromised themselves by uneasy acquiescence (combined in the case of the PCI with sporadic resistance) to Pablo’s policies until the suicidal organizational consequences to their sections necessitated sharp fights. Both abdicated the responsibility to take the fight against revisionism into every body and every section of the Fourth International….The IC from its inception was only a paper international tendency consisting of those groups which had already had splits between pro-Pabloist and orthodox wings.’’

You observe that: ‘‘The sound political impulse to fight Pabloism, which had been developed by some IC components, was half-hearted in a programmatic sense and a disaster concerning its political practice.’’ True enough, but though the fight against Pabloism was profoundly flawed, it was not without political substance. The issues posed in the SWP’s Open Letter (the East German uprising and the French general strike) were not inconsequential. It is therefore a mistake to equate the positions adopted by the IC sections on these events with those of the Pabloites. As in the Cochran fight, despite our criticisms of Cannon et al, we cannot accept the position that this was a case of two ‘‘complementary’’ revisionist positions which were qualitatively similar. That is why the course toward ‘‘reunification’’ with the Pabloists over a shared capitulation to Castroism was a significant development, which signalled the irreversible consolidation of the SWP leadership around revisionism, while simultaneously initiating the Revolutionary Tendency (RT).

* * *

We find your notion of ‘‘continuity’’ to be rather one-sided. You suggest that ‘‘the exponents of ‘continuity’’’ see it as ‘‘an uninterrupted development of Trotskyism.’’ This is an easy position to argue against, but it is a simplification which ignores the crucial distinction between ‘‘developing’’ Trotskyism and defending it—even if partially and inadequately. We do not view ‘‘continuity’’ as a kind of metaphysical laying on of hands which can guarantee the apostolic succession of authentic Trotskyism. Nor does it consist in simply repeating the answers to yesterday’s problems in response to the new questions which arise today.

The fight against Pabloism in the SWP meant that, unlike the Cochranite formation, it possessed the capacity for its own political regeneration. This is borne out by the fact that the political demarcation of 1951-53 was a starting point for the RT within the SWP eight years later, when the latter finally converged with the IS leadership. In some important ways the RT/SL represented a positive development of Trotskyism after Trotsky—something that is not true of any other international current. But it did so on the basis of the prior struggles upon which it was based, including the fight against Pabloism in the early 1950s, imperfect as the latter was.

It is at least abstractly possible that a genuinely revolutionary proletarian current could arise somewhere in the world which would be capable of developing autonomously the essential programmatic positions of Trotskyism and applying them to such difficult problems as interpenetrated peoples in Israel/Palestine, the popular front, special oppression, the genesis of Cuba and the other deformed workers states, without ever learning of the existence of the Spartacist tendency or the RT or the IC or even Trotsky.

But the fact is that the RT was not replicated, to our knowledge, in any other ostensibly Trotskyist grouping internationally. Nor have any of the myriad currents spawned from the New Left/Maoist movement, in its various national permutations, spontaneously approximated the program of revolutionary Marxism defended and developed by the RT/SL.

It is in this sense that the question of continuity has meaning. It has a great deal to do with answering questions about how revolutionaries should have responded to various difficult problems posed by the international class struggle. The fact that the RT developed in the SWP and not, for example, in Livio Maitan’s Italian organization in the early 1960s, is not entirely fortuitous. In its 1962 founding document ‘‘In Defense of a Revolutionary Perspective,’’ the RT posed itself as the continuator of the struggle against Pabloism begun in 1953.

‘‘In 1953, our party, in the Militant ‘Open, Letter’ (11/11/53), declared that ‘The lines of cleavage between Pablo’s revisionism and Orthodox Trotskyism are so deep that no compromise is possible either politically or organizationally.’

“The political evaluation of Pabloism as revisionism is as correct now as it was then and must be the basis for any Trotskyist approach to this tendency. ’’

The RT’s founding document charged that, ‘‘the SWP leadership has accepted the central theoretical position of Pabloite revisionism.’’ The RT was critical from the outset of the conduct of the IC’s struggle against the Pabloists, as well as the SWP’s temporizing and American exceptionalism. Yet it stood on the SWP’s eventual declaration of intent to ‘‘carry through a political struggle against Pabloism on a world scale in order to maintain its domestic revolutionary perspective.’’ While standing on the fight against Pabloism in the SWP in 1953, the RT did not take the position that the IC was the simple lineal continuity of the Fourth International. Indeed, the Spartacist grouping had to struggle to successfully reestablish revolutionary political continuity. In its resolution on the world movement presented at the 1963 SWP Convention in counterposition to the majority’s document motivating ‘‘reunification’’ with the IS, the RT noted, ‘‘the disappearance of the Fourth International as a meaningful structure’’ while correctly arguing that reunification with the Pabloists was ‘‘a step away from, not toward, the genuine rebirth of the Fourth International.’’ At the London Conference in 1966 the Spartacist group stated forthrightly that ‘‘Pabloism has been opposed within the movement by a bad ‘orthodoxy’ represented until the last few years by the example of Cannon.’’ Robertson noted further that:

‘‘After 1950, Pabloism dominated the F.I.; only when the fruits of Pabloism were clear did a section of the F.I. pull back. In our opinion, the ‘orthodox’ movement has still to face up to the new theoretical problems which rendered it susceptible to Pabloism in 1943-50 and gave rise to a ragged, partial split in 1952-54.’’

We see our struggle, in the first instance, as one to ensure that the precious political legacy of the RT and the revolutionary SL is not lost with the irreversible slide of its leadership into political banditry. Of course we do not contend that only groupings emerging from the RT/SL can be revolutionary, but we do think that would-be revolutionaries who study the history of the Trotskyist movement must come to see that in a vital programmatic sense the RT/SL tradition, and it alone, represents the authentic continuity of the Left Opposition and the Fourth International under Trotsky. And this continuity itself has a history, one which runs through the ‘‘ragged’’ and ‘‘partial’’ split that produced the ‘‘paper international tendency’’ that was the IC.

Your attitude to the tradition of the RT/SL seems, to us, ambiguous. On the one hand it seems that you find our declaration in the first issue of the Bulletin of the External Tendency of the iSt that we proposed to act as a ‘‘beacon of orthodox Spartacism’’ objectionable, and view our position on the 1951-53 split as a ‘‘hereditary vice.’’ On the other hand you ‘‘take into consideration the revolutionary heritage of…the iSt’’ without necessarily identifying yourselves too closely with it. Indeed you consider that the iSt remains revolutionary, and yet even though it is perhaps fifty times larger than yourselves, you do not propose unification. It seems to us that this is a peculiar kind of indifferentism on the question of revolutionary continuity. This impression is reinforced with your assertion that your assessment of:

‘‘the points of break in the development of Trotskyism in no way expresses neutrality or agnosticism, it only evades the time-machine-effect: How would we have acted, if…? This method is inoperational.’’

We fail to see any merit in ‘‘evading’’ the issues posed in the organizational breakup of the Trotskyist movement. What seems ‘‘inoperational’’ in this is your claim not to be agnostic or neutral, at least as regards the IC/IS split. If indeed the two sides in the 1951-53 fight were complementary forms of revisionism (or ‘‘centrist equivalent[s]’’), you must be neutral in the falling out; as we are, for instance, in the breakup of the Lambertiste/Morenoite bloc several years ago.

Fraternally, Bolshevik Tendency

Death Agony of Stalinism

Eastern European Regimes Implode

Death Agony of Stalinism

[First printed in 1917 #8, Summer 1990.  Also appended is a 9/9/04 letter to the Internationalist Group further elaborating the IBT position on these events.]

The unravelling of the political order imposed upon Eastern Europe by the Soviet Union after the Second World War has profoundly altered the configuration of world politics. The dramatic recent events can be traced to Gorbachev’s acceptance, last August, of a Solidarnosc-led government in Poland, which signalled that the Kremlin would no longer back up its Warsaw Pact clients with troops and tanks.

With the threat of Soviet intervention removed, mass popular demonstrations against decades of Stalinist tyranny exploded across the region. In Romania this popular upsurge spilled over into a bloody armed conflict with Ceausescu’s Securitate. Elsewhere the ruling Communist Parties, devoid of any belief in their own legitimacy, changed their names and sacked their leaders before running for cover. To date, overtly pro-capitalist governments have taken office in Poland, Czechoslovakia, East Germany (DDR) and Hungary. In Romania and Bulgaria the ‘‘reform’’ Stalinists who still hold the reins of power promise to implement capitalist market measures in the near future.

While Moscow’s domination of Eastern Europe is rapidly becoming a thing of the past, the region’s future remains murky. But the momentum is clearly to the right. Forty years of Stalinist rule have profoundly discredited the very idea of socialism among broad layers of the working class. Misled, betrayed and confused, the East European proletariat has yet to assert itself as an independent political factor. The masses of people who tore down the Berlin wall and stood up to Ceausescu’s thugs were united by their hatred for the privileges, mendacity and economic mismanagement of their bureaucratic taskmasters. They knew what they didn’t want, but had no positive program.

The political vacuum created by the collapse of bureaucratic authority created an opening for pro-capitalist intellectuals and nationalist fanatics. Across Eastern Europe there is a recrudescence of fascistic organizations dating from the Hitler era. In the Romanian city of Tirgu Mures an organization calling itself the Iron Guard took responsibility for the murder of ethnic Hungarians; fifty years ago their namesake carried out pogroms against Jews. In Bulgaria vicious pogroms against the Turkish minority have caused thousands to flee for their lives. In the DDR, assaults on immigrants and leftists by gangs of Nazi skinheads have become common. Behind these forces stand the bankers and industrialists of the West who have been itching to reconquer the countries of the Soviet bloc.

The restoration of capitalism in Eastern Europe—a prospect now acutely posed—would represent an immense setback for the international proletariat. The bureaucratically-decreed collectivization of the means of production brought concrete benefits for the working class. Employment was guaranteed; food, housing and transportation prices were stabilized (and frequently subsidized); and health care and education were made generally available. In the DDR, daycare has been cheap and widely available, and special provisions have ensured affordable housing for single mothers and retirees. These social gains, which are directly targeted by the architects of capitalist restoration, remain genuinely popular among large sections of the masses, despite their current infatuation with the ‘‘magic’’ of the market.

For Political Revolution—Not Capitalist Restoration!

Millions of East European workers are not going to enjoy the introduction of capitalist speedup and layoffs. They will not sit still as food prices and rents soar while real wages are cut, nor will they be herded quietly into the unemployment queues and soup kitchens that await them in the kingdom of ‘‘free enterprise.’’ This poses an acute problem for the new pro-capitalist governments. Their main asset is mass support, yet they have a mandate for social counterrevolution that requires them to savage their base.

The projected absorption of the DDR by West Germany would create potentially explosive contradictions as the bourgeoisie attempts to make the working class assume the costs of the Anschluss. But the West German capitalists possess both a powerful state apparatus and immense economic resources with which to impose their will. Elsewhere in the region however, the lack of an effective repressive apparatus presents huge problems for the new governments. The existing military/police apparatuses inherited from the old regimes are in a state of disarray and cannot be relied on without first undergoing deep purges and new selections of personnel. This will not be easily accomplished, and in any case, requires time. Meanwhile the economic situation is rapidly going from bad to worse. There is not going to be any new Marshall Plan. To pull off the Pinochet-style ‘‘economic miracle’’ the new regimes hope for, they will need the military capacity to crush working-class resistance.

At this point the openly fascistic formations, like the anti-Semitic Confederation for an Independent Poland (KPN), which aspire to translate the anger and desperation of the plebian masses into pogroms and white terror, are too marginal to do the job. Without a sufficient counterweight to a cohesive working class, the embryonic capitalist regimes remain extremely vulnerable as the initial euphoria of ‘‘freedom’’ wears off, and the masses begin to comprehend exactly what life under capitalism means.

Now more than ever, the masses of East Europe need a revolutionary leadership committed to defending collectivized property and instituting the direct political rule of the working class, i.e., the perspective of proletarian political revolution. The first qualification of such a leadership is the ability to face the truth squarely and acknowledge the gravity of the restorationist danger. On this score most of the groupings of the ostensibly Trotskyist left come up short. Whether out of reluctance to criticize ‘‘mass movements,’’ or unwillingness to admit that the present political tide is not running in the direction of progress, the majority of the left pretends that it lives in a world more to its liking than the one that exists. This can only disarm the working class politically in the face of the reactionary onslaught.

The Collapse of Stalinism: Trotsky’s Prognosis Vindicated

The test of any political theory is its ability to explain great historical events. Over fifty years ago Trotsky characterized the Stalinist bureaucracy as a privileged social stratum, resting on the economic foundations created by the October Revolution of 1917. He pointed out that the bureaucracy’s political stranglehold prevented the democratic input and control by the producers necessary for the proper functioning of a collectivized economy. In theTransitional Program Trotsky predicted that, ‘‘Each day added to [the bureaucracy’s] domination helps rot the foundations of the socialist elements of economy and increases the chances for capitalist restoration.’’

Trotsky also argued that the Stalinists’ quest for wealth and status contradicted the egalitarian property forms on which their rule was based. This is why the Stalinist caste could never congeal into a new ruling class. Trotsky further asserted that the bureaucratic oligarchy remained a highly unstable social layer, vulnerable to either working-class uprisings or capitalist-restorationist currents. This analysis has been powerfully confirmed in recent months by the dramatic disintegration of what various impressionists had depicted as an unchanging totalitarian monolith. If nothing else, current developments in the ‘‘Soviet Bloc’’ conclusively refute all claims that the Stalinist bureaucracies constitute a new ruling class.

For many years the best known proponent of the ‘‘new class’’ theory was Max Shachtman, who split from the Trotskyist movement in 1940, and went on to claim that the Stalinists represented a ‘‘bureaucratic collectivist’’ class, neither bourgeois nor proletarian. Shachtman’s new class theory was so indeterminate, and his eventual defection to the imperialist camp so ignominious, that few leftists now lay claim to the doctrine of ‘‘bureaucratic collectivism’’ in its original form.

A variant of Shachtman’s theory is that of ‘‘state capitalism,’’ according to which the Stalinist bureaucracy has transformed itself into a new, collective, capitalist ruling class. The largest ‘‘state cap’’ tendency is headed by Tony Cliff, leader of the British Socialist Workers Party. Cliff’s grouping originally deserted the Trotskyist movement in the early 1950s, just as the Cold War was turning into a shooting war in Korea. In North America Cliff’s followers are known as the ‘‘International Socialists.’’ While the ‘‘theory’’ of state capitalism absolved Cliff and his co-thinkers from the uncomfortable task of defending the Soviet bloc against imperialism, and made them ‘‘respectable’’ in their social-democratic milieu, it could not explain the Cold War or the social revolutions led (and misled) by the Stalinists in the Third World. Nor could it explain why, if there was no fundamental antagonism between the two variants of ‘‘capitalism,’’ the imperialists fought so ferociously to contain and roll back ‘‘communism’’ from the Chinese revolution of the 1940s, to Korea, Vietnam and Cuba.

Harman vs. Cliff on the Character of the Bureaucracy

While the Cliffites have spent most of their time enthusing about the collapse of Stalinism and promoting various social-democratic oppositionists as ‘‘revolutionary Marxists,’’ their occasional attempts to explain events (rather than merely describe them) clearly expose the insoluble contradictions of their theory.

In a piece which appeared in the press of the American International Socialist Organization, Chris Harman, the British Cliffites’ leading Soviet expert, explained that: ‘‘The market is a code-word for restructuring the economy in Eastern Europe. Those sections which are not competitive with the West are to be wiped out, workers in other sections will have to work harder for less’’ (Socialist Worker [U.S.], January). True. But if wholesale privatization will have such disastrous consequences for the working class, it should surely be the elementary duty of Marxists to defend the status quo of state ownership—call it ‘‘bureaucratic collectivist,’’ ‘‘state capitalist’’ or anything else—against the ‘‘free market’’ onslaught. Yet such a call for the defense of state ownership would flatly contradict the visceral anti-Sovietism which defines the International Socialists’ world-view.

The Cliffites seek to conceal the manifest bankruptcy of their theory as a guide to action by downplaying the restorationist danger and instead singling out the rapidly disintegrating Stalinist state apparatuses as the main threat to the working class. According to Harman:

 ‘‘It is premature to predict exactly how political life will now develop in Eastern Europe. What can be said with certainty is that the old ruling class is nowhere finished yet.

 ‘‘This is true even if, as seems possible in Hungary, the old ruling party collapses completely.

 ‘‘A ruling class and a ruling party are never quite the same thing…

 ‘‘…the class can preserve the real source of its power and privileges, its control over the means of production, even when the party falls apart. This was shown in Germany, Italy and Spain after the fall of their fascisms.

 ‘‘The formal networks binding together police chiefs, army officers, government ministers and industrialists disintegrated.

 ‘‘But informal networks remained, as did the drive to accumulate which gave them a common class goal against those below them. It was not long before they were able to build new ruling parties just as capable of defending their interests as the old ones had.

 ‘‘In Eastern Europe, whether these networks stick to the old parties or switch to new ones, they will be preparing now for the next round in the fight…’’

    —Ibid.

Harman is apparently not concerned that his superficial analogy directly contradicts his mentor, Tony Cliff. In State Capitalism in Russia, Cliff compared the two systems of ‘‘class rule’’ as follows:

‘‘Wherever there is a fusion of economics and politics it is theoretically wrong to distinguish between political and economic revolution, or between political and economic counter-revolution. The bourgeoisie can exist as the bourgeoisie, owning private property, under different forms of government: under a feudal monarchy, a constitutional monarchy, a bourgeois republic…In all these cases there is a direct relation of ownership between the bourgeoisie and the means of production. In all of them the state is independent of the direct control of the bourgeoisie, and yet in none of them does the bourgeoisie cease to be a ruling class. Where the state is the repository of the means of production, there is an absolute fusion between economics and politics; political expropriation also means economic expropriation.’’

Cliff at least recognizes that the ‘‘informal network’’ that binds capitalist classes together, regardless of which political faction is in charge of the state, is nothing less than private property in the means of production . And if, as Cliff and Harman will readily concede, the absence of private property is a distinctive feature of the collectivized economies of the USSR and Eastern Europe, then the only way that the Stalinist ‘‘ruling class’’ can maintain its power is through an absolute monopoly on the state. Why then are the Stalinists relinquishing their political monopoly in one Eastern European country after another? Are they the first ruling class in history to abandon power without a fight? If so, isn’t Harman wrong to call Eastern European opposition leaders ‘‘reformists,’’ who are naive about the dangers of Stalinist retrenchment? The reformist strategy would appear to be working.

Stalinist Bureaucracy: Caste Not Class

The Stalinists do not behave like a ruling class because they are not a ruling class. The main enemy of the workers of Eastern Europe today is not the various national bureaucracies, which are in an advanced stage of decomposition, but the capitalists of the U.S. and West Germany, who seek to reintegrate these economies into the imperialist world market.

In a particularly opaque piece in the February issue of Socialist Worker Review, the Cliffites’ monthly magazine, Chris Bambery claims that:

 ‘‘In reality, the choice for the bureaucracy is whether to cling to the old state capitalist methods of the past or to adopt policies similar to Thatcherite privatisation. Both Gorbachev and Thatcher are concerned with increasing exploitation.’’

Bambery’s notion that the impulse for the projected privatization of the economies of Eastern Europe originates in a conscious decision by the Stalinist rulers aimed at consolidating their rule by ‘‘increasing exploitation’’ is ludicrous. The drive toward capitalist restoration can only further disintegrate whatever social power the Stalinist apparatuses still possess. When and if the Comecon countries reintroduce capitalism, the Stalinist bureaucracies will be dismantled. The bulk of the nomenklatura is well aware that their replacement by the capitalist market as the regulator of economic activity will entail a loss of both material privileges and social status.

In the Revolution Betrayed, Trotsky anticipated that, ‘‘The fall of the present bureaucratic dictatorship, if it were not replaced by a new socialist power, would thus mean a return to capitalist relations with a catastrophic decline of industry and culture.’’ In State Capitalism in Russia, Cliff ruled out such a development: ‘‘The internal forces are not able to restore individual capitalism in Russia…’’ Cliff’s mistaken projection was not just an unlucky guess; it is a necessary corollary to the claim that the Soviet bureaucracy is a new ruling class rooted in a new form of class society, rather than a parasitic growth on working-class property forms.

The precipitate panic and desperate backpedalling of the Eastern European bureaucracies in the face of recent events has graphically revealed the profound instability of these bureaucratic castes. Those elements of the bureaucracy who can, are already scrambling to find places in the emerging capitalist order, not as members of a Stalinist ‘‘ruling class,’’ but as individual entrepreneurs. Those bureaucrats who see no place for themselves in a Western-dominated economy will be compelled, regardless of their motives, to throw in their lot with the sections of the working class disenchanted with the ‘‘market reforms.’’ This is not the behavior of a ruling class, but rather that of an unstable social layer torn between major contending forces in any decisive class confrontation.

The current crisis of Stalinism has revealed Tony Cliff’s doctrine as what it has always been: a smokescreen for political accommodation to anti-Soviet prejudice. The Cliffites’ inability to answer the most elementary questions posed by the class struggle in Eastern Europe or explain, much less predict, the behavior of the Stalinists, testifies to the complete lack of scientific merit of the theory of ‘‘state capitalism.’’ Worse, if followed by leftists in Eastern Europe, it could only mean abstention in the major class question posed today: whether or not to defend the system of collectivized property (which alone can provide the basis of democratic planning) against those who would restore private ownership in the means of production.

USec Embraces ‘‘Dynamic’’ of Social Counterrevolution

Unlike the ‘‘state capitalists,’’ Professor Ernest Mandel’s United Secretariat of the Fourth International (USec) claims to stand in the tradition of Trotsky, including his position on the ‘‘Russian Question.’’ Thus, they characterize the USSR as a degenerated workers state and recognize the states set up by the Kremlin in Eastern Europe after World War II as deformed workers states. But the USec has been, if anything, even more Stalinophobic and less fastidious about the character of the ‘‘mass movements’’ they champion in Eastern Europe than the Cliffites. The Mandelites have embraced any and all anti-Stalinist currents in the region, including those with openly fascistic sympathies. The 18 September 1989 issue of the USec’s main English language organ, International Viewpoint (IV), published a revolting appeal for the rehabilitation of the Estonian ‘‘Forest Brothers,’’ an anti-Semitic band of Nazi-collaborators (see ‘‘How Low Can Mandel Go?’’, 1917 No. 7).

The same Stalinophobic reflex was evident in the USec’s enthusing over Polish Solidarnosc, despite the latter’s adoption of an openly capitalist-restorationist program at its September 1981 congress. Today Solidarnosc, at the head of the Polish government, is aggressively pushing the program of capitalist restoration that it adopted nine years ago. The human costs for the Polish workers will be enormous. In the 25 March Toronto Star, liberal columnist Richard Gwyn commented that, so far: ‘‘The scale of the pain is—to us—utterly unimaginable. In January, the real incomes of Poles dropped by one-third.’’ Moreover:

 ‘‘The second shock, starting this summer, will knock some people flat on their faces when they find themselves unemployed while others, the black-marketeers and joint-venture employees, will skip and dance to the head of the income queue.

 ‘‘‘There is a risk of conflict that is growing all the time,’ says Maciej Jankowski, vice-chairman of the Solidarity union’s Warsaw district and a government loyalist.’’

None of this has prompted Mandel to rethink his position. His American adherents in the Socialist Action grouping, who have raised the openly counterrevolutionary call for the ‘‘unconditional’’ (i.e., capitalist) reunification of Germany, still use an adaptation of the Solidarnosc logo on the masthead of their newspaper. The USec’s European leadership, which is not quite so clumsy, attempts to distance itself from Solidarnosc in power, while remaining completely unrepentant about having tailed Walesa & Co. all the way to the Sejm.

Pabloite Objectivists: See No Evil

The USec leadership rationalizes its adaptation to the burgeoning pro-imperialist movements for ‘‘democracy’’ in Eastern Europe by downplaying the restorationist threat. In a lengthy analytical piece that appeared in the 30 October 1989 International Viewpoint, Mandel wrote:

 ‘‘The main question in the political struggles underway is not the restoration of capitalism. The main question is whether these struggles head in the direction of an anti-bureaucratic political revolution or of a partial or total elimination of the democratic freedoms acquired by the masses under glasnost. The main fight is not between pro-capitalist and anti-capitalist forces. It is between the bureaucracy and the toiling masses…’’

    —emphasis added

To back this assertion Mandel points to the ‘‘objective logic’’ of class forces. Noting that, ‘‘In none of the bureaucratized workers’ states does the petty bourgeoisie and middle bourgeoisie represent more than a small minority of the society…’’ He concludes: ‘‘The only minimally realistic possibility for arriving at such a result [capitalism] is relying outright on the ‘reform’ wing of the bureaucracy.’’ But even this is no cause for worry, because for the:

 ‘‘very great majority of the bureaucracy, the restoration of capitalism would reduce their power and privileges. Only a small minority would or could transform themselves into real entrepreneurs of big industrial or financial firms…

‘‘Assuming that the bureaucracy is heading in this direction means assuming that it is ready to commit harakiri as a crystallized social caste.’’

Mandel goes on to assert that the workers and poor peasants will never embrace capitalism because, ‘‘The weight of the ideological factor…remains subordinate to the confrontation of real social interests.’’ In Poland:

 ‘‘However delighted they may be by Solidarnosc’s spectacular political victory…and however great the real ideological influence (often exaggerated abroad) of the church and nationalism, the Polish workers will act decisively to defend their standard of living, their jobs and even the miserable social security that they have gained when any government, even one led by Solidarnosc, attacks them. It is their interests and not any ‘ideological values’ that in the last analysis will determine their day-to-day behavior…’’

    —Ibid.

Barnesites’ Criminal Idiocy

Jack Barnes, leader of the American Socialist Workers Party, Mandel’s partners in the USec, also sees the key issue in Eastern Europe as one of democracy versus Stalinism. The Barnesites, who are in the habit of uncritically retailing every pronouncement of the Cuban bureaucracy, have uncharacteristically taken issue with Fidel Castro over this question. In the 9 March issue of the Militant, SWP leader Cindy Jaquith criticized Castro for denouncing the ‘‘ferocious anticommunism’’ of Solidarnosc and its allies. Jaquith lectures the Cuban jefe that ‘‘it is not the case that the fight for democratic rights in Eastern Europe hurts Cuba; just the opposite.’’ She continues:

 ‘‘It is not socialism that is being dealt a blow by this upsurge, but Stalinism, which has kept a counterrevolutionary grip on the working classes of these countries for decades. And by dealing a blow to Stalinism, the workers are dealing a giant blow to world imperialism, which has relied on the stability of Stalinist rule in Eastern Europe to maintain the status quo for 40 years.’’

To portray the reopening of this major sector of the world economy to capitalist penetration as ‘‘a giant blow to world imperialism’’ is so completely at variance with reality that it defies description. Even the Barnesites must know that a return to capitalism in Eastern Europe will mean an orgy of anti-Semitic pogroms, attacks on women’s rights, wholesale reduction of living standards for the masses, and the transformation of millions of workers to homeless paupers. Yet Jaquith brightly opines:

‘‘as millions of workers in Eastern Europe confront the devastating consequences to their living standards and working conditions resulting from the introduction of capitalist methods, they will resist. And they will reach out for revolutionary ideas that have been denied them for decades…’’

What will the SWP hand the future paupers of Eastern Europe when they ‘‘reach out’’? Remaindered copies of the speeches of deposed Third-World bonapartists Thomas Sankara and Maurice Bishop?

False Consciousness in the Proletariat

Those SWPers and USec members who can think, and who are not cynics, should be deeply troubled by the attitude of their leaders. If the workers will always defend their interests ‘‘decisively,’’ why did they vote in overwhelming numbers for the pro-capitalist Solidarnosc candidates in the first place? The monumental false consciousness of the Polish working class, which imagines that it has friends from the White House to the Vatican, demonstrates that class consciousness is not an automatic function of objective social interest, as Mandel and Jaquith suppose. If it were, socialism would have triumphed long ago.

Humanity makes its own history, but often not as it intends. When workers act on the basis of a faulty understanding of their objective situation major defeats for the class can result. The history of the American trade-union movement contains abundant examples of white workers striking against the hiring of blacks, to ‘‘protect’’ their jobs. The Ulster Workers Council strike of 1974, one of the most powerful and successful labor actions in the recent history of the British Isles, was conducted with the aim of maintaining Protestant supremacy. The British miners’ strike of 1984-85 was defeated in part because a majority of the Nottinghamshire miners scabbed on their fellow workers.

Polish workers do not compare their lot with that of the impoverished masses of Latin America, but with the skilled workers of Western Europe and the U.S. They do not see the squalid ghettoes in which American blacks and immigrant workers are imprisoned, nor the millions of homeless indigents sleeping in cardboard boxes. Nor do they see the image of their future in the devastated industrial belts of the American Midwest or the north of England. Instead, their gaze is fixed upon the full shop windows, the VCRs, and the well-appointed suburban houses portrayed in capitalist propaganda as the birthright of all who live in the realm of ‘‘free enterprise.’’

The Necessity of Revolutionary Leadership

The attempt to reimpose capitalist exploitation on Eastern Europe will undoubtedly provoke massive resistance from the working class. But each defeat for the workers in the present weakens their capacity to fight back in the future.The Polish workers would have had a better chance of turning back the restorationist tide had they broken with Solidarnosc before it came to power. They will be in a stronger position by mounting a struggle against the Solidarnosc government now rather than waiting until millions are thrown out of the factories and living standards are slashed further.

The objective class position of workers in society makes their struggle for power possible, but it does not guarantee success. The workers are best able to fight when they are politically armed against the false conceptions that paralyse their capacity for struggle, and when they are alerted, at every step of the way, to the dangers that threaten them. This is the task of revolutionary leadership. Panglossian assurances that the ‘‘objective logic’’ of the class struggle will automatically lead the workers to reject false ideas, and act out their role in accordance with some predetermined ‘‘Marxist’’ script is, in the end, a rationale for abdicating the struggle for Marxist consciousness within the working class.

Such rationales are not new in the history of the socialist movement. Lenin’s Bolshevik party was forged in struggle against a doctrine known as ‘‘economism’’ or the ‘‘spontaneity of the masses.’’ According to the economists, the day-to-day economic struggles of the class would somehow lead to the ‘‘historically inevitable’’ triumph of socialism. In rejecting such doctrines, Lenin counterposed the need to organize the politically conscious minority of the class into a vanguard party committed to combat bourgeois consciousness in the working class and win influence for the revolutionary program. Mandel’s pronouncements to the effect that the workers ‘‘interests’’ and not their ‘‘ideological values’’ will determine their day-to-day behavior have far more in common with economism than with Leninism, a legacy the USec falsely claims.

Workers Power: Left Face of the Third Camp

The British centrists of Workers Power, who can usually be found a step or two to the left of the USec, seem more alert to the dangers of capitalist restoration. The September 1989 issue of Workers Power proclaimed: ‘‘Poland—No Return to Capitalism!’’ In 1981, while the USec was singing the praises of the ‘‘dynamic’’ embodied by the counterrevolutionary Solidarnosc leadership, Workers Power took a more critical attitude. But a close examination of the political record reveals that Workers Power’s ‘‘leftism’’ is nothing more than a posture. When the showdown came in December 1981, as the Stalinists moved to suppress the counterrevolutionary leadership of Solidarnosc, Workers Power joined the USec and various other fake-Trotskyist outfits in defense of this openly capitalist-restorationist movement. Eight years later the same Solidarnosc leadership, espousing the same program, has finally made it into the halls of power, intent on setting up a market economy. When it counted, Workers Power was on the wrong side of the barricades.

The March issue of Workers Power rationalizes its Stalinophobia as follows:

 ‘‘spontaneous working class opposition to Stalinism is likely to equate Stalinism with the revolutionary movement to which it owes its origins. This confusion can be overcome, not by siding with the Stalinists against the working class, but by basing ourselves on the mobilised working class in its progressive struggles.’’

‘‘Progressive struggles’’ are all very well, but when the working class is mobilized by the forces of clerical reaction and capitalist restoration, as it was in Poland, Workers Power falls right in behind.

Despite its ostensible Soviet defensism, Workers Power has not travelled very far from its origins in Tony Cliff’s International Socialists. An article on German reunification in the November 1989 Workers Power called, ‘‘For the expulsion of foreign troops from both states.’’ This is nothing more than a concretization of the Cliffite slogan, ‘‘Neither Washington Nor Moscow.’’ The March 1990 issue notes that ‘‘NATO is an imperialist alliance’’ and proclaims, ‘‘we fight for its dissolution and for the unconditional withdrawal of all its forces to their country of origin.’’ Very good. But the article continues:

‘‘The Warsaw Pact was created in response to the imperialist threat to the Soviet Union and those states it had conquered. Whilst its troops were and are a form of defence of the post-capitalist property relations of those states, the only combat they have ever undertaken has been the suppression of the insurgent working classes….and we are in favour of its dissolution and the withdrawal of its troops.’’

    —emphasis added

If the Warsaw Pact increased the defensive capacity of the deformed workers states against imperialist assault, why call for its dissolution? This is not just muddle-headedness. As its defense of capitalist-restorationist Solidarnosc demonstrates, Workers Power represents the ‘‘left’’ face of Stalinophobia in the ostensibly Trotskyist milieu.

The attitude of revolutionaries toward the Soviet military in the deformed workers states depends on the concrete circumstances. Insofar as it represents a bulwark against imperialist military pressure, or domestic counterrevolution, we defend it. Unlike Workers Power, we did not oppose Soviet intervention in Afghanistan. Had the Soviet Union intervened in Vietnam against the imperialists, as the Chinese army did during the Korean War, we would have supported it militarily.

Where the Soviet army is used against the working class, as in the DDR in 1953 or Hungary in 1956, we demand its immediate withdrawal and defend the insurgents. In the DDR last fall Soviet troops did not pose any immediate danger to the mobilizations of the working class. Given the relative disparity between the military and economic weight of the DDR and West Germany, the withdrawal of the Soviet military presence would significantly weaken the defense of collectivized property. While paying lip service to the distinction between the Warsaw Pact and NATO, Workers Power’s position of even-handed opposition to both is pure third campism.

Spartacist Hallucinations and the Political Revolution

The U.S.-based Spartacist League (SL), and its satellites in the ‘‘International Communist League’’ (ICL) recognize that capitalist restoration, and not a resurgent Stalinist bureaucracy, is the main danger facing the workers of the region. For this reason we extended critical support to the candidates of the ‘‘Spartacist Workers Party’’ (SpAD) in the March 18 elections in the DDR (see statement reprinted in this issue).

Yet while the SpAD calls for the formation of ‘‘Leninist-Egalitarian’’ parties in East Europe, the ICL itself is little more ‘‘egalitarian’’ than Ceausescu’s Romania. Any recruits to the SpAD who think they are joining a democratic group are in for a rude awakening.

The ICL’s departures from Trotskyism go beyond the autocratic nature of its internal regime. There is a strain in their treatment of the crisis of Stalinism that dovetails with the pseudo-optimism of the USec. Immediately after the Tiananmen Square massacre last year, Workers Vanguard (WV, 9 June 1989) triumphantly proclaimed: ‘‘Chinese Stalinism has provoked a political revolution that may well spell the doom of this bureaucratic, anti-worker regime’’ (emphasis added). The article concluded, ‘‘That revolution has now begun.’’ But there was no political revolution in China last spring. In our statement on the Beijing massacre, we commented:

‘‘Various impressionistic self-proclaimed ‘Trotskyists’—from Ernest Mandel’s United Secretariat to the Spartacist Tendency—declared that a full-fledged political revolution was underway. While the upheavals were enormous in scope and certainly potentially revolutionary, they did not constitute what Trotskyists could characterize as a political revolution. First, any serious attempt to replace the CCP would require revolutionary institutions capable of challenging and ultimately replacing the existing bureaucratic state power. The Hungarian Revolution of 1956, which was an attempted political revolution, threw up workers councils, which could have become the main institutions of state power had the workers prevailed. But the Chinese ‘democracy movement’…created no organizational forms which could have constituted a framework for state power. The aim of the movement was not to destroy but to reform the institutions of bureaucratic rule.

 ‘‘Secondly, a political revolution in a deformed workers state would aim to throw out the bureaucrac preserving state ownership of the means of production. The ‘democracy movement’ possessed no such clarity regarding its objectives.’’

Some people interpreted the Spartacist references to political revolution in Beijing as only a premature and over-enthusiastic reaction to the Chinese upheaval. But the same error reappears in the group’s coverage of events in the DDR. A front-page article in the 29 December 1989 Workers Vanguard begins: ‘‘A political revolution is unfolding in the German Democratic Republic…’’ The 26 January WV features an article headlined: ‘‘A Chicago College Student Sees It Firsthand—The Political Revolution in East Germany’’ which reports from ‘‘the midst of the unfolding workers political revolution against Stalinist bureaucratic rule.’’ Why do the Spartacists insist on seeing proletarian political revolutions where none exist? Veterans of the Socialist Workers Party (U.S.) of the 1960s and 70s can recall their leadership’s attempts to win new members and reassure old ones with claims that every organizational initiative would result in a ‘‘broader, deeper, more profound’’ mobilization of the masses. The same ‘‘everything’s going our way’’ syndrome that prompts Ernest Mandel to argue that the objective logic of the class struggle will lead inexorably to the triumph of the political revolution, leads James Robertson to claim that it is already in progress.

You’ve heard us talk a lot about the political revolution, Robertson might tell a starry-eyed Chicago college student or an older member whose commitment is waning, and if you belong to that small minority of our members still in the habit of reading, you’ve probably read about it in The Revolution Betrayed. Well, now you can see the political revolution with your very own eyes. Join (or stay in) the Spartacist League and go to the DDR!

So a few college students sign on and perhaps some long-suffering cadres dig a little deeper, hoping that maybe this will turn out to be the big wave they’ve been waiting for. But temporary organizational gains made by such methods tend to dissipate very quickly when the promised breakthrough doesn’t materialize. As Robertson well knows, the drunken euphoria of a Saturday night can turn into in a pretty wicked hangover on Sunday morning. And right now, after months of frantic activity, the mood in Robertson’s German ‘‘party’’ appears to be a bit down.

The 20 March issue of Arprekorr (the Spartacist’s DDR newsheet) contains a short article entitled ‘‘They Stole the Wrong Cars,’’ which reports that two star DDR recruits recently decamped, taking a number of their friends with them. Apparently the dissidents had grown tired of the commandist leadership style of Robertson’s lieutenants. One of those to leave was Gunther M., who had only recently been added to the editorial board of the German Spartakist, the main journal of the SpAD. Arprekorr claims that those who walked out, who we have heard numbered about a dozen, took a portion of the group’s assets, including automobiles, books and mail. To add insult to injury the SpAD dissidents immediately registered as a political group with the DDR government using ‘‘copies of the program and statutes of the SpAD.’’

For Leninist Realism—Not Idiot Optimism

The Spartacists, Cliffites and Mandelites are, each in their own way, inclined to substitute a more congenial reality for the one that exists. The arc of history bends toward socialism, but that arc can be long, and lead through many episodic defeats. The will to survive those defeats and persevere until victory requires tempered commitment—not fairy tales, idiot optimism or sugary-false hope. The class struggle will not disappear, regardless of the outcome of events in Eastern Europe. The future belongs to socialism, because it alone charts a path out of the barbarism and pathology of the imperialist world order.


Letter to the Internationalist Group

Stalinists and Counterrevolution

Orininally posted online at http://www.bolshevik.org/Leaflets/IBT_I4I_GDR.html

International Bolshevik Tendency

New York

9 September 2004

Internationalist Group

New York

Comrades:

In your recent article (“Post-Soviet SL/ICL: New Zigzags on the Centrist Road,” Internationalist No. 19) you falsely characterize our position on the Stalinists’ role in the destruction of the Soviet bloc:

 “Lo these past eight years, since January 1996 to be exact, it has been the official story of the Spartacist League and its International Communist League that the Stalinists ‘led the counterrevolution’ in East Germany (the DDR).

    …

 “The SL/ICL in effect took up the line that ‘Stalinism is counterrevolutionary through and through’ which it had fought against tooth and nail in the past. This was the logic of the Stalinophobic ‘Bolshevik Tendency,’ who held that the ‘main danger’ in East Germany was the SED regime, thereby whitewashing the actual counterrevolutionary threat of the West German bourgeoisie and its social-democratic lieutenants, and on that grounds accused the SL/ICL of having a ‘Stalinophilic tendency’.”

Unlike the SL, we never asserted that the Stalinists led the counterrevolution in the DDR or anywhere else. This position was just the flip side of the ICL’s earlier political adaptation to the Stalinist bureaucracy:

“In this period [the winter of 1989-90] the ICL did not focus on attacking [DDR prime minister] Modrow as a sellout whom the workers must sweep away in defense of the DDR. Instead, they criticized him only in passing….”

    —”Robertsonites in Wonderland,” 1917 No. 10, 1991

This was a critical mistake:

 “The right won on the ground, while confusion prevailed among the more politically conscious workers who trusted the ‘honest, reformed’ Stalinists. This is why the Modrow regime was especially dangerous, and why it was imperative to warn the workers against it.”

    —Ibid.

The ICL’s opportunist course reached its nadir with James Robertson’s ludicrous attempt to arrange private meetings with Soviet General B.V. Snetkov, DDR master spy Markus Wolf and SED/PDS party leader Gregor Gysi. This initiative was so grotesquely opportunist that neither the IG nor the SL dare defend it today.

We addressed your objection to our focus on criticism of the Stalinists in a December 1996 letter to you:

 “The complaint that we directed most of our criticism at the SED/PDS instead of the openly restorationist SPD [Social Democratic Party] and the bourgeois parties recalls the centrists’ objections to Trotsky concentrating his political attacks on the Popular Front, and particularly on its ‘far-left’ component, the POUM [Workers’ Party of Marxist Unification], during the Spanish Civil War. After all, was not Franco the ‘main enemy’? The same criticisms were made of Lenin in 1917, when the Bolsheviks directed most of their polemics at the fake-left misleaders rather than the Tsarists, Black Hundreds and other open counterrevolutionaries. This is of course A-B-C for Trotskyists, but the talk of the ‘main enemy’ in the DDR perhaps makes it worth reiterating.”

    —reprinted in Trotskyist Bulletin No. 6, “Polemics with the IG”

We also reminded you of Trotsky’s parallel observation in his 1940 article “Stalin After the Finnish Experience”:

 “I consider the main source of danger to the USSR in the present international period to be Stalin and the oligarchy headed by him. An open struggle against them, in the view of world public opinion, is inseparably connected for me with the defense of the USSR.”

You claim that the logic of our position is that “Stalinism is counterrevolutionary through and through,” but you can cite no proof, because there is none. In our 1996 letter we observed that, contrary to the SL, “Norden/Stamberg are quite right that the Stalinist bureaucracy is not ‘able to lead’ counterrevolution ‘without fracturing’.” We made this point repeatedly during the critical period. For example, in a 1990 polemic against Tony Cliff’s state capitalist organization we wrote:

 “The Stalinists do not behave like a ruling class because they are not a ruling class. The main enemy of the workers of Eastern Europe today is not the various national bureaucracies, which are in an advanced stage of decomposition, but the capitalists of the U.S. and West Germany, who seek to reintegrate these economies into the imperialist world market.

    …

 “The drive toward capitalist restoration can only further disintegrate whatever social power the Stalinist apparatuses still possess. When and if the Comecon countries reintroduce capitalism, the Stalinist bureaucracies will be dismantled. The bulk of the nomenklatura is well aware that their replacement by the capitalist market as the regulator of economic activity will entail a loss of both material privileges and social status.”

    —”Death Agony of Stalinism,” 1917 No. 8, 1990

We made the same point in attacking Workers Power’s Stalinophobia:

 “The November 1989 LRCI [Workers Powers’ international group] statement on the DDR, entitled ‘The Political Revolution in East Germany,’ demanded: ‘Down with Stalinist and imperialist plans to restore capitalism!’ The problem with this slogan is that it fails to distinguish between the treachery of the Stalinist bureaucrats who capitulated to capitalist restoration and the imperialists who engineered it. In its July 1990 account of the demise of the DDR, Workers Power declared that ‘the principal enemy of the working class within the GDR’ had not been the burgeoning forces of a renewed pan-German capitalism, but the rapidly disintegrating ‘bureaucratic state apparatus’ (Trotskyist International No. 5, Autumn 1990).

    …

 “The LRCI shares responsibility for this catastrophe [in the DDR]. Instead of trying to attract the most class-conscious elements of the working class to resist the demolition of the workers state, these ostensible Marxists did their best to convince the workers that the destruction of the deformed German workers state was a ‘historic victory’.”

    —”Doubletalk in the 2.5 Camp,” 1917 No. 10, 1991

The IG will go nowhere if it insists on attacking political opponents for positions that they do not hold. Revolutionaries do not play with the truth. As Trotsky observed, a viable revolutionary organization can only be built by being “true in little things as in big ones.”

Bolshevik greetings,

Samuel T. [Trachtenberg]

The Collapse of the DDR

Eyewitness Reports

The Collapse of the DDR

[First printed in 1917 #8, Summer 1990. Copied from http://www.bolshevik.org/1917/no8/no08ddr1.pdf ]

MARCH 10—One of the most striking things about events in the DDR [German Democratic Republic] is the almost total absence of political class-conscious activity by workers as workers. To understand why, you have to understand something of the social/political reality in the DDR. It seems clear that the elementary consciousness of the workers of themselves as a class, with their own class interests, exists on a much lower level in the DDR than in the Federal Republic [BRD].

Many DDR workers have no idea how capitalism works, or that workers and capitalists have opposing interests. A recent poll showed 56 percent of the people in the DDR believed that only minimal legal limitations should be placed on capitalists. In the BRD only 39 percent felt that minimal legal controls are adequate. The organized opposition, the mass demonstrations, the post-November ‘‘citizens’ movements’’ and the developing political parties had no independent working-class character. The leadership of all parties, from left to right, was and is in the hands of the petty bourgeoisie: doctors, academics, ministers, artists and lawyers. Even the United Left [Vereinigte Linke (VL)] activists are students and academics. The strike wave that occurred in late January and early February has tapered off. Issues were limited and varied: higher wages, demands for management (SED) resignations and for separating factories from Kombinat and economic control (narrow worker sectoral interest).

Capitalist Restorationism and Trade Unionism in the DDR

Some Betriebsrat [workers council] bodies have been formed but these are either like shop-steward groups or nascent trade-union formations. The maximum level of working-class organization to date has been a ragged and confused growth of trade-union activity. The FDGB (Stalinist-dominated union body) quickly got rid of its old leadership (many resigned without pressure), and is trying to rebuild a trade-union movement on a limited, defensive trade-union program.

Distrust of the old FDGB (which had done nothing for 40 years) gave rise to burgeoning independent trade unions with narrow interests. Teachers, police and railroad workers began asking for Beamtenstatus (as in the BRD). This has been a special category of public workers who give up the right to strike in exchange for fixed wages and lifetime jobs. When the independent teachers union asked for state guaranteed social protection, i.e., medical care, child care and cost of living (only for themselves), they were told rudely by the vice-minister of education that workers can have such guarantees only with socialism, and one can have socialism only with dictatorship. The ideology of the union movement is borrowed directly from the DGB [BRD trade-union movement] and the SPD [BRD Social Democratic Party], which are directly guiding and trying to control the DDR union movement.

The DGB is apparently having some success in persuading the FDGB that shop-steward bodies must be separated from the union with full-time, on-site workers representatives, paid by the enterprise, not the union. This is rationalized as giving full scope to workers democracy, but is really aimed at separating the trade-union functionaries from the rank and file, and limiting work-place meetings (whether meetings of the whole workforce or of shop-steward bodies) to economic matters. It is a framework for establishing a very bureaucratized trade-union structure, free from control by the base, which could get away with holding very infrequent membership meetings.

The DDR parliament amended the basic law to forbid lockouts and guarantee the unlimited right to strike. The law enshrines Mitbestimmung, which does not simply mean that workers and employers must sit down and talk, but also that both parties have common interests in efficient and uninterrupted production, and must act together for social peace. This is the legislative and ideological underpinning of the BRD trade-union movement. The proposed DDR trade-union law included language on ‘‘co-determination’’ that implied union veto power over management prerogatives such as joint ventures, outright sale of factories, placing economic enterprises on the stock market, etc. This was rejected by the parliament. ‘‘Co-determination,’’ by the way, is the maximum economic trade-union program of the West German SPD and DGB. The legislation, which was made part of the DDR constitution by a two-thirds Volkskammer [DDR parliament] vote, was passed despite the objections of some CDU (DDR) members of parliament.

The DDR trade-union law has some parallels with the Norris-La Guardia Act (the so-called Magna Carta of labor), passed in the U.S. in the 1930s. The CP [Communist Party] as well as the SWP [Socialist Workers Party] opposed the law as an extension of the ‘‘right’’ of the capitalist state to intervene in and exert control over workers struggles. The CP quickly capitulated, but the Trotskyist SWP did not. Of course the situation here is different because it is still a deformed workers state.

The fact that the new law does not place limitations on the right to strike resulted in a storm of anger from BRD capitalists, and threats of no economic ‘‘aid’’ unless the law is changed to conform at least to BRD restrictions (which are in some ways more restrictive than U.S. law). The SPD (DDR) candidate for prime minister, Boehm, stated darkly that this law will be ‘‘subject to disposition.’’ There is great anger at what is seen as a PDS attempt to cater to working-class interests and disrupt rapid capitalist restoration.

But the restorationist drive seems very strong. If, after the elections, a pro-capitalist government is consolidated and state property is privatized, new amendments to the trade-union law will rapidly be imposed to narrow the space for ‘‘legal’’ workers defensive actions. The Mitbestimmung establishes the framework for class collaborationism involving the unions. A sort of precedent for this already exists in the BRD. Elected workers representatives in the BRD often have legal access to employer financial and business records and information, but are prohibited from telling their fellow workers or union officials. Violation of this can lead to severe penalties.

The Legacy of Prussian Stalinism

Why did this happen? Forty years of Stalinism have resulted in a profound depoliticization of the working class in the DDR. Workers had neither independent organization nor even the most limited union rights. All benefits came from above, from the party. The SED/DDR catchword was not ‘‘working class’’ but ‘‘Volk.’’ This can be translated as ‘‘people,’’ but also carries extreme nationalistic connotations of race, culture and blood. Everything was Volks: Volks-parliament, Volks-army, Volks-police. In fact the old Prussian elitism was carried over into all institutions. Academics and professionals appear to have had more influence than workers in the state and economic apparatus; university graduates automatically became army officers. Workers could aspire only to be soldiers. Academics with doctorates occupied almost all leading positions, except for a handful of politburo members.

This was a state with non-capitalist Prussian-style organization and petty-bourgeois intolerance and smugness. The petty bourgeoisie is quite sizable. Eighty thousand private petty-bourgeois establishments (limited to ten workers) are in operation, ranging from pubs and restaurants, to repair and service, to small factories. There are close to a million people in the DDR working for private businesses outside the Volkseigentum [peoples’ property] sector of the economy. These petty entrepreneurs, together with clergy and academics, constituted the cadre of the movements and parties fighting for reunification and capitalist restoration. They were joined rapidly by most of the economic administrators and bureaucrats.

Political ideology did not exist in the DDR except as a crude form of Prussian Stalinism. Few people (including SED members) completely embraced or really believed in this world view. People just went home and watched BRD TV (except in and around Dresden). Enormous social pressure had built up, and when the mass demonstrations began, a number of writers and intellectuals attempted to give expression to a ‘‘democratic socialist’’ vision for the future of the DDR. This vision was very soon swept away and replaced with a vision of market economics and capitalist reunification as the way forward.

The regime virtually collapsed. The political bureau of the SED resigned, and the SED conference removed the entire central committee without replacing them. Many SED functionaries quit the party and left their government posts. An economic and political vacuum existed. The most important ministry, the economic ministry, ceased to function. Central (or even ministerial) planning collapsed or was abandoned. Kombinat and works management were left without power or guidance; regional government bodies collapsed either through resignation or lack of ‘‘legitimacy.’’ In the political field many SED state functionaries were initially replaced with ministers from the four bloc parties, and ministers without portfolio were added from the Round Table opposition. These were mostly from the ‘‘center’’ parties. The PDS is in a minority in the council of ministers. A significant number of government functionaries left the SED, and either joined the right-wing or the liberal parties or are knocking on the door of the SPD.

Most of the industrial and economic managers began demanding legalization of capitalist property. A few Kombinat managers are making half-hearted pleas for Volkseigentum in heavy industry, but of course subject to market pressures. Everywhere Round Table formations have sprung up and are assuming administrative powers. These often include the PDS, which appears to always capitulate to the majority. These Round Table formations have appointed working bodies to study, make recommendations, and to assume control of administrative functions, buildings, communications, press and former Stasi [disbanded DDR secret police] property.

The initial cry ‘‘we are the people’’ was rapidly replaced with the slogan ‘‘we are one people.’’ The orgy of nationalism is more widespread and hysterical than in the BRD. The ideological programmatic vacuum is filled almost entirely from the BRD. Capitalism, national re-unification and anti-communist slogans, as expressed by BRD political parties, have been adopted wholesale, and are reflected in simplistic slogan form by almost all the larger, influential DDR parties. German nationalism dominates. Our German brothers and sisters will not allow us to suffer, but will rapidly incorporate us into successful BRD capitalism, with its extensive social cushions. After all, we are all Germans! Television shows of factory and work-place meetings in the DDR show workers begging for advice as how to build capitalism, or workers passionately attacking former SED members and saying, ‘‘We can only move forward when we get rid of everything red.’’ It seems that, at the moment, conditions in the DDR are more favorable for the rapid growth of neo-fascist groups and ideology than in the BRD. The DDR regime was always extremely nationalistic. Fascism was always characterized primarily as anti-communist. At the site of the Buchenwald concentration camp there are no memorials or information about the large number of Jews who were imprisoned and murdered there. Schoolchildren learned very little about the Holocaust. The Ulbricht regime was openly anti-Semitic. A sizable number of Jewish communists returned to the DDR after 1945. Many were persecuted, and most Jews left the DDR in subsequent years. The DDR is supposed to have only 400 people of Jewish background (Gysi’s father was a German Communist Jew). About 0.8 percent of the DDR population is composed of non-German residents, mostly students or workers from Vietnam, Poland, Mozambique, Angola and Cuba. Non-German children born in the DDR have no rights to citizenship and apparently it is impossible for non-Germans to acquire citizenship. Foreign workers are limited to a maximum of five years residence. There are no exceptions. The PDS election platform makes no mention of allowing foreign workers to remain after five years, and Christa Luft, vice-premier, PDS member, and minister (without a ministry) of economics, is alleged to have sent laid-off Vietnamese workers back to Vietnam.

Foreign workers and students, especially in Leipzig and Dresden, are living in fear. They stay home during demonstrations, and the increasingly bold fascist elements are demanding the expulsion of all non-Germans. When a small group of students (German and foreign) put up a small exhibit against racism and Ausländer-fein-dlichkeit(hostility toward foreigners) during one of the regular Monday demonstrations in Leipzig, people denied the existence of racism but said that the foreigners should be sent home or strictly segregated.

Übersiedler (people who leave the DDR for the BRD) are demanding that the millions of Turks in the BRD be sent home to make jobs and living space for ‘‘real’’ Germans. Every morning thousands of people pour into West Berlin, demanding jobs held by Turks, and offering to work for less than legal or union contract wages. Mothers with black or Asian mates in the DDR fear for their children’s safety.

The Round Table recommended that the Republikan Party (neo-fascists) be forbidden in the DDR. The Volkskammer adopted the proposed law but no one enforces it. Skinheads and neo-Nazis openly demonstrate, shouting ‘‘Reds Out!’’ and ‘‘Foreigners Out!’’ and singing the verse from the old German national anthem that speaks of Germany from the Memel (a river in the USSR) to the Maas (a river running through France, Belgium and the Netherlands) to the Etsch (a river in northern Italy). BRD television has had plenty of coverage of the Republikan Party in the DDR, including meetings to establish new branches.

When a small group of anti-fascists (associated with the Autonomous movement) tried to confront a group of skinheads, the Volkspolizei (peoples police) protected the fascists. West German journalists went to the office of the district attorney in Leipzig. They showed him videos of the Republikan Party meeting establishing the party in Leipzig and shots of neo-fascist demonstrations there. He responded by flatly denying that any such activity was taking place. He also noted that the video footage was not taken from DDR television!

The DDR election commission refused to register the Republikan Party for the March elections. This move was probably made because a high neo-fascist vote would have alarmed many in the BRD (especially in the SPD base) and increased resistance to reunification in the other European countries. BRD capitalists don’t need the fascists yet. In fact the increased fascist vote is cutting into the CDU/CSU [Christian Democratic Union/Christian Social Union] vote and endangering the governing state, city and county administrations—especially in their strongholds in the states in the southeast of the

BRD. The necessity for the CSU and CDU to form governing coalitions with neo-fascists could jeopardize CDU/FDP [Free Democratic Party] coalition governments. After an Anschluss, of course, the Republikan Party will be legalized—the idea of a German confederation with a separate legal system and constitution in the DDR raises too many problems for rapid capitalist restoration. The right-wing and liberal parties are for rapid and total reunification under the BRD constitution and laws. The DDR Republikan Party is composed mostly of workers with some petty bourgeois. It includes many former SED members. Besides the PDS, the neo-fascists have the most plebeian membership and profile.

I have seen no mention or coverage of neo-Nazi demonstrations or activities on DDR TV. DDR television coverage of Leipzig demos carefully avoids mentioning the neo-fascists, which is not surprising, since the radio and TV are largely in the hands of the right-wing and SPD Round Table forces. Those DDR parties that are allied to BRD parties are well financed and have taken over newspapers or started up new ones. The huge West German publishers have formed a consortium for massive penetration of magazines and newspapers into the DDR, including the worst right-wing street tabloids (naked women, axe-murders by foreigners and communist/terrorist plots). The better quality press, like the Frankfurter Rundschau, the high-quality muckraking weekly, Der Spiegel, and the leftist dailyTageszeitung (TAZ) are of course excluded from this consortium.

All the former bloc parties and almost all the newly formed parties have moved rapidly to the right in the space of two months. For example, the CDU (DDR) bloc party, which used to stand for ‘‘socialism,’’ is now in an election alliance that opposes all forms of economic enterprise that are collective or public in nature. The ‘‘Democratic Awakening’’ opposition movement started out for ‘‘democratic socialism,’’ then tried for a bloc with the SPD and, when that failed, ended up in the same bloc with the CDU and the even more right-wing DSU.

The economic, political, ideological and programmatic vacuum is being filled almost entirely from the BRD. Discussions in the media reflect an unsophisticated, watered-down version of BRD politics and social/ economic thought. This is most apparent in the arena of economics. It seems that every DDR academic with a degree in economics is working full time explaining how laissez-faire capitalism has matured into responsible capitalism; how only the stock market is truly democratic; how market forces automatically result in flexibility and an efficient, productive economy; and how the very idea of a planned economy is unscientific. According to the economic academics, two-thirds of all businesses in the BRD and the U.S. are small or medium concerns (’’dismantle the Kombinats!’’); most successful U.S. businesses were started by one or two men in a garage, and rapidly grew larger (’’you too can get rich!’’), etc. They are equally adept at explaining how socially-owned property can only mean ‘‘party-owned’’ property, and can only operate through top-down commandism. By contrast, they claim private enterprises cannot be commandist because they must operate in accordance with the desires of consumers.

This is all embarrassingly naive, and the people in the BRD are much more cynical about how ‘‘democratic’’ the market actually is. A much larger proportion of BRD workers believe that only strong workers parties and unions can force the capitalists to part with a large enough share of the total social product to maintain their current standard of living.

Things aren’t all that rosy for the capitalists, and the steady stream of DDR people coming to the BRD (10,000 to 15,000 weekly) is a source of considerable social tension. The cost of maintaining them is astronomical. The BRD constitution regards all such people as full German (i.e., BRD) citizens who are automatically eligible for social insurance, schooling, unemployment assistance and retirement benefits. In addition, the law obligates the BRD (or individual states) to furnish housing, living expenses and help in finding jobs. The BRD already has a severe shortage of housing and almost two million unemployed. Most Übersiedler are currently housed in sports halls, cruise ships, cargo containers, trailers or military barracks. Alcoholism and drug addiction are a serious problem. There are a lot of reports of fights between DDRers and Poles of German descent. On top of that, even many of the well-trained and educated DDRers have proven unemployable. They are not used to either the pace or the capitalist work discipline. Unless they receive a direct order, they tend to play cards or stand around.

They expect only to be required to perform one simple task, and are in the habit of arriving late and taking off early. The rude, selfish, male-chauvinist behavior of many of them has apparently been causing problems with co-workers, as has their extreme intolerance for dress, behavior or lifestyles which even slightly deviate from DDR norms. Parents are not accustomed to the absence of accessible, very cheap and comprehensive child care. There have been reports of some of them simply walking off and leaving unattended children. Already there is evidence of demoralization among many of those who expected that a new car, a nice, cheap modern flat and an easy job were all part of the ‘‘free world’’ package.

The cost of capitalist restoration will be quite high. Before the economy can be profitably reoriented, simply treating the DDR as an exploitable colony could mean that the bulk of the 16 million population would flood into the BRD. They have the constitutional right! The employers are telling BRD workers that a shorter work week or significant pay raise is out of the question. The capitalists tell the workers that they will have to sacrifice to help their sisters and brothers in the East, i.e., taxes will have to be raised and social services reduced. The DGB and SPD may be developing sharp differences with the BRD government on the question of who will pay for reunification. The two million-member metal union is gearing up with a demand for a 35-hour week plus an 8.5 percent pay raise. The printing and media union has similar demands. There could be a major strike wave in the BRD by late spring. The initial enthusiasm for reunification is clearly receding from the earlier high point when all parties in the Bundestag (except part of the Greens) supported reunification.

In the DDR the planned economy has been effectively abandoned. DDR managers, confronted by workers anxiety about jobs and wages, plead helplessness, and argue that only rapid privatization can supply a Tarifpartner (a bargaining partner). The PDS program is limited to an occasional plea for retaining some mining and heavy industry as public property. The regime is retreating rapidly on all fronts, especially on the question of collectivized property. But the West German capitalists are holding out for removal of all DDR laws in any way restricting capitalist activities, including reducing the (previously high) tax rates for small and middle businesses. Incidentally, all land and property confiscated from medium businesses in 1972 were recently returned.

Capitalist counterrevolution will result in massive unemployment, higher rents and the dismantling of social programs. The reality of ‘‘actually existing capitalism’’ will result in extreme social anxiety, which could be expressed in everything from strikes to anti-communist pogroms. Social intolerance is quite high in the DDR, and Prussian Stalinism has taught DDR people that political struggle means suppressing your opponents. As the reality of capitalism becomes clear to large sections of the population, the PDS, playing the treacherous role of left social democracy, may give leadership to this elementary class consciousness, but limit it to bourgeois trade unionism and parliamentarism.

Enclosed is a copy of the critical support letter, which we addressed to the campaign of the Spartakist-Arbeiterpartei Deutschlands [SpAD—German organization affiliated to Jim Robertson’s Spartacist League/US], which addresses their claim that a proletarian political revolution has been underway in the DDR for the past few months.

To make such assertions the TLD/SpAD simply closes its eyes to political reality. No workers councils are contending for power. No proletarian formations posing, or even aspiring to, dual power have developed in the DDR. The soldiers’ councils are either limited to simply addressing soldiers’ ‘‘work’’ conditions, or they represent pressure groups for professional military personnel, and are dominated by officers.

The SpAD must be going through a crisis of expectations. Their morale seemed low when we last saw them. The one thing they did well—distributing hundreds of thousands of leaflets and newsheets—apparently can’t be continued. Their orientation toward the demoralized and depoliticized SED/PDS ranks hasn’t paid off. They no longer list a Leipzig address, and, outside of Berlin, their only address is Greifswald, site of the main nuclear energy plants. Exposure of the dangerously deteriorated condition of these Chernobyl-type, first-generation technology plants has resulted in two of them being shut down. The SpAD intervened with the claim that the reported dangers were manufactured by the West. But almost no one buys this. Even the PDS agrees that bad construction, poor management and old age renders the plants unusable. SpAD arguments that only the plant workers could make the decision are not likely to get them much of a hearing.

To get a member elected to the Volkskammer, which at this point is probably their most optimistic scenario, the SpAD will have to get 0.25 percent of the vote or one vote in 400 straight proportional representation….

MARCH 21—The SpAD got fewer votes than we expected, less than the German Beer Drinkers’ Union, which ran only in Rostock. The total, 2,396 votes, is very low. Of course the tide was running heavily in favor of reunification, but I think their inability to adjust their election propaganda to the changing realities also hurt them. When it became clear that the vote was going to be overwhelmingly for capitalist restoration and unification, they should, without compromising on this key question, have also tried to address the more immediate questions of working-class defense and especially basic class-struggle trade-union questions. The Vereinigte Linke, with a few hundred members, addressed trade-union questions within the context of defending the working class, and ended up winning one seat in parliament, with 0.18 percent of the vote. VL supporters also actively intervened in the trade-union movement and shop-steward bodies.

We saw one DDR TV discussion with a participant from the SpAD. It was an embarrassing disaster. The Spart was a caricature of a new leftist in appearance and style, and a caricature of a Trotskyist politically. He simply read a series of slogans, and appeared unable to respond in any real way to questions about economic restructuring, rents, child care, unemployment, subventions or currency reform.

These were all good openings, which could have been linked to working-class power and collectivized property forms. On parliamentarism, he said, ‘‘We will smash this parliament with workers councils and workers militias,’’ while totally ignoring the question of trade-union rights, and the possible course of workers struggles in the near future. He was worse than the lowest-level SYL [Spartacus Youth League, defunct American Spartacist youth organization] recruit of the 1970s. SpAD style is lecturing and arrogant, just like the old SED style. The SpAD election leaflet emphasized defence of the USSR, but nowhere described the USSR as a degenerated workers state! Other parties in the television discussion simply ignored the SpAD speaker.

Election results show that the ‘‘capitalism now /unification now/ no interference from the trade unions’’ program of the conservative Allianz für Deutschland [Alliance for Germany] got its main support from the heavily industrialized south and the smaller towns and villages. In areas where over 45 percent of the people work in industry, the Alliance got 56 percent of the vote; where service and agriculture dominate the economy, the Alliance got 30 to 42 percent. Fifty-eight percent of those describing themselves as ‘‘workers’’ voted for the Alliance. Only 32 percent of those described as ‘‘intelligentsia’’ voted for the Alliance; an equivalent percentage of this group voted for the PDS and Bündnis 90. This latter group includes the three citizens’ movements, which largely led the November revolution. In cities with 200,000 or more, the Alliance got only 26.5 percent of the vote, contrasted with towns of 2,000 or less, where the right wing got over 56 percent. The smallest Alliance vote was, of course, Berlin (22 percent), where they ran third behind the SPD and PDS. The Alliance also did not get a majority in the northern areas of Rostock, Schwerin, and Neubrandenburg, nor in the areas of Potsdam (central DDR) and Frankfurt on the Oder.

The SPD, which began two months ago with over 50 percent support in the DDR, played the nationalist card, and Kohl won the game! The intellectuals who led the revolution, but couldn’t address economic questions with any clarity, got very little support.

DDR workers had been accustomed to receiving benefits and instructions from an authoritative, powerful state. It seems that in the elections they transferred this passive acceptance to the BRD establishment. The workers are as yet largely unaware of the difficulties ahead in trying to transform the DDR into a fully developed part of German capitalism.

In the last weeks of the election campaign, even the SPD and the other parties considered left-of-center (like Bündnis 90) and the Greens, were afraid to go into the streets in Leipzig. Anyone carrying a DDR flag in that city was likely to be attacked. Even in Berlin, gangs of skinheads attacked groups campaigning for the alternative youth list. Right-wing youths invaded youth centers and beat up people inside. Dozens of bomb threats against leftists went unreported in the BRD, except by TAZ. The most surprising result of the election was the 16.33 percent PDS vote. Two months ago the party was demoralized and at that time would have gotten at most five percent. In the election only 26 percent of former SED members voted for the PDS! Most top and many middle-level functionaries quit, but suddenly many young people joined the PDS, and it rapidly began to build a profile of defending living standards, the social net, and trade-union rights. The PDS even claims to defend the state sector of the economy—but of course within the context of market conditions.

Their whole style has changed. PDS representatives came across as pedagogic, ultra-democratic and humble. Their candidates and other public people were probably less contaminated by past collaboration with the Stasi than the Alliance candidates and functionaries. They took the lead in amending the DDR constitution to include the right to a job, the right to housing, the unlimited right to strike, and a constitutional prohibition on lockouts of workers. The PDS is now founded in Hamburg. Gregor Gysi, PDS secretary, says that the next BRD election will see the PDS in the Bundestag. This could mean a real base for left social democracy in the BRD.

The newly-elected Volkskammer cannot change the constitution or basic law without collaboration between the social democrats and the Alliance. The social democrats’ commitment to rapid restructuring and capitalist restoration will probably lead them to side with the BRD capitalists, who are holding out on large investments in the DDR economy until the laws and constitution are changed to allow a total capitalist takeover. BRD capitalists are rapidly gobbling up the most advanced and productive sectors of the DDR economy, such as heavy machine building, locomotive building, electronics, optics and auto assembly, or ‘‘picking the raisins out of the cake,’’ as it’s called.

The pre-’’November Revolution’’ DDR economy presented a contradictory picture. Although the DDR was the tenth-ranking country in the world in production of goods and services, the production per worker ranked behind every EEC country except Greece and Portugal. Farming supplied a surplus for export, but was only half as productive per person as in the EEC. Much industry operated with obsolescent equipment. The chemical industry has largely 1930s level technology, and the communication and transport infrastructure badly needed replacement and modernization. Pollution of the air, water supply, food and environment led to a decline in health, and a staggering rise in illness. Infant mortality is high for an advanced industrial country. Work-place health and safety was probably even worse than in the U.S. There were no mechanisms by which workers could raise demands for amelioration of work-place health hazards, since the SED claimed that all such complaints arose from petty-bourgeois life-stylist, anti-working class capitalist propaganda….

Once the border was down, the DDR effectively lost control of its currency. The erosion of the monopoly of foreign trade made DDR production vulnerable to Western market forces, just as the sharp fall in trade with the Comecon countries and increased trade problems with the USSR was idling large sectors of the export-based economy. The sizable foreign debt and growing imbalance of foreign trade confronted the SED with the necessity to sharply reduce imports and living standards. In this context, the hopes of many in the immediate post-November period for a ‘‘democratic socialist’’ DDR—aspirations expressed by practically all parties and movements—were rapidly replaced by a sense of fatalism, hopelessness and impotence. No group presented a believable or realizable solution to the economic problems, and people soon concluded that a ‘‘third way’’ was not possible. Today in the DDR ‘‘socialism’’ is one of the dirtiest words you can use. It is associated largely with Stalinist repression and commandism. The massive BRD destabilization campaign filled the programmatic vacuum with nationalism and the magic phrase ‘‘social market economy.’’ The capitalists have won, and won big so far. But the Kohl regime cannot deliver on its promises to the DDR population. As the unpleasant aspects of the ‘‘social market’’ manifest themselves in the days ahead, it will become clear that there is more to carrying out a social counterrevolution than simply buying an election.

Black Liberation & the Class Struggle

Black Liberation & the Class Struggle

[originaly printed in 1917 No.8 (Summer 1990), and posted at http://www.bolshevik.org/1917/no8/no08blck.html ]

Of the many ‘‘Big Lies’’ pushed by the Reagan/Bush administrations in the 1980s, perhaps the biggest is the proclamation of a ‘‘post-civil rights era’’ in which black people have supposedly been assimilated into the mainstream of American society. The truth is that for black America things are bad, and getting worse, as the rulers of this country ruthlessly slash social programs and abandon all pretense of support for integration. The ‘‘freedom, justice and equality’’ that the American bourgeoisie is so concerned about for the Eastern Bloc remains a dream deferred for the overwhelming majority of black Americans.

According to the National Urban League’s ‘‘State of Black America 1989,’’ per capita real income for poor people (a category which is disproportionately black) fell twenty percent in the decade after 1978. Black men working full time saw their real wages fall by ten percent in the same period. For those under thirty, average real income today is half of what it was in the early 1970s. Black unemployment, already more than double that of whites, is increasing. Infant mortality, already at Third-World levels in many ghetto neighborhoods, is also on the rise. Suburban segregation is rapidly catching up with the urban cores. According to the National Center for Health Statistics, in 1987 and again in 1988, life expectancy for blacks declined (the first back-to-back annual declines this century). White life expectancy went up both years. The Urban League concludes:

‘‘It is ironic that in 1989, the 200th anniversary of the U.S. Constitution that defined blacks as ‘three-fifths’ of other persons, black income is well below 60% of white income, and other indicators find blacks at an even greater disadvantage.’’

Why American Blacks are Not a Nation

Racism is a social phenomenon intimately connected to the rise of capitalism as a world system. The whole idea of racial inferiority/superiority first appeared as a rationale for the inhuman brutalities inflicted on the indigenous peoples of the ‘‘New World’’ by the Christianizing European conquistadors. A bit later similar theories were used to justify the slave trade. In fact, slavery was gaining commercial importance just as the revolutionary bourgeoisie was proclaiming ‘‘liberty, equality and fraternity’’ as the fundamental principles of human society. The logical contradiction posed by the slave trade was resolved by redefining ‘‘human’’ to exclude all but white European men.

One response to the pervasive racism of American society has been ‘‘black nationalism.’’ This was the dominant strain in the black movement of the late 1960s, and it remains widely popular today. Black nationalism has existed in other periods in American history as well. Sometimes it has meant a call for black ‘‘self-improvement;’’ other times it has taken the form of Pan-Africanism, or the demand for a separate black state. Today, black nationalists tend to focus on assertions of black ‘‘cultural identity’’ and a sentimental harkening back to ‘‘African roots.’’ What all forms of this ideology have in common is the belief that American blacks have an identity and a destiny separate from the rest of the American population.

Contrary to the nationalists, Marxists assert that blacks in America are not a nation but an oppressed race-color caste. A nation is a stable group of people with a common language and culture, common history, common territory, and a common economy. Blacks in the U.S. do not occupy a common territory, although there are large concentrations of blacks in all major urban centers, and particularly in the strategically important sectors of the proletariat. They do not speak a separate language, nor do they have a separate economy.

Far from being a separate nation, or a ‘‘colony’’ of white America, American blacks are integrated into the U.S. economy, while simultaneously segregated at the bottom of it. Wherever capitalism exists, it has produced a large group of workers who live on the margin of society, without steady employment or the resources or opportunities available even to the average member of their class. This layer (Marx called it the ‘‘industrial reserve army’’) provides a pool of low-paid workers who can be relied upon to do the dirtiest jobs, and are available to be thrown into new branches of industry. Their low wages tend to depress wages in general.

In the earlier phases of European capitalist development, the ‘‘reserve army’’ belonged to the same ethnic and national group as all other classes; it was distinguished only by its poverty and destitution. In contemporary Europe, this layer is mostly comprised of immigrants and ‘‘guest workers’’ from poorer countries. When American capitalism hit full stride after the Civil War, it had a ready-made labor reserve army in the multi-millioned black population, already branded from birth due to the ideology of racial inferiority handed down from slavery. Thus the specific features of American history combined with the general needs of capitalist development to create a black color-caste, forcibly segregated at the bottom of society.

The term ‘‘caste’’ is useful because it describes the social hierarchy of color which is superimposed on the class structure of capitalist America. Of course not all blacks are poor, nor are all poor people black. But blacks are barely represented among the rich and powerful, and even a black millionaire can never completely escape the social stigma that a racist society attaches to the color of his or her skin.

Black Separatism: A Product of Defeat

The late Richard Fraser, a long-time Trotskyist leader, was a pioneer in analyzing the historical dynamics of the struggle for black liberation in America. Fraser noted that upsurges in separatist sentiment tend historically to follow setbacks in the struggle for equality. More than a quarter of a century ago he observed that:

‘‘Because of the utter irrationality of race as a reason for social partition, segregation is absolutely required for the perpetuation of racial exploitation and because of this interdependence of segregation and discrimination, the Negro movement for nearly two centuries has directed its main line of struggle against segregation, against that barrier which prevents Americans from becoming a whole people, from becoming themselves.’’

—‘‘Revolutionary Integration,’’ 1963

It is significant that the first movement for black separation was initiated not by blacks, but by white slaveholders. The American Colonization Society was founded in 1816, with the aim of deporting all free blacks from the country. Free blacks, in the eyes of the Southern planters, were a living refutation of the ideology of white supremacy. After all, slavery was supposed to be the ‘‘natural condition’’ of black people. In answer to the Colonization Society’s schemes, free blacks launched the Convention Movement in 1817. Its members pledged to stay in the U.S. and fight for unconditional emancipation. That was the program of the first national black organization in American history.

In the ensuing decades, the abolitionist movement, with support from both blacks and many Northern whites, grew in size and militancy. The abolitionists suffered what seemed a historic defeat with the Dred Scott decision of 1857. Scott was a slave who claimed that his residence in Illinois made him a free man, and petitioned the Supreme Court for his freedom. Chief Justice Roger B. Taney, representing the court’s proslavery majority, rejected Scott’s claim with the infamous decision that black people ‘‘have no rights that white men are bound to respect.’’ Moreover, Taney ruled, because he was black, Scott could not be a citizen and therefore had no right to sue in a federal court. This decision sanctioned the activity of slave catchers, and was interpreted by many as legalizing slavery in every state in the Union. The Southern slave power appeared to have a firmer grip on the national government than ever before.

Many blacks began to feel that the program of emancipation was ‘‘unrealistic.’’ Even a section of the abolitionist movement turned temporarily toward separatism. Martin Delany, a prominent black abolitionist who is often referred to as the ‘‘father of black nationalism,’’ concluded that the fight against slavery was becoming hopeless. He went to England to negotiate for a piece of Africa in which to establish a black state. But this flirtation with separatism was short-lived.

When the Civil War broke out, and the anti-slavery fight began in earnest, Delany was one of almost 200,000 blacks to enlist in the Union Army. Another 30,000 blacks served in the Navy. The courage and determination with which they fought for their freedom, as well as the efforts of the estimated 300,000 who provided logistical support, was a decisive factor in the victory of the North and the destruction of the slave system.

The Civil War was followed by Reconstruction, the most dynamic and progressive period in Southern history. Blacks gained control of many state legislatures, and black and white poor farmers banded together in some areas to defend their common interests against the former slavocracy. But Reconstruction was betrayed in 1877 by President Rutherford B. Hayes, who agreed to remove federal troops from the South, thereby leaving blacks to the tender mercies of the ex-slaveholders. This resulted in the enactment of a spate of Jim Crow laws, which remained in force for nearly a century.

Under these conditions, black-separatist sentiments appeared once again. Booker T. Washington, who emerged as the principal representative of black America in the post-Reconstruction period, accepted segregation as a ‘‘necessary evil.’’ He argued that blacks should forget about equality and concentrate instead on acquiring skills to ‘‘better their lot,’’ with the aid of white philanthropists.

During World War I thousands of blacks flocked north to take jobs in industry, while many more joined the Army. According to Robert Mullen’s Blacks in America’s Wars, blacks comprised ‘‘more than one-third of the entire American forces in Europe.’’ The American government responded to the revolutionary wave touched off by the Russian Revolution of 1917 with a reactionary campaign to deport foreign-born leftists. The nativist, anti-communist sentiments whipped up quickly spilled over into attacks on blacks, who were deemed to be especially susceptible to communism. The New York Times commented that there was ‘‘no use in shutting our eyes to facts…Bolshevist agitation has been extended among the Negroes’’ (quoted in Red Scare, R.K. Murray). In addition to vigilante attacks on foreigners and leftists, the summer of 1919 saw murderous race riots erupt in 25 cities, aimed at driving black workers out of traditionally white jobs and housing.

By the mid-1920s, the Ku Klux Klan, which played a leading role in organizing and promoting the attacks on both blacks and ‘‘foreign subversives’’ in the post-war period, was at the height of its power. But something had changed. In many places ‘‘lynch law’’ terrorists were met by armed black self-defense. One of the more militant black groups which stood up to the racists was the African Blood Brotherhood, many of whose members later joined the Communist Party.

The white-supremacist terror campaign after World War I gave rise to Marcus Garvey’s ‘‘Back to Africa’’ movement, which combined militant denunciations of racism with declarations that integration was hopeless. Garvey’s program was both utopian and reactionary: utopian because there was no way that most American blacks could or would emigrate to Africa; and reactionary in abandoning the fight for freedom at home.

The CIO and the Struggle for Black Equality

The Garvey movement, which at one point claimed a membership of millions, was eclipsed in the 1930s by the rise of industrial unionism under the banner of the Congress of Industrial Organizations (CIO), which rejected the Jim Crow craft unionism of the American Federation of Labor. From the Chicago stockyards to Henry Ford’s auto factories, many employers routinely used blacks to break strikes. The CIO countered this by organizing black workers and actively seeking to break down barriers to working-class unity.

The 1939 convention of the CIO adopted the following resolution:

‘‘Whereas, employers constantly seek to split one group of workers from another, and thus deprive them of their full economic strength, by arousing prejudices based on race, creed, color or nationality, and one of the most frequent weapons used by employers to accomplish this is to create false conflicts between Negro and white workers, Now, therefore, be it—Resolved, that the CIO hereby pledges itself to uncompromising opposition to any form of discrimination, whether political or economic, based on race, color, creed or nationality.’’

—quoted in Caste, Class, and Race, Oliver Cox

To a large extent the CIO lived up to that resolution. Blacks soon saw that unionization was a means to fight for a decent life and social equality, and they flocked to the CIO. Unlike the Garveyites’ ‘‘Back to Africa’’ pipe dream, the CIO was real, and many former Garveyites became CIO organizers. Black union members played important roles in the militant battles that established the CIO as a vital factor in American social and political life, and black community organizations provided important auxiliary support in many battles with the bosses.

The relative success of the CIO in its first decade in breaking down racial barriers, despite the continuing backwardness of a large section of its white membership, was not attributable to the moral caliber of its leadership. It was a practical necessity of the class struggle. And it is this connection of the black question to the class question that is the key to black liberation in America.

From Civil Rights to Black Power

The civil rights struggles which erupted in the 1950s were, in part, the legacy of the industrial battles that created the CIO in the 1930s. It also resulted from the unwillingness of the half-million black soldiers, sent overseas to fight for ‘‘freedom’’ during World War II, to accept Jim Crow when they returned. The original goal of the civil rights movement of the 1950s and 60s was the full integration of blacks into American society. The leadership of the movement thought that black emancipation could be won by removing the legal barriers to equality.

We do not in the least disparage the dedication and courage of the thousands of blacks and whites who risked (and in some instances, gave) their lives in the lunch-counter sit-ins, freedom rides and voter registration campaigns that demolished the framework of legal segregation in the South. But as the civil rights movement went North, it encountered an obstacle to equality far more formidable than legal segregation: the economic segregation of black people into ghettoes, and into the lowest-paid and least secure sectors of the working class. It was chiefly as a result of the failure of bourgeois integrationism to overcome this obstacle that nationalist moods began to dominate the black freedom movement. When Martin Luther King Jr. went to Chicago in 1966, against the wishes of some of his fellow clergymen, he was stoned by white racists. This proved to be a turning

point. Many black youth quickly grasped that racism was not just a temporary obstacle to the fulfillment of ‘‘the American Dream,’’ but a fundamental part of the social order. Rejecting King’s ‘‘love-your-enemy’’ pacifism, they were drawn to the militancy of the black nationalists, who proposed that the goal of the movement should be ‘‘self-determination,’’ and asserted their right to self-defense ‘‘by any means necessary.’’ The failure of liberal integrationism and the default of the ostensibly Marxist left, which for the most part adapted to the reformist leadership, led the best militants to reject the whole perspective of integration.

Black Panthers: High Point of Black Nationalism

The early years of the Black Panther Party marked the high point of the black-nationalist movement. The Panthers proclaimed the necessity of a revolution to win black liberation. They took a militant stand against the pervasive police repression in the black community, and called for community self-defense. Initially, armed Panther patrols in Oakland met with success. However, they were soon targeted by a coordinated police campaign of state terror and assassination which, within a few years, had decimated their leadership. While those who survived ultimately degenerated into Democratic Party electoralism, the Panthers’ courage, sacrifice, and revolutionary spirit continue to inspire black and radical youth today.

Yet the politics of the Panthers were fundamentally flawed. In common with the vast majority of 1960s radicals, both black and white, the Panthers considered white ‘‘Middle America’’ to be a solid, undifferentiated reactionary mass. The white working class was not seen as a potential ally in revolutionary struggle, but as part and parcel of the American imperialist Babylon—hopelessly racist, bought-off and corrupted by capitalist consumerism.

The New Left imagined that revolutionary potential existed in the ghettoes, whose residents were supposed to be beneath the consumerist mentality, and on the campuses, where radicalized petty-bourgeois students were presumed to be above it. Given that radical students and ghetto youth were a minority of society, it followed that the main impetus for revolution would not come from within the U.S., but from without.

Consequently, there was a tendency to look for inspiration from Third-World liberation struggles, and particularly the Stalinist-led deformed social revolutions in China, Vietnam and Cuba. But all of these movements were peasant-based guerrillaist formations with little connection to the working class. As a result, the simplest elements of the class struggle in an advanced capitalist country (strikes, picket lines and trade-union solidarity) were completely foreign to the majority of the radicals of the 1960s.

The Panthers saw the struggle of black people in America as one of self-determination. While they talked vaguely about socialism, their operational program focussed on advocating ‘‘community control’’ of the ghettoes. But Watts, Roxbury and Chicago’s South Side are characterized by the absence of everything that makes life enjoyable and rewarding. The notion that the highest goal of black people should be to win ‘‘control’’ of these miserable slums is essentially defeatist in that it implicitly accepts the segregated and marginal existence to which capitalism has consigned them. Separate can never mean equal. Moreover, ‘‘community control,’’ when generalized, encourages every racial and ethnic group to see itself as inhabitants of exclusive enclaves, fighting for control of its own turf. Thus, it tends to divide the working class, instead of uniting it in a struggle against capitalism.

While the road to revolutionary intervention in the working class is not a smooth or an easy one, it is not an impossible one either. The late 1960s and early 1970s saw a wave of militant class struggle in this country. In 1970 there was a bitter strike by workers at General Electric. That same year there was a militant and successful national postal workers strike, where black and white unionists stood together on the picket lines. But the political potential of these integrated class battles was not seen by the Panthers. The class struggle simply did not enter into their strategy for black emancipation.

In the Detroit auto plants a black nationalist formation evolved, known as the League of Revolutionary Black Workers (LRBW), which did orient to workers at the ‘‘point of production.’’ The LRBW grew out of the Dodge Revolutionary Union Movement (DRUM), which was initially organized in the 60 percent black Chrysler Hamtramck plant in 1968. DRUM led a successful wild-cat strike against some racist firings and carried out several other actions. But DRUM’s nationalist politics, which led it to exclude white workers regardless of their politics, prevented it from ever seriously challenging the pro-capitalist bureaucracy of the United Auto Workers. By 1971 the LRBW had decomposed into several competing factions which variously degenerated in economist, syndicalist and bourgeois-electoralist directions.

The decline of the powerful black movement of the 1960s is ultimately attributable to the inadequacies of the politics of its leadership, both the peaceful-legal reformism of the civil rights mainstream, and the more militant, but equally impotent, alternative posed by the younger nationalist radicals. Despite the heroism of thousands of subjectively revolutionary youth who embraced ‘‘black power,’’ the net effect was to deepen the isolation of the most militant elements of the black movement from the mass organizations of the proletariat. The derailing of the potentially revolutionary social movement for black equality helped clear the way for the current right-wing assault on the rights of the poor and oppressed. Today many of the minimal gains of the civil rights period have been reversed. Instead of a ‘‘war on poverty,’’ the ruling class has declared a ‘‘war on drugs,’’ which is little more than a war on black neighborhoods.

The Charles Stuart Case: Justice American-Style

The climate of bigotry is so pervasive today in America that, last fall, when a white Boston yuppie decided to kill his pregnant wife to collect a million-dollar insurance policy, he could think of no surer way to beat the rap than pinning it on an anonymous black man. The eagerness with which the police, the media and the mayor swallowed his story, despite strong evidence to the contrary, touched off a wave of racist hysteria. In the days that followed, seven hundred black men were randomly stopped and interrogated by the police. The mayor of Boston, Raymond Flynn, and Massachusetts Governor Michael Dukakis showed up at Carol Stuart’s funeral. The whole affair became a major political event.

When Charles Stuart found out that his brother had gone to the authorities with the real story, he jumped off a bridge. But there is a lot to be learned about how the American ‘‘justice’’ system works by looking at what happened in the meantime. The police had already arrested a black suspect, William Bennett, and extracted a ‘‘confession’’ from him. They even got his nephew to testify that he had heard Bennett brag about the murder. To wrap up the case, the cops told Stuart who to point out in the line-up (a routine police practice called ‘‘coaching’’).

If Charles Stuart’s brother had not come forward, Bennett would have been convicted. How many other black people have been jailed, hanged, electrocuted, or gassed after a ‘‘fair trial,’’ simply because of their color? No one knows, but a conservative estimate would put it in the tens, if not hundreds, of thousands. Needless to say, the cops who framed Bennett are not going to jail. This is the juridical face of the color-caste system of American capitalism.

The Crisis of Leadership in the Black Community

In the black community today there is not only a lack of revolutionary leadership, there is a virtual leadership vacuum.Even when the organs of state power are clearly exposed, as in the Stuart case, there is little or no pressure for any form of restitution or accountability. Black Democrats claim that the answer is electing more black officials to local and national office. Tell that to the victims of the MOVE massacre! If the eleven men, women and children murdered in Philadelphia in 1985 could speak today, they’d hardly be grateful to have been burned alive by a black mayor instead of a white one.

The Jessecrats, that is, the would-be socialists and nationalists who work for Jesse Jackson in the Democratic Party, sometimes like to pretend that they are ‘‘using’’ the Democratic Party as a springboard to build a powerful new movement for social justice and equality. But the Democratic Party is no springboard for social movements—it’s a graveyard. From the days of the Populist movement of the 1890s, to the CIO of the 1930s, and more recently the civil rights, women’s and anti-war movements, the story is always the same. Once the Democrats lock on and coopt the leadership, the popular protests disappear.

Revolutionaries offer no support to Jackson, a Judas-goat for the capitalists. We call for a break with the Democrats, the ‘‘left’’ face of racism and imperialist war, and for the creation of a workers party based on the unions to fight for the interests of all the oppressed. Such a party must be organized around a perspective of class struggle—the expropriation of the capitalists and the creation of a workers government.

The absence of a militant leadership in the labor movement has opened the door for the likes of Louis Farrakhan, kingpin of the ‘‘Nation of Islam.’’ Farrakhan is a dangerous, anti-Semitic demagogue, yet his denunciations of racism strike a powerful chord with many blacks. However Farrakhan can offer no road forward for America’s brutally oppressed black millions. His program, apart from calling for veiling women and a prohibition on sex between unmarried people, proposes that blacks should liberate themselves through ‘‘black capitalism.’’

The strategy of ‘‘black capitalism’’ is a cruel hoax. There may be enough space for a few small-scale, sweat-shop operations, but how many black entrepreneurs can afford to start up car plants or television networks? For the masses of black people capitalism can offer nothing but an endless cycle of poverty and misery. What Marxists counterpose to the fraud of black capitalism is the program of workers power, of socialism. Despite the illusions of the American proletariat, and the tremendous social and political backwardness that weighs it down, the working class is the only historical agency for the creation of a society that can provide for the needs of all of its citizens, and ensure real social equality for all.

The black question is key to the development of a revolutionary movement in this country because racism has historically been the most important obstacle to class-consciousness in the white working class. Black workers, because of their oppression and their strategic weight in the working class, are destined to play a leading role in the coming American Revolution. But American imperialism cannot be overthrown by a ‘‘Black Revolution.’’ For a revolutionary movement to succeed, it must enjoy broad support from the whole proletariat. This means that it must be built on a program that, while championing the interests of blacks and other specially oppressed layers, is also capable of uniting all sectors of the working class.

The Power of Ideas

One of the key tasks of American revolutionaries is to try to reach the most class-conscious elements of the black community, and win them to a materialist understanding of the origins of racial oppression. The starting point for this is the proposition that ideas have no color. Karl Marx, Vladimir Lenin and Leon Trotsky were all white men. But their revolutionary ideas contain powerful tools for ending the social system that perpetuates racial oppression.

A socialist revolution of course is more than just a matter of ideas. It ultimately boils down to the question of state power—of defeating and disarming the thugs who serve and protect the system of forced segregation and racist terror. All the same, the battle of ideas—the struggle to change people’s consciousness about their lives and the world they live in—is an important part of preparing the ground for revolutionary change. The capitalists do not rule by force of arms alone. They also rely on the dominance of bourgeois cultural and political values. The communications corporations—television, radio and newspapers—are all in the business of making money. However, at the same time, they are more than merely business enterprises, they are the chief purveyors of bourgeois ideology.

The role of capitalist ideological instruments is to shape perceptions of the world beyond the audience’s direct experience in such a way as to make existing social reality appear natural and even inevitable. This is achieved through a process of selection, emphasis, presentation and exclusion; all guided by a tacit consensus about what exists, what’s possible, what’s worth covering and from what angle.

One of the most invidious implicit assumptions of capitalist propaganda is that of supposedly unlimited opportunities in the ‘‘home of the free.’’ Every American is supposed to be the master of his or her fate. The implication is that poor people stay poor either because they do not want to better themselves or because there is something wrong with them. Accepting this notion leads to internalization of oppression, which is ultimately the most effective mechanism of control. One important function of a revolutionary movement is to enable the oppressed and exploited to see through the carefully constructed ‘‘reality’’ presented by the capitalist media, in order to understand how the world they live in really works, and how it can be changed.

Black Liberation Through Socialist Revolution!

Because of the structural dependence of American capitalism on maintaining the racial divisions in the working class through promoting white chauvinism, the struggle for black liberation is tied, at every step, to the class struggle. Take the recent escalation of racist violence against black Americans. There are three interconnected levels to this. Firstly, there is the rising tide of police violence against blacks. Secondly, there is lynch-mob terror. (Michael Griffith was murdered in Howard Beach by a gang of white punks because he committed the ‘‘crime’’ of setting foot in a white neighborhood; Yusuf Hawkins was gunned down last year in Bensonhurst for the same reason.) The third level of this violence is closely connected to the first two, and that is the rise of organized Klan and skinhead terrorism against blacks and other racial minorities, gays and leftists.

How do Marxists propose to deal with this? First, we uphold the right of blacks (and others) threatened with racist violence to defend themselves. But that is not enough. It is also necessary to link the struggles of the labor movement to those of blacks and other specially oppressed layers. It is not an accident that the rising tide of racism is paralleled by attacks on labor. The recent turn of corporate America to violent union-busting, and the widespread use of scabs in strike situations, means that the union movement is going to have to organize self-defense guards if it is to survive.

The fat-cat bureaucrats who are today running the unions into the ground are, of course, opposed to such tactics. But there is a lot of sentiment in the rank and file for doing something besides turning the other cheek, or going through the rigged ‘‘proper channels,’’ when the bosses use the cops to start trucking in scabs. We call for organizing workers defense guards to counter the violent attacks of the bosses and their thugs. Such formations, which would inevitably be composed of the most militant and class-conscious workers, could be a natural starting point for organizing joint defense squads with members of minority communities against racist and fascist attacks.

The struggle against unemployment is another key issue in which unionists and members of the black community share common interests. Likewise, the struggle for the integration of black workers into the skilled trades, and other ‘‘non-traditional’’ sectors of the work force, is a vital part of the fight for real equality. During the height of the civil rights movement, marchers carried signs that read: ‘‘For Full Employment!’’ and ‘‘Jobs for All!’’ But with the decline of that movement, the watchword became ‘‘jobs for us.’’ This sometimes goes by the name of ‘‘affirmative action,’’ or ‘‘preferential layoffs.’’ These policies were, for a time, being pushed by the government, partly as a response to pressure from the black community and the women’s movement, but more importantly, as a pretext for encroaching on the seniority system and other union prerogatives. Today, with the union movement on the defensive, the Reaganite Supreme Court majority has come out against such programs as ‘‘discriminatory’’ against white males.

Whether or not the union bureaucrats are guilty of racist discrimination, or any other abuses of the membership, Marxists oppose calling on the capitalist courts to intervene. Such interventions can only open up the organizations of the working class to control by the class enemy. Instead, we counterpose a strategy which unites black and white workers around their common class interests against the bosses and their labor lieutenants in the union leadership. We call for reducing the hours worked per week without reducing the wage package to create jobs and end unemployment. Linked to this is the call for union hiring halls and recruitment programs to get women, black and other minority workers into skilled positions and other jobs that have been denied them in the past.

Another concrete demand which addresses the special needs of the black population is the call for free tuition and open admissions to universities. In addition, it is necessary to fight for special remedial programs and student stipends to make it possible for more blacks to go to college. In the public school system we support busing and any other measures which, although partial, represent a step toward greater equality for black students. For the same reason, we support special minority programs in schools—in fact, we think that black history should be part of the curriculum for all students.

The Necessity of Revolutionary Leadership

We do not propose that black people should scramble for crumbs from the imperialist rulers. The capitalists are both unable, and unwilling, to integrate black Americans into this society on the basis of genuine equality. The struggle to end the oppression and degradation of black America requires nothing less than a socialist revolution. This is why the Marxist program for black liberation is one of revolutionary integration.

Only the organized labor movement has both the objective interest and the social power to lead a successful struggle against black oppression, because only the proletariat has the capacity to overthrow capitalism. Yet, in itself, the class is simply raw material for exploitation. For the labor movement to take up the struggle for socialism, it is necessary to organize a political struggle within the unions, led by organized formations, or caucuses, of individual militants committed to a program of consistent class struggle. Such caucuses must be constructed on the basis of a program which connects the immediate, day-to-day shop-floor issues with the historical necessity for the proletariat to expropriate the capitalists and establish its own government.

The establishment of an egalitarian, socialist society will not only benefit blacks but all the oppressed and exploited. All workers have a material interest in the fight for black liberation, which will prove a powerful motor force for proletarian revolution in the U.S. The road to black liberation lies in building a Leninist combat party capable of connecting the factories to the ghettoes, and leading the struggle to uproot this system of exploitation and racial oppression.

BT Debates LRP

On the Nature of the USSR

[Reprinted from 1917 #6, Summer 1989]

The Bolshevik Tendency (BT) and the League for the Revolutionary Party (LRP) held a public debate on the Russian question on December 10 1988, in New York City. Approximately forty people attended, including supporters of both groups, a variety of unaffiliated leftists, as well as representatives of the Freedom Socialist Party and the Fourth Internationalist Tendency (FIT). One of the FITers was Frank Lovell, a long-time cadre of the Socialist Workers Party (SWP). Myra Tanner Weiss who, like Lovell, had a long and distinguished career as an SWP leader, was also in the audience.

Jim Cullen, who made the main presentation for the BT, opened with a spirited defense of Leon Trotsky’s analysis of the Soviet Union as a degenerated workers state which revolutionaries must defend against both external capitalist attack and internal counterrevolution.

Walter Dahl responded for the LRP with the assertion that social relations and property forms in the USSR (as well as in China, East Europe, Cuba, Vietnam, etc.) are fundamentally the same as those in the capitalist West. He argued that:

‘‘The reason the Soviet Union is capitalist is because they exploit the workers by means of wage labor. For Marx, the fundamental question that distinguishes all class societies is how is the surplus product extracted from the workers, from the producers. If it’s done through slave labor, that’s one kind of class society. If it’s done through wage labor, it’s another….on the basis of that, the entire structure of the society develops.’’

It is true that workers in the Soviet Union are paid wages, and it is also true that a significant portion of the social surplus is not returned to the workers in the form of consumer goods. But ‘‘wages’’ in the USSR do not constitute variable capital as they do in a capitalist economy.

In the Critique of the Gotha Program, Marx observed that under the dictatorship of the proletariat, and even during the lower phase of communist society itself, bourgeois norms of distribution—including payment in accordance with the amount and quality of work—remain in force. Marx explained that, ‘‘the individual producer receives back from society—after the deductions have been made—exactly what he gives to it.’’ He explicitly stated that in this, ‘‘the same principle prevails as in the exchange of commodity-equivalents: a given amount of labour in one form is exchanged for an equal amount of labour in another form.’’ The system of wage payment in the USSR is distinguished from that of a capitalist economy in that wages paid to Soviet workers are not money, the universal equivalent of all commodities. They are more like generalized ration tickets—exchangeable for a definite portion of the consumer goods mandated in the central plan. The means of production cannot be purchased with these ration tickets. This feature of the Soviet economy anticipates Marx’s projection for socialism in the second volume of Capital:

‘‘With collective production, money capital is completely dispensed with. The society distributes labour-power and means of production between the various branches of industry. There is no reason why the producers should not receive paper tokens permitting them to withdraw an amount corresponding to their labour time from the social consumption stocks. But these tokens are not money; they do not circulate.’’

    —Capital (Penguin)Vol. 2

The Law of Value vs. Centralized Planning

Dahl asserted that the Soviet economy has, for the last half-century, been driven by the law of value, citing various Stalinist bureaucrats as his authority. He argued that if one denies that the Soviet economy is governed by the law of value, ‘‘you have to say that it’s consciousness that applies, but if you say that it’s consciousness that applies and you look at what the conscious planners say, they say they’re operating according to the law of value, so you’re back at the law of value coming or going.’’ All this proves is that these Stalinist bureaucrats do not themselves understand the law of value—the law of spontaneous equilibrium of a market economy. Each factory in the USSR produces in accordance with the instructions it receives in the central plan. Its products are sold at the price specified by the planners. Whether or not the products eventually find buyers has little effect on the future activity of the enterprise. Future allocations of machinery, labor and raw materials are also specified in the supply plan.

In a capitalist economy, each company is free to produce as many commodities as it thinks it can sell. It is only limited by the capital at its disposal. The market imposes upon each enterprise a standard of socially-necessary labor time required for the production of each commodity. Enterprises that fail to meet this standard will prove unprofitable and eventually be forced out of business.

Virtually all economists distinguish between ‘‘command’’ and ‘‘free’’ (market-driven) economies. Alec Nove, a reputable liberal economic historian of the USSR, described the operation of the Soviet economy of the 1930s as follows:

‘‘The overriding criterion at all levels was the plan, embodying the economic will of the party and government, and based not on considerations of profit or loss but on politically determined priorities….Prices were out of line with costs, changed at infrequent intervals and not even conceptually related to scarcities, so the profit motive, had it been allowed, would have operated extremely irrationally.’’

    —An Economic History of the U.S.S.R. 

Planners in a collectivized economy who ignore the totality of available inputs in drawing up an economic plan invite massive economic dislocation, as Stalin discovered in the early 1930s. But allocating available economic resources in accordance with a predetermined plan, however unbalanced, is a fundamentally different manner of organizing a modern industrial economy than the spontaneous flow of investment from one sector to another in accordance with the law of value, i.e., on the basis of differential rates of profit characteristic of a system of generalized commodity production.

LRP: Rates of Growth and ‘‘Capitalism’’

One of the peculiarities of the state capitalist fraternity is that apart from using the same label for the Soviet Union, the various proponents of ‘‘state capitalism’’—who range from Maoists to Bordigists to various Third Camp ‘‘Trotskyists’’—cannot agree on why the USSR should be considered capitalist. Each political tendency has manufactured its own ‘‘theory’’ and a corresponding date at which the reversion to ‘‘capitalism’’ is supposed to have occurred. The LRP claims that ‘‘capitalism’’ was consolidated by 1939, during the third five-year plan. According to the LRP, the high rates of growth of the first two plans prove that the USSR must still have been a workers state.

The LRP recognizes that the Russian Revolution ‘‘nationalized and centralized property, established a monopoly over foreign trade, centrally controlled credit and banking, etc. in a way that the bourgeoisie could never have accomplished.’’ Yet even when the workers state was transformed into a ‘‘capitalist’’ one, ‘‘These gains were not erased by the Stalinist counterrevolution but seized, utilized and turned against the proletariat’’ (’’Exchange on State Capitalism,’’ Socialist Voice No. 6). Thus, according to the LRP, for half a century capitalism has ruled the Soviet Union on the basis of the property forms created by the proletarian revolution of 1917! This is an idealist perversion of one of the most fundamental propositions of Marxism, i.e., that it is changes in the forms of property which characterize the historical succession of class societies.

LRP and the Unresolved Contradictions of Left Shachtmanism

Max Shachtman was one of the founders of the American Trotskyist movement. In 1939, in response to petty-bourgeois outrage over the Hitler-Stalin pact and the Soviet-Finnish war, Shachtman began to back away from the historic Soviet-defensist positions of the Fourth International. The next year, after a sharp factional struggle, Shachtman and his followers split from the Socialist Workers Party to form the Workers Party (WP). According to the WP, the Soviet Union was no longer a workers state, and should therefore no longer be defended against imperialism. It was, according to Shachtman, a new form of class society, which he labelled ‘‘bureaucratic collectivist.’’ The Workers Party accordingly advocated the creation of a ‘‘third camp,’’ equally opposed to both the Soviet Union and capitalism.

For the next decade and a half, the WP maintained an ostensibly Marxist ‘‘third-camp’’ position, but Shachtman’s political evolution was steadily to the right. He eventually found his political home among right-wing trade-union bureaucrats of the likes of Albert Shanker. In 1962, he supported the Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba, and was later a staunch supporter of U.S. imperialism in the Vietnam War.

The interesting thing is that Shachtman, in adopting these reactionary positions, did not explicitly renounce his socialist past. In his own mind, he was still as much a socialist as he had ever been. The LRP, which is descended from the Workers Party, wishes to distance itself from Shachtmanism because it correctly perceives that the explicitly pro-imperialist positions Shachtman wound up adopting in the 1960s were not unrelated to the ‘‘third-camp’’ position he elaborated shortly after leaving the SWP.

The connection is this: if one says that the Soviet Union and similarly structured economies embody a new form of class society, then one must ultimately answer the question: how does such a new social system stand in relation to capitalism? Is it a progressive step, as compared to capitalism? Or is it a step backwards? If the answer is the former, one must defend the Soviet Union and the various other non-capitalist societies against imperialism, because imperialism is constantly threatening them. If, on the other hand, one adopts the latter position, that the Soviet Union represents a historical regression, one is logically obligated to support imperialism against the Soviet Union and its allies. Shachtman for many years shied away from making this choice. But in the end he had to, and he chose the side of U.S. imperialism. His rationale was that workers in the capitalist West at least enjoyed democratic rights, which were denied to their counterparts in the Soviet Union.

The LRP’s leader, Sy Landy, received his political apprenticeship from Shachtman and remained within the orbit of Shachtman’s organization and its immediate continuator for nearly twenty years. The LRP says that, in hindsight, it would have sided with Cannon against Shachtman in the 1940 split in the American Trotskyist movement. But the Russian question was the principal issue in that fight and, like Shachtman, the LRP considers that by 1939 the USSR could no longer be considered a workers state of any type.

The LRP realizes that embracing any ‘‘new class’’ or traditional ‘‘state capitalist’’ position entails revising Trotsky’s appraisal of the whole nature of our epoch—and postponing indefinitely the fight for a revolutionary socialist program. The comrades of the LRP want to avoid the dilemmas of traditional third-campism, but not at the price of abandoning their historic attachment to it. So instead they attempt to reconcile these conflicting imperatives by asserting that the Soviet Union is ‘‘capitalist.’’ We can understand why the LRP, which is, after all, subjectively revolutionary, would like to distance itself from the political logic of the third camp. The impulse to depart from a road that leads straight into the arms of Albert Shanker and the CIA, is a healthy one. But the LRPers can never break from Shachtmanism without embracing the Soviet defensism which their progenitors renounced fifty years ago.

This ambivalence toward their own roots explains the many contradictions in the LRP’s writings on the Russian question. Among these contradictions is the LRP’s attitude toward insurgent petty-bourgeois movements which threaten to overthrow capitalist property relations in the third world. In the New York debate, Dahl argued that Stalinism is analogous to fascism, not merely in the methods of its political apparatus, but in terms of the operation of the social system over which it presides: ‘‘Most of the pseudo-Marxist arguments that the Soviet Union is non-capitalist would apply equally well to the private economy of Hitler’s Germany.’’ At the same time, the LRP has taken a defensist position toward the Nicaraguan Sandinistas (who are armed and equipped by the Soviets) against the American-funded contras. Indeed the LRP has criticized the Sandinistas for failing to expropriate the Nicaraguan bourgeoisie. But the LRP cannot explain why it makes such a call if the result (a ‘‘statified capitalist’’ society along the lines of Cuba or Vietnam) is going to have ‘‘close similarities’’ to fascism.

The October Revolution was an event so important that, despite the profound degeneration which the Soviet state has undergone and six decades of endless Stalinist betrayal, it continues to shape the world in which we live. You cannot be wrong on the Russian question and be right on the vital political questions which confront the international workers movement today.

We reprint below an edited version of the main presentation for the BT by Jim Cullen:

………………………..

When I was a New Leftist in the 1960s, I thought that the so-called Russian question was of interest only to old CPers and hopeless sectarians. The conventional wisdom among us at the time was that the U.S. and the USSR were the world’s two great superpowers; their mutual hostilities were far outweighed by their joint interest in maintaining the international status quo; the Cold War was a thing of the past and detente was here to stay. The main political conflict in the world was not between the U.S. and the USSR, but rather between various national liberation struggles on the one hand, and the two superpowers on the other.

This attitude could not survive the next decade, however—at least not in the mind of anyone who thought seriously about world politics. By 1978 Carter was rattling the American nuclear saber at the Soviet Union. By the time Reagan came to office, Carter’s anti-Soviet fulminations had grown into a full-fledged crusade. Against this background, only the willfully blind could continue to belittle the importance of the Russian question. The second Cold War demonstrated beyond a doubt that the conflict between the USSR and the capitalist powers is still, in the 1980s, as much a central axis of world politics as it was in 1948 or ‘58. To deny this, as many leftists and ‘‘Marxists’’ still attempt to do, is to deny what is obvious to anyone who reads the newspapers or watches TV.

Today the conflict between the USSR and the West is a little more muted than it was seven or eight years ago. This is because Mikhail Gorbachev has surrendered to U.S. imperialism on one international front after another—from Afghanistan to Angola to Kampuchea. These retreats are being carried out in the service of the economic reforms, known under the collective head of perestroika. By cutting ‘‘costly foreign commitments’’ and placating imperialism, the current Soviet leadership hopes to concentrate greater resources and energy on what it considers its main task: the modernization of the flagging domestic economy. To this end, Gorbachev intends to introduce a series of economic reforms which will give greater scope to the market. There has even been talk of issuing shares in certain state enterprises and opening a stock market in Moscow, but this is only in the talking stage.

While not in and of themselves a restoration of capitalism, these measures only give aid and comfort to those within and outside the Soviet bureaucracy who desire to move in that direction. So, once again, events might seem to argue on the side of those who would stress the similarity or gradual convergence between the capitalist and Eastern bloc economies. Yet such a conclusion is possible only on the basis of the most superficial reading of events.

Of course, all the so-called opinion-makers in the West agree with Gorbachev that increasing the role of market forces in the economy will provide the magic answer to all the Soviet Union’s problems. And to read the American press, one would get the impression that the Gorbachev reforms are wildly popular with the Soviet masses. But, just occasionally, we receive reports that hardline bureaucrats are not the only source of opposition.

We all know that China is several steps ahead of the USSR on the road to take-the-money-and-run ‘‘socialism.’’ Yet a couple of months ago we read that the Chinese government is significantly slowing the pace of its reforms. Why? Not because a few bureaucrats in the planning ministries were becoming disgruntled, but rather because the higher prices, increased inequality and ruthless profiteering spawned by these reforms had given rise to massive popular resentment against the regime, particularly in the cities.

And even the New York Times lets slip an occasional hint that a similar popular opposition to perestroika may be forming inside the USSR. For instance, Boris Kagarlitsky, a spokesperson for the newly arisen socialist clubs, writes:

‘‘Naturally, conservative Western experts approve of these ideas [the economic reforms]. But should we in the Soviet Union approve of them? Letters to newspapers, occasional public opinion surveys and conflicts arising here and there provide evidence of public resistance. ‘‘Workers are understandably apprehensive that propagandists of ‘free competition’ simply want to force them to work harder for their former salaries. This may not worry the scientific and managerial elite, protected by its privileges. But perestroika for the elite may contradict perestroika for the people.’’

Or consider the following from the 10 May 1988 issue of the New York Times:

‘‘Mr. Gorbachev’s economists (says the reporter, in an article dealing with the problems of perestroika) tell him that if he is to lift this backward country to a modern standard of living and make it competitive in the world, the Soviet Union will have to begin loosening the safety net of cheap prices, job guarantees and cradle-to-grave entitlements that stifle initiative.

‘‘In principle, Mr. Gorbachev agrees. He argues that people should be rewarded for their work and for their initiative, not for simply showing up—and that society should not coddle those who refuse to pull their weight. ‘‘But the ruthlessness of the marketplace violates the sense of justice and equality reinforced by 70 years of Soviet rule.’’

The above snippets tell us something very important about the Soviet Union and China. They tell us that Russian and Chinese workers, unlike their Western counterparts, are possessed of the curious idea that they are alive not on sufferance of the rich and powerful, but by right. This belief, peculiar as it may seem in this country after eight years of Reagan, is not an illusion; it is based upon an economic reality: the reality is that in the USSR, China, Eastern Europe and Cuba, the means of production are not privately owned, but are the property of the state, which regulates the economy by means of a plan.

The reality is further that bureaucrats entrusted with the formulation and execution of the plan, no matter how incompetent, no matter how much they may abuse their authority, must still, as a matter of necessity, provide for the basic needs of the population. Thus the Soviet economy is in at least some sense based on the principle that human need, not private profit or the anarchic forces of the market, are the proper foundations of economic life.

This principle of planning stands at the core of the economies of the Soviet type. This is why they are resistant to all attempts at the gradual reimposition of capitalism, which will never occur without violent social upheaval. It is also the existence of this planned economy that continues to make the Soviet Union the object of the unrelenting hostility of the capitalist powers. This non-capitalist foundation of the Soviet economy is what we of the Bolshevik Tendency consider worthy of defense. We affirm, contrary to the prevailing wisdom of Reaganites, Thatcherites and Gorbachevites that the Russian and Chinese workers’ belief that they have a right to be alive is a good thing, and that the economic conditions that sustain such a belief are to be preserved and not discarded; that the inertia that today afflicts the Soviet Union is the result of the bureaucratic mismanagement and not the principle of planned economy itself; that the introduction of the ‘‘free market’’ is not the answer; that the Soviet worker, when restored to his rightful place as master of the country, will be capable of working efficiently and responsibly without hunger at his back or dollar signs in his eyes. If we did not believe these things, we would cease to be socialists.

Important theoretical problems arise, however, when we begin to consider the ‘‘class character’’ of the Soviet Union and societies of similar nature. According to the classical Marxist tradition, the only class of modern society capable of overthrowing capitalism is the working class. Once the working class had triumphed over the bourgeoisie, according to the classical scenario, it would bring the economy under its democratic, collective rule. Yet the twentieth century has effected at least a temporary disjunction between collectivized property and the political rule of the working class. Although, as we will argue, socialized property exists in the Soviet Union, no one but the most willfully deluded Communist Party hack will claim that the Russian workers exercise political power. All the decisions about the economy—as well as every other public matter—are made by an insular group of party and state bureaucrats who guard their privileges and power with an iron hand. How do we characterize this bureaucratic stratum and the society over which it presides?

Leon Trotsky, as most of you know, insisted to the end of his life that Russia remained a workers state despite the fact that the workers were disenfranchised. In what sense, according to Trotsky, was Russia still a workers state, albeit a degenerated one? Trotsky argued that, although the Stalinists crushed the workers politically, and physically liquidated the revolutionary cadres who remained loyal to the ideals of the revolution, there was one conquest of the October Revolution they could not so easily do away with: the economic foundations of the Soviet state, i.e., state ownership of the means of production and exchange and state control of foreign trade.

These institutions were the basis not only for the democratic rule of the workers in the early years of the revolution, but also for the rule of the Stalinist usurpers. This is why even the Stalinists are at times forced to defend those economic foundations from capitalist forces. But Trotsky argued that the methods used by the Stalinists in defense of the Soviet Union are inherently inadequate. The Soviet power could only be saved in the last analysis by a broadening of workers democracy and a further unfolding of the international revolution. Precisely because the bureaucracy could only consolidate its rule by undermining proletarian democracy and strangling world revolution, it would prove incapable of defending the Soviet Union in the long run. The Stalinist bureaucracy was therefore an inherently unstable social formation, with no independent historical role to play. It would either be overthrown by the international bourgeoisie, or by the Russian workers. If the second, optimistic variant came to pass, then Stalinism, in Trotsky’s words, would be remembered as nothing more than an ‘‘abhorrent relapse’’ on the road to socialism. Trotsky thought that, in this regard, World War II would provide the decisive test.

Well, the relapse has undeniably been a little more drawn out than any of us would like. World War II did not prove to be as decisive a test as Trotsky thought it would. The Stalinist bureaucracy was not overthrown either by Hitler or the Russian workers. Furthermore, the postwar period saw the extension of regimes similar to Stalin’s Russia to new parts of the world. These latter developments posed a host of theoretical problems for Trotsky’s followers. Trotsky had of course, assumed that the proletariat was the only social class that could bring into being collectivized ownership. But not only were the new Soviet-style states of the postwar period not run by the workers, the working class played almost no part in creating them. They were brought about either by the intervention of Russian tanks, as in most of Eastern Europe, or by the triumph of peasant-based armies led by the Stalinists, as in China and Yugoslavia. By what logic could they still be called workers states?

These postwar developments also raised an equally significant and related question. Assuming that collectivized property could be brought about by non-proletarian forces, was it not necessary to reassess the entire Marxist tradition regarding the revolutionary role of the proletariat? Had not the Soviet bureaucracy and various third-world peasant leaders proven themselves adequate to the historical task that Marxists had always assigned to the working class? Those who answered these questions in the affirmative came to comprise a trend called Pabloism. (The comrades of the LRP accuse us of being Pabloists, an accusation we of course reject.) These are the questions that perplexed Trotsky’s followers in the aftermath of the Second World War and continue to confound many self-proclaimed Trotskyists today.

If we claim to be orthodox Trotskyists (as opposed to Pabloists), it is not because we deny the existence of the problems posed by postwar developments, or because we think that Trotsky’s writings contain the answers to all the difficulties that have arisen in the half century since his death. We are orthodox though, in the sense that we think that Trotsky’s essential appraisal of the Stalinist bureaucracy and its significance in world history has stood the test of time, in broad outline if not in detail.

We begin with the facts. In the USSR, Eastern Europe, China, Vietnam and Cuba, the bourgeoisie has been expropriated and vanquished as a class. I have already spoken of the undoubted benefits that the masses derive from these new property forms that have replaced capitalist ownership. But the larger question for Marxists, I think, is what do these societies signify historically, to what kind of human future do they point? We contend that these societies, in a partial, fragmentary and distorted way embody significant elements of the socialist future. And I think this argument can be made without falling into any Pabloist trap.

It is true that most of the states to which we refer were created without the active intervention of the working class. But the proper question to ask is not whether they have come into being through a workers revolution in the past, but whether they are capable of surviving without being brought under the democratic control of the working class in the future. And, despite the fact that the Stalinist bureaucracy has lasted a lot longer in Russia than Trotsky thought it would, we would still argue that the collectivized property over which the Stalinists preside is inherently unstable and insecure under their tutelage; that, to secure a solid foundation for itself, collectivized property must be complemented by the democratic rule of the working class in the state. Workers democracy, in other words, is not a pious wish on the part of Trotskyists, but a practical necessity for the survival of collectivized property. Whatever future collectivized property has, is intimately linked to the ability of the working class to make a political revolution and bring these economies under its control. In this sense, these societies can be said to be deformed workers states (with the exception of the Soviet Union, which remains a degenerated workers state).

I think that this way of looking at the problem highlights both the undoubted achievements, but also the limitations, of the societies in which collectivized property prevails. Most are underdeveloped countries. By driving out the old ruling classes and laying hands on the main levers of the economy, the ruling bureaucracies have been able to eliminate some of the most hideous injustices and effects of material backwardness. There have been vast improvements in health care, housing, literacy and the status of women. But these backward countries have not been able, on their own, to achieve the level of material abundance possessed by the West, which is the prerequisite for socialism. Indeed, although far behind the West, they are subject to its constant military and economic pressure. They may have the capacity to withstand this pressure temporarily; but in the long run, their only hope lies in the conquest of the West for socialism.

It is precisely on the road to international revolution that the various Stalinist bureaucracies stand as obstacles, and must be swept aside in a political revolution of the working class armed with the internationalism that inspired the Petrograd workers in 1917. But this cannot happen without preserving the gains already made—chief among them the social ownership of the means of production. The preservation of this conquest in turn demands the unconditional defense of these states against imperialism. This is the essence of the position Trotsky incorporated into the program of the Fourth International, and the one we uphold today.

I would like to turn now to the position of our opponents in this debate, the League for the Revolutionary Party (LRP). And by way of introduction, I would like to recall an instructive episode in the history of the Trotskyist movement. For a number of decades, the ostensibly orthodox wing of the Trotskyist movement was headed by a Briton named Gerry Healy. Round about 1961 and 1962, events confronted our man Gerry with something of a theoretical dilemma. The events of which I speak are known under the general heading of the Cuban Revolution. Castro had just seized power in Havana and nationalized the major means of production. Any ordinary person looking at these developments would conclude that a social revolution had just occurred on that Caribbean island. But Gerry had a problem. You see, Castro and the guerrillas he led were neither Trotskyists nor Stalinists. In fact, they were not part of the workers movement at all, but rather radical petty-bourgeois nationalists. Gerry’s problem was that, according to Trotsky and the good old books, petty-bourgeois democrats were not supposed to lead social revolutions. How to account for this turn of events?

Comrade Healy, no doubt after much profound theoretical meditation, hit upon a solution which was extremely elegant in its simplicity. According to Healy, no revolution had taken place in Cuba at all. It simply remained a capitalist country, as it had before Castro rode into Havana. The fact that the Cuban bourgeoisie, now resident in Miami, might have a different opinion didn’t seem to perturb Comrade Healy in the least. With this masterful application of the ‘‘dialectic,’’ Trotsky remained untroubled in his theoretical ether and all was right with the world.

I mention this episode in order to illustrate a phenomenon that has become all too familiar in the ostensible Trotskyist movement. I call it explanation by denial. The method is really very simple. When confronted by a phenomenon in the real world that presents any challenge to your theory, deny the existence of the phenomenon. In this way, the theoretical problem also ceases to perplex.

But alas, Gerry Healy has no monopoly on explanation by denial. It has, in fact, been carried to new and previously unscaled heights by the comrades of the LRP. According to them, not only was there no social revolution in Cuba but no non-capitalist regime exists anywhere on the face of the earth. They say that Russia reverted to capitalism long ago, and that no social revolutions have ever taken place since then.

Now when we hear the claim that the Soviet Union is capitalist, some of us may think of the work of Tony Cliff, who argued nearly forty years ago that the Soviet Union represents a distinct type of capitalism—state capitalism—in which the means of production are owned by the state. But the LRP will have no truck with this ordinary state-capitalist theorizing. They rather claim to possess an absolutely unique, totally unprecedented, completely unparalleled theory whereby they are able to deduce that the Soviet Union represents not even capitalism of any special type, but rather, a perfectly ordinary, garden variety, competitive capitalism. At most they will allow that certain economic survivals of the October Revolution place obstacles in the path of Russian capitalism. But, since no workers revolutions took place outside Russia, then Eastern Europe, China and Cuba are completely run-of-the-treadmill capitalist societies. And they are all, we are further told, governed by the law of value.

Most people I know associate capitalism with such phenomena as the private ownership of the means of production, i.e., the existence of capitalists, and the competition among them for markets and profits. And most people I know also believe, whatever else they may think of the Soviet Union, that none of these things exist there in any major or important way. This is certainly what Ronald Reagan and Margaret Thatcher think, to name just a couple of people. Now we may all be deluded by false appearances. But it would seem incumbent upon anyone making an assertion so radically at variance with all received opinion and apparent evidence, to come up with some pretty strong arguments in support of such an assertion. The burden of proof would seem to rest on them.

Well, the LRP has written quite copiously on the subject of capitalism in the USSR. The articles on this subject have even been compiled into a separate pamphlet. Yet I challenge you to find a single argument in support of its main contention: the existence of capitalism in the Soviet Union. The LRP may write quite a bit about the advantages of believing that capitalism exists in the USSR, what theoretical, political and moral dilemmas are to be avoided by postulating its existence, why other theories of the Soviet economy are inadequate, or about the nuances and complexities of the workings of the law of value. But in support of the main contention—upon which all these other secondary points must rise or fall—not a single, solitary grain of argumentation is to be found.

Instead, we get a mass of rather bizarre and contradictory assertions that seem to go something like this: as a result of the Russian Revolution, industry and banking in the Soviet Union were nationalized and foreign trade brought under state control. But, sometime in the mid to late 1930s, the Stalinist bureaucracy stole nationalized property, turned it against the working class and proceeded to restore capitalism.

First, it should be noted that this is quite simply a bald assertion, and not an argument from historical evidence or anything else. Secondly, the LRP never quite tells us how the Stalinists restored capitalism. Did they denationalize state property? If so, when? And how come nobody other than the LRP seemed to notice this? Social revolutions and counterrevolutions usually tend to be a little more conspicuous. If, on the other hand, the LRP is claiming that the Stalinists restored capitalism without reestablishing private property in the means of production, this reduces itself to the absurd notion of capitalism without capitalist property or a capitalist class.

For the rest, the comrades of the LRP seem to be convinced that by juxtaposing the words ‘‘Soviet Union’’ and the word ‘‘capitalism’’ on the printed page often enough and in as many contexts as possible, the conviction that the Soviet Union is capitalist will somehow follow. Fortunately, there is a real world against which we can judge various theories and determine their practical consequences. In one small corner of that world—Nicaragua—the Sandinistas have spent the past decade under seige by U.S. imperialism for the crime of having smashed a U.S. client state. The Sandinistas have attempted to straddle the class divide. But what if they had taken one defensive course open to them and expropriated the Nicaraguan bourgeoisie and nationalized the major farms and factories of that country and driven what remains of the native bourgeoisie to Miami along with the gusanos? What would be the attitude of the LRP toward such an act? According to the LRP, it would make no difference whether the means of production remain in the hands of private owners or are taken over by the state. Both modes of ownership are for them equally capitalist.

The LRP has the same problem with all of the defeats for imperialism that have occurred in the last forty years. The Chinese revolution, deformed as it was, placed a vast market and pool of exploitable labor beyond the reach of capital. This is what was at stake in the Vietnam War as well. We all know that the U.S. rulers couldn’t have cared less about ‘‘freedom’’ for the Vietnamese, but were vitally concerned that no one anywhere be allowed to make a social revolution against imperialism. Yet, according to the LRP, the entire counterrevolutionary war waged by the U.S. and its Vietnamese puppets, like that of the U.S.-bankrolled Kuomintang in China, the imperialist ‘‘United Nations’’ in Korea and the gusanos at the Bay of Pigs, were the result of an unfortunate misunderstanding on imperialism’s part. Had the imperialists heeded the counsels of the LRP, they would have been apprised that all these perceived foes were really friends in disguise—and had no other aim but to establish a slightly modified form of capitalism.

The imperialists were routed in Vietnam. This, in our view, was a victory for the oppressed and exploited of the earth just as it was a defeat for the exploiters. And it was because of this victory—deformed as it was by Stalinist leadership—that the Ford administration could not intervene in Angola in 1976, and why Ronald Reagan, for all his bluster, will leave office without having toppled the Sandinistas. And for the oppressed of the world, the example of the imperialist defeat in Indochina gave impetus to other forces struggling against neo-colonial rule—from the Sandinistas to the New People’s Army of the Philippines. We are thankful that the

American Century met a premature death in the jungles of Vietnam. But, according to the comrades of the LRP, this gigantic event was merely a petty wrangle within the framework of international capitalist rule. And, once again, they are, or logically should be, neutral.

We are not neutral. We are convinced that, behind all the danger and the bloodshed of the ‘‘East-West’’ conflict during that part of the century through which most of us have lived, there stands an issue of very great moment to the working class: whether or not humanity is to continue along the capitalist road. And in this struggle, we take a side: the side of all those forces who have broken or are trying to break the rule of capital. In these struggles, the LRP has no side. All the differences between ourselves and the LRP on the Russian question ultimately boil down to this.

1 17 18 19 20 21 25